a) Nv eenadug teenth Neer 4
wits ety Sleate
y
T
md ides
ean io
eT
2
ER
it
i
ke
f tf
al te
Ys
ie
us bel aly #
SUERTE hou pay
Sear Fea SA Dot ls
Efe 1 th}
fi
ytd
}
t Detail 4 Bi ( tip
ees
; faredit ay
mtopgit sty
tisis
i] samt
Fab Fe SAE TS
0% +704,
tetas ( ‘A 4 ofa
hie ( . 3fda: : oetre
a § wef, He One.
a eee Bile
hd PEGA Oakes ! | Wrens
_—
vow
oN &,
ss
Ve Pials
Peg hae
epgetste
een yd |
MPeaeaiel ty!
spate i
oat Os Peg
ead Tae a
ees ey
AD eee «
Wells 4
7 ah} t hing :
4 r !
oat «
5
View
ak Sa
uoet
Py
el arts
att, tet ri,
’ 7h ip
LGGtttts)
tehe
eer Sh aa
ae f
Fg tae Hayes
vg! Ns gtag 275"
ACES LIBRARY
PSararncasmencnsnnsan LSLSLSLSLSIS Ls LINE B
LIBRARY OF
: Illinois State
LABORATORY OF NATURAL HISTORY,
URBANA, ILLINOIS.
Ba
oe
Va 4,
Ni tiie. ba
Pepe eum
0 ie te
ul be
LA
\h nf }
TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS
AND
ee ORT.
OF THE
ROYAL SOCIETY of SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
2 ee ee ee
(For 1887-8.)
PRICE, (TEN: SHILLINGS.
Adelaide :
W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
APRIL, 1889.
———
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-
tralia, from Europe and America, should be addressed ‘*‘ per
W. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk
Street, Cheapside, London.’’
oval Society of South Austraila.
Patron :
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wite-Patron :
HIS EXCELLENCY SIR WILLIAM ROBINSON, K.C.M.G., C.B, &c.
OPE TOM nS.
[Elected October 2, 1888. ]
President :
PROFESSOR RENNIE, D.Sc., F.C.S.
Gice-Sresidvents :
H. T. WHITTELL, Eso., M.D., F.R.M.S.
E. L. STIRLING, Eso, M.A., M.D., F.R.C.S.
Hon, Creasurer. | Hon. Secretary.
WALTER RUTT, Eso, CE. | W. L. CLELAND, Esq, M.B.
atlembers of Council. :
PROFESSOR R. TATE, F.G.S. W..B.. POOLE, Esa;
(Representative Governor. ) W. HOWCHIN, Esq., F.G.S.
C; TODD, 89,, .C.01.G,, M.As (Editor. )
D, B. ADAMSON, Esa. REV. THOS. BLACKBURN, B.A.
Assistant Secretary:
MR. A, MOLINEUX.
Baie ACES LIBRARY
CON PEN TS.
PAGE...
Dr. JAMES JAMIESON: Drainage of Adelaide and its Influence on the
Death-Rate - : - - - . - «GR
Dr. H. WHITTELL: Effect of Deep Drainage on the Rate of Mortality
in Adelaide and Suburbs - - - - - - Gg
Pror. E. H. RENNIE: On Some So-called South Australian Rubies - 17
THOMAS PARKER: An Automatic River Guage - . - - I9:
Dr. E. C. STIRLING: Preliminary Notes on a New Australian Mammal 21
J. G. O. TEPPER: Surface Features and Rocks of Nuriootpa” - me 25
JOHN DENNANT: On the Muddy Creek Beds (plate i.) - - - 30
Pror. R. Tate: New Species of Marine Mollusca from South Australia
and Victoria (plate xi.) - : = : 2 5. 6x
Pror. R. TATE: Supplementary List of the Lamellibranch and Pallio-
branch Mollusca of South Anstralia - - ° - Cy
Pror. R. TATE: A Census of the Molluscan Fauna of Australia- - 70
Pror. R. TATE: Additions to the Flora of the Port Lincoln District,
with Description of two New Species - : - > - $82
Pror. R. TATE: Plants of the Lake Eyre Basin - - - 85
W. M. MAskKkRLL: New South Australian Coccidze (plates xii. to xiv.) - IOI
D. B. ADAMSON: On Measuring the Power of Telescopic Eypieces - 112
Pror. R. Tate: The Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia
Part II. (plates ii. to x.) - . - - . - 116
Rey. T. BLACKBURN: Descriptions of New Species of Australian
Coleoptera - - - - - - - - 175
WALTER HOWCHIN : On the Occurence of Coal Detritus in the Valley of
the Murray - - - - - - - = 215
Dr. M. C. Cooke: List of Fungi collected near Lake Bonney - - 217
Abstract of Proceedings -
Annual Report - -
President’s Address -
Balance-Sheet - -
Donations to the Library -
List of Fellows and Members
Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section
Report of the Microscopical Section
THE DRAINAGE OF ADELAIDE AND ITS
INFLUENCE ON THE DEATH~RATE.
By James Jamieson, M.D., Health Officer, City of Melbourne.
[Read November Ist, 1887. !
In the course of a recent visit to Adelaide I was greatly im-
pressed by the evidence of cleanliness everywhere and the freedom
from smells. The system of drainage adopted appeared to be
excellent in its workings, and I was anxious to discover what had
been the effect on the public health resulting from its introduc-
tion. Accordingly I obtained, by the courtesy of Dr. Whittell,
the Registrar-General, a set of the annual reports on the vital
statistics of South Australia for the years 1882 to 1886, embrac-
ing the period just before and that just following the completion
of the deep drainage system.
At the first glance it appears as if the result, in reduction of
the death-rate, had been very marked. According to the reports
the death-rate for Adelaide and suburbs, which had averaged
21:38 per 1,000 in the ten years 1875-84, and had never been
less than 19-71 (in 1877), fell suddenly in 1885 to 14:34, and in
1886 to 14°31. Such an extraordinary reduction in the rate of
mortality, suddenly produced, is probably unprecedented in the
sanitary history of any city or town of similar population, and is
calculated to excite suspicion that some fallacy has been allowed
to creep in. The possibility of error is, of course, admitted by
the Registrar-General, who says (Report for 1886): “The.
peculiar circumstances of the colony during the last two or three
years have caused fluctuations in different districts and towns,
which may lead to some error in the estimates, which cannot be
adjusted till a new census has been taken.”
The probability of error, suggested by the very fact of the
death-rate having fallen to such an extent, is confirmed by the
circumstance that in the same years (1885 and 1886) there was
likewise an almost equal lowering in the birth-rate. Now, to
whatever cause this may have been due, it cannot be supposed to
have resulted from the sanitary improvements, to which a reduc-
tion in the death-rate might be ascribed. As regards the lowered
birth-rate there can hardly be doubt that its cause is to be found
in the commercial depression which has for some time existed in
South Australia, and which has probably affected chiefly and
most severely the capital.
2
It may be assumed as certain that there has been some drifting
of population from Adelaide and its suburbs. But as the
Registrar-General had no data enabling him to determine how
great had been the loss of population so produced, he was com-
pelled to follow the usual course in framing his estimates year by
year. The population of the city and suburbs is thus represented
as having increased from 103,864 in 1881, the census year, to
128,377 in 1886. It is more than probable that there has been
no such increase, and I venture to suggest a means of calculating,
with an approximation to accuracy, what the actual population
numbered in 1885 and 1886. The calculation is based on the
assumption that the birth rate is nearly a fixed quantity from
ear to year, and, as a matter of fact, the fluctuation between
1881 and 1884 was only from 42:17 to 42°89 per 1,000 of the
population. The sudden fall to 33:61 per 1,000 in 1885, and to
28-24 in 1886 can hardly, therefore, be taken as correctly repre-
senting the true condition. It is true that hard times may lead
to a lowering of the birth rate, in part directly, though chiefly
by lessening the number of marriages ; but such an effect is not
likely to be so rapid or so marked in Australia as in countries
less favourably situated. Without claiming absolute accuracy
for the calculations here presented, I venture nevertheless to in-
sist that they offer a nearer approach to the true numbers than
official estimates. Taking the population and the number of
births in 1881 as showing the true proportion, and assuming that
there was a similar proportion existing in 1885 and 1886, a
simple rule of three calculation gives the following results. The
births in 1881, to the number of 4,424, corresponded to a popu-
lation of 103,864, and therefore 4,270 births in 1885, and 3,626
births in 1886 may be taken as representing a population of
100,248 in 1885, and 85,129 in 1886. And having obtained an
approximately correct population basis we are in a position to
calculate, with a similar approximation to accuracy, the true
death rate in the same years, viz., 18-17 per 1,000 in 1885, and
21-59 per 1,000 in 1886. If the two years are taken together,
to eliminate accidental variations, the rate is found to have
averaged 19°74, or rather less than the average of the three
previous years, 1882-84, which was 21:11, and almost the same as
the most favourable of the ten previous years, viz., 1877, with a
rate of 19°71.
While it seems probable, therefore, that there has been some
reduction in the death-rate in 1885 and in 1886, it must also be
regarded as certain that the reduction has not been nearly so
great as is shown in the official estimates.
But the influence of sanitary improvements on the health of
the population may be shown in a different way. There are cer-
3
tain diseases whose prevalence and fatality are generally taken
as safe tests of the sanitary condition of a town or district, and
in particular of the purity of the water supply and the complete-
ness and perfection of the drainage system. They may be depen-
dent, in greater or less degree, on other conditions ; but the mor-
tality caused by them may be expected to vary with those just
mentioned. The diseases which may be regarded as dependent
for the degree of their prevalence, more than almost any others,
on the sanitary condition of a district are typhoid fever and the
group known as the diarrhceal diseases. Bad drainage, filthy
surroundings, and saturation of the soil with foul water are gene-
rally regarded as favouring their occurrence, while the opposite
conditions, in similar degree, tend to limit their prevalence, other
things being equal. Now, in Adelaide I do not understand that
there has been any material change in the water supply of late
years, and a marked diminution in the fatality from the diseases
named may, if found, be fairly put to the credit of the improved
drainage. I have endeavoured to make a comparison of the mor-
tality returns of the last few years, with the view of discovering
whether or not this has been actually the case. For that pur-
pose, however, it has been necessary to adopt a different basis
from that supplied by the total area described as Adelaide and
suburbs, since, though the deaths are given according to the regis-
tration districts in which they occurred, it is not possible to make
out what the districts are which go to make up that area. It
has been necessary, therefore, to have recourse, for purposes of
comparison, to the registration district of Adelaide, which seems
to be wider in extent than the city of Adelaide, though smaller
than the full metropolitan area described as Adelaide and suburbs.
This arrangement is, I venture to suggest, a little confusing to
those who consult the annual reports without possessing the
advantage of local knowledge. Still, it is possible to make a
comparison of the mortality for a series of years in the same dis-
trict and that corresponding closely with the area which has been
efficiently provided with sewers. The following table shows the
total mortality in the Adelaide registration district for each of
the years 1882-86, with the deaths in the same years from typhoid
and from diarrheea, dysentery, and cholera :—
Deaths from
Total deaths. Deaths from Typhoid. Diarrhceal Diseases.
82
1882. 1,752 174
1883. 1,604 62 | 176
1884. 1,710 68 179
1885. 1,332 46 124
1886. 1,380 40 76
It is unnecessary to discuss again whether the reduction in the
4
total number of deaths is in itself a proof that the mortality-rate
has been lowered in the last two years; I wish rather to point
out the fact that there has been a marked reduction, both abso-
lutely and relatively, in the mortality from the diseases selected
for consideration. While in the three years 1882-84 the deaths
from typhoid amounted to 4.18 per cent. of the whole, they
formed only 3°17 per cent. of the total mortality in 1885-86.
Again, in 1882-84 the diarrhoeal diseases were responsible for
10-44 per cent. of the total mortality, while in 1885-86 that per-
centage was only 7:37.
These figures appear to show very satisfactory results, but it is
necessary to admit that they may fairly be subjected to criticism
before being accepted as proof of the benefits following sanitary
improvements. It may be alleged with reference to the lowered
death-rate from typhoid that it is simply due to the fluctuations
observed to occur in the prevalence of this disease. And with
reference to the diminution in the number of deaths from the
diarrhceal class of diseases, it may be insisted that the reduction is
the consequence of the lowered birth-rate, most of the deaths
from these diseases occurring among infants.
These criticisms are fair, and must therefore be fairly met, and
that which applies to the lowered mortality from typhoid can, I
think, be fully met, though it must be admitted that the figures
referring to the diarrhoeal death-rate cannot be taken as very
conclusive evidence. The general validity of the conclusions may
be tested in the following way :—If the lessened mortality in
1885-86 was simply owing to accidental fluctuations, the result of
seasonal or other influences not clearly ascertained, then there
ought to have been a somewhat similar range of fluctuation in
other districts. For the purpose of discovering whether or not
this was the case, I have constructed the following table, the
figures in which apply to the whole of South Australia, exclusive
of the registration district of Adelaide.
Deaths from
Total deaths. Deaths from Typhoid. Diarrhoeal Diseases..
1882 2,641 64 308
1883 2,831 73 305
1884 3,079 66 259
1885 2,655 86 210
1886 2,654 53 952
When rates are calculated, as before, it appears that, while
typhoid caused 2°37, per cent. of the total mortality in 1882-84,
the percentage was 2°52 in 1885-86. In the two periods the per-
centage of the general death rate from the diarrhoeal diseases was
10°19 and 8°38 respectively.
5
The rates for each of the districts compared may be thrown
into a table thus—
Percentage of deaths Percentage of deaths
from Typhoid. from Diarrhoeal Diseases.
1882-84 1885-86 1882-84 1885-86
Adelaide District ... 4:18 3°17 10°44 7:37
Rest of S. Australia .... 2°37 2°52 10°19 8:38
T am not inclined to lay stress on the reduction in the relative
death rate from the diarrhceal diseases, since there was a reduc-
tion in both districts, and to an extent somewhat proportional to
the lessened number of births. But the figures referring to
typhoid cannot admit of any explanation applying to both.
Though the mortality from typhoid is, on the average, greater in
Adelaide than in other parts of the colony, there has been in the
former a reduction of about one-fourth, while in the latter there
has been a slight increase in the second period, 1885-86. If
climatic, or any other general conditions, had been the cause of
the lowered rate of mortality from typhoid in Adelaide, it is
dificult to see why they should not have shown their effect, at
least to some extent in a similar way, in other parts of the
colony. The presumption rather is that the true cause of the
lessened death rate in Adelaide has been the improvement in the
drainage system.
If, therefore, there has been a distinct, if not very great reduc-
tion in the general rate of mortality, and a marked reduction in
that resulting from typhoid—the disease above all others amen-
able to the influence of sanitary improvements—it is a fair infer-
ence that these improvements have had the effect which might
reasonably have been anticipated. Further experience may be
needed to make this conclusion incontrovertible, but the proof is
sufficiently strong to encourage the authorities in other cities and
towns to follow the example of Adelaide. My hope is that it
may strengthen the hands of those who are endeavouring to
obtain for Melbourne a similar boon, since I have long been per-
suaded, and often declared, that it is chiefly from the adoption of
a proper system of drainage that we can expect to have a decided
check given to the prevalence of typhoid, which has for many
years been a constant scourge.
In conclusion, may I venture to suggest that it is the duty of
the Government of South Australia to have such a census taken
of the population of Adelaide as will allow of an accurate calcu-
lation of the death-rate, so that we may not be in uncertainty
whether or not the system of drainage recently adopted has
actually lowered the death-rate of the city to an extent at all ap-
proaching that brought out in the official reports. The expense
need not be great, and the matter is one of no small importance,
and should not be waited for till 1891, the regular census year.
6
SUPPLEMENTAL REMARKS.
[Read December 6th, 1887. |
Many thanks for your [Dr. Whittell’s| courtesy in sending me
an analysis of the paper which you have prepared for the next
meeting of the Royal Society. I do not know that it is possible
for me to add much to what was said in my paper, though I am
sufficiently well aware of its imperfections, and indeed confessed
to a liability to error from want of local knowledge. I was not
long in Adelaide, on the occasion of my recent visit, till I heard
the claim made that it is not only the cleanest but the healthiest
city in Australasia, the mortality being as low as about 14 per
1,000. I could not help the suspicion that there was a fallacy
somewhere, and, as you know, had begun collecting information
before I left Adelaide to return home. By your kindness I ob-
tained a set of the returns of the vital statistics of South Aus-
tralia for a few years back, and proceeded to analyse these with
the hope that something useful might result.
So far as I can judge from the rather incomplete newspaper
report of the discussion which followed the reading of my paper,
there had scarcely been sufficient heed given to the saving clauses
which it contained.
The first part of the paper was taken up with an endeavour to
arrive at some conclusion about the nature and extent of the
fallacy which I supposed to exist in the estimate given in the
annual report of the Registrar-General, that the death rate of
Adelaide and suburbs had been only 14°34 in 1885, and 14°31 in
1886. The first and most natural supposition was that the
population had somehow been over estimated, and this was con-
firmed by the circumstance that the calculated birth rate had
come down in about the same proportion as the death rate. Both
reductions would meet with their explanation on the supposition
of an over estimate of the population; while sanitary improve-
ments, capable of lowering the death rate, could scarcely be sup-
posed to influence the birth rate unfavourably and in about equal
degree. The number of the population must always be to some
extent uncertain at periods remote from the previous census year,
and, as was very distinctly brought out at the census of 1881,
there is always a special liability to over estimate the number.
Then there was the undoubted fact that South Australia had
been passing through a period of serious depression, leading to an
excess of departures over arrivals. The number of persons
leaving by sea cannot be known with certainty, and there can be
little accurate information about those crossing the border.
Without claiming absolute accuracy for its results, I believed
that by taking the number of births as a fixed basis, it would be
7
possible to reckon back to the true population rate. I admitted
the fallacies to which the method was lable ; but, failing a proper
census, [| do not know of any other method of checking the
results obtained by adding to the population of the previous year
the births and deducting the deaths.
I was aware that the deep sewer system had not been ex-
tended to the whole area embracing Adelaide and suburbs, and
the discussion, as to the population and death rate, was purely of
a technical kind; it was for the statistician, pure and simple,
and not for the practical sanitarian. When the inquiry came
actually to be as to the probable influence of the drainage system
on the public health, it was necessary to limit it as closely as
possible to the population within the drained area. I knew that
the whole of the City of Adelaide had been drained, but the de-
tailed returns of causes of death were not given for the city
separately, and if the inquiry was to be continued at all, I had
no choice but to take the returns for the registration district of
Adelaide. I had no means of knowing the area of that district ;
and though it was apparent that its population was greater than
that of the city, it was also certain that the city population
formed the large majority. It was a fair assumption that any
cause (e.g., drainage) which affected to an appreciable extent the
health of the large majority would make that effect to be seen in
the total. Clearly there were fresh possibilities of error intro-
duced ; but I could only use the figures at my disposal, and these
were for the Adelaide registration district. I would not have
been so much inclined to place confidence in the reduced mor-
tality from typhoid in that district in 1885-86, as tending to show
the beneficial influence of the drainage, but for the fact that there
had been no similar reduction in other districts of South Aus-
tralia, rather a slight increase, as shown in table of my paper.
Though the proportion of deaths from diarrhceal diseases had also
been reduced, I did not feel warranted in laying much stress on
that circumstance, as it was capable of explanation in another
way, viz., the smaller number of infants, who supply the chief
victims of these diseases.
But it may be said, if the subject was surrounded with such
difficulties, and if the conclusions arrived at had to be so carefully
guarded by saving clauses, why did I meddle it all? In reply, I
can only plead that the subject was a very interesting and impor-
tant one. If further put on my defence, I would have to say
that in the first instance the question was not raised by me, the
claim being openly made that the mortality in Adelaide had been
reduced to about 14 per 1,000, as a result of the adoption of the
drainage system. But, after all, it must be admitted that I had
another object in view. Here, in Melbourne, we are in the
8
throes of discussion as to the desirability of forming a Metro-
politan Board of Works, with power to take in charge the drain-
age of the city and suburbs, and I was anxious to find whether
evidence of a reliable kind could be obtained from your experience
which could be adduced in support of that measure. As the dis-
cussion could best be followed up by the members of your Royal
Society, I ventured to bring the paper before them, and I am
gratified to learn that my endeavour, which was at least well
meant, had been met in such a friendly spirit.
mito KS GH eS
ON THE EFFECT OF DEEP DRAINAGE ON THE
RATE OF MORTALITY IN ADELAIDE AND
SUBURBS.
By H. Wairretyt, M.D.
‘Read December 6th, 1887. |
At the last meeting of the Society a paper by Dr. Jamieson
was read on the effects of deep drainage on the mortality of
Adelaide and suburbs. On that occasion I made some comments
which the Council has been good enough to request me to reduce
to writing, with a view to their being read at this meeting as an
introduction to a discussion which it is believed will be of interest
to most members of the Society.
lt will be remembered that in dealing with his subject Dr.
Jamieson adopted two methods of investigation.
First—He compared the returns from the Registration Office
of the population and deaths in Adelaide and suburbs during
periods just before and just following the completion of the
drainage.
Second—He drew a comparison of the mortality from special
forms of disease (typhoid fever and diarrhceal diseases) with
the mortality from other diseases occurring during the same
periods in the registration district of Adelaide.
The conclusions, on the whole, were favourable to the system
of deep drainage, and those of us who advocate the extension of
the system might accept them without comment, if it were not
that our silence might be misconstrued, and leave us open to the
charge of accepting a favourable conclusion, although we know
that the premises are incorrect. I have examined the doctor's
figures with some care, and although I am at one with him in his
conclusions, I cannot accept his calculations as having any impor-
tant bearing on the subject of discussion. In saying this I wish
it to be understood that I have a high appreciation of Dr.
Jamieson’s qualifications for the task he undertook, and also of
the neighbourly interest he has manifested in his endeavour to
assist us in determining a question which is of some importance
to the whole of the Australian colonies. The errors into which
the doctor has fallen are due to a want of knowledge of our
localities, and to no other cause.
Referring to the first series of figures, in which the ratios of
mortality in Adelaide and suburbs are compared during periods
10
just before and just following the completion of the deep drainage,
the doctor says that he finds a sudden fall from an average during
the old system of 21°38 per 1,000 population to 14°34 in 1885
and 14°31 in 1886, the latter two being the years since the new
system was completed. The doctor questions the accuracy of
these figures, and gives reasons for the inference that the official
estimate of population for the last two years is incorrect. By a
method of calculation explained in his paper he arrives at the
conclusion that the population of Adelaide and suburbs was over-
estimated to the extent of about 26,700 in 1885 and of 43,100 in
1886, or in other words, that when compared with 1884 Adelaide
and suburbs lost in 1885 as many as 23,290 of its population, and
in 1886 a further number of 15,019, making in two years a loss
of about 38,300—~.e., nearly one-third of the estimated popula-
tion for 1884. I need but remind you that if a population be
over-estimated the rate of mortality per 1,000 will appear to be
less than it really is, and the locality will stand out as better
from a sanitary point of view than places where the estimate is
more correctly made. Having satisfied himself that Adelaide and
suburbs is over-estimated, and having worked out other figures
for himself, Dr. Jamieson calculates the rate of mortality on the
basis of his new figures, and he arrives at the conclusion that
according to his first mode of comparison the deep drainge has
produced some slight diminution in the rate of mortality. I leave
the question of population for the present because, although im-
portant, it need not be discussed in connection with the objection
T have to make against any conclusions either for or against deep
drainage being drawn from the doctor’s calculations. The funda-
mental error into which Dr. Jamieson has fallen is the assumption
that the drainage area and the area of Adelaide and suburbs are
co-extensive. Jn 1885 and ’86 the only places served by deep
drainage were Adelaide, Hindmarsh, and Thebarton. ‘Adelaide
and suburbs,” as explained in the Registrar’s report for 1886,
means Adelaide and places within a radius of ten miles of it.
This area includes Adelaide, Hindmarsh, and Thebarton, but it
also includes Port Adelaide, Norwood, Kensington, Unley,
Goodwood, St. Peters, Mitcham, Burnside, Glenelg, Semaphore,
Crafers, Prospect, and other smaller towns, none of which, except
a small part of St. Peters and Kent Town is connected with the
deep drainage. The population of Adelaide and suburbs in 1884
may be set down in round numbers at 123,500; that of the
drained part was about 52,300. It is therefore obvious that any
calculations on the effect of drainage based on the returns for
Adelaide and suburbs can only be inconclusive and misleading. I
fear that the Registration Office must take some part of the
blame for Dr. Jamieson’s mistake. The published returns were
11
clear enough for South Australians, but the distinction between
Adelaide and suburbs was not sufficiently marked for strangers.
T noticed this a few months ago, and in the last three quarterly
reports the form of the return has been altered so that no further
error can occur.
Coming on to Dr. Jamieson’s second mode of calculation, that
in which a comparison is drawn between the mortality from
typhoid fever and diarrheal diseases and the mortality from other
diseases occurring in the same period, I agree that such a com-
parison is fair and legitimate, and in the absence of disturbing
factors the conclusions drawn from it afford a fair indication of
the sanitary condition of localities to which the test is applied. A
glance at the figures shows that the doctor has spent much valu-
able time in the preparation of this part of his paper. In the
comparison he now undertakes he discards the Adelaide and
suburban population because, as he explains, he could find no
guide to enable him to make out what registration districts are
in the Adelaide and suburban area. He therefore falls back on
the registration district of Adelaide, which he supposes to corres-
pond closely with the area efficiently provided with sewers. I
regret that want of local knowledge has again led the doctor into
fatal mistakes. Registration districts are arbitrary divisions of
the colony made for the purpose of affording facilities for regis-
tration, and without reference to any other requirement. Once
formed, they cannot be altered without introducing confusion and
probably mistakes into official records. The Adelaide registration
district has no relation to the drainage area. It includes Ade-
laide, Parkside, Unley, Mitcham, Mount Lofty, Belair, Brighton,
Reedbeds, Salisbury, Stirling Hast, Walkerville, Glen Osmond,
Dry Creek, Plympton, and many little townships scattered
around the places I have named. Adelaide is the only town in
the district that is within the drainage area. The other drained
towns—Hindmarsh and Thebarton—are not included. The
objections to the doctor’s first series of calculations tells therefore
with even greater force against the second, and I believe that if
we could have the pleasure of Dr. Jamieson’s attendance he
would be the first, after the explanation I have given, to tell us
that his figures furnish no guide to the determination of the
question he undertook to discuss.
Here I might close my remarks on Dr. Jamieson’s paper, but
a rather long portion of the contribution is given to a discussion
of a subject collateral to the main question but having an in-
direct bearing upon it. The doctor notes the record of the sud-
den fall in the ratio of mortality in Adelaide and suburbs from
21-21 per 1,000 in 1884 to 13-34 in 1885 and to 14°31 in 1886,
and he endeavours to show by a mode of calculation of his owr
12
that there is an error in the official figures, and that the popula-
tion for the latter years was over estimated. This remarkable
fall in the ratios has attracted the notice of others. Mr. Hayter,
in publishing the figures in the Victorian Year Book, appended a
note suggesting that the area to which the respective figures re-
ferred had been altered. This was also the opinion of some
gentlemen in Adelaide. Others supposed with Dr. Jamieson
that the population was over estimated. I became Registrar-
General in 1885, a few months after Mr. Cleland, my predecessor,
had calculated and published the estimated population for that
year. At the year’s end when the ratios were calculated, and
this falling off in the rate of mortality became apparent, my
first impression was that the population for the year had been
set down at too high a rate. Against this I had the knowledge
that Mr. Cleland had been familiar with the vital statistics of
South Australia from the early times, that his calculations had
stood the test of census returns as well as, and perhaps I should
‘be correct if I said much better than, those of the statisticians of
other colonies, and that an error on his part was improbable.
This did not prevent an investigation. I soon found that Mr.
Hayter’s surmise was incorrect, there had been no alteration in
the area. Two changes had, however, occurred in the early part
of 1885, either of which might affect the estimate. The first
change was made in the office. Up to the end of 1884 Mr.
Cleland published his returns of local population in accordance
with the census of 1881, without taking into account any in-
crease or decrease of numbers after the census was taken. This
was stated at the head of some of the quarterly returns, but on
examining the figures I find the statement was not strictly
accurate. That part of the table which referred to Adelaide city
was evidently based on an estimated population of the whole
area of Adelaide and suburbs, and every one who knows any-
thing about vital statistics will agree that this was a wise and
proper change to introduce. He not only did this, but he calcu-
lated the back years, and prepared a uniform table of results so
as to furnish a means for comparison. This was a delicate opera-
tion, in which an error might easily creep in. It was on these
new estimates that the ratios for 1885 were cast, and it was in
this year that the lessened mortality commented on by Dr.
Jamieson was recorded. Since my appointment to the office of
Registrar-General Mr. Cleland has explained to me his mode of
calculation, and I can only say that after a prolonged examination
of such data as were available I could find no error which would
have justified me in putting aside the figures which Mr. Cleland
had so carefully prepared. In preparing the estimate for 1886
we both agreed that it would not be safe to follow the usual mode
13
of calculation, and a reference to our returns will show that we
made only such a trifling addition at the beginning of 1886 as.
our altered circumstances appeared to warrant. The second
change, in 1885, was more important. In that year, for the first
time within my knowledge, the emigration from South Australia
largely exceeded the immigration, and this continued to be the
case during the whole of the following year.. In 1885 the excess
was 6,581. In 1886 it was 7,927. These were the losses by sea.
We have no means of knowing the increase or decrease of popu-
lation by land, but we shall probably be near the mark if we set
down 15,000 as the total loss of the colony during two years by
excess of emigration. Asa matter of fact we did not suffer a
diminution of population, because the excess of births over deaths
during those years as nearly as possible balanced our loss. All
this was taken into account and dealt with in our estimates for
the whole colony ; but when we come to the estimation of local
populations, our difficulties begin. In hard times there is a con-
stant migration of the people from one place to another. Men
travel to any part of the colony when there is a chance of obtain-
ing work, and the estimate of numbers in any one locality can
only be regarded as approximate. Until a new census be taken
it will be impossible to guarantee a strictly accurate return.
Dr. Jamieson suggests a mode of estimating local population
which he thinks would be more reliable than that usually fol-
lowed. He proposes to make the number of births ina given
period the basis for calculation. His method of proceeding from
the known to the unknown is this—we know that in the census
year there was a certain population, say in Adelaide and suburbs ;
we know also that in the same year there was a certain number
of births. If we want to get an approximate estimate of the
population in any future year, we have only to take the births
during the year, and assuming there is a fixed relation between
the births and population, we can estimate from the births what
the population for that year ought to be. In other words, sup-
posing that in the census years it required 24 people to produce
one baby, we have only to multiply the births in any other year
by 24 and the product will give us a fair estimate of the popula-_
tion. It will occur to you that the accuracy of the result must
depend so much on other factors that this mode of calculation
cannot be accepted as reliable. We want to know something
more about the 24 people. How many of them are children.
How many unmarried, and of those that are married how many
have the depressed times separated—the wife being left in charge
at home while the husband is far away working, or seeking work,
to support his family. In a normal steady-going condition of
society Dr. Jamieson’s method might give fairly accurate results,
14
but in this colony, subject to all sorts of fluctuation, I should be
reluctant to adopt it. Let us take the city of Adelaide as a test.
In the census year, 1881, the population was in round numbers
38,500; the births were 1,380. Assuming that the births are a
safe index, the population fell in 1882 to about 34,000. In the
next year, 1883, it bounded up to 39,000. It remained the same
in 1884, and in 1885 it fell to 35,000. Those of us who reside
in Adelaide know full well that there were no such upward and
downward leaps as those indicated. Nothing occurred in 1881
to 1882 to justify the belief that Adelaide lost 4,500 people, nor
was there anything in 1882 to 1883 to account for the sudden
addition of 5,000.
The question still remains—Have we at present any data to
enable us to determine the effect of deep drainage on the public
health? I use the words at present advisedly, because I believe
we shall have to wait several years before we shall experience the
full benetits which our improved system will confer onus. Those
who have made Adelaide their home will remember the condition
of things. A few years ago Adelaide could properly be described
as a city of stinks. There were hundreds of privies with cess-
pools that were simply holes in the ground, and from these the
subsoil was saturated with filth of the most offensive kind. The
only escape for house-slops was into the public gutters ; and we
all remember the abominable pools of filthy liquids which existed
from one end of the city to the other. Deep drainage has put an
end to these nuisances, but it has not removed from the subsoil
the filth which has been accumulating there for years. There is
a common idea that earth is the great purifier for excretal
matters, and so it is if there be plenty of vegetation to use up the
material, but without vegetation the earth soon becomes satu-
rated, and afterwards the changes become so slow that it is
difficult to know when the dangers arising from this earth-poisoning
willend. Two or three years ago there were some extensive altera-
tions being made at the back of a drapery establishment in
Rundle-street. One of these required the excavation of earth for
a large underground warehouse. One morning the contractor
called at the Board of Health Offices and invited me to go down
to this work, where I should find something to interest me.
When I went there I found that a long excavation had been
inade from the back of the Rundle-street shop in a direction to-
wards North-terrace. Just at the back of the shop there had
formerly been an old privy, with a cesspool behind it. This had
not been used for several months, having been emptied and filled
up as required by the Hydraulic Department when connection
was made with the sewers. The excavation had brought to view
a long wedge-shaped mass of earth below the surface, differing in
1a
colour from the rest, several feet thick, just below the old closet, and
tapering off towards North-terrace to a thickness of a few inches.
The length was 24 feet, and any part of this, even at its apex,
when removed had a fecal smell as distinct as though it had just
been taken from beneath the cesspool. This was only a section,
but the workmen told me that the whole part excavated had a
similar layer of stinking earth. I could not learn how long this
privy had been in use, but we can readily imagine the filthy con-
dition of our subsoil when we remember that hundreds of similar
cesspools have been in use in all parts of the city during some 20
to 30 years. All this pollution has to be paid for, the purification
of such soil will be slow, and until it is effected we cannot fairly
estimate the advantages of having adopted a cleaner system.
In dealing with figures it is easy to fall into mistakes, and the
risk of this is increased when we have to draw conclusions from
comparatively low numbers. But after making allowance for
this and taking care to give the weight of any doubtful point
against rather than in favour of the new system, I believe the
experience of Adelaide, so far as it has gone, has been altogether
on the side of deep drainage. At the time of the census the
population of the city was about one seventh and a half of the
whole colony. It is safe to assume that the ratio remained about
the same down to 1884, and also that the Registrar’s estimate of
the city population for that year was correct. After 1884, the
year when the city drainage was completed, the loss by excess of
emigration, as we have already seen, was for the wliole colony
15,000 during two years. The proportionate loss for the city
would therefore be 2,000. The excess of births over deaths in
Adelaide during this period was 1,077, leaving a net loss of say
1,000, but seeing that it is probable that the proportionate loss
by emigration was greater in Adelaide than in other parts of the
colony, we will assume that double this number represents the
loss that actually occurred. This would reduce the Adelaide
population to about 40,600. The Registrar’s calculations of the
ratio of mortality of Adelaide have been made and published
during the last three or four years on two distinct bases. In one
the number of deaths occurring in the city is compared with the
estimated population. In the other the rate is calculated after
excluding all deaths in hospitals and public institutions of patients
who have not up to their illness been residents in the city. For
our present purpose it is not of much importance which of these
calculations we adopt. If we take the latter, the ratio of mor-
tality during two years (1883 and ’84) was about 20-4 per 1,000;
the ratio for the two years since the deep drains were completed,
calculated on the assumption that the population fell to 40,600,
was 17°6. if we take the first method the average of the ratios
16
from the census to 1884 was 24:5. In 1885 and ’86 the average
was 21:5. This is a most welcome diminution. You will have
noticed that in drawing this comparison I have not closely fol-
lowed the official estimates, but have allowed a wide margin for
adverse factors. JI am not anxious to strain these figures beyond
their legitimate use ; we want a longer time and larger numbers
before we can draw positive conclusions. Meanwhile we may
fairly assume that the abatement of city nuisances, the speedy
removal of filth from our premises, and the blessing of pure air,
have produced the beneficial results we are entitled to expect from
them, and that a large part of the remarkable reduction of mor-
tality in Adelaide is due to the completion of our new system of
drainage.
DARwaArD>
17
ON SOME SO-CALLED SOUTH AUSTRALIAN RUBIES.
By Proressor E. H. REnnNiz, D.Sc.
[Read May Ist, 1888.]
As is well known, considerable controversy has arisen in Ade-
laide as to the nature of the red stones recently found in large
quantities in the northern interior of South Australia, some
stating that these stones are genuine rubies, others that they are
spinelles, others that they are garnets, while others still imagine
that they are something quite new. The latter notion has arisen
chiefly, I think, from statements made that they are infusible and
harder than garnets, though scarcely hard enough for rubies. It
has often occurred to me that it is somewhat strange that so far
no results of any chemical examination of these stones have been
published, such an examination being, in my opinion, the crucial
_test of their nature. By the courtesy of various gentlemen some
of these stones from three of the Companies, viz., McDonnell
Ranges, Hale River, and Maude, have lately been placed at my
disposal. Before stating the results obtained it may be well to
state briefly the nature of the various minerals above alluded to,
viz., rubies, spinelles, and garnets, and to show that they differ
widely from one another in chemical composition.
1. Rubies.—These consist essentially of alumina, but there may
be present small quantities of impurities, especially magnesia and
silica.
2. Spinelles.—These consist essentially of an aluminate of
magnesia, but there may be present, according to Dana, from
about 1} to 53 per cent. of silica, with occasionally considerable
quantities of lime and oxide of iron.
3. Garnets.—These vary greatly in composition, but are in all
cases silicates. I have only been able to find two cases in which
the silica is below 35 per cent., and in those cases the percentages
are about 34 and 31 respectively. They may be silicates of lime and
alumina, of iron and alumina, of magnesia and alumina, of man-
ganese and alumina, of lime and iron, of lime and chromium,
with varying small quantities of other constituents.
To come now to the results of analysis. All the specimens I
have examined have proved to be silicates of alumina and iron,
with small quantities of oxide of manganese, lime, and magnesia,
and hence are undoubtedly garnets, as Mr. Streeter says, “of the
Almandine variety.” The following are the quantitative results
obtained by the analysis of some of the stones from the Hale
River :—
B
18
Siliea (SiO) 0 2. > x oo 48 per cent.
Alumina (Al,0O,) Rs . aa Oe
Ferrous oxide (FeO.) _... st 36. 28 “,
Lime (CaO) a Ae sae *
Magnesia (MgO) ews yo) MILO =
Oxide of manganese (MnO) = “BD “sg
98°39
Tn this analysis all the iron has been reckoned as protoxide ; in
all probability some is present as peroxide, and this would
account for the low total. Another sample from the Maude
Company yielded 39 per cent. of silica, with large quantities of
alumina and oxide of iron, and smaller quantities of lime and
magnesia.
A word or two now with reference to hardness and infusibility.
First, with reference to hardness. Unfortunately I have no re-
liable specimens at hand with which to test hardness ; but let us
take for granted that the hardness of some of these stones is 8,
and that is, I understand, the highest that has been given. Dana,
one of the greatest, if not the greatest, mineralogical authority,
places the hardness of garnets at from 6:5 to 7-5. Between the
latter number and 8 there is a very small margin, and no one
with any knowledge of the great difference in physical properties
produced by comparatively small variations in chemical compo-
position will lay any stress upon this small excess of hardness.
Tn connection with this it may be noted. that the analyses above
given show rather larger proportions of alumina and less of oxide
of iron than are contained in most of the specimens of this
variety of garnet, analyses of which are given by Dana, the silica
being about the same. It is quite possible that this shght dif-
ference in composition may account for the increased hardness.
Then as to alleged infusibility. Very much depends upon the
method of testing. These stones will not fuse if they be tested
by the blowpipe as they are found, but let them be powdered
first, and the powder fuses easily into distinct globules. This will
never happen with true rubies or spinelles,
In conclusion, it must be understood that my statements relate
only to those specimens handed to me, which, however, I am
assured are representatives of the vast majority of stones sent to
Europe. It would be rash to say that no rubies have been found.
Further, T have brought this matter before the Society simply as
of some little scientific interest, and my remarks must not be
taken as having any reference to the value of these stones. What
they are worth from a commercial point of view I cannot say ; it
may be much or it may be little.
19
AN AUTOMATIC RIVER GAUGE.
By Tuomas Parker, C.E.
[Read July 3rd, 1888. |
Since the reading of my paper on “ Underground Waters”
before the Society last year, in which I drew attention to the
great need of a systematic gauging of the rivers and streams of
this colony, I am glad to learn that the Government have given
instructions for this work to be undertaken.
During the course of my labours in gauging one of our rivers
by the usual method, I was led to attempt some improvements on
the existing system of taking such observations, and as a result,
have designed an automatic river gauge. My object in this paper
is to give a description of the invention, the method of using it,
and also point out what I think are its advantages in point of
economy and efficiency.
I will first briefiy describe the present methods of gauging
rivers.
The usual methods of gauging rivers are—(1) By current
meter, and (2) by a weir and graduated scale. The first method
is that generally used for large rivers where a weir does not exist
or is not easily erected. It is now being used by the various
colonies in gauging the River Murray. It is a portable instru-
ment, and so constructed that on being dipped in the stream the
working parts are caused to revolve by the flow of the water, and
the velocity of the river flow is indicated by the number of revo-
lutions made and indicated by the instrument. This velocity ap-
plied to the sectional area of the stream at the point where the
observations are taken enables the observer to calculate with suf-
ficient accuracy the volume of water discharged by the river in a
given time.
The second method, namely, gauging by means of a weir
erected on the river, is usually applied to smaller streams, and it
is to the improvement of this method my invention is intended
to be applied. In this case a weir is erected across the river, and
a lath set up marked off in inches and decimal parts, and read-
ings of the height of the water above the sill of the weir are taken
from time to time, and from these, by the aid of the usual hydraulic
formule applicable to the stream, the quantity of water passing
over the weir at any particular time may be calculated. The
great drawbacks of this system are its inefficiency and costliness.
20
The instrument I have designed consists of a copper float
which rises or falls with the water in the stream in which it
floats freely ; attached to this float is a rod carrying a pencil
which is pressed by a spring against a cylinder on which is fixed
a sheet of graduated recording paper. Inside the cylinder is
placed clockwork to turn it on its vertical axis, and constructed
to go fourteen days. As the cylinder is turned by the clockwork
the pencil attached to the float marks the height of the water on
the paper graduated to inches and decimal parts. The whole of
the apparatus is intended to be enclosed in a wooden case and
attached to a post driven into the bed of the river and fenced
round for its protection. The instrument is designed on a
principle similar to that of instruments for recording automati-
cally other kinds of observations, but, so far as I know, no
previous instrument has been designed for river gauging.
The following are the advantages of the instrument :—
1. Efficiency.—The record of the instrument will be continuous
day and night. The present system of taking such observations
say, only twice a day, 1s very imperfect, as in the intervals floods
may come down the river and pass the gauge unrecorded, and, in
this way, all present river gaugings are more or less inaceurate.
2. Hconomy.—As pointed out, this gauge can be fixed on a
stream and left in operation, and only requires to be visited once
in fourteen days; for this reason the expenses of an official in
constant attendance can be dispensed with. As to the cost of
the instrument, a leading instrument maker of Adelaide has
estimated the cost at about twenty pounds.
3. Saving of Time.—This instrument, if adopted, would facili-
tate the important work of gauging the flow of water in our
rivers, as, by fixing an instrument on each stream, a large number
can be gauged simultaneously ; in fact, the work could be carried
on with accuracy and inexpensiveness, and the records collected
and sent in as regularly as our rainfall observations are now
taken throughout the colony.
I will only add that I have handed over my invention to the
Government of this colony, with the hope that it may be utilized
by them in the important work which has now been undertaken
of taking gaugings of the flow of our streams in South Australia.
PRELIMINARY NOTES ON A NEw AUSTRALIAN
MAMMAL.
By E. C. Srrruine, M.A., M.D., Lecturer on Physiology in the
Adelaide University.
[Read September 4, 1888.]
A few days ago, through the kindness of Mr. A. Molineux, of
Adelaide, a small mole-like animal, which appears to be new to
science, was forwarded to the South Australian Museum. It was
found on the Idracowie Cattle Station at a distance, I understand,
of about 100 miles from the Charlotte Waters Telegraph Station,
on the overland line from Adelaide to Port Darwin, but the exact
circumstances of its capture are not yet to hand. The collector,
however, reports that it must be of rare occurrence, as on ques-
tioning the aboriginals of the locality, there was only one old
woman who said she had seen it before, and that upon a single
occasion. It is evidently an underground burrowing animal, re-
sembling somewhat the Cape Mole (Chrysochloris) in its general
external appearance, but differing in many respects. The total
length is 13 cm., inclusive of the tail, which is two cm. long. The
head, relatively shorter than Chrysochloris, has a rounded muzzle,
the dorsal surface of which is covered by a horny shield. Nostrils
transversely slit-like. No eyes visible, the skin passing uninter-
ruptedly over the ocular region, but on reflecting the skin in one
side of the face a small circular pigment spot is visible on the
position of the eye. No apparent bony orbit. Tongue fleshy,
broad at the base and tapering toa blunt point. No external
ears, but the ear-openings distinct, one mm. wide, and covered
over with fur. The fore limbs are short, resembling somewhat
those of a mole, but the manus is folded, so that the large nails of
the fourth and fifth digits only are visible in the natural position
of the limbs. Of these nails, the fourth is 15 mm. long, and of a
uniform width of four mm., ending very bluntly ; the fifth is very
slightly shorter than the fourth, broad at the base (eight mm.),
tapering rapidly to a blunt point, the two together forming an
outline rather like that of a goose-mussel (Lepas). The nails of
the third, second and first digits, very much smaller, form a
series gradually diminishing in size in the order named, and con-
stitute a second row on the inside of the fourth and fifth, by
which, as stated, they are completely concealed from view. What
22
corresponds to the palm is the cleft between the two rows of
digits. The hind limbs are also short, with the soles turned out-
wards. What appears to be the fifth (anterior) digit is very short,
with a short, broad, and strong nail; the fourth is armed with a
long (seven mm.), narrow, curved, and sharp claw; while the
claws of the third, second, and first are broad, flat, rounded at
their points, and joined together by a membrane which extends
nearly to their points. On the sole there is a hard, elongated,
horny tubercle crossing it transversely. The tail, two cm. long
and five mm. wide at the insertion, tapers to three mm., and ter-
minates in a knob-hke tip.
About 15 mm. in front of the vent (? cloaca) there is a pouch
in the integument about 4 mm. wide with the opening directed
backwards and having a depth in a forward direction of from
4to5mm. The surface of this pouch is devoid of hair, but the
bare area is surrounded by thick fawn coloured fur with a slightly
reddish tint. It is, however, possible that this reddish tint is
due wholly or in part to some ferruginous looking sand which is
much mixed up with the fur. The body generally, with the
exception of the lower two-thirds of the tail, which is bare, is
covered with fur of a rather lighter tint.
With regard to the internal parts, it is unfortunate that the
specimen came to us completely eviscerated and in a bad state of
preservation generally, but ina small part of the lower bowel
which was left remains of ants were found. The bowel termin-
ates at a wide vent (? cloaca) and I can find no trace of a separate
genital aperture, nor of such openings into the supposed cloaca.
I have not yet had time to examine with minuteness the
skeleton, which unfortunately is also considerably damaged,
especially about the occipital region, but from a cursory examina-
tion of the recently skinned body I can note the following points,
with, I believe, accuracy :—Cranium relatively large; no bony
orbits; zygomatic arches present. Well developed shoulder
girdles with slender clavicles. Pectoral muscles large. Pelvis
large and strong, with a rather wide pubic symphysis, but no
epipubic bones either actual or rudimentary. Ribs, 14. Angle
of lower jaw markedly inflected. The teeth are peculiar, and
require a more extended description than I can give at present,
but the formula appears to be i. 3, c.3, m.£ (?22"4); this how-
ever may require some modification, as just posterior and external
to the premolar (or first molar) of the right ramus of the
mandible there is a small rudimentary conical tooth which is not
to be found on the opposite side or at corresponding positions in
the maxilla.
Until a more extended examination has been made of the
skeleton and teeth of this animal, I purposely abstain from ex-
23
pressing a definite opinion as to its nature and affinities, and the
following remarks must be taken as provisional only.
Though the integumentary pouch and marked inflection of the
angle of the mandible point to its marsupial nature, there is no
trace, even in a rudimentary form, of epipubic or marsupial bones,
which are nearly always present in the marsupialia. On the
other hand, the absence of a separate urgo-genital orifice (if this
should be confirmed) suggests that it is a new member of the
order Monotremata, of which the Platypus and Echidnas are the
only known representatives. The characters of the manus and
pes, the well-developed shoulder girdle and relatively large pec-
-toral muscles, together with the absence or extremely rudimentary
condition of the eyes, are plainly suggestive of the subterranean,
burrowing, and probably nocturnal habits ; while the character
of the teeth and the actual contents of what little there was left
of the lower bowel prove it to be insectivorous in its feeding.
The dentition is certainly remarkable, and both in the shape of
the mandible and in the general characters of the teeth there ap-
pears both to Mr. Zietz and myself a strong resemblance to the
pictures of the fossil jaws of the extinct Amphitherium figured in
the works of Owen and others. If this resemblance should be
confirmed by closer examination, the discovery of this animal,
apart from its mole-like characters, will be of high zoological
interest, inasmuch as these jaws of Amphitherium found in the
lower Oolite at Stonesfield, in Oxfordshire, associated with the
remains of Plesiosaurs and Pterodactyls, are among the earliest
remains of the class Mammalia known to the geologist.
On the interesting points which are raised by this supposed
resemblance it is, however, unsafe to speculate at present, nor, as
will have been seen, are we yet in a position to define with cer-
tainty its relation to existing types. JI merely submit to the
Society these preliminary and necessarily incomplete notes in
deference to the interest which has been excited by the announce-
ment of the discovery of this very interesting animal, singular
even in this land of curious and antique types.
To Mr. Zietz, assistant Museum Director, I am much indebted
for valuable assistance in the preparation and examination of
the specimen.
Since the above notes were in type, Mr. A. Molineux has been
good enough to forward me an extract from a letter recently
received by him from his nephew, Mr. Charles Benham, who
originally found the animal. Mr. Benham writes as follows :—
“7 found it during daylight about 4 p.m., on a big sand hill. I
tracked it for about fifteen yards, but saw no burrow. It would
crawl or walk a few feet, and then scratch a very small hole,
then go on again and scratch another hole. There was noknown
24
water within ten miles of the place where it was found, but there
is a prickly bush with water in its roots growing on the sand hills.
The animal seems to be very scarce, as this is the first that has
been seen by white men about here, and there was only one old
black woman who said she had seen it before. She called it by a
name which sounded like “ Aurachamater.” I did not notice
any pouch.
- GS eere-—
LS
cb) |
NOTES ON THE SURFACE FEATURES AND ROCKS.
OF NURIOOTPA AND ITS NEIGHBOURHOOD.
By J. G. O. TEPPER.
[Read April 3rd, 1888.]
Nuriootpa, a small township on the eastern boundary of the
Hundred of Nuriootpa, is on the banks of the North Para River.
Almost level flats surround it, extending eastward to the foot of
the Angaston Hills, which are an extension of the Barossa Ranges,
culminating in Mount Kaiserstuhl, 1,980 feet. In this direction
the width of the flat plain is about three miles. Westward the
Greenock and Mappa hills bound it ata distance of one to two
miles. Northward it extends to within a mile or so of Stockwell,
and north-westwards still further for some six or seven miles,
being finally blocked by the junction of the Kapunda and Truro
hills. Southward it gently rises to a low ridge, at the western
end of which Tanunda is situated, and descends rapidly to a
lower flat, in which Betany is situated, and through which, in a
transverse direction, 7.¢., east to west, Tanunda Creek flows.
From here the same formation of the ground is repeated—that is,
the flat between the river, which here, as far the greater part of
the way from Nuriootpa to Tanunda, skirts the hills on the
western side—and the ranges to the east gradually rise, crossed by
a number of deeply-excavated creeks, until gradually terminated
by spurs from the eastern hills. Beyond these spurs the same
feature is again repeated where intersected by the Pewsey Vale
road ; but the flat is now divided into two by a narrow range of
hills stretching in a curve from north to south chiefly. The
eastern flat is at first narrow, containing at the foot of the
steep first hills a small permanent lagoon of oval form, and about
ten acres in extent. Beyond a narrow low ridge formed by a
spur from the last-mentioned hill, the flat widens, and contains
the shallow Hoffnungs lagoon of irregular form and an area
of about 120 acres. The southern end of this flat is traversed by
a creek some seven or eight feet above the level of the lagoon,
and finally narrowing to about one-sixth of a mile, joins the
Lyndoch Valley flat.
To the west of the range of hills just mentioned, and at the
northern end, the flat is interrupted by a somewhat rapid descent
of about 200 feet to the Lyndoch Valley, which is a nearly level
26
‘flat some four or five miles long by about a mile to two miles
wide, through which a rather large creek flows, and which in
former times was famous for its great fertility of soil.
The hills, dividing the two flats or wide valleys as well as those
on east and south, consist of micaceous and hornblendic schists,
and show here and there remarkably steep inclines. Those on
the west are much younger, and exhibit ferruginous shales and
conglomerates. Spurs extend far into the flat here and there.
The soil of the latter is on the surface, near the centre a black
‘tenacious clayey mould, but much more sandy nearer the margin.
Below this is a dense extremely sticky grey or white clay, with
numerous fantastically-formed calcareous concretions. This
changes into sandy ferruginous loam, with lime nodules, which
has not been pierced by wells at a depth of 70 to 80 feet; but
near the southern extremity, at 40 feet and less, pure sand and
coarse gravel was reached, bearing fresh water. These various
flats present semblances of the bottoms of a chain of lakes drained
by the bursting or wearing away of comparatively narrow barriers
of hard rocks, and the flat at Lyndoch shows these features of
such lacustrine origin much more conclusively than the larger and
less hill-bound ones.
The surface soil in the flat at Nuriootpa township along the
course of the river is a rich black mould many feet in thickness ;
farther to the north a more or less adhesive clay prevails, as like-
wise towards the east from Nuriootpa. The township itself
stands upon a fertile sand, gradually merging into the sandhills
west and north-westward. South and south-east more or less
loose, either fertile or almost barren sand prevails to within a
mile of Tanunda. Below the sand and mould, which are of
slight thickness at places or missing altogether, follows first a
yellowish, sandy, and gravelly clay, in many places sufficiently
pure and plastic for bricks, and from 20 to 40 feet or more thick.
Underlying this and occasionally rising to the surface is a white
and blue very adhesive clay, here and there stained deep rusty,
and which is remarkable on account of including layers of impure
salt, which were first observed in a bank of the river towards
Tanunda associated with thin hard layers of a ferruginous cement,
subsequently traced at various other places. No doubt this is
the cause why so many saline springs exist along the river. Even
the wells become brackish and finally undrinkable jn those areas
which have this formation. As no fossils have been found the
age is doubtful, but I think may be assumed to be either the
latest Tertiary or early Pleistocene. The thickness seen varied
from about two feet to over five, but as this was near the edge of
the basin it must be much thicker in the middle.
Under the blue clay follows a white, yellow, or red sandstone,
27
porous and water bearing, but of unknown thickness, nor is it
known what is below it, as at a depth of, J. believe, ‘about 200
feet reached by boring near the hotel in search for kerosine or
coal, the base rock was not reached. The river crosses the
flat obliquely east of the township, no where showing rocks in
the bed, but instead has mostly boggy banks on account of the
many springs, usually weak and some saline in summer. An old
bed, now broad and shallow, winds through and west of the
township, joining the river where it approaches the western hills.
Its watershed on this side is very close, only from half a mile to
two miles distant, and skirting it, an interrupted band of the
well-known “TRONSTONE” occurs, probably marking the edge of
the former lake, but is wholly absent on the eastern side. In
structure it varies from that of a real sandstone finely and evenly
grained to a coarse conglomerate of pebbles three to six inches
in diameter. Sometimes cavities, as if shells had been removed,
are found in it, but no fossils were ever seen here, except a frag-
ment of wood converted into brown hematite, found S.W. of
Tanunda.
Where undisturbed and developed to a considerable extent the
uneven surface is homogeneous, but with occasional round holes
penetrating deeply and allowing the water to flow off. Its
thickness is nowhere exceeding two feet.
A very interesting rock is a very hard grey sandstone grit,
which here and there is found fringing low ridges. It conssts of
pure grains of semitransparent quartz cemented by silica of the
same character and inclosing a few larger pebbles but rarely.
Sparingly dispersed occur tortuous holes, as if formed by worms.
This rock is from 18 inches to three feet thick, rests on red clay,
and is sometimes overlain by the ironstone. A similar hut more
jaspery rock occurs on the hillsides near Sheaoak Log, showing
numerous root-like enclosures.
The older rocks in the eastern as well as the western hill
ranges consist of micaceous and hornblendic schists, gneiss,
quartzites, and near Greenock granite. The last is intrusive at
and near the anticline, which is at a high angle. It outcrops only
near the base of depressions, but never on the heights. The
principal place observed is in the north-east corner of section
1817, near Greenock, and indications in section 208.
The strike of the old pre-silurian rocks varies a few degrees
beyond the magnetic and true north and south, while the dip is
usually at very high angles. At Angaston, in a small quarry
near Mr. Salter’s residence, the hornblendic strata are undulat-
ing, and the dip varying between 48° and 65° westerly (strike
N., 7° W.). Similar strata near Greenock, in the cutting of the
road, gave a similar strike, but a dip of 62° to 68° easterly, while
28
that of the west side of the anticline was 77° westerly. The protru-
sion of the granite is in the line of strike of this anticline and
northward. Near this place cyanite, a rather rare mineral, is
found in quartz veins. A fine grained, very hard white sand-
stone occurs in sections 554 and 683, forming a bank-trending |
nearly east and west, cleaving into almost right-angled blocks,
and quite local. Magnesian limestone and a seam of very hard
kaolin were noticed near Moppa, and a vein of baryta on the road
near Greenock.
At Tanunda, between sections 43 and 38, the river has broken
through quartzites, sandstones, and micaceous slate, which proba- |
bly was the original barrier above which the waters of the upper
lake were confined. By the strike of intervening masses of
similar rocks they appear as a continuation of those forming the
highest ridge between Greenock and Nuriootpa. Another barrier,
very thick, occurs north of Jacob’s Creek, and beyond Rowlands
Flat the banks of the river become high and precipitous, attaining
from its sharp south-easterly bend for several miles an elevation
of about 200 feet. The base is formed of the old rocks dipping
at steep angles, mostly easterly, The greater part above is
formed of conglomerates, gravels, clay, and sand. At the ford at
Both’s Mill, sections 560 and 1806, and farther past the village
at Rosenthal, clay slates, frequently very fine grained and fissile,
come in and reach to the summits of the hills, rising 200 to 300
feet above the river bed, and narrowing it extremely. The
gradual wearing through these hills obviously opened a way for
the escape of the waters accumulated over the Lyndoch Valley.
Above the clay slates, and intercalated with them, occur
thinner or thicker seams of crystalline limestone, mostly of a
bluish or grey tint, and also iron spar, with perfect cleavage, is
met with. In the bed of the creek, about section 1700, a per-
fectly black coarse slate is found locally, and in section 1692 a
dyke occurs of volcanic or pseudo-voleanic rock, being formed of
large and smaller angular fragments united by a homogeneous
cement. It is traceable in the direction of its strike, south-west
and north-east, for several hundred yards, and has a width of 20
or 30 yards. In the neighbourhood also occur jasper and chalce-
dony in large blocks, now no longer to be seen in situ, but re-
moved for road metal or lying along the fences. About section
806 the highest point is reached for this part, called Schoof’s Hill.
It is composed of a highly indurated silicious slate rock, with
very imperfect cleavage, flanked eastward by a ridge of soft mica-
ceous slates,
North of this, in sections 101 and 102, this limestone assumes
large proportions, forming a hill, on which the Wheal Nitschke
Copper Mine was worked.
29
The surface soil of all these hills is a deep brown or red clay,
very fertile ; in fact, a great part is the famous Bay of Biscay
soil. Here and there, where thin, it is mixed with stones, the
fragments of the base rocks. The higher ridges are usually
‘crowned by soft travertine in patches, gradually broken up, re-
moved, and the ground turned into wheatfields.
Of the above rocky and hilly character is all that eastern part
of the district of Nuriootpa between the river in the east and
Rosenthal in the south, and the Nuriootpa Flat and Daveyston
in the north, developing further on into the Mappa Hills north-
eastward of Greenock and the Belvidere Ranges west, the whole
of this part of the district—besides the very narrow strip along
the river—being drained by the Salt Creek and the smaller New
Mecklenburg Creek. The former having received its name from
the saline character of its numerous small but permanent springs
in the lower two-thirds of its course.
At the foot of this hilly region in the west extends a wide fiat,
the surface formed of red or yellow clay, and below of the same
kind of sandy calcareous loam or marl, forming the precipitous
banks of the Torrens at the Botanic Bridge. It dries loose in
ummer, deep cracks forming in many parts, and when heavy
showers give rise to sudden floods deep crevices are formed in a
short time.
West of this flat, which formerly was almost wholly covered by
dense mallee growth of which but small remnants are left, the
land rises into gentle undulations, the surface covered by red
clay and Bay of Biscay ground. The neighbourhood of the river,
is flanked by hills of the old rocks on both sides, while the sum-
mits and sides bear mostly the same covering of red clay.
30
NoTES ON THE Muppy CREEK BEDS, WITH
BRIEF REMARKS ON OTHER TERTIARY STRATA
OF SOUTH WESTERN VICTORIA.
By Joun Dennant, F.G.S., Corr. Memb.
[Read October 2nd, 1888. ]
PLATE I.
I. INTRODUCTION.
Perhaps there are no fossiliferous deposits in Australia which
have been more frequently visited than the Muddy Creek beds,
not only by geologists, but also by those led thither by curiosity
merely. Their short distance from Hamilton, the beauty of the
scenery, the ease with which the fossils can be obtained, and last,
but not least, the warm welcome accorded to visitors by the pro-
prietors of the land where the. beds are situated, combine to make
Muddy Creek an especially pleasant place for a day’s outing.
Up to the present time, however, no attempt has, I believe,
been made to describe the strata, though the fossils themselves
have engaged the attention of our ablest paleontologists. Many
years ago, the Rev. J. T. Woods worked industriously at the beds,
and to him we are indebted for a knowledge of a large number of
the most characteristic forms found inthem. Subsequently, Pro-
fessor Tate spent some time at Muddy Creek, and made an exten-
sive collection of fossils, including many new species. Since then,
owing to the labours of various collectors, the material awaiting
description has been gradually accumulating. A perusal of the
Transactions of this Society for the last few years will show that
Professor Tate has made great progress in dealing with it, espe-
cially of late, in his systematic revision of the Australian Tertiary
Mollusca, three instalments of which have already appeared. In
the Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria, Professor McCoy
has published excellent drawings and descriptions of about 35
species found in the Muddy Creek beds. Descriptions of many
species have also been given by the Rev. J. T. Woods, F.G.S., in
the Transactions of the principal Scientific Societies of the
colonies.
Nor have the English geologists been behindhand in the inte-
rest taken in these and other Australian Tertiary deposits, the
Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society containing valuable
memoirs upon the Corals and the Echinodermata by Professor M.
Duncan, and upon the Bryozoa by Mr. A. W. Waters, F.G.S.
a enna cannes ne CNN et CE LE NA A A NC Ne CE
aR mes | ene =! =
of Greanuye Bun 4 Nudd Crewk
i
| Hialeah VAawede
; Sco ;
———
Jug fi. DMcoge
|
|
|
& aye sue
a ) 42x 04% MOG) goomhage--7- "7" |
rag, ROY OWES.
pees bee
hoey Curate OA,
wat
YOKE:
ono te
Sectvow from Framge Buw ‘Vo Howl, NR
Bawles to | wel )
PLATE.[.
Wore
= :
‘ a2 _
33 ge
: Po
: ~
= : rN AD J CTE oN a= eareranls
ERROR... <688 Tita cs erect mc apie eS : “gue ia Pane
= ee = ee He Ce? . :
Mone -tertiories Basti Putt
or td ea
a
dl
My remarks in this article will refer principally to the position
of the beds, to their relation to adjoining strata, and to the differ-.
ence in geological age, which I conceive to exist between certain
portions of the shell deposits. As full a list of the Mollusca as.
can be made out at present will be added, as necessary for the
illustration of the point last named.
In its course towards the Wannon, the Grange Burn is joined
by two tributaries, viz., Muddy Creek and Violet Creek.
Although all three are insignificant streams, and confined now in
narrow channels, yet the valleys through which they flow are not
only wide, but depressed considerably below the level of the sur-
rounding country. I have not observed any fossil outcrops in
the Violet Creek, which is the more remarkable, as they occur in
so many places in both the Grange Burn and Muddy Creek.
Tt may be mentioned here that the term ‘ Muddy Creek” beds.
is used by common consent, as a convenient name for the whole
series of fossiliferous strata in this locality, and must be under-:
stood, therefore, to include not only the deposits of Muddy Creek
itself, but also those of the Grange Burn, close at hand.
The distance of Muddy Creek from the sea is about 40 miles,.
while the fossil-bearing strata (in the place marked “a” in the
map) are 385 feet above sea level. Mr. 8. Mason’s house on the
table-land overlooking the creek is 130 feet higher, or 515 feet. .
above sea level. This may be regarded as the general elevation
of the country in the neighbourhood, the slope to the sea-coast
being very gradual. These and the other levels given later on
are aneroid measurements of my own. The meteorological station
at Hamilton, about five miles distant, which is exactly 640 feet
above sea level, has been adopted as the starting point for the
observations made in the neighbourhood of Muddy Creek. In
other localities, either the sea itself, or some known elevation, has.
formed a basis to work from.
Going northwards from the Grange Burn, no outcrops of the
marine tertiaries occur in the whole of the county of Dundas,
except a small outher towards its extreme western boundary, on
the margin of the River Glenelg. This region, lying between the
Grange Burn and the Wannon on the south, and the Glenelg on
the north, forms a plateau, occupied by palozoic, granitic, trap-
pean, and metamorphic rocks, and probably stood at too great an
elevation during tertiary times to be submerged.
To the north and north-west of the Glenelg, however, the
marine beds again appear, and continue almost without interrup-
tion over a vast extent of country, the river in this part of its
course marking a well-defined geological boundary.
By going along the Grange Burn to the westward, we soon
lose sight of the tertiaries, the mesozoic strata—which they, no
32
doubt, immediately overlie in that direction—appearing as the
surface rocks. The intervening country between the tertiary and
the mesozoic outcrops is occupied by basalt and drift accumula-
tions, so that no actual junction of the two formations can be
found. Nn e> © Rm OO 6 het Co
—
BIRT OND © HR RE Ree
Family Scalariidze—
Scalaria
Cirsotrema
Crossea
Family Solariidee—
Solarium
Philippia
Family Pyramidellidee—
Pyramidella
Odostomia
Actzeopyramis
Turbonilla
Eulimella
Mathilda
Aclis
Eulima
Mucronalia
Stylifer
Family Cerithiopsidee—
Cerithiopsis
Family Cerithiacea—
Cerithium
Vertagus
Potamides
Lampania
Tympanotonos
Terebralia
Telescopium
Pyrazus
Bittium
Cerithidea
Triforis
Diala
Styliferina
Planaxis
Quoyia
Litiopa
Family Littorinide—
Littorina
Tectaria
Risella
Modulus
Raulinia
Fossarus
Fossarina
Family Heterophrosynidee—
Barleeia
Family Rissoidee—
Rissoa
Rissoina
Scaliola
Hydrobia
Amnicola
i)
St St Or
bo
ON NN OW OP OO
bd
OTH BY BD OD
a oe
Family Rissoide—
Bithynella
Paludinella
Tatea
Bithynia
Assiminea
Family Paludiniidze—
Paludina
Larina
Family Valvatidzee—
Valvata
Family Melaniidee—
Melania
Family Czciidee—
Parastrophia
Watsonia
Ccecum
ORDER SCUTIBRANCHIATA.,
Family Neritidzee—
Nerita
Navicella
Neritina
Family Liotiide—
Liotia
Adeorbis
Cyclostrema
_ Cirsonella
Delphinula
Family Rotelliidee—
Ethalia
Family Turbinidze—
Phasianella
Turbo
Collonia
Calcar
Family Trochiidze —
Trochus
Zizy phinus
Turcica
Thalotia
Cantharidus
Elenchus
Gibbula
Solariella
Monodonta
Polydonta
Clanculus
Monilea
Euchelus
Trochocochlea
Bankivia
Leiopyrga
ee
CO OS = hb
bS
NRE ORE PbO}
~
i7
| Family Trochiide— -
Astele
Diloma
| Family Haliotiidee—
Stomatella
| Stomatia
Gena
| Haliotis
Tzeinotis
Schismope
Scissurella
Basilissa
| Minos
Family Fissurellidee—
Fissurella
Macrochisma
Fissurellidzea
Emarginula
Tugalia
Scutus
Puncturella
Rimula
Zeidora
Family Patellidze—
Patella
Nacella
Family Acmzidze—
Acmeea
Scutellina
Family Ianthinidee—
Ianthina
Recluzia
Microplax
Angasia
Callochiton
Ischnochiton
Callistochiton
Chaetopleura
Tonicia
Chiton
Acanthopleura
Stenochiton
Lorica
Schizochiton
Plaxiphora
| Acanthochiton
Notoplax
| Onithochiton
Cryptoplax 1
Family Pleurotomariidee—
ORDER POLYPLACOPHORA.
—_
jt
pat
bo © mos RrENphsA
kt
fod
POH PRE Oo 0009 DD DD OO EE
NRO Ne
rt C2 OO bo re pet pt OT
mE oo
ORDER TECTIBRANCHIATA.
Family Tornatellidaee—
Actzeon
Buccinulus
Ringicula
Family Bullidae—
Bulla
Haminea
Atys
Akera
Cylichna
Volvula
Diaphana
Tornatina
Utriculus
Myonia
Scaphander
Aplustrum
Hydatina
Family Lophocercidzee—
Lophocercus
Lobiger
Cylindrobulla
Family Philinidee—
Philine
Chelidonura
Family Aplysidee—
Aplysia
Dolabrifera
Dolabella
Family Pleurobranchiadee—
Pleurobranchus
Pleurobranchidium
Umbrella
ORDER NUDIBRANCHIATA.
Family Doridide—-
Doris
Angasiella
Casella
Chromodoris
Gonidoris
Polycera
Plocamophorus
Triopia
Ceratosoma
Family Doridopsidee—
Doridopsis
Family Tritoniadee—
Bornella
Melibzea
_
Co
i
—
Nee be © ee bo == = CO Re bo bo Go bo bD OO CO HB CO CO
—
=
Ree oO NRENHE HORE OD
78
Family Molide—
Aéolis
Flabellina
Janus
Glaucus
Family Elysiidee—
Elysia
Allportia
Family Phyllirhoide—
Phyllirhee
CLass SCAPHOPODA.
Dentalium
Entalis
Siphodentalium
Cadulus
Crass PrERoPoDA.
Hyalea
. Styliola
Cuvieria
Cymbula
Tiedemannia
Spiralis
CLass PULMONATA.
Family Auriculidee—
Auricula
Alexia
Pythia
Marinula
Melampus
Cassidula
Plecotrema
Family Amphibolide—
Ampullarina
Family Siphonariidze—
Siphonaria
Gadinia
Family Onchidiidee—
Onchidium
Family Truncatellidee—
Truncatella
Blandfordia
Family Cyclostomidee—
Realia
Pupina
Callia
Diplommatina
Cyclophorus
Leptopoma
Helicina
Georissa
mS mer HRD
ee en Re OO Ono a
i
NO WOW OQONEKER OG
bp
bh
BPD ROME pap
Family Arionidzee—
Cystopelta
Family Limacidee—
Limax
Amalia
Family Vitrinidee—
Helicarion
Parmacochlea
Family Helicoidea—
Rhytida
Diplomphalus
Paryphanta
Family Zonitidee—
Nanina
Zonites
Stenopus
Family Succineidee—
Succinea
Athoracophorus
Family Vaginulidee—
Vaginulus
Family Helicidee—
Coeliaxis
Vertigo
Tornatellina
Stenogyra
Bulimus
Helix
‘Family Limneede--—
Limnezea
Amphipeplea
Bulinus
Physopsis
Ancylus
Gundlachia
Planorbis
Segmentina
Crass LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.
Family Gastrochzenide—
Aspergillum
Humphreyia
Clavagella
- Gastrocheena
Family Teredinide—
Teredo
Family Pholadide—
Barnea
Jouannetia
Parapholas
Martesia
Family Solenide—
Solen
79
Family Solenidze—
I Cultellus
Solecurtus
2 | Family Saxicavide—
2 Saxicava
Panopzea
18 | Family Myacidee—
1 Mya
Corbula
19 Cryptomya
4 Poromya
+ Nera
Family Anatinide-—
14 Coelodon
36 Myodora
3 Myochama
Thracia
11 Lyonsia
1 Anatina
Family Mactride—
1 Mactra
Rangia
1 Lutraria
10 Zenatia
6 Reeta
a Eastonia
sex. 24 Moldia
. 261 | Family Paphide—
Paphia
13 Anapa
tI Ervilia
60 | Family Semelidee
t Semele
4 Syndosmya
1 Cumingia
11 | Family Tellinide—
2 Asaphis
Psammobia
Sanguinolaria
Hiatula
3 Tellina
3 Metis
2 Macoma
3 Arcopagia
Phyllodia
4 Gastrana
Donax
2 | Family Petricolide—
1 Petricola
2 Naranio
1 Venerupis
Saxidomus
ri
S me
[—
rm OH © bo NIN rF oF =
iw) lund
mE Dd
4 bs et
mw RMD He ee
tN
| -
MRD eH OREN WH ONE ARE
pe
Family Veneridee—
Venus
Chione
Cytherea
Circe
Meroe
Dosinia
Clementina
Tapes
Family Glaucomyidze—
Glaucomya
Family Cycladidee—
Spheerium
Pisidium
Corbicula
Cyrena
Family Isocardiidee—
Cypricardia
Trapesium
Coralliophaga
Family Cardiidze—
Cardium
Family Verticordiidee—
Verticordia
Family Chamidze—
Chama
Chamostrea
Family Tridacnidze—
Hippopus
Tridacna
Family Lucinidee—
Lucina
Loripes
Austriella
Cryptodon
Corbis
Family Ungulinidzee—
Diplodonta
Sacchia
Family Erycinidee
Montacuta,
Laszea
Lepton
Pythina
Galeomma
Scintilla
Ephippodonta
Mysella
Kellia
Family Solemyidzee—
Solemya
Family Astartidee—
Crassatella
e bo e bo
Ss Pe Eb w
— CNNONWHKEH Neem) Nw >
_
or
80
Family Astartidze—
Cardita
Carditella
Mytilicardia
Thecalia
Family Unionidee—
Mycetopus
Unio
Family Trigoniidzee—
Trigonia
Family Nuculidee—
Nucula
Leda
Solenella
Family Arcidee—
Arca
Barbatia
Scapharca
Trisis
Pectunculus
Limopsis
Family Mytilide—
Mytilus
Modiola
Lithodomus
Modiolaria
Myrina
Septifer
Modiolarca
Family Aviculidee—
Avicula
Meleagrina
Perna
Crenatula
Vulsella
Malleus
Family Pinnidee—
Pinna
Family Spondylidee—
Spondylus
Pheatula
Family Limidze—
Lima
Limea
Family Pectinidze—
Pecten
Amusium
Family Anomiidze—
Anomia
Placunanomia
Family Placuniidze —
Placuna
Aa
idso—
ly Ostre
bw 4
Family Terebratulide—
Kraussina
Sogy Family Rhynchonellidze—
Crass PALLIOBRANCHIATA. Atretia q
Terebratslidie— Family Craniidee—
ie ebratula Z Crania
piewe Taldheimia 1° Family Discinidee— —
Terebratulina i Orbicula
_ Magasella 1 | Family Lingulidee—
Megerlia 2 Lingula
ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF THE PoRT LINCOLN
DISTRICT, INCLUDING BRIEF DESCRIPTIONS OF
Two NEw SPECIES.
By Proressor Rate Tare, F.L.S., F.G.S.
[Read October 2, 1888. ]
A hurried excursion, occupying a few days in the early part of
November, 1887, in the Port Lincoln district, brought to my
knowledge the occurrence of 51 species not hitherto known there.
The country traversed is well within the wettest part, and is
therefore the most typical portion of the phytographic district of
Southern Eyre Peninsula. The route was from Port Lincoln by
way of Little Swamp, the Fountain, to Lake Wangary, to Marble
Range, to Kellidie Bay (an extension of Coffin Bay), to Straw-
berry and Winter’s Hills on the west slope of the coast range,
which extends north from Port Lincoln, and back to the seaport.
The leading physical features are—
1. The coast range, consisting of metamorphic rocks, is
clothed with open forests of Casuarina, and Eucalypts according
to the nature of the soil.
2. A low depressed area, to the west, extends to the coast
line on the south-west, and is interrupted on the north-west by
isolated peaks of metamorphic rocks, as Marble Range (a mis-
nomer, as the rock is a hard highly metamorphic quartzite),
North Block, kc. Towards the sea-coast much of this depressed
country is occupied by swamps, whilst the relatively high ground,
or rises, constitutes heath lands, or grass lands interspersed with
thickets and light timber, particularly of Hucalyptus corynocalyx.
Ranunculus aquatilis. Swamps at Little Swamp and_ near
Kellidie Bay.
Ranunculus lappaceus. Thickets near Fountain.
Drosera pygmexa. Wet heath near Little Swamp.
Comesperma calymega. Wet heath near Little Swamp.
Commergonia Tatei, /. v. Mueller. Heath ground near Fountain.
This new species is a low diffuse under-shrub, with the
branches extending to one foot or more, with “remarkably
reduced cyme, only one or two- flowers as a rule being
developed.”
Thomasia petalocalyx. Heath ground, Fountain.
Claytonia calyptrata. Marble Range.
Rumex Brownii, Bushy places near Fountain; Marble Range.
83
Haloragis tetragyna. Heathy ground, rather general.
Myriophyllum verrucosum. Swamps, common.
Myriophyllum Muelleri. Swamps, common.
Grevillea lavandulacea. Marble Range.
Hydrocotyle hirta. Coomonoga, near Little Swamp.
Lagenophora Billardieri. Kellidie Bay ; Winter’s Hill; Marble
Range.
Brachycome Muelleri. Bushy places near Fountain.
Brachycome cuneifolia, Z'ate. Bushy places near Fountain. A
tufted glabrous annual ; leaves radical, thin, narrow-cuneate
or spathulate, coarsely and deeply obtusely toothed, attenu-
ated into a narrow petiole, mostly one to one and a half
inches. Scapes several, one flowered, about three inches long,
with a linear-lanceolate bract towards the base. Heads about
one quarter inch in diameter ; ray-flowers conspicuous, blue,
very narrow, in a single row ; scarious margin of involucral
bracts, blue ; achenes flat, with an entire membranous wing ;
pappus minute. In the habit this new species recalls
B. decipiens, from which it is readily distinguished by its
winged fruits.
Cotula filifolia. Freshwater swamps, Little Swamp, Fountain,
We.
- Cotula cornopifolia. Freshwater swamps, Little Swamp, Foun-
tain, &e.
Cotula australis. Bushy places, Coomonoga, &c.
Leptorrhynchos squamatus. Marble Range.
Stuartina Muelleri. Wet heath ground, Coomonoga.
Erechthites hispidula. Swamp at Fountain.
Podotheca angustifolia. Sandy ground, Lake Wangary to Coffin
Bay.
Dibeiiticaiuin exaltatum. Swamps at Coomonoga
Limosella aquatica. Lake Wangary.
Wilsonia rotundifolia. Kellidie Bay.
Dichondra repens. Marble Range.
Cynoglossum australe. Kellidie Bay.
Dichopogon laxum. Winter’s Hill; Fountain.
Triglochin striata. Fountain ; Lake Wangary.
Potamogeton natans. Swamps about Little Swamp, and between
Fountain and Kellidie Bay.
Potamogeton pectinatus. Swamps about Little Swamp, and
between Fountain and Kellidie Bay.
Lepilena Preissii Swamps about Little Swamp, and between
Fountain and Kellidie Bay.
Typha angustifolia. Pools on the River Todd.
Xanthorrhea semiplana. Very widely diffused.
Xanthorrhea Tateana. Marble Range.
84
Juncus bufonius. Little Swamp.
Juncus pallidus. Marble Range, and towards Kellidie Bay.
Cladium scheenoides. Wet heath, Coomonoga.
Cladium filum. In all the swamps, especially near the sea.
Heleocharis acuta. Little Swamp.
Tsolepis cartilagineus. Swamp at Fountain.
Schenus apogon. Swamp at Fountain.
Stipa semibarbata. Winter’s Hill, and other grassy places on
the Coast Range.
Stipa aristiglumis. Winter’s Hill, and other grassy places on
the Coast Range.
Stipa teretifola. Rocks by the sea, Kellidie Bay.
Agrostis Solandri. Heath ground at Fountain.
Danthonia penicillata. Winter’s Hill.
Festuca littoralis. Kellidie Bay, and towards Lake Wangary.
Lepturus incurvatus. Swampy ground at Coomonoga.
Asplenium flabellifohum. Marble Range.
The following additions have been determined from gatherings
made by Mrs. Richards at Fowler Bay :—Ranunculus parvi-
Horus, Epaltes Tatei, Gnaphalium indutum, Pterostylis mutica ;.
and at Denial Bay, Orobanche Australiana.
19
ur
PLANTS OF THE LAKE EYRE BASIN.
By Proressor Ratpn Tare, F.LAS., F.G.S8., We.
In my address delivered before the Biological Section of the
Australasian Association for the Advancement of Science at its
meeting in August, I occupied myself with the large question of
the influence of climatological and geological changes on the
distribution of the constituents of the Australian Flora. In it I
gave summaries of facts rather than details, and among others
those relating to the plants of the Lake Eyre Basin. ‘This flora
will have some special interest for us, and I venture to submit to
you those particulars of it which are wanting in my address.
The flora of the Lake Eyre Basin was selected as best illustrat-
ing the characteristics of the botanical region which I had named
Eremian ; geographically it is only a small section of the region.
Lake Eyre is situated nearly in the centre of the continent, and
at or a little below sea level. It occupies the centre of the area
of normally high barometric pressure, and minimum rainfall in
Austraha. The annual rainfall on the south and west does not
exceed five inches, though it is a little more on the east ; but the
whole area is subjected to protracted droughts. The area has
passed through extreme climatic vicissitudes, and it offers the very
best initial study on the nature and origin of the Eremian flora
as a whole.
The basin is vast, but I restrict myself in this communication
to the depressed area around the lake—an area that probably
coincides with the former extension of the lacustrine waters (now
salt to saturation). The bounding more elevated lands on the
south, and the Peake ranges on its north-west, and hence to the
MacDonnell Range yield, as far as botanically known, the same
type of flora, though richer in genera and to some extent
specifically distinct. The floral type, which prevails, extends all
over the central region of the continent, from the west of the
Cordilleras of Eastern Australia to the western seaboard between
the Gascoyne and De Grey rivers.
Phytographically, this region isolates the Awtochthonian (S.W.
Australia) from the Huwronotian (S.E. Australia), the dry inter-
vening country presenting an effectual barrier to an interchange
of species. If, as I suppose, that the Lake Eyre basin, which is
now a sandy-saline waste, was once occupied by a vast inland
sea of fresh water, of which Lakes Blanche and Frome are out-
liers, whilst contemporaneously Lake Torrens and the system of
86
lakes about Lake Gardner were conjoined, such extension of the
inland waters must have largely operated in checking migration
from west to east or wcé versd. The only way of intercourse
then would have been in more northern latitudes which are
beyond the latitudinal distribution of the related species in the
two extreme regions. It seems probable that the isolation of
the Autochthonian flora antedates the period of deposition of the
Cretaceous rocks, which occupy so vast an area in Central Aus-
tralia, and that the Eremian flora was introduced in compara-
tively recent times.
In the volumes of the Flora Australiensis are recorded many
species from the Lake Eyre basin, chiefly based on the collections.
made by Babbage, Burke and Wills expedition, the Victorian
expedition (in search of Burke and Wills), and by Lewis. In
most cases topographic definition has not been given, and where-
ever possible they have been replaced by me in the accompany-
ing list by exact localities.
The collections of plants upon which the bulk of the species is.
based I owe to the following gentlemen :—
To Mr. J. C. Chandler a small collection gathered in the neigh-
bhourhood of Peake and received in 1882.
To Mr. James McLeod for a large collection made at Innam-
inka, the site of Burke’s grave, eleven miles west of the Queens-
land boundary, received August, 1884; a second collection by
the same made in the autumn of the following year along the
stock road from Innaminka by the Strzelecki to Lake Frome.
To Mr. Malcolm Murray for a choice collection gathered by
him early in 1885 on the south and west sides of Lake Eyre,
between Callana and Anna Creek.
To Mr. E. G. Millard for many species collected by him in the
spring of 1886 at Kalamurina Station, on the Warburton River
(or Lower Diamantina), 30 miles south-east of Cowarie.
I have also examined a collection made by Dr. Cleland in
1886 on a journey from Hergott to Strangways ; and also one
collected at Tingatingana Station, on the Strzelecki Creek,
about midway between Innaminka and Lake Frome.
Lastly, I visited the country about Callana during the winter
of the present year.
The sign [!] which is affixed to localities indicates that I have
examined authentic specimens, and that the specific determina-
tions are mine.
The list contains the names of 388 species, less than half of
the known species in the extratropical part of the South Aus-
tralian portion of the Eremian region ; but it is almost certain
that some common plants are not included, and a very slight ex-
tension of the assumed southern boundary would largely add to
_— Ste =:)DCUrP
87
it. The sequence of the orders and the specific names are ac-
cording to Baron Mueller’s Census of the Australian Flora.
In the margin I have indicated the distribution of the extra-
australasian species, the abbreviations employed being as follows:
—o, Oriental; rE, Ethiopian; 1, Tropics; a, Andean; MED,
Mediterranean ; cos, Cosmopolitan, or nearly so. The species of
exotic origin number 68, which is equivalent to 17 per cent. of
the whole; whilst for the whole continent the percentage is
twelve, the figures being as follows :—
Immigrant species ... Het gOS 11.236
Emigrant species... a ied ha
Total species 48s 343 8,800
The asterisk prefixed to the species-name indicates that the
species is essentially Eremian, and the double asterisk that it is
peculiarly Eremian.
List of localities :—
South side of Lake Eyre.—Farina, Hergott, Callana, Stuart’s
Creek, Priscilla Springs; all on the Great Northern
Line of Railway.
West side.—Beresford, Strangways and William Springs
(tableland adjoining), Anna Creek, and Peake; all on
the Great Northern Line of Railway. The Margaret
approaches the Railway in the vicinity of Coward
Springs.
Cootanoorrinna is about 30 miles south-west from
Peake, and Nilpinna is about half-way. The Neales
intersects the Telegraph Line 13 miles north of Peake.
North-east side.— Warburton River.
East side.—Innaminka, on Cooper Creek, near here the
floodwaters of Cooper Creek discharge into the Strze-
lecki.
South-east side.—Hamilton Creek, John Creek, Paralana,
and Wooltana, on the north-west side of Lake Frome.
List oF SpEciEs, witH LocatiriEs, &c.
ORDER CRUCIFER.
* Sisymbrium trisectum. Cooper Creek (/7. Aust.) ; Strang-
ways !
cardaminoides. Strzelecki Creek !; Warbur-
ton River !; Innaminka !
* Erysimum lasiocarpum. John Creek!; Strzelecki Creek ! ;
Warburton River !
es brevipes. John Creek; Lake Frome! ; Strzelecki
Creek !
*K*
88
Erysinum Blennodia. Innaminka!; Warburton River !;
Strzelecki Creek !
Stenopetalum velutinum. Between Stoke’s Range and
Cooper Creek (17. Aust. ). |
nutans. The same.
croceum. Innaminka !
Lepidium phlebopetalum. Strangways to Hergott!; Peake!
monoplocoides. Warburton River !
papillosum. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper
Creek (/7. Aust. ).
ORDER CAPPARIDEZ.
Capparis Mitchelli. Cooper Creek (7. v. J. ).
ORDER PITTOSPOREX.
Pittosporum phillyroides. South of Callana!
ORDER DROSERACES.
Drosera Menziesi. John Creek, Lake Frome !
ORDER MALVACEZ.
Lavatera plebeia. Strzelecki Creek; Hergott to Strang-
ways !
Malvastrum spicatum. Strzelecki Creek!; Hergott to
Strangways !; Cootanoorrinna !
Sida corrugata. Warburton River! Innaminka !
virgata. Hergott to Strangways!
petrophila. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek
(Ll. Aust.). John Creek !
intricata. Peake!
calychymenia. The Margaret (/7. Aust. ).
inclusa. Near Lake Eyre (/7. Aust. ).
Abutilon halophilum. IJInnaminka!; Peake !
diplotrichum. Between Lake Eyre and River
Finke (C. Giles ).
leucopetalum. Cooper Creek (Howitt).
otocarpum. Lake Eyre (J. v. J. ).
oxycarpum. Near Lake Eyre (#. Giles).
Fraseri. Warburton River!; Peake!
Avicenn. Cooper Creek ( Wright).
.E. Hibiscus trinum. Cooper Creek.
Krichauffianus. Cooper Creek (Victorian Eup. ).
Sturtii. Wooltana, Lake Frome!
Gossypium Sturtii. Wooltana!; north-east side of Lake
Kyre (Sturt).
Plagianthus glomeratus. Near Lake Eyre (C. Giles).
kk
var
89
ORDDR EUPHORBIACE®.
Euphorbia Drummondi. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ;
Strzelecki Creek.
erythrantha. Peake!
Wheeleri. Between Stoke’s Range and Cooper
Creek ( Wheeler) ; Innaminka !
eremophila. Between Hergott and Strangsways!;
Innaminka !
Phyllanthus Fuernrohrii. Between Lake Eyre and River
Finke (£. Giles ).
lacunarius. The Hamilton! Lake Frome;
Warburton River !
ORDER UTICACER.
Parietaria debilis. Paralana, Lake Frome !
ORDER SAPINDACE.
Dodonza viscosa. Strzelecki Creek !
microzyga. Neale’s River (Stuart Hup.); Strze-
lecki Creek !
Heterodendron oleifolium. Cooper Creek (/U. Austral. ).
Atalaya hemiglauca. Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER HYPERICINE®.
Hypericum Japonicum. Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER ELATINES.
Bergia ammannioides. Innaminka !
ORDER GERANIACES.
Erodium cygnorum. Innaminka!; Peake!
ORDER ZYGOPHYLLE.
Tribulus terrestris. Peake !; between Hergott and Strang-
ways !
hystrix. Between Hergott and Strangways!; Inna-
minka !
Zygophyllum glaucescens. Strzelecki Creek !
iodocarpum. Cootanoorrinna, and generally
diffused on west side of Lake Eyre!
Billardieri. Innaminka!; between Hergott
and Strangways !
fruticulosum. Innamika!
ammophilum. Warburton River!; Innaminka!
Howitti. Warburton River!
MED. Nitraria Schoeberi. Warburton River !
90
ORDER FRANKENIACES.
MED.Frankenia laevis. Very general!
ORDER CARYOPHYLLEX.
Polycarpeea synandra. Sandy flats of Anna Creek!; Wirra-
wirraloo (Babbage ).
0. E Indica. Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER PORTULACE.
Portulaca oleracea var grandiflora. Sandhills at Nilpinna!
(vulgo ‘ muneroo’).
** Claytonia Balonnensis. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek ! ;
Warburton River !; Peake!
ia pleiopetala. Wills Creek (//owitt ).
+s
ptychosperma. Between Lake Eyre and River
Finke (2. & MW.)
ORDER AMARANTACE.
** Euxolus Mitchelli. Beresford Springs!; Warburton River!;
Strzelecki Creek ! ; Innaminka !
Ptilotus alopecuroides. Innaminka !
is exaltatus. Lake Frome!; Peake!
i Murrayi. Wills Creek (Howzvtt)
ag parvifolius. Stuart Creek (Babbage) /; Farina!
ae latifolius. Warburton River!; Strzelecki Creek! ;
Wills Creek (Howitt)
4H
incanus. Warburton River !
0. & Alternanthera triandra. Strzelecki Creek !; the Hamilton!;
Lake Frome!; Warburton River!
** Polyenemon Mesembrianthemum. Lake Eyre (£. Giles)
ORDER CHENOPODIACE.
Rhagodia crassifolia. Lake Eyre (Lewis ).
nutans. Lake Eyre (£. Giles); Innaminka !
‘i spinescens. Between Hergott and Strangways !
** Chenopodium auricomum. Cootanoorrinna!
¢ cristatum. Warburton River!; Beresford
Springs !
** Atriplex nummularium. Between Hergott and Straugways !
sd rhagodioides. Strangways !
+
vesicarium. General on west side !
id velutinellum. Stuart Creek (Babbage ).
halimoides. Lake Hyre (Lewis); towards Cooper
Creek (Howitt ).
holocarpum. General on west side !
angulatum. Strangways Springs !
91
** Atriplex fissivalve. Cootanoorrinna! A more or less succu-
lent herb, the branches and foliage covered
with watery shining papille, as in A. erystal-
linum. Perianth with a foliar toothed
appendage on each valve, similar to the valve.
** leptocarpum. Warburton River !
Dysphania littoralis. South of Wills Creek (Hovwzitt).
al siniulans. Cootanoorrinna !
Enchylena tomentosa. Strzelecki Creek !
** Bassia bicornis. Cooper Creek (Dr. Murray ).
cial lanicuspis. Cootanoorrinna !
¥* bicuspis. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek
( Wheeler ).
diacantha. Warburton River !
hal uniflora. Cootanoorrinna and Nilpinna!
ag quinquecuspis. Warburton River!
** Babbagia dipterocarpa. Stuart and Elizabeth Creeks (Bab-
bage); Paralana, Lake Frome !; gypsum flats,
west side of Lake Eyre !
tel acroptera. Warburton River!
** Kochia lanosa. Warburton River! ; between Hergott and
Strangways !
sia eriantha. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek
( Wheeler ).
aphylla. Between Hergott and Strangways !
ef sedifolia. Strzelecki Creek ! !; Paralana !
villosa. Peake!
‘clas ciliata. The Margaret (Babbage); Strzelecki Creek!
appressa. The Margaret (abbage ).
== brachyptera. Cootanoorrinna !
cos. Salsola kali. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek
(Howitt ).
Salicornia australis. Salt flats, very generally distributed !
arbuscula. Salt flats, very generally distributed !
sp leiostachya. Lake Eyre (Lewis); Lower Barcoo
River (Howzvtt ).
ORDER FICOIDE.
*}Tetragonia expansa. Innaminka!; Warburton River!
F Aizoon quadrifidum. Strzelecki Crack | ! Warburton River !
ae zygophylloides. Mount Margaret (Babbage ).
** Gunnia septifraga. Stuart Creek (Babbage).
0.E. Zaleya decandra. Between Cooper and Wills Creek (Dr.
Murray).
0.E. Trianthema crystallina. Cootanoorrinna !
** Mollugo orygioides. Cooper Caeek ( Wright).
Glinus. Strzelecki Creek and Innaminka !
| ty
=“ F
**
kK
92
ORDER POLYGONACEZ.
Rumex crystallinus. Beresford Springs !; Strzelecki Creek !;
Innaminka !
Polygonum plebejum. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek !
attenuatum. Innaminka !
Muhlenbeckia Cunninghami. Innaminka!; Hergott to
Strangways !; William Springs !, We.
ORDER NYCTAGINE.
Beerhaavia diffusa. Peake !
repanda. Paralana!; Lake Eyre (£. Giles).
ORDER LEGUMINOS#.
Isotropis Wheeleri. Between Stokes Range and Cooper
Creek ( Wheeler).
Crotalaria Cunninghami. Between Hergott and Strang-
ways!; Priscilla sandhills!; Strzelecki Creek!
dissitiflora, var. eremeea. Very general !
Mitchelli. Wills Creek (Howitt); Strzelecki
Creek !
Trigonella suavissima. Warburton River!; Strzelecki
Creek !; Beresford Springs !
Lotus australis, var. Peake!; Innaminka!; Table land
north of Callana !
Psoralea patens. Between Hergott and Strangways ! Wayr-
burton River !
Indigofera brevidens. Peake!; Cooper Creek (A. C.
Gregory).
viscosa. Anna Creek !
hirsuta. Warburton River !
Sesbania aculeata. Cooper Creek (Howztt).
Swainsonia phacoides. Warburton River !; south of Wills’
Creek (//owitt) ; Innaminka !
oligophylla. Cooper Creek (A. C. G'regory).
campylantha. Cooper Creek (A. C. Gregory) ;
Peake !; crabholes, Beresford Springs !
phacifolia. John Creek !; Strzelecki Creek !
oroboides. Cooper Creek (Howitt). _
procumbens. Between Hergott and Strang-
ways !
Glycine falcata. Cooper Creek (Bowman).
sericea. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek
(Wheeler). Innaminka !
tomentosa. Cooper Creek (//owitt).
. Aischynomene Indica. Beresford Springs!; seven miles
‘ , “|
from Strangways !
93
Vigna lanceolata. Anna Creek !
** Cassia pruinosa. Between Stokes’ Range and Cooper Creek
( Wheeler).
ad pleurocarpa. West of Lake Eyre (— Giles).
phyllodinea. Between Hergott and Strangways !
eremophila. Warburton River !
¥* Sturtii. Peake!; Strzelecki Creek to Lake Frome!
* desolata. Innaminka!; Hamilton Creek, south end
of Strzelecki !
* Petalostylis labicheoides. John Creek !
** Bauhinia Carroni. Towards Cooper Creek (Howitt).
** Acacia Peuce. North of Wills’ Creek (Howitt).
_ eyperophylla. Cooper Creek (A. C. Gregory).
** Murrayana. Cooper Creek (Dr. Murray).
tetragonophylla. South of Callana !
+x a \ Cooper Creek (Victorian Exped.)..
ig Sentis. Strzelecki Creek !
iad doratoxylon. Cooper Creek (Herb. 7’. VIL).
x Farnesiana. Cooper Creek (Victorian Exped.).
ORDER CRASSULACE.
A Tillea verticillaris. Innaminka!
| ORDER MYRTACEH.
** Melaleuca hakeoides. Cooper Creek (Dr. Beckler).
iad trichostachya. Cooper Creek (//owzitt).
** Eucalyptus microtheca. Cooper Creek (/zowitt) ; Wool-
tana !
rostrata. Flooded watercourses, general.
ORDER HALORAGES.
Haloragis ceratophylla. Warburton River !
ORDER LYTHRACEZ.
0. E Ammannia baccifera. Cooper Creek (//owitt).
ORDER THYMELE.
* Pimelea microcephala. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek !
ig trichostachya. - Innaminka !
ORDER PROTEACE.
** Grevillea pterosperma. Cooper Creek (//owitt).
“e juncifolia. North of Lake Eyre (Sturt).
striata. Cooper Creek (//owite).
tag nematophylla. William Tableland and south of
Callana !
Seal
Beate
KK
KE
*K
“KK
KK
**
KK
ed
A
yd
94
‘Hakea leucoptera. Strzelecki Creek !; Cooper Creek (Dr.
Murray).
ORDER LORANTHACE.
epee tingoihy iit } Cooper Creek (//owitt).
gibberulus. William Tableland!
pendulus.
grandibracteatus. Cooper Creek (Vict. Exped.)
Quandang. Cooper Creek (Howitt).
Viscum articulatum.
ORDER SANTALACE.
Santalum lanceolatum. South of Callana!
ORDER UMBELLIFERA.
Didiscus glaucifolius. Strzelecki Creek !
Eryngium plantagineum. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek ;
Paralana and John Creek !
Dauchus brachiatus. Strzelecki Creek !
ORDFR RUBIACE.
Oldenlandia tilleacea. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek! ;
Warburton River!
Dentella repens. Between Stokes Range and Cooper Creek
( Wheeler).
ORDER COMPOSIT.
Podocoma cuneifola. Hamilton Creek! ; between Hergott
and Strangways !
Minuria leptophylla. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek! ;
Peake !
suedifolia. Stuart Creek (Babbage).
integerrima. Warburton River!; Innaminka!
denticulata. General, from Hergott to Peake!
Cunninghami. Between Hergott and Strangways !
Calotis cymbacantha. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek !
erinacea. Nilpinna flats !; Innaminka!
lappulacea. Warburton River !
plumulifera. Cootanoorrinna!; Innaminka and
Strzelecki Creek !
porphyroglossa. Innaminka !
hispidula. Innaminka!; Warburton River!; Peake!
Brachycome pachyptera. Innaminka!
ciliaris. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek !;
Strangways !; Cootanoorrinna !
melanocarpa. Innaminka!
95
Pterocaulon sphacelatus. Innaminka !; Hamilton Creek ! ;
Peake !
Pluchea Eyrea. Strzelecki Creek!; Hergott to Strang-
ways!; Nilpinna flats, between sandhills !
** Erodiophyllum Elderi. Strzelecki Creek and Wooltana!
rorMosA. Epaltes australis. Innaminka !
Cunninghami. Warburton River !
** Pterigeron liatroides. Strangways (Stwart); Beresford
Springs and Peake!
Flaveria australasica. Hergott; Tableland north of Cal-
lana ; William Springs; and Peake!
Med, $: Aiea t Cotula coronopifolia. John Creek !
** Centipeda thespidioides. Stuart Creek (Babbage); Strze-
lecki Creek !
Oo. orbicularis. Innaminka !
*% Cunninghami. Strzelecki Creek !
** Myriocephalus Rudalli. Strzelecki Creek !
* Stuartii. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek !
** Gnephosis eriocarpa. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek; and
Warburton River !
** codonopappa. Beyond Lake Eyre (Z. Gules).
*% arachnoidea. Strzelecki Creek !
Craspedia chrysantha. Innaminka!
pleiocephala.
** Calocephalus platycephalus. Strzelecki Creek !
Rutidosis helichrysoides. Innaminka and Warburton River !
** Millotia Greevesii. Innaminka!; Peake!
Ixolena tomentosa. Lake Eyre (2. Giles).
leptolepis. Hergott to Strangways!; Innaminka!
Podolepis canescens. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek! ;
Warburton River !
rutidochlamys. Innaminka !
in Siemssenia. Strzelecki Creek!; Hergott to
Strangways !
Leptorhynchos pulchellus. Strzelecki Creek !
Helichrysum apiculatum. IJnnaminka!
¥* semifertile. Innaminka! ; Strzelecki Creek !
wag podolepideum, Peake!
*
Helipterum floribundum. Innaminka,; Strzelecki Creek ;
and Peake !
oc pterochetum. Stuart Creek (Babbage).
vith strictum. Warburton River!; Stokes’ Range
to Cooper Creek ( Wheeler).
moschatum. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek ;
Peake ; and Warburton River !
corymbiflorum. Innaminka and_ Strzelecki
Creek !
96
Helipterum incanum. Warburton River!
exiguum. Strzelecki Creek !
hyalospermum. Innaminka !
** Senecio Gregori. Warburton River; Innaminka; and
Strzelecki Creek !
lautus. Innaminka!; Hergott to Strangways !
brachyglossus. Warburton River !; Innaminka!
7 Cunninghami. Warburton River and Innaminka !
cos. Gnaphalium luteo-album. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER CAMPANULACE.
Lobelia Benthami. Cooper Creek (Lowman).
** Tsotoma petrea. John Creek and Tooth-knob, Lake Frome !
o. Wahlenbergia gracilis. Innaminka; Strzelecki Creek ; and
Warburton River !
ORDER GOODENOVIE.
** Leschenaultia divaricata. Cooper Creek (Wheeler); Anna
Creek !
Goodenia glauca. Warburton River!; Strzelecki Creek ! 5.
Strangways!; Peake!
ila cycloptera. Peake!; Warburton River!
KE Mitchelli. Lake Eyre (£. Giles).
ie heteromera. Strangways !
am microptera. Warburton River !
* -Sceevola spinescens. Innaminka !; Strzelecki Creek !
* depauperata. Cooper Creek ( Wheeler).
** collaris. Lake Eyre (£. Giles); Warburton River !
* ovalifolia. | Strzelecki Creek!; Cooper Creek
(Howitt) ; Lake Eyre (Lewis).
ORDER GENTIANE®.
LoocHoo. Erythreea australis. Innaminka and Strzelecki Creek!
ORDER PLANTAGINER.
Plantago varia. Warburton River!; Innaminka!
ORDER ASCLEPIADE.
Cynanchum floribundum. Cooper Creek (//ovwitt).
** Marsdenia Leichhardtiana. John Creek !
* Sarcostemma australis. Tableland around Lake Kyre!
KK
ORDER SOLANACE®.
cos. Solanum nigrum. Hergott to Strangways !
** esuriale. Hergott to Strangways !
chenopodinum. Cooper Creek (//owitt).
Sturtianum. Innaminka and John Creek !
97
* eremophilum. Hergott to Strangways!; Beres-
ford Springs!; Peake!
** lacunarium. Lake Eyre (#. Giles).
* ellipticum. Innaminka!; Peake !
** orbiculatum. Warburton River !
Nicotiana suaveolens. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ;
Strzelecki Creek! ; Peake !
ORDER SCROPHULARIACE.
** Mimulus prostratus. Strzelecki Creek !
* Stemodia Morgania. Warburton River; Innaminka, and
Strzelecki Creek !
** Peplidium Muelleri. Lake Eyre.
ORDER ACANTHACE.
y Justicia procumbens. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek!; Peake!
ORDER PEDALINES.
** Josephinia Eugenie. Near Cooper Creek (Bowman).
ORDER CONVOLVULACE.
Convolvulus erubescens. Innaminka!
t Evolvulus linifolius. Cooper Creek (/fowitt).
** Brewerla media. Cooper Creek.
** Polymeria longifolia. Cooper Creek.
ad angustata. Cooper Creek.
ORDER OROBANCHACES.
Orobanche australiana. John Creek, Lake Frome !
ORDER BORAGINES.
0.E. Coldenia procumbens. Cooper Creek (//owztt).
Nand dawries,¢ Heliotropium Curassavicum. Warburton River !;
John Creek !
MED. undulatum. Near Lake Eyre (Lewis).
= asperrimum. Beresford Springs!
Hergott to Strangways!; John
Creek !
0.E. ovalifolium. Innaminka!
+* filaginoides. Cooper Creek (/owitt).
Halgania cyanea. Innaminka!
0.E. Pollichia Zeylanicum. Cooper Creek (Howitt) ; Strzelecki
Creek !
Echinospermum concavum. Stokes’ Range to Cooper Creek
( Wheeler).
* Cynoglossum Drummondi. Innaminka and_ Strzelecki
Creek !
G
KK
MH
98
ORDER LABIATZ.
Mentha australis. Innaminka, Strzelecki Creek, and north
of Strangways !
Prostanthera striatiflora. Towards Cooper Creek ( Wheeler) ;
Wooltana !
Teucrium racemosum. Warburton River!; Cooper Creek
(Howitt); Strangways and Beresford
Springs !
ORDER VERBENACEZ.
Verbena macrostachya. Warburton River, Innaminka and
Strzelecki Creek !
Neweastlia spodiotricha. Eyre Creek (Kayser).
ORDER MYOPORINES.
Myoporum Cunninghami. Strzelecki Creek !
et Dalyana. Stokes’ Range to Cooper Creek
( Wheeler).
Sturtii. Hamilton Creek !
Latrobei. Cooper Creek (Howitt); Coota-
noorrinna !
MacDonnell. Strzelecki Creek!; Paralana !
Freelingi. Innaminka!; Becelecki Creek ! ;
Cootanoorrinna ! iy Peake !
Goodwini. Stokes’ Range to. Cooper Creek
(Wheeler); beyond Lake Hyre (£. Giles). —
Duttoni. Cooper Creek (Wright).
polyclada. North-east of Lake Eyre (Stwr‘).
maculata. Strzelecki Creek !; Innaminka!;
Lake Eyre (£. Giles).
Brownil. Innaminka!
latifolia. North of Strangways Springs !
bignoniflora. Strzelecki Creek !
Bowmani. Cooper Creek !
scoparia. South of Callana!; about Lake Eyre
(#. Giles).
ORDER ORCHIDE.
Cymbidium canaliculatum. Cooper Creek (Herb. vi v.M.).
Caladenia deformis. Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER AMARYLLIDEZ.
Crinum flaccidum. Cooper Creek (Vict. Haped.); Strzelecki
Creek !
Calostemma luteum. Mount Margaret (Stwart) ; Cooper
Creek (Veilson).
lt SD ee
99
ORDER LILIACE®.
Wurmbea dioica. Between Lake Eyre and River Finke
(E. Giles).
Bulbine semibarbata. Warburton River!; Innaminka! ;
John Creek !
Tricoryne elatior. Cooper Creek (Vict. Exped.).
** Thysanotus exiliflorus. Innaminka!
ORDER NAIADE®.
Triglochin centrocarpa. Warburton River !
ORDER JUNCACE.
Juncus planifolius. Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER CYPERACE.
Cyperus gracilis \ Lake Eyre (Andrews).
subulatus
fulvus. Beresford Springs!
) eragrostis. Strzelecki Creek !
— Gilesii. Innaminka !
) difformis. Beresford Springs !
0.E. Iria. Beresford Springs !; Innaminka !
rv Fimbristylis ferruginea \ Rein Pion |
velata
cos Scirpus lacustris. John Creek !
cartilagineus. Innaminka !
ORDER GRAMINEAE.
** Panicum reversum
_e coenicolum
W. Indies adspersum Near Lake Eyre (Andrews).
ce) distachyum
0.E. Panicum helopus. General on west side of Lake Eyre!
decompositum. Lake Eyre (Andrews) ; Cooper's
Creek ([owitt).
7p, leucopheeum. Cooper Creek (Vict. Hauped.).
Mitchelli. Cooper Creek (//owztt).
effusum. Hergott to Strangways !
0.&e.Setaria viridis. Anna Creek and tableland near Strangways
Springs !
** Pennisetum refractum. Cooper Creek (/owztt).
** Spinifex paradoxus. Near Lake Eyre (Andrews); Warbur-
ton River !
0. Eriochloa annulata. Cootanoorrinna, and generally about
west side of Lake Eyre !
0. Perotis rara. Towards Cooper Creek (Wei/son).
100
o.&c. Lappago racemosa. Hergott to Strangways!; Warburtor
River !
Erianthus fulvus. AnnaCreek!; near Lake Eyre(Andrews).
o. Andropogon punctatus. Callana !
0. sericeus. Lake Eyre (Andrews).
exaltatus. Callana!; Lake Eyre (Andrews).
** Anthistiria membranacea. Cootanoorrinna, and general om
west side of Lake Eyre!
0.E. ciliata. West side of Lake Eyre!
a? avenacea.,
Aristida stipoides. Strzelecki Creek !; Lake Eyre (Andrews).
arenaria. Warburton River!
Stipa semibarbata. Innaminka!
Pappophorum commune. Hergott to Strangways!; Beres-
ford Springs !; Warburton River!
** Astrebla pectinata. Hergott to Strangways !
e triticoides. Lake Eyre (Andrews).
Triraphis mollis. General on west side of Lake Eyre !
** Chloris acicularis. Anna Creek !
o.&ec. Eleusine cruciata. Hergott to Strangways !
* Sporobolus Lindleyi. General on west side of Lake Eyre!
ik actinocladus. Cootanoorrinna !
** riachne aristidea. Lake Eyre (Andrews).
ovata. Lake Eyre. (Andrews).
Eragrostis concinna. Lake Eyre (Andrews).
speciosa. Hamilton River (Stuart).
eH laniflora. Beresford Springs !
x cheetophylla
*% lacunaria Lake Eyre (Andrews).
** faleata
¥% trichophylla. Hergott to Strangways!; Coota-
noorrinna !
sp. Anna Creek.
vt. Festuca fusca. Lake Eyre (Andrews).
g Trodia irritans. General on stony and sandy ground !
Poa ramigera. Anna Creek !
ORDER MARSILEACES.
MHD. Marsilea quadrifolia. Innaminka!; Strzelecki Creek !
ORDER FILICES.
0. Cheilanthes tenuifolia. Innaminka!; Mount Nor’-West !
MED. vellea. Innaminka!; Lake Eyre (Andrews).
MED. A. Grammitis rutefolia. Innaminka!; Mount Nor-West!
cos. Ophioglossum vulgatum. Strzelecki Creek !
101
On SOME NEW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN COCCIDA.
By W. M. MasxKetz, F.R.M.S.
[Read July 3rd, 1888. }
Pirates XII. to XIV.
The following paper contains detailed descriptions of some
insects which Mr. F. 8. Crawford, of Adelaide, has kindly sent
tome. They are all, in various ways, interesting, and some of
them are quite peculiar. It would be desirable that some
systematic investigations should be made amongst the Australian
Homoptera. This field has hitherto been very little worked, and,
from these and other specimens which have come under my
notice, I believe that a student of this very curious Order will
find in Australia ample opportunities for most interesting work.
All these insects have some peculiar features of their own well
worth examination. If nobody in their native country cares to
undertake the task, I shall be very happy to do what I can if
specimens are sent to me.
On this I may mention, as a guide both to those who would
like themselves to study Coccids and to those who might be good
enough to send insects for identification, that two things are
necessary. First, care must be taken to procure specimens, if
possible, in all stages of existence ; secondly, attention should be
directed by a student to the determination of minute points of
anatomy. ‘The first is required because a Coccid, in very many
cases, is quite different in different states of life; the female is
quite unlike the male, the larva is often no guide whatever to
the form of the adult. The second is requisite because, without
minute examination, errors may very easily arise; for example,
Monophlebus Crawfordi, herein described, in outward appearance
very closely resembles, as to the female, Celostoma Zealandicum,
and, as to the male, /cerya Purchast. The minute rostrum of
the female and the tassels of the male are distinguishing char-
acters, to be made out only with a strong lens or the microscope.
These remarks may perhaps seem to some superfluous, yet they
contain points of the greatest importance for the study of
Homoptera, especially Coccids.
102
FAMILY COCCIDID/,
GRoUP— DIASPIDIN-A.
Genus—Aspidiotus, Bouché.
Female puparium varying in colour, circular in outline, usually
flat, sometimes rather convex ; pellicles central.
Male puparium elongated, not carinated ; pellicle at one end.
Aspidiotus eucalypti, sp. nov. Plate xii., fig. 1.
Female puparium (figs. 1 and a and 5d), circular, slightly convex,
dirty-white in colour ; diameter averaging ~, inch. The pellicles.
in the centre are very inconspicuous.
Male puparium (c) narrow, elongated, semi-cylindrical ; colour
white, the pellicle yellow; not carinated above. Length nearly
js Inch.
Adult female (d) of the usual pegtop-shape of the genus, but
with a deep transverse groove about one-third of the distance
from the cephalic extremity, which divides it into two unequal
portions. The other segments are not conspicuous. Colour dark
brown. The abdomen is not overlapped by the anterior segments
as in some species. Length, 7, inch ; diameter almost the same.
Abdomen (e) ending in two median lobes, and at each side some
short fine hairs. No groups of spinnerets, but rows of spin-
nerets are arranged along the last three segments, and there are a
few others scattered. After pressure, as shown in the figure, the
pygidium is seen to extend for some distance within the edge of
the abdomen, and is of a bright yellow.
Adult male not known.
The puparia of the females are found thickly aggregated in
masses on the bark, with the males interspersed.
This species is clearly distinguished by the deep transverse
groove on the female, as shown in figs. 6 and d. The male pupa-
rium is also narrower, and more cylindrical than usual.
Habitat.—On Eucalyptus (various kinds), South Australia ;
often found intermingled with the next insect, Chonaspis
assimilis.
Genus—Chionaspis, Szgnoret.
Female puparium usually, but not always, white ; elongated,
generally nearly flat ; pellicles at one end.
Male puparium elongated, white, carinated ; pellicle at one
end.
Chionaspis assimilis, sp. nov. Plate xii., fig. 2.
Female puparium (figs. 2 and @ and 6) elongated, pyriform,
slightly curved, scarcely convex ; colour dark brown, the pellicles.
at one end yellow. Length, about 54, inch.
103
Male puparium (c) brownish-white, narrow, semi-cylindrical ;
pellicle yellow. Length, ~; inch.
Adult female (d@) of the usual elongated form - the genus, the
cephalic region smooth, the proomen with conspicuous segments ;
colour brown. Length, about inch. The abdomen “(e) ends
in two median lobes with at each side a few spines ; pygidium
exhibiting five groups of spinnerets, but only two or three in
each group.
The larva (f) is of the normal form of the Diaspid group, but
the rostrum, as shown in the figure, appears to be abnormally
large.
Habitat.—On Eucalyptus (various), South Australia.
This insect approaches very nearly C. ewonymi, Comstock (Re-
port of the Entomologist, U.S. Dept. of Agric., 1880, p. 313),
especially in the small number of spinnerets in the groups; but it
differs in colour in the lobes of the abdominal extremity, and in
the absence of a “ventral scale” in the puparium.
GRoUP—LECANIDINE.
SUBDIVISION—_LECANIDZ.
Genus—Pulvinaria, Zargiozz.
Female insects naked, arboreal, constructing a cottony ovisac :
exhibiting an abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes at all stages. Male
pup in cottony or waxy tests.
Pulvinaria flavicans, sp. nov. Plate xii, fig 3.
Adult female (figs. 3 and a), yellowish-brown in colour, not
globular or gall-like, but slightly convex, rugose; outline sub-
elliptical ; naked, but producing a quantity of white cotton,
which surrounds its edges, looking like a cushion on which the
insect reposes; but on turning it over the ventral surface is
seen to be bare, so that the insect rests rather on a ring of
cotton. General form normal of the Lecanid group, exhibiting
the abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes, but the cleft (b) is shallow
and wide. Round the edge of the body is a row of spines, short
and not very close together. Antenne of apparently eight joints
(c), but the division shown in the figure at c may be a “false joint,”
as in some other Lecanide, and the antenna may have really
seven joints. Assuming eight as the number, all the joints are
sub-equal in length, with a few short hairs; on the last joint is
one hair about three times as long as the others. Feet (d and e)
with somewhat thick femur, the tibia and tarsus slender ; upper
pair of digitules, with long, fine, knobbed hairs, lower pair
rather longer than the claw, and slightly dilated at the tips.
Anogenital ring (f) with many hairs. Rostrum short and thick :
104
mentum monomerous. On the ventral surface are many spin-
nerets, narrow projecting tubes, which are most numerous at the
edges and near the posterior extremity.
Second stage of female not observed.
Larva (g) active; body elongated, very indistinctly seg-
mented; colour brownish-yellow. Abdominal cleft and dorsal
lobes present. The lobes are somewhat long, so that some larve
seem almost to have anal tubercles; sete long and _ thick.
Antenne (/) rather disproportionately large, with six joints, of
which the third is the longest, the rest sub-equal; one or two
short hairs on most of the joints, and one the last, which is
fusiform, several hairs, of which one is very long, almost equal
in length to the whole antenna. Feet also large and long, all the
joints thick ; the tibia is longer than the tarsus (an exceptional
character in a larva); digitules, both upper and lower. Knobbed
hairs. Anogenital ring (7) with eight hairs. A few short
spines round the edge of the body.
Male in all stages unknown, but on the twig examined,
amongst a number of females, there were a few empty, broken,
glassy tests, of the usual form of Lecanide; these seem un-
doubtedly the tests of male pupe.
This appears to be clearly a Pulvinaria, and differs in a few
particulars from described species. The cottony ovisac is shorter
and more ring-shaped than usual in the genus. But the species
of Pulvinaria have not been diagnosed with sufficient complete-
ness. JP. vitis, Linn., P. artemisie, Licht., and P. oxyacanthe,
Linn., exhibit characters found in the South Australian insect.
GRouP—CoccIDIN».
SUBDIVISION——-ACANTHOCOCCID&.
Genus—Eriococcus, Zargioni-Tozzetti.
Adult females enclosed in a sac of felted cotton ; body elong-
ated, segmented; anal tubercles conspicuous.
Amongst the characters hitherto ascribed to this genus are an
elongation of the sac and a number of spines on the dorsum, and
the sac is usually so clearly cottony as to present no difficulties.
The insect about to be described is abnormal in both particulars,
but other characters seem to place it in this genus—indeed, it
agrees with no other—and it is therefore so allocated here. It
presents several features of considerable interest.
Eriococcus paradoxus, sp. nov. Plate xiii., fig. 4.
‘ . 1 i
Sac of adult female (figs. 4 and a) dark reddish brown, circular,
convex, aggregated in masses on the bark, and so thickly covering
it sometimes as probably to smother the plant ; diameter about
105
4 inch. The aggregated mass is so thick that. on cutting a
vertical section it appears like a honeycomb of cells (6), each
containing an insect. At the summit of the convex sac is a
very minute orifice (not apparent in every instance). This orifice
(shown in fig. @) is probably intended to give access to the male
insect, specimens of which may sometimes be found inside the
cellular sacs with the females. The sac is so closely fitted that it
has quite the appearance of being waxy instead of cottony, but a
little pressure with the point of a pencil makes an impression in
it as if it were leathery ; and on boiling in potash it becomes dis-
solved, which is not the case with any waxy coccid test, as far as
I know. The spinnerets and threads described below are also
evidences that the sac is really felted, though very closely.
The sac of the male (c and d) is reddish-yellow, narrow, elon-
gated, convex above and flat beneath ; after its last metamorpho-
sis the male escapes.by an orifice at one end.
Adult female (e) somewhat pegtop-shaped, the cephalic region
large and smooth, the abdomen small, segmented and tapering to
the two anal tubercles, which are prominent, and béar each a long
seta. Colour dark reddish-brown; length, exclusive of the
tubercles, about =, inch. On maceration and boiling in
potash the anatomical details can be made out. On the cephalic
region, as shown in the diagram (/), there are four bands of very
small, circular spinneret orifices (shown enlarged in fig. g); these
bands correspond with the position of the four stigmata of the
body. On the abdominal segments there are rows of double, or
figure-of-eight, spinnerets (fig. h, and enlarged fig. 7); many of
these also are scattered over the cephalic region. From these
double spinnerets spring long white curling threads (4, /), which
form the felted sac. The rostrum (m) is conical, and the mentum
(x) is bi-articulate. The antenne (0) are atrophied and very
short ; the number of joints cannot be clearly made out, owing to
compression, which confuses them; but the normal number in the
genus is six, and probably this is the case here also. The tip
bears a few strong short hairs. The feet are entirely absent.
The second stage of the insect has not been observed.
The larva, just after leaving the egg, is of the normal shape of
the genus (p)—elongated, flattish, tapering slightly posteriorly ;
exhibiting the anal tubercles. Colour reddish; length about
one-fortieth of an inch. Antenne (q) of six sub-equal joints, all
slightly dilated at the end except the last, which is irregular and
pointed, and bears some hairs; all the joints appear to be
numerously ringed. Feet normal. On the body there are four
longitudinal rows of figure of eight spinnerets (r). The anal
tubercles bear long sete.
Adult male (s), red; somewhat short and squat; the thorax
106
broad, and the abdominal segments compressed. Length of the
body, about one-fortieth of an inch. The last segment of the
abdomen bears on each side three longish sete. Antenne (t) of
ten joints, the first very short, the rest sub-equal, elliptical,
except the second, which is dilated at the tip ; all the joints bear
hairs. Feet (v) slender ; upper digitules long and slender, lower
pair short ; fine hairs. Abdominal spike (w) conical, pointed.
Habitat.—On Pittosporum undulatum. South Australia.
This is an anomalous and peculiar insect, and if the joints of
the antenne, in the adult female, have really more than six joints,
as they may well have, it must be removed from the genus Hrio-
coccus. The absence of the feet is also an abnormal character.
In general outline the female resembles the New Zealand insect
Ervococcus hoherie, but in that the feet are present, though
atrophied.
GROUP—COCCIDINA.
SUBDIVISION——DACTYLOPID&.
Genus—Ripersia, Signoret.
Adult females stationary, excreting much white meal and cot-
ton ; antenue of six joints ; anogenital ring with six hairs ; anal
tubercles present but, in the adult, not conspicuous.
ipersia leptospermi. sp. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 5.
Adult female flattish, a little raised and carinated on the dor-
sum ; outline sub-circular, or if in a depression of the leaf propor-
tionately compressed; colour dark purple, covered with white
meal; producing rich red colour when immersed in potash. From
the edge of the body radiate all round a large number of very
long, fine, white, cottony, curling filaments which are also slightly
arched, forming a kind of bower, under which is a mass of more
granular cotton, slightly tinged with yellow, in which the eggs
are laid and hatched. The filaments are in tufts set close together,
and their average length is about twice the diameter of the insect.
Antenne (a) of six joints, of which the two first are very short,
the last three sub-globular and sub-equal, and the third nearly
half as long as the whole antenna; on the last joint are a few
short conical bristles, on the third are two hairs, and one or two
hairs on the rest. A “false joint” occurs on the third joint, as
in some Lecanidee. Feet (b) very long and slender; the tibia
very little longer than the tarsus; claw slender ; upper digitules
long knobbed hairs, lower digitules short and very fine. Rostrum
(c) short ; mentum dimerous. The body has twelve inconspicuous
segments, and at the edge is a row of twenty-four groups of large
projecting tubular spinnerets with wide bases (two to each seg-
ment), from which spring the tufts of long, white, cottony
107
filaments (figs 1 and d). On the epidermis are other spinneret
orifices, circular and not projecting, from which the yellower
cottony mass is excreted. Anal tubercles inconspicuous with
short sete. Average diameter of the body, 5 gh average
diameter from tip to tip of the cottony filaments, 1 inch.
Second stage of the female not observed.
Larva just “hatched (e) active, elongated, dark purple in colour,
‘slightly dusted with white meal; body segmented ; anal tubercles
conspicuous, with long sete. Antenne (/) of probably four
joints, but the joints are not easily distinguished. Feet thick,
apparently normal. Length of body, about one-fiftieth of an
inch.
Male in all stages unknown.
This insect is evidently a Dactylopid, from the character of the
anal tubercles, the six-haired anogenital ring, and the general
form of the adult female. It is referred to the genus [ipersia,
on account of the six-jomted antenne. Only one species of the
genus appears to have been described hitherto (2. corynephori,
Signoret) ; but this seems to have nothing like the arched fringe
of long white cottony filaments, and its colour is yellow. Other
distinctions are in the form of the antenne, the digitules of the
foot, and the character of the spinnerets. The South Australian
insect appears to be clearly distinct.
GROoUP—COCCIDINE.
SUBDIVISION——-MONOPHLEBID&.
Hitherto a distinguishing character of this subdivision has been
the possession of ten or eleven joints in the adult female. For
this reason Signoret expressed doubts whether the specimens
observed of the insect Drosicha contrabens, Walker (from Cey-
lon), which had only nine joints, were really adult females; and,
having in view these doubts, I attached, in my “Scale Insects
of New Zealand,” the genus Drosicha with Monophlebus. It is
quite clear, from the following account of a new species, that the
subdivision must be extended as regards this character, and per-
haps Drosicha, when again observed, may be found to be really
as Walker originally described it.
Genus—Monophlebus, Leach.
Adult female with nine (or eleven?) joints in the antenne ;
adult male with several long tassels on the abdominal segments.
A curious point about this is that, whilst all authors give
generic characters for the females of Monophlebus, not one seems
to have ever described, or perhaps observed, a female, at least so
far as to determine its more minute features. Westwood and
Leach possessed apparently specimens; and from their general
108
routward similarity to the females of Porphyrophora, Guerimia,
&c., probably the eleven-jointed antenne has been taken for
granted. The males of several species of Monophlebus are de-
-scribed, chiefly as inhabiting the East Indies. In Cwlostoma, an
allied New Zealand genus, the antennz have undoubtedly eleven
joints; so also in Jcerya. As far as I know, the following is the
first published detailed description of a female Monophlebus, and
it is interesting, as it necessitates the revision just noted of the
characters of the genus.
Monophlebus Crawfordi, sp. nov. Plate xiv., fig. 6.
Adult female (flgs. 1, a and 6) brick-red in colour, with two
broad longitudinal stripes of purple extending the whole length
son the dorsal side and on the abdominal segments beneath. The
body is slug-like, fat, and distinctly segmented with twelve
divisions ; somewhat convex above and flat beneath. The
-cephalic and thoracic region occupies half the length, so that the
feet seem placed rather in a forward position, and the insect
‘crawls slowly. There'is a quantity of white, short, cotton cover-
ing the insect, and at gestation this is heaped in large masses
containing the eggs. The antenne (c) are tapering, with nine
joints, the first and second are wider and shorter than the rest
which are sub-equal except the last which is elongated oval ; each
joint bears some hairs. At the base of the antenna is situated
the eye (shown in fig. c); this is small, tubercular, not facetted
but with a central orifice or spot. The feet (d) are not very
strong; the tibia is more than twice as long as the tarsus ; the
trochanter bears one long seta; all the joints have hairs, and on
the under-side of the tibia is a series of short spiny hairs or
bristles ; the upper digitules appear to be absent, the lower pair
being short, fine hairs. The rostrum is very minute, but may be
clearly made out in a deep hollow between the anterior pair of
feet (it is indicated in fig. 6); it is conical (e) and appears to
have no mentum. At the tip there are some short hairs, but no
long sete, as in most coccids. The body of the insect is covered
with short, fine, spiny hairs, intermingled with small circular
spinneret-orifices.
The second female stage has not been sent tome. Judging by
analogy, this will probably be found (as in the allied New Zealand
genus Cewlostoma) to be encased in a large waxy test, and sta-
tionary on some plant. But, unless searched for by some one
more or less familiar with the peculiar variations of coccids, which
are generally not a little puzzling, it may not be found for some
time; and analogy may be misleading, so that this second stage
may really be something resembling the adult. It would be’
interesting to clear up the doubt, the metamorphoses of coccids
being one of the most curious features of the family.
109
The adult male (/) is a fine insect, rather larger than usual
amongst coccids, the body measuring almost } inch and the ex--
panded wings 2 inch. It is not, at first sight, unlike the male of.
the allied genus Jcerya (I. Purchasi, the cottony-cushion scale),
having a red body and dark-brown wings. But the characteristic
feature of the genus MJonophlebus is the presence of a number of.
tassels on the abdomen—two on the last segment but one, and
four on the last segment (g). In the figure one of the tassels is
shown as cut off. The head, thorax, and abdomen are red, with
darker patches ; the thorax smooth, the abdomen cylindrical and
segmented. On each segment are a few hairs, and each of the
tassels bears several long sete. The eyes are prominent, dark-
brown, and conspicuously facetted. The wings are large, brown,
with a strong red, bifurcated nervure, and two longitudinal
whitish streaks or hyaline bands. The halteres are thick and in--
flated, with four seta-like hooks. Antenne (fand h) long and
rather stout, with ten joints, each of which is constricted in the
middle, and may be easily mistaken for two. Hach joint bears
two rings of very long fine hairs. Feet (2) long and slender ; the
trochanter has a long seta; tibia more than twice the length of.
the tarsus; upper digitules absent, lower pair fine hairs. There~
are no ocelli on the head.
This is a very interesting insect for several reasons, the first of
which may be that, as far as my information extends, the females
of Monophlebus, as noted above, have not yet been described. The:
males of seven species are given in Dr. Signoret’s work, the des--
eriptions being taken verbatim from Westwood’s “Arcana Ento--
mologiz,” 1841; and nobody else seems to have examined or
described the genus. Of these seven one (WZ. J/ligerz) is given as
from ‘‘Van Diemen;” in size it nearly agrees with our insect, the
male being about 4 inch long, with 2 inch expansion of wings ;
but it [the male] is said to be “ nigricans, pedibus nigris,” and to-
have tassels on each abdominal segment. These old descriptions,
especially in the absence of any notice of the females, are too
vague for identification. Westwood assigns 22 joints to the
antenna of the male WM. Jiligeri. He had evidently examined it
only with a lens, and failed to see the constriction in each joint.
The female J. Crawfordi resembles very much in outward
appearance the New Zealand insect Celostoma Zealandicum, and
my friend Mr. Crawford sent it to me as of that genus. But the
presence of a distinct rostrum, which can easily be seen although
it is very small, quite removes it from Cclostoma,; and I have:
pleasnre, whilst ascribing it to its proper genus, in connecting it
with his name. Of proper habitat, it cannot well be said to have
any, as it crawls about freely, though slowly. Probably, as stated
above, the second female stage may be some day found to be
stationary on some plant in waxy tests.
110
I should observe that, if the characters of Monophlebus hitherto
given were correct, the insects above described, having only nine
joints in the female antenna, could not be adult. But, in the
first place, the whole appearance of the female, its free locomotion,
its cottony envelope, its general form, all point clearly to its adult
state. Secondly, and this is most important, the tibia is a great
deal longer than the tarsus: and this, all through the Coccid
family, with the exception of a very few genera, is only the casein _
the adult. I should be very much surprised if the female I have |
been describing ever turns out to be anything but full-grown.
PARASITES.
Coccids are greatly subject to attacks from parasitic enemies,
chiefly Hymenoptera, sometimes Diptera. If it were not so,
their ravages, which are quite bad enough as it is, would be en-
tirely destructive ; the parasites keep them very much in check.
Amongst the insects described in this paper two clearly show
parasites. I found five dead female Aspid. eucalypti, each con-
taining the pupa-case of a hymenopterous parasite which had
emerged and flown away; and Mr. Crawford has sent me four
female Monophlebus, which are literally riddled like sieves with
holes from which small dipterous flies have emerged. In New
‘Zealand I have never yet found more than one parasite in a
Coccid ; these South Australian insects evidently can harbour
many ; I counted 69 holesin one Monophlebus. These flies appear
to be of the same kind as that which Mr. Crawford has reported
as killing Icerya Purchasc; but I am not sufficiently acquainted
with the Diptera to identify them. The group Monophlebide
(always excepting [cerya) are not, I think, injurious insects ; and
if they will breed numbers of parasitic flies which may also attack
other and worse pests than they are, they might even be en-
couraged, if possible.
EXPLANATION -OF PLATES XIL >TO (Xiy.
Prats: < Us
Fig. 1. Aspidiotus eucalypti, sp. nov. Insects male and female in puparia
on bark of eucalyptus ; nat. size.
a. Female puparia, upper side.
6, Female puparium, underside with female.
c. Male puparia, upper side.
d, Adult female.
e, Abdomen and pygidium of female with spinnerets.
Vig, 2. Chionaspis assimilis, sp. noy. Insects male and female in puparia
on bark of eucalyptus ; nat. size.
a. Female puparium, upper side.
b. Female, under side with female.
c. Male puparia, upper side showing carination.
d. Adult female,
e. Abdomen and pygidium of do.’ with spinneret groups.
/. Larva underside, showing rostrum.
| W.M.M. del! ad nat.
SURVEYOR GENERAL'S OFFICE, ADE LAIDE. Frazer S. Gawford.Phototithographer.
Piatre XI
_WM.M.delt ad nat.
SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE, ADELAIDE. Frazer’ S. Grawtord.Photolithographer.
PLATE XIV
(W.M.M del ad nat.
‘SURVEYOR GENERALS OFFICE, ADELAIDE. Frazer S. Crawford. Phototithographer.
ae
Fig. 3. Pulvinaria flavicans, sp. nov. Females with cottony secretion on
twig (shrub undetermined) ; nat. size.
. Diagram of adult female.
Diagram of abdominal cleft and dorsal lobes of ditto.
. Antenna of ditto, showing doubtful joint at c.
Foot of ditto.
. Claw and digitules of ditto.
Anogenital ring of ditto.
Larva.
. Antenna of ditto.
Anogenital ring of ditto.
PEATE XIIt,
Pig. 4. Lriococcus paradoxus, sp. nov. Insects male and female, in sacs on
/ twig of Pittosporum ; nat. size..
. Sacs of female, upper side, showing orifice.
. Vertical section of aggregated mass of sacs, with insects.
Sac of male.
Ditto, showing orifice of escape.
Adult female.
Ditto, diagram to show stigmatic spinnerets.
. Stigmatic spinnerets.
. Abdomen of female, showing tubercles and spinneret-bands,
Abdominal spinnerets.
2, Threads from ditto.
. Rostrum.
. Mentum with setee.
. Antenna of female.
Larva ; dorsal view ; diagram to shows spinnerets.
. Antenna of ditto.
. Spinneret of ditto.
Adult male.
Antenna of ditto.
. Foot of male.
w. Abdominal spike and setze of ditto.
EGATE XIV.
Mig. 5. Lipersia leptospermi, sp. nov. Diagram of aduli female after mace-
‘ ration and pressure ; enlarged twelve diameters.
a. Antenna of ditto.
6. Foot of ditto.
c. Rostrum of ditto.
d, Spinnerets of ditto.
é. Larva.
bie Antenna of ditto.
a ee)
™
.
QKNSENHSSKSR pg She AD Ha
a. Adult female, Seceal me enlarged two diameters.
. Ditto, under side showing rostrum, enlarged two diameters.
Antenna and eye of female.
. Foot of female.
Rostrum of ditto.
Adult male.
. Abdomen of male, showing tassels (one cut off),
. Three joints of antenna of ditto.
Foot of male.
mea Wan &§
Ma oF as _Mr. Maskell’s drawings being in colours, the plates are photo-litho-
graph copies of them made by Mr. F. g: Crawford,
ON MEASURING THE POWER OF TELESCOPIC
EYEPIECES.
By D. B. Apamson.
[Read February Ist, 1887. ]
In the course of my telescopic observations I have made a
point of inquiring of parties, when they have been observing the
moon, what they considered the apparent diameter of that lumi-
nary to be when viewed with the naked eye. I have found the
variety of opinions on this subject to be very surprising.
One old gentleman informed me that to him the moon appears
to be rather over six feet in diameter ; while another friend says
it looks the size of a dinner-plate ; and another tells me it seems
about the size of a saucer; while another gives the size of an
onion as the moon’s apparent diameter. Now these different
answers, although so various, might each and all of them be cor-
rect, as the apparent magnitude of any object depends entirely
on the distance at which that object is viewed ; so that if a six-
feet rod or the dinner-plate, the saucer, or the onion, were placed
between the moon and the eye of the observer, and each at such
a distance that it would exactly cover that luminary from view,
then their apparent magnitudes would, of course, be equal. But
for this purpose those articles would require to be placed at such
a distance from the observer that they could not be distinctly
_ seen by the unassisted eye.
When a person of normal eyesight wishes to examine any
small object minutely he holds it at a distance of about eight —
inches from his eye, and we find, if we hold a threepenny-piece at
this distance, it far more than covers the whole of the moon’s
disc, and I find when I hold the blade of my penknife at this
distance, it quite eclipses the moon. Now the width of that
blade is not six feet, but only about three-sixteenths of an inch.
In showing persons the heavenly bodies in a telescope, they are |
very often sceptical about the magnifying powers, and when they |
are informed that the power they are using gives, say, one
hundred diameters, they will say, “Certainly the object is ex-
ceedingly sharp and distinct, and seems so near that you feel as
if you could put your finger on it. But surely it is not magni-
fied so much ?”
To convince anyone of the magnifying power, if the instrument _
be a “refractor,” we have only to tell him to look into the tele-
113
scope with one eye, and compare the moon as seen there with the
same object as seen with the other and unassisted eye, and he
will very soon be convinced, for with a little manipulation the
moon, as seen by the naked eye, may be brought over the mag-
nified image as seen in the telescope, when it will be found that
the former appears so small that it might be put into one of the
craters of the latter.
To perform the same experiment with my “ Newtonian Reflec-
tor,” I have constructed a small metallic speculum, which can be
slipped on to the eye-piece tube, and can be turned to any re-
quired angle, so that the object as seen by the naked eye can be
brought over the magnified image in the telescope. When the
instrument with a power of 108 is turned on the Post-oftice
clock we find that the whole diameter of the tower as seen in the
plane reflector occupies only about the space of one of the minutes
marked on the circumference of the dial as seen in the telescope.
By methods such as these we can convince the most sceptical that
telescopes do magnify, but for those who use telescopes for scien-
tific observation it is absolutely necessary that they should know
the magnifying powers of their instruments with the greatest pos-
sible precision. For this purpose several methods may and have
been adopted. As the magnifying power of any telescope depends
entirely on the magnitude of the angle under which any object is
presented to the eye in the eye-piece of the instrument, and as
this angle can at once be found by dividing the focal length of
the object glass or the speculum by that of the eye-piece em-
ployed, this might seem a very simple way of getting at the exact
power ; and indeed it is fairly satisfactory as far as low powers
are concerned, or with single-lens eye-pieces, but when we come to
use eye-pieces composed of several lenses the matter becomes more
difficult, and when we come to use those of a very high power the
exact determination of the focal length of each lens becomes a
matter of exceeding difficulty, and the result of such measure-
ments cannot be relied on.
Another method, and one a good deal more to be depended on,
is to have a circular disc of white paper on a black ground at a
distance of 100 yards or so, and having a card with two black
parallel lines drawn on it whose distance is exactly equal to the
diameter of the paper circle, then viewing through the telescope
the paper circle with one eye and the parallel lines on the card
with the other let the lines be moved to such a distance from the
eye that they shall exactly correspond with the diameter of the
disc. The quotient found by dividing the distance of the paper
dise from the eye by that of the parallel lines from the same
gives the magnifying power of the telescope. This method, though
good, requires some practice, and is only applicable to refractors
H
114
up to a certain size, and could not be used at all with Newtonian
reflectors.
Another and much more convenient method consists in
measuring the image of the object glass or speculum which a
telescope forms in its solar focus. When we place our eye at a
little distance from the eye-piece of a telescope we observe in the
centre of the eye-lens a very distinct and well defined small disc
of light. This is the image of the object glass or the speculum,
as the case may be. Now if we can obtain a correct measure of
the diameter of this disc, and also of the diameter of the speculum,
by dividing the latter by the former, we have at once the num-
ber of diameters which the telescope magnifies.
For the purpose of accurately measuring this small disc of
light as seen on the eye-lens, several kinds of « dynameters,” or
as some prefer to call them, “dynamometers,” have been used.
One of the latest, and perhaps the best, is that known as “ Ber-
thon’s dynamometer.” This consists of two strips of thin metal
with straight edges so fastened together as to leave between them
along narrow triangular slit, one of the edges of which is so
graduated and numbered that measures may "be made with it
down to one-thousandth of an inch.
While it is admitted that this measuring of the small disc is a
very simple and direct method of obtaining the magnifying
power, there are still several difficulties attending its application.
For example, a very small disc of light is not the easiest thing to
measure, besides it is not possible to measure a circular disc on
its exact diameter by placing it between two lines which are not
quite parallel, and Mr. Berthon has devised a very simple and
efficient means by which these difficulties may be obviated, and
here I would give Mr. Berthon’s own description :—‘“ Take or
make a box twenty inches long and about six inches in its other
dimensions, entirely open at one side. Make a hole in one end,
and set it upon the other. Provide a card to fit the lower end
inside ; to the middle of this card attach a narrow slip of black
paper (the border of mourning note paper will do), say four
inches long. Then place the eye-piece to be measured in the
hole, and use my V-dynamometer, and by dividing four inches by
the ascertained length of the image of the black line, you have
the power of the eye-piece on a focal length of twenty inches,
whence its power on any other number of inches may be ascer-
tained by simple arithmetic. nai ape black slip or mark be
pointed at each end, thus
| FOP Re oermerpenn PEEPS aS SE AMOI Sa SIN RL Rapes ard aie ae SS pe ea er RI a ELA Hayat Hb dnee
APRA AE ABO OND A MAE EN NARA TO SNe OARLANGIAT OTIS HAPOEL Monet
ST NAR ASHER paren 4 Qi esa ng OME Ng Net AP AE, Ste Onn trang as SUNN at rts Win tinsidien cent
!
RRING &Go, LITHO
€
J.H.SH
}
f
i
i
i
H
H
|
¥
i
}
‘
;
x
{
'
i
{
{
}
;
$
i
{
‘
N
i
i
NRE ere remem tne mms at Had etmnaA NRE Ls «EIN YN Rn I RNB oA ROY A ee tm me RY PEE A ge RPO STI eS eS Pe
‘ ; ; , ad '
="“9 } = - 4 . iS °
«= r
PLIO
DBE reabaned Aner CWre
RRA ET I ES SEALS IEA EEN TI OARAL ESR
EEE LSE EM NL LIOR ARLE EEDA SY NILES SEAL INE SLA SY CRN 1 OB ADSL EBN OB EL ET EAN EOL ROS CLAN DLE SN UII TR SM LIRO AI BEE PIN EEDS pH EL PAL
pir,
Ss
A etme LOOP EM PhP ERE ba NENA OL AOE OVE AOL ENON SET 5 ROBT It CRAIOORL NIRS = AAD ANN AMANN RE Dregs AEN ON LAE ORIEN nk CNR 8 RO NAAR NNN US 9 Eh rm Am alt
RSA REIN ONION ICE NALD HTL SEMA ION EAP CASH APP AI 2 TN RH A Sac een ent i Hn ih Ae
2]
J.H.SHERRING &Go, LITHO
ONT ORI DL ALO lt OURAN AE AE OS PO A NA a FLEET BEA LCT RE A AEC EN OA FARE FIR I ABNER LAY AED
W.d.C.
Perce mn Ln Co ee Ar Re DE AR TN RN PAA REI ARMOR RTPA So Se Ms SR ENE A Mer eis SOE ADs. SUPE. SOOT, Os Cre ae
SoM REA AY AU SNE AMANO ASEM DS EERE s me eS
k's
SS ore ae eee TT er a en a eee ar ARAN ER KIRN LETRAS AN NM a ree Ln
i GHERRING &Go LITHO
Shab RONAN LOR NEALE ON IEA TTR Se
NRO renee
j
i
H
3
j
i
}
;
‘
NR RENT OREN
Smeg
oo Pans A ee Tae Sn in ee an nets PN eee
NADAL BUA gil CRB AM HT APAD LET IO BOS PIE ed TAME RIE CINE PARA NVA SEN moet
GRO I AS TRY I
P
JH. SHERRING &Co, LITHO
2 RO Ot a ee PEA RENLEELY PE NERR PRESEN BORE NE VIET ON ee ENON 8 hr at
EL LL NT NOS tN AO NANA ICANN IOA AM 8 res NRW Sn ERIM 8 Wa ned S Ng ar
OA AE ARN AL OEE SOC EIN ENE BREST tl OE WIN OA EOI AS NTE enon
pa
|
AL
UH. SHERRING &Co, LITHO.
LOANS HR MINALN AAT SAY AENEAN ONAN VRS A PO Nl MY da
ieee akan eed eee dei a edit etme et eR
Ane Nt mem oe
we
ee
JC
AAs SE ANAT OTD SH UPI LTTE AT EEA Yes HRS "9 me eer eY SE vn: © Seer
roe a AE RE RE TS ER RAO RE I AIR RNR yh. =“ oe
=
ec ee: Sere ee
POSES eee
—
Sem anon ect
A SRIESEE RSIS fe K-TON A
ae
Kone
{EASON EIEIO N NSE ERO LG NI EMRE ET
SE eto
Se hE
Z
¢
¢
t
5
§
ha sweemas samncniouemesacinned
SHERRING &Go, LITHO.
SHERRING & Go, LITHO.
rr
Ss
=
oom * - ee ee ee =
ee ee es
j
/
H
|
{
:
a —-—
RS eR Ne mR mee
4
ar Dia
OE NAP Ct AN A ll 1 NOY et
JH. SHERRING &Co, Li
T
ot
Ts ERIE AI Ne Se PT PRR TOMA ED PTA PRN MESIAL PANE SE Nag
LS MESS ates NITE!
i
;
ASO Dee tN
ea AN Pgh AYA
{
HO
— Aa OA AE | Ra ee ete
eee |
JK. SHERRING &Co, LITHO.
We
:
FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES.
By the Rev. T. Buackpurn, B.A.
[Read October 2nd, 1888. ]
The following paper embodies the results of some studies I
have recently made among the Phytophaga of the sub-tribe
Galerucide, and among the Coccinellide of the group called by
M. Mulsant “ Trichosomides.”
GALERUCID.
Up to the present time, so far as I can ascertain, only one spe-
cies of this sub-tribe has been actually recorded as occurring in
the colony of South Australia (outside the Northern Territory),
and that species (Monolepta croceicollis, Germ.) I do not think
that I have seen. A second species (H//opia pedestris, Er.) is
attributed by Mr. Masters in general terms to “Australia and
Tasmania,” by which I suppose it is intended to imply that its
range is a wide one. I have frequently met with it as far west
as the Port Lincoln district, where in some localities it is rather
plentiful. In the following pages I describe seven new species
from South Australia proper, two from the Northern Territory,
five from Western Australia, and one from New South Wales. I
have been compelled to supply a new generic name for one of the
South Australian species. The Galerucide appear to be much
more plentiful in the northern than in the southern parts of the
continent.
AGELASTICA.
Although widely different in colours and markings from any
other Agelastict known to me, the following insect does not ap-
pear to display structural characters that call for generic distinc-
tion. It has the anterior coxal cavities open behind, the prolonged
epipleure, the appendiculated claws, the basal joint of the hind
tibiz not longer than the following two joints together, the muc-
ronated tibie, &c., as in Agelastica , the antennz, however, are
more slender and the prothorax less transverse than is usual in
the genus.
A. lineata, sp. nov. Oblonga ; supra livida, capite nigro-maculato,
prothorace elytrisque lineatim nigro-notatis ; subtus nigro-
picea, metasterno prosterno palpis et pedibus (femoribus
176
piceo notatis exceptis) testaceo-lividis ; antennis piceis,
articulis singulis (basali excepta) basi testaceis. Long.
23]. ; lat., 141. (vix).
The head is entirely testaceous in front of the antennz, the
hinder part being clouded with black so as to leave only a spot
above each eye testaceous. On the prothorax the dark marking
takes the form of an irregular and interrupted M. On the elytra
the suture is narrowly blackish, and there are also on each elytron
four more or less interrupted vittze wider than the sutural one.
None of these dark markings extend into the apical sixth part of
the elytra ; probably they are variable. In my example the vitta.
next to the suture is very much interrupted, the anterior part of
the third vitta is wanting, and the hinder part of the same runs
into the hinder part of the fourth. The head is finely rugulose
in front, almost levigate behind. The antenne are about two-
thirds the length of the body, and only moderately stout, much
less so than in A. melanocephala, Baly. ; joint 1 long piriform
black, 2 less than half 1, 3 about twice 2, 4 and the
following joints a little longer than 3. The prothorax is about
a quarter again as wide as long, slightly narrowed in front, the
sides gently arched, the reflexed border rather strong, the front
margin truncate or even a little convex, the base widely produced
hindward behind the hind angles, the reflexed margin dilated at
the front and hind angles, the former being obtuse, the latter
right ; the surface rather finely and not closely punctulate, more:
coarsely towards the sides. The elytra are punctured about as
closely as the disc of the prothorax, and scarcely so finely, having”
also some much finer punctures intermingled. The apex of each
femur is blackish.
Taken in Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq.
MORPHOSPH ERA.
It is with considerable hesitation that I refer the following
species to this Malayan genus ; it ought probably to form a new
genus, but as there are several already named genera of G'alerucide.
of which T have been unable to procure descriptions, I think it.
better to refer the insect to an existing genus than run the risk
of increasing synonymy. The examples before me agree with
Morphosphera Sumatrana, Jac., in having the anterior coxal
cavities open behind, the antenne short and robust, the elytral
epipleuree obsolete (or very narrow and vertical) behind the
middle, the tibiee with a short apical spine, and the claws append-
iculate. The basal joint of the hind tarsi is a little longer than
the following two together, but shorter than the following three..
It has much the facies of a very small Adimonia, but with the
antenne more, and the legs somewhat less, robust It should be:
177
added that MW. Sumatrana, Jac., differs in important respects from
M. maculicollis, Baly, on which the genus was founded.
M. (2?) cincta, sp. noy. Oblonga ; sat robusta ; sat nitida ; fulva ;
antennis (articulo 1° basi excepto), palpis, et metasterno,
nigris; tibiis intermediis posticisque, tarsis omnibus, et
abdomine postice, infuscatis vel piceis ; elytris marginibus
omnibus cyaneo-nigris; capite prothoraceque — subtiliter
crebre, elytris minus subtiliter sat crebre, punctulatis.
fee be 1: lat, + 1. (vix.)
The blue-black edging of each elytron is wider along the base
and suture than on the lateral margins. The infuscation of the
posterior 4 tibize begins a little above the middle. The antenn
are very little more than half the length of the body, robust, the
first and fourth joints each equal to the other and to the second
and third together, the third rather longer than the second. The
head bears a very strong somewhat arched transverse furrow
between the eyes. The prothorax is very little wider than long,
its front angles but feebly defined, its hind angles dentiform; it
bears an extremely strong, round fovea on either side of the disc,
_ and these are feebly connected by a shallow transverse impression.
-Western Australia ; sent to me by E. Meyrick, Esq.
NEORUPILIA, gen. nov.
Caput sat magnum; antenne graciles corpore vix breviores ;
articulo 1° elongato, 2° 1° triplo breviori, 3° 2° duplo
longiori, 4° 3° longitudine eequali ; acetabula antica postice
aperta; epipleure distinctze postice obsolete; tibix
mucronate; unguiculi leviter appendiculati, parvi ;
metasternum breve ; elytra abdomen haud tegentia.
The metasternum not longer than the prosternum and the
elytra separately rounded (or almost subtruncate obliquely) at the
apex leaving the last segment and part of the penultimate ex-
posed in one sex (in what I take to be the other sex not quite
covering the antepenultimate segment) associate this insect with
the group Rupiliites of Dr. Chapuis, but it is not closely allied
structurally to any of the previously described genera of that
group. The claws are very small, and seem to be slightly appen-
diculate; they are certainly not bifid as in all the known
Rupilites except Marseulia in which they are simple ; perhaps
they would be best described as obtusely dentate near the base.
NV. viridis, sp. nov. Oblonga; minus robusta; sat nitida; nigra,
supra subaureo-viridis ; antennis basi, genubus, tibiis, et
tarsis (apice excepto), testaceis; capite prothoraceque
sparsim subtilissime, elytris sat crebre sat crasse
subsquamose, punctulatis. Long., 11; lat., $1.
M
178
The head bears a transverse furrow between the eyes and a
longitudinal carina between the antenne. The prothorax is not
much wider than long, almost truncate in front where it is a little
wider than at the base, the sides moderately arched, the front
angles obscure, the hind angles subdentiform. The basal joint
of the antennz is pitchy (testaceous beneath), the second and
third are dull testaceous, the rest pitchy black.
The single example which I take to be the other sex of this
species, in addition to having much shorter elytra, has the
antennz more slender, and the parts of the legs and antennz
which in the type are testaceous, are much more obscure. It may
possibly appertain to a distinct species.
Port Lincoln.
ELLOPIA.
E. Sloanei, sp. nov. Sat elongata, postice dilatata ; subnitida ;
supra glabra, piceo-lurida, subcupreo-tincta ; capite antice,
prothoracis marginibus, tibiisque basi, dilutioribus ; corpore
subtus nigro ; hoc cum pedibus pubescenti ; coxis testaceis ;
capite prothoraceque leviter minus subtiliter punctulatis ;
elytris coriaceis ix perspicue punctulatis, singulis
longitudinaliter profunde bisulcatis. Long., 321; lat., 141.
This remarkable species agrees perfectly with L//lopia pedestris,
Er., (which appears to be widely distributed in South Australia)
in all structural characters, but is widely different specifically.
The two deep furrows abbreviated at both ends running down
the inner half of each elytron are a very distinctive character ;
in some (perhaps most) examples there are traces of a much
feebler sulcus at no great distance from the lateral margin.
The antenne are a little less robust than in #. pedestris ; in
some examples (as appears also the case in H#. jedestris) the
second joint is less abbreviated than in others: { believe this
to be sexual and that the second joint is elongated in the
females.
Mulwala (N.S.W.); taken by Mr. T. G. Sloane «nd courteously
supphed to me.
CANDEZEA.
C. Palmerstoni, spec. nov. Sat late oblonga ; sat nitida ; nigra ;
capite (labro, palpis, et antennis apicem veisus exceptis),
prothorace et elytris, testaceis; pedibus plus minus pic-
escentibus ; capite prothoraceque subtilissiinc svt sparsim,
elytris minus subtiliter minus sparsim, punctulitis. Long,
24,1; lat., 121.
The elytra in some examples are vaguely clouded with infus-
cation in the hinder half. Head with a straight transverse fur-
row between the eyes. Antenne about half as long as the body,
179
rather slender, the basal three joints testaceous, the rest dark
piceous or black, joints 1 and 4 about equal to each other,
and each about equal to 2 and 3 together, 3 longer than 2.
Prothorax scarcely half as wide as the greatest width of the
elytra, about half again as wide as long, moderately narrowed to
the front, its angles a little thickened (the anterior nearly right,
the posterior obtuse), narrowed and widely produced hindward
behind the hind angles, the front almost truncate. Elytral
epipleurz very well defined almost to the apex. Basal joint of
hind tarsi longer than the following three together. Claws
appendiculate. All the tibia mucronate. Anterior coxal cavities
closed.
I think there is no doubt of the correctness of the reference of
this species to Candezea (not previously recorded as Australian) ;
at any rate this species and the following appear to be congeneric
with C. bimaculata, Jac., from New Guinea, which their author
attributes to the genus.
Northern Territory of South Australia; taken by Dr. Bovill.
C. Bovilli, sp. nov. Sat late oblonga; sat nitida; testacea ;
antennis (basi exceptis) piceis; elytris (humeris exceptis)
fulvo piceis; capite prothoraceque subtiliter sat crebre,
elytris sat fortiter sat crebre, punctulatis. Long., 241;
lat., 121. |
Each shoulder is testaceous on an area about as large as one of
the eyes, and the testaceous colour is narrowly continued thence
to the scutellum along the base ; the suture also is vaguely stained
with testaceous near the base (probably the colour of the elytra
is variable). The antenne and head scarcely differ from those of
C. Palmerstom, except in the latter being a little narrower ; the
prothorax too resembles that of the same species, but is much
more closely and strongly punctulate, with the angles more defined
and thickened; the puncturation of the elytra too is much
stronger. There is a vague depression on either side of the disc
of the prothorax.
Northern Territory of South Australia; a single specimen
taken by Dr. Bovill.
MONOLEPTA.
VM. angulata, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; piceo-nigra ;
antennarum basi, ore, capite subtus postice, prosterno medio,
pedibusque testaceis ; capite supra postice, prothorace basi,
scutello et elytris gutta humerali fasciaque angulata ante
medium, flavo-rufis ; capite sparsim subtilissime, prothorace
subtiliter minus sparsim, elytris fortius minus sparsim,
punctulatis. Long., 141; lat. #1.
A furrow runs across the head between the eyes, curving for-
180
ward. The prothorax is half again as wide as long, its front al-
most truncate, its front angles feeble, its sides gently arched, its
hind angles sub-dentiform, its surface even. The antenne are
about two-thirds the length of the body, moderately slender, the basal
three joints testaceous, joints 1 and 4 about equal to each
other, and each about equal to 2 and 3 together, the latter
two not differing much from each other in length. The epipleurs
of the elytra though very narrow and obscure behind the middle
do not appear to be absolutely non-existent. The tibie are finely
mucronated, the anterior coxal cavities closed. The claws are
appendiculated. The basal joint of the hind tibiz equals in length
the following three together.
Port Lincoln ; not uncommon.
M. fasciatipennis, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; testacea ;
antennis (basi apiceque exceptis) femoribus basi et (nonnullis.
exemplis) tibiis, infuscatis vel piceis; prothorace antice
(nonnullis exemplis) et elytris totis (fascia angulata mediana
excepta), nigris; capite sparsim subtiliter, prothorace
elytrisque minus sparsim minus subtiliter, punctulatis.
Long., 141.5; lat., #1.
The puncturation is in general a little less strong and less-spar-
ing; apart from this difference and its very different pattern and
arrangement of colors, the present species scarcely differs from
the preceding. Regarding the ground color of the elytra as black,
the red fascia is much wider and less conspicuously angulated
than that of W/. angulata ; this fascia is so placed that its hind
margin is slightly behind the middle of the elytra. I can find no
structural distinction except that the epipleure are even more
obscure behind the middle, but still not entirely wanting ; if
carefuliy examined under a powerful lens the elytra are seen to
end laterally in (not a single sharp edge like that of a knife blade
but) two very fine edges parallel to, and apparently in contact
with, each other.
Interior of South Austrslia ; basin of Lake Eyre.
M. divisa, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; testacea; antennis
(basi excepta), palpis, elytris parte dimidia apicali, et
abdomine, piceis vel nigris; tarsis supra plus minus
infuscatis ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris
subtilius minus crebre, punctulatis. Long., 13 1.5 lat. 41
The sculpture and proportions of the several wait ae not seem
to differ noticeably from the same in WZ. angulata, except as fol-
lows, viz.: The prothorax is punctured only very obscurely, and
for the most part only near the margins, and it has an ill-defined
transverse depression (in some examples interrupted near the mid-
dle) across the dise ; the elytra are punctured much more finely
18]
and more confusedly (7.e., with punctures still smaller scattered
among the prevalent punctures) ; and the epipleure are still less
distinct, the two fine lines (that in the hind half of the elytra
represent what in front are the two margins of the epipleure)
both running close before the lateral edge of the upper surface of
the elytra ; thus the epipleure in the hinder part are vertical and
excessively narrow, and if they be sought by looking down upon
the wnder surface of the insect they cannot be seen at all.
Sedan (South Australia) ; taken by Mr. B.S Rothe.
M. inconspicua, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; fusca, subtus
obscurior, antennis apicem versus picescentibus : capite vix
perspicue, prothorace subtilius sat sparsim, elytris crassius
sat leviter sat crebre, punctulatis. Long., 12 1.; lat. 31.
Compared with JZ angulata, the antenne are evidently shorter
and the prothorax is more transverse (about twice as wide as long),
with the posterior angles less dentiform. The puncturation is
not much different from that of AZ. angulata, but seems to be a
little less strongly impressed. The epipleure are like those of
M. divisa. The other structural characters seemed to be iden-
tical with those of the preceding three species.
An example with long slender antenne (not much shorter than
the body) of which the 3rd joint is evidently longer than the
2nd, may perhaps be the other sex of this insect.
Port Lincoln.
MW. Meyricki, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus; niger, prothorace,
femoribus, tibiis (his apice excepto), et antennarum articulis
basalibus 3 (parte apicali picea excepta), testaceis ; elytris
nigrocyaneis ; his crebre minus fortiter rugulose punctulatis ;
subtus parce pubescens ; epipleuris mox pone medium obso-
Iie lene 221: lat., 12.
A well-marked curved furrow runs across from eye to eye on
the head, which is longitudinally carinate down the middle of the
anterior portion, and is scarcely distinctly punctulate in any part.
The antenne are about three-quarters the length of the body.
The prothorax is in outline and puncturation scarcely different
from that of Agelastica lineata, except in being slightly more
transverse ; it differs in the absence of markings and in the pre-
sence across the centre of an ill-defined but wide and deep trans-
verse furrow, which is almost interrupted at its middle. The
puncturation of the elytra is rugulose, rather strong, and very
close.
A single specimen was sent to me from Western Australia by
E. Meyrick, Esq.
182
M. occidentalis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus ; niger, capite (vertice
summo excepto), prothorace, antennarum basi, pedibusque
testaceis ; elytris viridibus ; his subtiliter minus crebre haud
rugulose punctulatis; subtus parce pubescens; epipleuris
apicem fere attingentibus. Long., 211.; lat. 1 1.
The sculpture of the head does not differ ‘noticeably from the
same in M. Meyricki, and the antennz scarcely differ except in
having the basal three joints testaceous and the fourth fuscous.
The prothorax is nearly twice as wide as long, and has the angles
less prominent and thickened than in W/. Meyricki, but otherwise
is very similar. The puncturation of the elytra is much less close
and a little less strong than in that insect.
Western Australia ; taken by E. Meyrick, Esq.
M. modesta, sp. nov. Oblonga; capite abdomineque nigris,
prothorace pedibusque rufo-testaceis, elytris viridi-nigris,
antennis palpisque fuscis; elytris sat crasse sat crebre
squamose punctulatis ; subtus parce pubescens ; epipleuris
apicem versus anguste continuatis. Long., 121; lat., 21.
Var. Corpus plus minus obscurum fere usque ad totum
nigrum.
As regards colour, I have seldom seen a more variable species
than this; all the parts that are not black or greenish-black in
the type appear liable to be so exceptionally, except the tibie
(which are more or less testaceous in all the examples I have
seen) and the tarsi, which do not seem to get beyond dark brown.
The head does not differ notably from that of MW. occidentalis,
except in having the furrow between the eyes angulated in the
middle ; the prothorax, too, is similar in proportions and outline,
except that its front margin is equal to (not as in W. occidentalis
a little narrower than) the base; it is, however, much more
sparingly punctured, and has no transverse depression across the
middle. The elytra are rather coarsely and squamosely, but not
closely, punctured; compared with those of Luperus flavipes, Linn.
(which this insect somewhat resembles), they are more coarsely
and squamosely punctulate ; they are considerably narrowed at
the apex. The third joint of the antenne is very little longer
than second, the fourth equals the second and third together, and
is a little longer than the fifth. The elytral epipleure are very
narrow, but can be traced to near the apex. All the tibie are
mucronated.
Monolepta croceicollis, Germ., must be much like some varieties
of this insect in respect of size and colours, but enter alia that
species is said to have the third oe fourth joints of the antenn
“ subequal.”
Common near Port Lincoln. T have not seen it from other
localities.
183
M. stmulatrix, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; fusca; tarsis
obscurioribus; antennis (basi excepta) nigris; capite pro-
thoraceque sparsim subtiliter, elytris minus subtiliter minus
sparsim, punctulatis. Long., 21.; lat., 11]. (vix).
Very like M. inconspicua, but larger, and with longer antenne,
which, however, are shorter than those of the specimen men-
tioned above as possibly the male of that species. The antenne,
moreover, are wholly black, excepting the basal three joints, while
in WW. inconspicua the joints beyond the third are only near their
apex, of a darker shade of fuscous than at their base ; joints 2
and 3 are about equal to each other, and (together) both to
joint 1 and joint 4. The puncturation of the elytra is evi-
dently finer and a little closer than in W/. inconspicua.
Sent to me from Western Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq.
M. (?) quesita, sp. nov. Oblonga; sat nitida; eneo-nigra; anten-
nis piceis basi testaceis; pedibus anticis (femoribus basi piceis
exceptis) testaceis, intermediis (femoribus apice tibiisque basi
testeceis exceptis) et posticis piceis ; capite vix perspicue,
prothorace subtilius crebrius, elytris crassis, punctulatis.
Long., 121. ; lat., #1.
I unfortunately possess only a single example of this insect, and
it has dried in a position in which T cannot see the structure of
the anterior coxal cavities as distinctly as I could wish, but I am .
almost certain that they are closed behind. I have, however,
placed this doubt on record by the note of interrogation above.
The species bears much general resemblance to a darkly-coloured
example of Monolepta modesta, differing, however, in its antenne,
which (in one sex at least) are scarcely shorter than the body,
having the basal joint evidently longer than any of the following
three, the second less than half the length of the first, the third a
little longer than the second and only a little shorter than the
fourth ; the basal four joints testaceous, the rest piceous. The
head and prothorax are like those of M. modesta, but the latter
is proportionally smaller. The epipleurz of the elytra are better
developed behind the middle than in the other species of Monolepta
described above.
Port Lincoln.
COCCINELLIDA.
The species treated of in this paper belong to the group of
Coccinellide, called by M. Mulsant Trichosonide. The number
of new species I have to add—all, or nearly all, of them occurring
in the southern part of this colony—are more than the entire
number previously known from the whole of Australia; from
which it will appear that this group of insects presents a very
inviting field for the researches of the Australian naturalist.
184
In Mr. Masters’ ‘‘Catalogue of the described Coleoptera of
Australia” there are twenty-two species belonging to this group
recorded, but besides there are seven others that appear to have
been accidently omitted from the catalogue, making a total (so
far as I have been able to ascertain) of twenty-nine.
The 7’richosomide of Mulsant contains a group, Epilachnides,
which Dr. Chapuis has since, apparently with good reason, ele-
vated to the rank of a principal division of the Coccinellide. If
the Australian Hpilachnides be abstracted, the number of species
of true Coccinellide of the pubescent group hitherto recorded as
occurring on the continent is reduced to twenty-two. I do not
think that the division of the family into a pubescent and a non-
pubescent group is altogether natural, but as it happens acci-
dently that my present paper has to do only with the former
(owing to my having no new species of the latter before me), it
will be convenient to my present purpose by accepting that
division to avoid having to distinguish the new genera and species
before me from any of the non-pubescent group.
Dr Erichsen was the first to describe Australian insects of this
group. In his “ Beitrag zur Insecten-Fauna von Vandiemens-
land” (1842) he describes three species as members of the genus
Scymnus. In 1851 M. Mulsant, in his great work, ‘Species des
Coléoptéres T'rimeres sécuripalpes,” characterised seven additional
species apportioned among three genera, and in a supplement to
the same, two years later, added four more. In 1859 M.
Bohemann described an additional species; in 1874 Mr. Crotch
(in-his ‘ Revision of the Coccinellide”) another six, and finally
in 1876 Dr. Chapuis (Gen. Col. xii.) one more still. Of these,
two are attributed by their author to our own colony, one is
stated to be from New South Wales, one from Victoria, one from
Western Australia, while three are Tasmanian, and seven come
from Queensland, the remainder being vaguely set down as in-
habiting “ Australia.”
The Australian Coccinellide that have received names have
been more fortunate than many of our Coleoptera in having been
intelligibly described, and there are comparatively few whose
identification is attended with much uncertainty ; I trust that I
may prove to have maintained this excellent character for the
group in the descriptions that I now offer to the Society.
The principal difficulty that I have encountered in dealing with
the following species has been their apportionment into genera.
I am of opinion that a large number of new generic names will be
eventually required for the Australian pubescent Coccinellide, but
I do not think that the work of providing them is one that it
would be wise for a student resident in Australia to undertake.
Such contributions to science, if they are to be of permanent (or
185
perhaps I should say of any) value must have regard to more
than local fauna, and can hardly be made profitably by any who
_have not access to the vast collections that are stored in the great
museums of Europe. Recognising this fact I have adopted the
principle of referring the new species I have to describe to exist-
ing genera wherever it is at all possible to do so, adding as full
information as I can give of the characters that render their posi-
tion in those genera only provisional. I propose new generic
names only for insects which would be so out of place in known
genera that their location there would be likely to mislead. Ac-
cordingly it will be found that I have attributed by far the larger
number of the Coleoptera described to the genera Scymnus and
fhizobius, although some, at least, of them can hardly be con-
sidered truly congeneric with European types.
To Scymnus I have referred all the species before me present-
ing the following combination of characters:—Eyes neither
coarsely granulated nor oblique in position; antenne short, of
not less than ten joints ;* epipleure devoid of well-defined fovere ;
prosternum not provided with a prolongation covering the mouth
organs in repose, mesosternum not carinate longitudinally ;
suture between the first and second ventral segments, obliterated
(or at least much enfeebled) in the middle; claws appendiculate ;
base of antennz exposed.
All the species I have attributed to Scymnus correspond with
the above formula, with the exception of the last, which differs in
‘specified respects. Were it not for that species I might add to
the formula “abdominal lamelle incomplete.” In some respects
(especially the structure of the prosternum) the insects thus as-
sociated differ much inter se, as I have indicated by dividing them
‘into subgeneric groups, to which, however, I have thought it better
not to apply names.
The following I have treated as the essential characters of
Rhizobius -—Eyes coarsely granulated and oblique in position ;
-antenne more or less long, of eleven joints ; epipleurze devoid of
well-defined fovez ; prosternum not with a prolongation covering
the mouth organs in repose; mesosternum not carinate longi-
tudinally ; suture between the first and second ventral segments,
not noticeably enfeebled in the middle; claws appendiculate ;
base of antenne exposed ; tibie more or less slender.
The species in my hands presenting the above characters differ
‘considerably in some respects inter se, enabling me to group them
‘in sections that (unless intermediate forms be subsequently found)
would seem to be of generic value.
—
* I belieye that in all cases they consist of eleven joints ; in the case of several
*species, however, I have been unable to satisfy myself absolutely on the point.
186
Mr. Crotch (in his “ Revision of the Coccinellide” 1874) points
out that ARhizobius and its allies are distinguished from other
members of the family by having the anterior coxal cavities open
behind. This appears to be a very important observation, but
unfortunately generally involves the sacrifice of a specimen for
its application, so I have not been able to make full use of it,
but, so far as I have been able to ascertain, the species I have re-
ferred to Rhizobius present the character in question.
For five species I have been compelled, with great reluctance,
to propose five new generic names; they all possess strongly
marked characters that are quite incompatible with those of any
genus I can ascertain to have been previously named.
The remaining three species I have attributed to Hupalea (with
extreme doubt) and Vovius.
Of the remaining five genera already attributed to Australia,
Hypoceras, Platyomus, and Pharus are known to me only by
description ; the first has the epistoma emarginate and the
antenne only eight-jointed ; the second has the mesosternum
carinate ; and the third has the base of the antennez concealed,
together with epipleurz devoid of well-defined fovez. I possess
types of the other two, Cryptolemus (a Northern Australian
form only, so far as I know, with the prosternum produced over
the mouth organs in repose), and Sucolus (common in South
Australia, having well defined epipleural fovez, together with a
moderately produced prosternum).
The following table indicates some of the distinctive characters
of the Australian genera of pubescent Coccinellide :—
A. Femora not falling into excavations of the under surface.
B. Base of antennz not hidden behind the dilated epistoma.
C. Epipleurz devoid of well-defined fovee.
D. Antenne formed of more than eight joints.
K. Mesosternum not longitudinally carinate.
F. Prosternum not produced to cover the mouth
organs.
G. Length of antenne exceeding width of
space between the eyes.
H. Eyes very coarsely granulated.
Rhizobwus.
HH. Eyes more or less finely granulated.
Eupalea (?).
GG. Length of antenne not exceeding width
of space between the eyes.
I. Suture between first and second
ventral segments enfeebled or
obliterated in the middle.
Scymnus.
187
II. This suture not noticeably en-
feebled in the middle.
Scymnodes..
FF. Prosternum produced to cover the mouth
or gans. Cryptolemus.
EE. Mesosternum carinate. Platyomus.
DD. Antenne formed of only eight joints.
K. Epistoma truncate in front. Novius.
KK. Epistoma emarginate in front. §Hypoceras.
CC. Epipleurz with well defined fover.
L. Prosternum short. Bucolellus.
LL. Prosternum long. Bucolus.
BB. Base of the antenne hidden behind the dilated epistoma.
M. Epipleurz with well defined fovee. Lipernes.
MM. Epipleure devoid of well defined fovee. Pharus.
AA. Femora fitting into excavations of the under surface.
N. Tibi fitting into sulci on under surface of femora.
Serangium.
NN. Femora normally sulcated. Cyrema.
EUPALEA.
It is with much hesitation that I attribute the following species
to the tropical South American genus Hupalea, notwithstanding
that in the supplement to his work M. Mulsant himself (the
author of the genus) attributes an Australian species to it (which,
however, Mr. Crotch regards as a mistake). The possession of
the following characters would seem to place the insect before me
in the group of Coccinellide, which Dr. Chapuis calls * Poriites,”
viz., base of antennz exposed, epipleure not bearing well-defined
foveze, body pubescent, epistoma entire in front, antenne long
enough to reach the base of the prothorax (or nearly so), and
having the apical joints elongate. From Ahizobius (which agrees
_ with it in most of these respects) it differs by its finely granulated
large eyes, with their inner margins subparallel.
The group Porites, according to Dr. Chapuis, contains two
genera—Poria and Hupalea—both inhabiting tropical America,
though Dr. Chapuis alludes to M. Mulsant’s Australian species,
and adds that he has himself a species from Australia in his own
collection.
The present insect agrees with Hupalea in most respects—
especially in the structure of the antenne, in the rather peculiar
prosternal structure, in the sinuation of the epipleurz opposite the
hind femora, and in the small size of the abdominal lamelle. It
differs from the characters of Hupalea (as given by Dr. Chapuis)
in the finer granulation of the eyes, which are not distinctly
sinuated on their internal margin, in the not particularly small
188
scutellum, and in the claws. These latter are unusually small,
and so bent under the last joint of the tarsi that I found them
exceedingly difficult to examine. I think, however, that they
are certainly appendiculate, with the inner apex of the basal
piece somewhat produced, while in Hupalea they are said to be
bifid, with the inner division short and basal. As this may be a
different way of describing the same character, I do not like to
found a genus on it. Nevertheless, the present insect is so much
smaller and so differently coloured from the South American
species, that it can only be provisionally associated with them.
The intermediate and (especially) the hind cox are unusually
widely separated—a character not mentioned as pertaining to
Eupalea. The first ventral suture is as strongly marked as the
others.
E. (%) rotunda, sp. nov. Sub-hemisphericus; convexus; sat
nitidus; pubescens; lete brunneus; prothoracis disco,
metasterno abdomine medio, et tarsis, plus minus picescenti-
bus ; capite prothoraceque subtiliter, elytris minus subtiliter,
sat crebre punctulatis. Long., 11.; lat., £1.
The almost circular outline and clear, bright brown colour
(with only the disc of the prothorax infuscate) of the upper sur-
face of this insect render it at a glance very different from any
other Australian Coccinellid known to me. For the sake of
comparing its puncturation with that of a common species, I
may say that its elytra are punctured a little, but not much,
more finely than those of Rhizobius ventralis, Er. In one of my
two examples the suture of the elytra is a little infuscate.
Port Lincoln.
NOVIUS.
N. Lindi, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; minus convexus ; nitidus3
pubescens ; niger; elytris macula rufa instructis ; antennis,
palpis, tibiis apice, et tarsis, rufopiceis; capite prothoraceque
vix perspicue, elytris crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long.,,
1L; lat, 41.
Each elytron bears a well-defined oblong bright red spot, the
hinder end of which reaches about the middle of the length of
the elytron, and which is placed near to the suture. The head is
wide ; the eyes are large and finely granulated, their inner mar-
gins parallel. The prothorax is rather more than twice as wide
as long down the middle, its front bisinuate, the middle being
produced forward, its anterior angles little produced and narrowly
rounded off, its sides gently arched and narrowed towards the
base (with which they form a very obtuse angle) the latter being
strongly arched backward all across and fitting into a deep com-
mon emargination of the elytra. The scutellum is triangular and
189
moderately large. The prosternum is extremely short, not longer
than the mesosternum ; between the coxe it appears as a concave
lamina scarcely longer than its width behind, with a continuous.
elevated margin except at its line of contact with the mesosternum,
and somewhat narrowed to the front, where it is rounded. The
mesosternum is much like that of Orcws in size and shape, but is
a little more convex; its front is truncate, or almost convex.
There is a well-defined sixth ventral segment, and the basal ven-
tral suture is not less marked than the others. The epipleure
are moderately wide and horizontal at the base, but become
gradually narrower and vertical, disappearing altogether before
the apex ; they are not foveated. The femora and tibie are all
stronglycompressed,the former being deeplygrooved for the reception
of the latter. The tarsiare very stout. The abdominal lamelle are
complete, and extend back about two-thirds the length of the
basal ventral segment. The prothorax is not narrower at its.
base than the true base of the elytra, but the latter dilate very
rapidly immediately from the base, and the humeral angle is so
slightly marked that until carefully examined the anterior part
of the lateral margin might pass for a portion of the base.
Port Lincoln.
JV. bellus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; minus convexus ; nitidus ;
pubescens ; niger; prothoracis dimidio apical, elytris vittis.
maculisque nonnullis, antennis, epipleuris in parte, et segmen-
tis ventralibus in parte, lete rufis; pedibus piceis, tarsis
rufescentibus ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris
crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long., 1,5, 1.; lat., 1 1
A very pretty Scymnid, the red markings being very bright
and sharply defined. On each elytron they are as follows :—
(a) A vitta parallel and near to the suture, extending from the
base about four-fifths of the distance to the apex, very wide in
front and quickly narrowed (somewhat resembling a dumb bell
with one of the knobs broken off) ; () a vitta occupying the front
half of the lateral margin, and dilated at its base so as to meet
the sutural vitta about the middle of the base ; (c) a large discal
spot just behind the middle ; (d) an apical spot. The red parts
of the epipleure correspond with the marginal and apical red
portions of the upper surface. This species does not appear to
differ structurally from Lindi in any respect, and its sculpture is
very similar. Apart from the totally different coloration it is a
larger and more convex insect.
Sedan ; taken by Mr. B. 8. Rothe.
SCYMNODES, yen. nov.
Caput prothoraci modice insertum; antennarum basis aperta ;
oculi sat magni, subtiliter granulati, intus subparalleli ;
190
epipleure antice sat late, elytrorum in parte quarta postica
obsolete, haud perspicue foveate; prosternum in medio
longitudinaliter depressum (spatio depresso utrinque carinato,
angusto, abasi ad apicem angustato, apice acuto); mesosternum
sat magnum, antice leviter emarginatum; abdomen
segmentis 6 conformatum ; suture ventrales bene impresse ;
lamellee abdominales segmenti basalis apicem fere attingentes,
integre ; tibie et femora sat fortiter compress ; antennz
articulis 10 conformate, minus breves; corpus pubescens ;
unguicula appendiculata.
The insect for which I form this genus differs from nearly all
hitherto described Australian pubescent Coccinellide by its
antenne of ten clearly defined joints. The basal two joints are
large and dilated, 3 much narrower and rather elongate, 4
evidently shorter than 3, 5 and 6 a little shorter than
4, 7 to 9 gradually longer and wider, 10 pointed. From
Cryptolemus, which has very similar antenne, it may be
at once distinguished by the entirely different structure of the
prosternum and claws, by the well defined sixth ventral segment,
and the greater breadth of the elytral epipleure in front. The
mesosternum is remarkably like that of Cryptolemus, near which
genus I think this one should certainly be placed.
S. difficilis, sp. nov. Sat late ovalis; minus convexus; nitidus;
dense albido-pubescens; subtilius sat crebre punctulatus ;
rufo-ferrugineus ; capite postice, prothoracis disco, elytris
(apice obscure rufo excepto), prosterno medio, mesosterno,
metasterno, et segmento ventrali basali medio, nigro-eneis.
Long., 21. (vix); lat., 121.
The superficial resemblance of this insect to some of the Aus-
tralian species of Rhizobius is very remarkable. Having only a
single specimen I am unable to ascertain certainly whether the
anterior cotyloid cavities are open behind, but as far as I can see
they are not. The prothorax is about twice as wide as long
down the middle, its anterior margin feebly concave but rather
strongly sinuate behind the eyes, the base about half again as
wide as the front margin, the sides gently arched, the front
angles rather prominent but not sharp, the hind angles well
developed and gently obtuse. The whitish pubescence is dense
uniform and rather woolly looking over the upper surface—it is
mixed with a few erect longer ferruginous hairs. The punctura-_
tion is a little stronger on the head and a little closer on the pro-
thorax than on the elytra; it does not very nearly resemble the
puncturation of any other of the common species known to me,
being (on the elytra) about as close as in A. ventralis, Er., but
191
besides being finer than in that insect, it has a faint, obliterated,
appearance.
South Australia ; I am not sure whether I took this specimen
near Adelaide or in the Port Lincoln district.
SCYMNUS.
A. Prosternum antice equaliter convexum, nec depressum nec
carinatum.
S. inusitatus, sp. nov. Ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus ; niti-
dus; piceus; tibiis tarsisque dilutioribus; capite protho-
raceque obsolete, elytris fortius crebrius, punctulatis. Long.,
11; lat. 1.
The mesosternum is of moderate size and is truncate in front ;
the abdominal lamelle are incomplete, their hind and external
outline being confused with the outline of the basal ventral seg-
ment. There are six ventral segments, the apical four not differ-
ing much iter se in length; the suture between the basal and
next segment is very fine and obscure in the middle; the metas-
ternum is impunctate down the middle, its sides (and also the
ventral segments) being lightly and sparingly punctulate. The
elytral puncturation compared with that of C. flavifrons, mihi, is
larger, more sparing, and much smoother.
The number of ventral segments in Scymnus is stated by Dr.
Chapuis as five, but even in some European Scymni there is a
small sixth segment, so that the development of the sixth segment
in the present species may be merely a question of degree. The
entire absence of any longitudinal sculpture traversing the median
part of the prosternum is also approximated by some European
forms attributed to the genus. Therefore, although it is likely
that these peculiarities will sooner or later be regarded as valid
generic characters, I do not think they call for the immediate
creation of a new name.
Near Port Lincoln ; taken by sweeping low plants.
AA. Prosternum medio longitudinaliter depressum, spatio de-
presso utrinque longitudinaliter carinato.
B. Spatio depresso sat lato plus minus parallelo.
S. insidiosus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus;
nitidus; piceo niger; capite, prothorace (disco excepto),
elytris maculis nonnullis epipleurisque, abdominis apice, et
pedibus (tibiis posticis 4 plus minus infuscatis exceptis),
testaceis ; capite prothoraceque vix perspicue, elytris obscure
minus crebre, punctulatis. Long., {71.; lat., 1. (vix.)
Var. pallipes. Pedibus totis pallide testaceis.
Var. major. Corpore majore, prothorace pedibusque totis
testacels.
192
The markings on the elytra are best described by regarding the
testaceous portion as'the ground colour. There then appear to-
be the following pitchy-black markings, viz.:—(a) A triangle
whose base coincides with the base of the elytra, and whose apex
falls on the suture at about half its length, and then is produced
somewhat narrowly down the suture to the apex; (b) an obscure
marginal border ; (c) an oblique fascia connecting the middle of
the marginal border, and the suture at two-thirds of its length
from the base. There are only five ventral segments, which, to-
gether with the sides of the metasternum, are finely but distinctly
punctulate, while the middle portion of the latter is impunctulate.
The antenne are very short; I can only count ten joints dis-
tinctly.
In my example of the var. pallipes each elytron has an addi-
tional pitchy-black portion, forming a longitudinal connection
between the fascia and the middle of the side of the common
basal triangle, so that the testaceous portion which in the type
appears as a vitta (running from the shoulder to near the middle
of the suture) is here divided into two pieces. In the var. major
the markings resemble those of the type, but are less clearly
defined. The puncturation in both the vars. seems stronger and
better defined than in the type, and they may possibly represent
a (or even two) new species. All these bear ‘a remarkable super-
ficial resemblance to Bucolellus ornatus, mihi, which, however,
besides its generic differences, is punctured very differently.
T have met with the type near Port Lincoln, the var. pallipes
on Yorke’s Peninsula, the var. major at Woodville.
S. lubricus, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens ; sat convexus ;
sat nitidus; vix perspicue punctulatus; niger; capite, pro-
thoracis lateribus margineque antico, et elytrorum lateribus
apiceque, plus minus obscure piceo-rufescentibus ; antennis,
palpis, pedibusque (femoribus plus minus piceis exceptis),
latius rufescentibus. Long. 141.; lat. #1.
Under a powerful Coddington lens the elytra near the suture
appear punctureless, but towards the sides and apex some exces-
sively minute and decidedly sparse puncturation is traceable ; the:
puncturation is very much feebler than in S. notescens. The
underside resembles that of S. Meyrick, but the metasternum is.
not distinctly wrinkled transversely. My example has a small
sixth ventral segment—the first ventral suture is very fine, but:
distinct.
Port Lincoln.
S. Meyricki, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis ; pubescens; sat convexus ;
sat nitidus; crebre subtilius punctulatus; niger; capite,
prothoracis lateribus margineque antico, elytrorum macula
193
magna ante apicem, antennis, palpis, pedibusque (his femori-
bus plus minus piceis), rufescentibus. Long., 121.; lat., #1.
Var. ? obscwripes. Capite, prothoracis lateribus, femoribus
omnibus, et tibiis 4 posterioribus, piceis.
The red spot on the elytra occupies the posterior declivity, and
is not very conspicuous anywhere, but most so close to the suture 5
it does not quite reach the apex. The sides of the metasternum
and the ventral segments are distinctly punctulate, the middle
portion of the former finely wrinkled transversely. There is a
small sixth ventral segment ; the first ventral suture is very fine,
but distinct. The puncturation of the upper surface is very much
like that of the common S. flavifrons, but appears a little less
asperate. In most examples the reddish tone is less decided on
the head than on the other red parts.
The puncturation of the var. is slightly feebler, and more sparse
than in the type; it is very likely to be a distinct species, but
may possibly be the other sex of the same.
The type was collected in Western Australia by E. Meyrick,
Esq., the var.? near Port Lincoln by myself.
S. Poonindiensis, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; sat
convexus; sat nitidus; niger; capite, prothoracis angulis
anticis margineque antico, antennis, palpis, femoribus
anticis, et tibiis tarsisque omnibus, testaceis ; elytris obscure
rufo-umbratis, epipleuris plus minus rufescentibus; capite
subtilius sat crebre, prothorace vix perspicue, elytris sub-
tiliter sat crebre, punctulatis. Long., 141. (vix); lat. #1.
?Sexus alter. Capite (labro excepto) piceo.
In the type the reddish tone on the elytra is comparatively
slight, and is vaguely diffused over the sides and apex; in the
specimen mentioned as “? Sexus alter” obscure red is the prevail-
ing colour of the elytra, black being confined to a common space
included within a line on either side running from the humeral
callus obliquely towards the middle of the suture, and thence
continued parallel and close to it to the apex. The puncturation
of the elytra is much like that of S. Meyrickz, but the impunctate
prothorax renders this insect very distinct. The middle of the
metasternum is scarcely wrinkled ; there are five ventral seg-
ments ; the first ventral suture is distinct, but fine.
Poonindie, near Port Lincoln.
S. Casuarine, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens ; minus con-
-vyexus; nitidus; brunneo-ferrugineus ; capite, prothorace
(disco piceo excepto), antennis, palpis, pedibusque (his
femoribus posticis exceptis), epipleuris, et abdominis apice,
testaceis ; metasterno et abdominis segmentis basalibus non-
nullis piceis; capite subtiliter sat crebre, prothorace vix
N
194
perspicue, elytris suturam versus antice crebre sat fortiter,
his latera apicemque versus gradatim obsoletius, punctulatis.
Long., 11. ; lat., 41. (vix).
This species is easily distinguished by the puncturation of its
elytra, which is almost coarse over a small space on either side of
the suture a little behind the scutellum, and thence becomes finer
and more obsolete in all directions. The sides of the metaster-
num and the ventral segments are rather coarsely punctured, the
middle of the metasternum is almost sculptureless. There are
five ventral segments; the first ventral suture is fine, but very
distinct.
Port Lincoln ; beaten from Sheoak (Casuarina).
S. simplex, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; minus con
vexus; nitidus; crebre subtiliter punctulatus; piceo-brun—
neus; capite, prothorace (disco piceo excepto), antennis,
palpis, tibiis, tarsisque, sordide testaceis; metasterno ely-
trisque piceis; his obscure rufo-maculatis. Long., 121;
lat. 24
The most nearly allied, perhaps, to S. Meyricki, which, how-
ever, is not so closely punctured as the present species. The red
marking on the elytra consists of a small ill-defined, and not at
all conspicuous, blotch near the lateral margin a little behind its
middle. The sides of the metasternum are finely and very closely
punctured ; the middle is almost sculptureless. The puncturation
of the ventral segments is moderately fine and close near the
base, and becomes gradually finer and closer to the apex. There
are five ventral segments ; the first ventral suture, though finer
in the middle than the rest, is very distinct.
Petersburg (S.A.); beaten from pine.
S. aspersus, sp. nov. Ovalis; pubescens ; sat convexus; nitidus ;
sparsim subtilissime (elytris latera apicemque versus magis
perspicue exceptis) punctulatus ; piceus ; capite, prothoracis
angulis anticis, elytris maculis nonnullis, prosterno (obscure),
epipleuris, antennis, palpis, tibiis anticis, et tarsis omnibus,
testaceis. Long., +1. ; lat., 31. (vix).
The testaceous marks on the elytra are very obscure, and con-
sist of an elongate spot on either side of the middle of the suture
and an oblique line (somewhat resembling a fascia abbreviated at
both ends) near the apex. The puncturation of the head and
prothorax cannot be seen without a powerful lens ; that of the
elytra is similar near the scutellum, but becomes gradually better
defined towards the sides and apex. On the underside the middle
of the metasternum is scarcely punctulate, bnt bears some fine
transverse wrinkles; there is a distinct sixth ventral segment ;
195
the ventral segments are finely and sparsely punctured, the basal
ventral suture almost obliterated in the middle.
Port Lincoln (8.A.).
S. australis, sp. nov. Sat breviter ovalis; breviter pubescens ;
subtilissime crebrius punctulatus ; subtus rubro-ferrugineus,
supra fusco-testaceus; prothoracis basi lateribusque et
elytrorum sutura, marginibus, maculisque pone basin
nonnullis, piceo-nigris ; antennis palpis pedibusque testaceis,
tibiis (nonnullis exemplis) infuscatis. Long., 11. (vix);
lat., 21.
T do not observe any structural difference between this species
and S. awrugineus, except that this is wider and less parallel in
form ; its puncturation is so fine and faint as to be scarcely
visible under a strong lens. The basal margin of the prothorax,
and lateral margins of it and the elytra, are very narrowly blackish ;
the suture is more widely so; in this typical specimen there is a
black spot on the humeral callus and another between it and the
suture, and an obscure piceous cloud on the hinder part of the
disc, but in other examples some of these spots are wanting. On
the underside the pale testaceous colour of the reflexed margin of
the elytra is in strong contrast with the dark red general surface.
Petersburg (South Australia).
S. flavifrons, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; pubescens; niger vel
piceus ; capite, prothorace antice et lateraliter, pedibus 4
anticis, tibiis tarsisque posticis, lete flavis; elytris apicem
versus rufescentibus; capite prothoraceque subtilissime, elytris
minus subtiliter, punctulatis; sutura ventrali prima in medio
obliterata. Long., +1.; lat., 21. (vix).
The yellow area on the prothorax is limited behind by a regular
curve with its extremities at the posterior angles and its middle
nearly touching the middle of the anterior margin of the seg-
ment. The pubescence is moderately dense, and semierect (or at
least not flatly depressed), and is of a shining silvery white colour.
The puncturation is moderately fine and rather dense, and has an
asperate appearance as though there were a tendency to granula-
tion on the intervals between the punctures; it is a little more
dense near the sides than elsewhere, and scarcely differs on the
upper and under surface except in the middle part of the metas-
ternum being almost levigate; it is not unlike that of the
European SS. capitatus, Fab., but is a little finer and closer.
Common, and widely distributed in South Australia, occurring
as far North as Lakes Torrens and Eyre, also near Adelaide, in
the West, &c.
In company with the above, and equally commonly, I find
specimens which I conjecture to be the other sex (probably
196
female). They differ in having the yellow colouring less vivid
and confined to the mouth organs, legs (even these being in some
examples clouded with brown), and (in occasional examples) the
extremities of the anterior margin of the prothorax. The anterior
prolongation of the metasternum appears to be a little wider than
in the type, and on this account there is a possibility of their
being a distinct species.
The following forms appear to me to be merely varieties or
local races of S. flavifrons :—
var? occidentalis. Differt maris capite prothoraceque minus
argute flavo tinctis, elytris postice haud vel vix rufescentibus ;.
feminee pedibus leetius testaceis. Sent to me from Western
Australia by E. Meyrick, Esq.
var? Victorae. Differt magnitudine (1 1.) et feminee (mare haud
observato) pedibus letius testaceis, prothoracis angulis.
anticis letius rufescentibus, elytrisque apicem versus haud
rufescentibus. Taken by me in Western Victoria.
S. aurugineus, sp. nov. Sat elongato-ovalis, aureo-pubescens ;
leviter minus crebre punctulatus ; piceus ; supra ferrugineus,
elytris ante medium V aureo conspicue ornatis ; antennis
palpis pedibus et abdominis apice ferrugineus. Long., 1,3, 1.;
lat., 1.
Apparently not a variable insect ; rather narrow and parallel.
The puncturation of the upper surface smoother finer and less
close, that of the underside very much more sparing, than in
S. flavifrons; the middle of the metasternum without visible
punctures. The elytra has a mottled (yellow and reddish) appear-
ance difficult to describe in detail, but in all the examples I have
seen there is on each elytron a golden yellow vitta (very con-
Spicuous in certain lights), which runs from immediately below
the shoulder obliquely to just in front of the middle of the suture,
which, however, it does not quite touch—the vitte of the two:
elytra thus forming a V (the two arms, however, not quite
meeting at the angle). On each elytron the darkest colouring
(in some examples deep pitchy) forms a margin on both sides of.
the vitta. The suture between the first and second ventral seg-
ments is fine but distinct.
Widely distributed in South Australia, but apparently not
very common. I have it from Kapunda, Petersburg, and Lake
Torrens.
BB. Spatio depresso angusto antice subacuto.
S. notescens, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; capillis sat elongatis.
erectis sat dense vestitus; sparsius subtilius punctulatus ;
niger, elytris antice macula permagna testacea notatis ; labro,
197
palpis, antennis, tibiis, tarsis, prothoracisque angulis anticis,
plus minus rufescentibus. Long., 1 1.; lat., +1.
Maris capite, prothoracis lateribus et femoribus anticis
leete rufis.
Much more sparingly punctured than either of the preceding
two species. The testaceous spot on each elytron comes near
touching both the suture and the lateral margin ; its front edge
is separated from the anterior margin by a distance equal to
about two-thirds the length of the prothorax, and its hind margin
falls a little behind the middle of the elytron. In shape it may
be described as a quadrate figure a little wider than long, deeply
emarginate posteriorly, and having its antero-external corner cut
off or emarginate. The suture between the first and second ven-
tral segments is fine but distinct,
Common near Port Lincoln ; also in the Adelaide district.
AAA. Prosternum inter coxas longitudinaliter bicarinatum,
antice equaliter convexum.
C. Lamelle abdominalis haud integre.
S. oscillans, sp. nov. Ovalis; pubescens; sat convexus; nitidus ;
piceus ; prothoracis lateribus, antennis, palpis, epipleuris,
pedibusque, testaceis; elytris piceo-brunneis, latera apicemque
versus dilutioribus; capite prothoraceque subtiliter minus
crebre, elytris sparsius distincte, punctulatis. Long., 141.5
lat., 51.
The puncturation, compared with that of S. flavifrons, simplex,
&c., is much smoother and more sparse. It is not unlike that of
S. Meyricki, which, however, is a wider insect proportionally. The
sculpture of the prosternum at once distinguishes it from nearly
all its allies. The sides of the metasternum are closely, and the
ventral segments less closely, punctured; the middle of the former
is finely wrinkled transversely. There is a small distinct sixth
ventral segment. The first ventral suture is fine, but distinct.
Petersburg, S.A.
S. Sedani, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat convexus ; nitidus ;
pubescens ; piceus; elytris rufo bimaculatis; abdomine
rufescenti; tibiis, tarsis, epipleurisque, sordide testaceis ;
capite prothoraceque subtiliter crebrius, elytris fortius minus
crebre, punctulatis. Long., 141.; lat., 11.
The elytra are broadly red in the basal third of the lateral
margin, and this red mark is prolonged from its hinder end
obliquely towards the suture which it approaches (but not very
closely) just in front of the middle; the hinder red spot occupies
the apical one-sixth of the elytra. The puncturation of the elytra
is stronger than in any of the Scymni described above. The
198
metasternum at its sides and ventral segments are rather strongly
punctured, the former much more closely than the latter. The
middle of the metasternum is obscurely punctulate. There are
only five ventral segments. The basal ventral suture is nearly
obliterated in the middle.
Sedan, 8.A.; taken by Mr. B. 8. Rothe.
CC. Lamelle abdominales integre.
S. parallelus, sp.nov. Oblongus ; subparallelus; minus convexus;
nitidus; pubescens; piceus vel ferrugineo-piceus; tibiis,
tarsorum basi, et elytris singulis vitta lata, testaceis ; capite
subtiliter obscure, prothorace vix perspicue, elytris crassius
subrugulose, punctulatis. Long., #1.; lat, 21
Not very like Scymnus in general apperance, owing to its more
elongate flattened form and not very finely granulated eyes; it
is, moreover, the only Australian species (known to me) attribu-
table to the genus in which the abdominal lamellz are entire, but
I cannot find any satisfactory character for separating it. The
upper surface is of a shining pitchy colour, inclining to ferruginous
about the sides of the elytra, each of which bears a wide and
rather obscure testaceous vitta commencing about the middle of
the front margin, running down the disc to near the apex, and
then turning towards and meeting the suture ; the inner margin
of this vitta is better defined than the outer, so that the two vittze
(meeting near the apex) enclose an elongate common space of a
deep piceous colour, and externally merge by gradual shades of
colour into the general hue. In one of my two examples nearly
the whole under surface is reddish, including the femora ; in the
other it is pitchy, with the apical segments reddish. The pro-
thorax is scarcely twice as wide as long, its front scarcely emar-
ginate, the front angles but little produced and not sharp, the
hind sharply rectangular, the base not much wider than the front,
the sides nearly straight. The abdominal lamelle nearly reach
the apex of the basal ventral segment, and are very narrow, their
external margin being on the front of the segment, nearly as far
from the lateral margin of the segment as the whole width of the
lamella along the front margin. The first ventral suture, though
perfectly distinct, is evidently feebler in the middle than the other
sutures. In one example there is a distinct, in the other a
scarcely distinct, small sixth ventral segment. The infuscation
of the claw joint of the tarsi is (if invariable) a conspicuous
character. The epipleurz are more or less testaceous.
Port Lincoln.
RHIZOBIUS.
A. Prosternum medio longitudinaliter depressum, spatio depresso
utrinque longitudinaliter carinato.
199
R. discolor, Er. [var (?) proprius.] The insect which I
attribute to this species measures 2} ]. in length, whereas
R. (Scymnus) discolor is said to be 2 1., and there is evidently
some confusion or mistake about the size, for comparing it
with 2. (Scymnus) ventralis, which is said to be 21 1., Erichsen
calls it *‘duplo fere minor.” Besides this, my specimen dis-
plays some colour discrepancy, its upper surface being red brown,
inclining to pitchy on the head and prothorax, with the margins
of the latter, the shoulders, and the suture, bright red ; whereas
Erichsen makes the colour black, with the head and the lateral
margins of the prothorax red. According to Erichsen the pro-
thorax should be rather sparingly punctulate, whereas in my
example this segment (though less closely punctured than the
elytra) bears decidedly dense puncturation at the sides, while that
of the disc is a little more sparse. -The elytra are strongly sub-
rugosely and very closely punctured, and have obsolete indica-
tions of striation, but without the slightest tendency to linear
puncturation. The whole upper surface is clothed with short,
very fine, sub-recumbent pubescence, among which are other hairs
standing up more erectly and evidently (though not very much)
stouter and longer.
Compared with the European &. litwrus, Fab., this insect is
very much larger and much more parallel-sided in form, with the
prothorax very much more transverse (twice as wide as long), its
sides being more strongly rounded. The puncturation through-
out is very similar to that of A. litwrus.
As I have seen several specimens of the above described form
not varying inter se, except in a tendency in some to a reddening
of the elytral margins as well as the suture, it would seem to re-
present at least a localized variety deserving of a -name, and is
very likely to be a species distinct from the Tasmanian original.
I may add that M. Mulsant mentions the testaceous color of the
abdominal plates as a character of #. discolor ; this is not alluded
to by Erichsen, nor do I find it in specimens before me,—which
have the underside of a nearly unicolorous ferruginous, the ab-
dominal plates extending back not much more than half the length
of the basal ventral segment, and being punctured uniformly with
the segment itself.
Occurs near Port Lincoln.
R. cyaneus, sp. nov. Elongatus ; vix subparallelus ; pubescens ;
subnitidus ; supra (capite piceo excepto) obscure cyaneus ;
subtus, antennis, palpis, pedibusque, obscure ferrugineis;
prothorace quam longiori minus duplo latiori, elytris sat
angustiori, antice leviter angustato, lateribus leviter arcuatis,
angulis anticis subrotundatis haud prominulis, posticis sub-
200
rectis; capite prothoraceque subtilius sparsius, elytris
subfortiter sat crebre, punctulatis; metasterno medio sparsim
subtiliter punctulato, transversim vix rugato. Long., 121. ;
lat., + 1,
The abdominal plates reach back nearly to the apex of the
basal segment, and are punctured much more sparsely than the
lateral portion of the segment. The flattened ridge of the pro-
sternum is at its widest immediately behind the front. The
pubescence of the upper surface is mixed with hairs that are
somewhat stouter and more erect than the rest.
A single specimen occurred to me in Western Victoria.
ft. leticulus, sp. nov. Minus elongatus; vix subparallelus; sat
cequaliter pubescens ; nitidus; piceus; capite, prothorace,
pedibus, prosterno, abdominis apice, et (nonnullis exemplis)
signaturis quibusdam in elytris positis, testaceis ; prothorace
quam longiori fere duplo latiori, elytris angustiori, antice
minus angustato, lateribus minus rotundatis, angulis anticis
rotundatis haud prominulis posticis subrectis ; capite pro-
thoraceque subtiliter, elytris minus subtiliter, sparsim punctu-
latis; metasterno subtiliter transversim rugato, vix perspicue
punctulato. Long., 11.; lat., 31.
In one example (the most highly coloured) the prothorax is
dark red in the middle, becoming bright testaceous at the sides ;
and on the elytra the shoulders, together with an obscure vitta
near the suture, are testaceous; in others the whole prothorax is
uniformly reddish and the elytra are nearly unicolorous. The
abdominal plates are about two-thirds the length of the basal seg-
ment, and are punctured as strongly and nearly as closely as the
general surface of the segment.
Woodville.
f. Evansi, Muls. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; sat nitidus;
supra piceo-niger vix zneo-tinctus ; capite, prothorace (plus
minus), corpore subtus, antennis, palpis pedibusque, ferrugi-
neis ; prothorace quam longiori vix duplo latiori, elytris basi
parum angustiori, antice sat angustato, lateribus subrectis,
angulis anticis rotundatis subprominulis, posticis obtusis ;
capite prothoraceque crebrius subfortiter, elytris crebre sat
fortiter (latera versus presertim) punctulatis ; metasterno
medio (antice presertim) fortius crebrius punctulato. Long.,
13—21.; lat., 1}—12],
The abdominal plates are about three-fourths the length ot
the basal segment, and are punctured more strongly and less
closely than the sides of the segment. The flattened ridge of the
prosternum is uniformly narrowed from its base to the front. The
201
pubescence of the upper surface is of a silvery white colour, and
is much mixed with long erect hairs. Compared with the Euro-
pean &. litwrus this species is much wider, with more strongly
rounded sides and much stronger puncturation.
I have re-described this insect, because the original description
is very incomplete and founded on a very pale specimen. I do
not think there is any doubt of the correctness of my identifica-
tion.
Apparently common all over Southern Australia.
R. insipidus, sp. nov. Elongato-ovalis ; sat convexus; pubescens;
minus nitidus; totus brunneus (meso- et meta-sternis et
abdomine piceis exceptis); prothorace quam longiori paullo
minus duplo latiori, elytris basi vix angustiori, antice vix
angustato, lateribus parum arcuatis, angulis anticis plane
rotundatis haud prominulis, postice subrectis; capite pro-
thoraceque subtiliter, elytris sat fortiter, sat crebre punctula-
tis; metasterno medio subtiliter transversim rugato vix
perspicue punctulato. lLong., 141.; lat., 41.
The abdominal plates nearly reach the apex of the basal seg-
ment, and are punctured a little more sparingly than the sides of the
segment. The flattened ridge of the prosternum is strongly nar-
rowed from its base to the front, which is pointed. The pubescence
of the upper surface is whitish-brown in colour, and is mixed
with a few rather long erect hairs. In some examples the suture
is narrowly infuscate, and in some the elytra have a slight opales-
cent greenish gloss. The puncturation of the elytra is less strong
than in &. Lvansi and R. cyaneus, and slightly stronger than in
f. leticulus. It is very similar to that of &. liturus, Fab.
Roseworthy, 8.A., and Kangaroo Island.
fh. debilis, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; nitidus ;
supra piceo-niger vix zneo-tinctus ; capite, prothorace, cor-
pore subtus, antennis, palpis, pedibusque, plus minus fer-
rugineis ; prothorace quam longiori duplo latiori, elytris basi
vix angustioril, antice sat angustato, lateribus subrectis
(marginibus subfortiter reflexis), angulis anticis rotundatis,
posticis distinctis obtusis ; capite prothoraceque minute sat
crebre, elytris prope scutellum subtilissime sparsim (latera
apicemque versus magis distincte), punctulatis ; metasterno
medio vix distincte sculpturato. Long., 121; lat., #1.
An obscure.species resembling #. Evansi, but smaller and
differently punctured, the punctures on the elytra near the
scutellum being scarcely visible under a Coddington lens. The
prothorax is very wide and short, with its lateral edges more
strongly reflexed than is usual in the genus, especially at the
anterior angles, which are sub-explanate. The abdominal plates
202
nearly reach the apex of the basal segment, and are very spar-
ingly punctulate. The flattened ridge of the prosternum (which,
however, is scarcely so much flattened as usual) is parallel-sided.
The pubescence scarcely differs from that of R. Hvansi.
Port Lincoln; not common. An abraded specimen from near
Lake Eyre seems to be identical, but its condition will not allow
of certainty.
ft. Inndi, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; sat
nitidus ; piceus, antennis, palpis, corpore subtus, pedibusque,
plus minus rufescentibus ; prothorace quam longiori vix
duplo latiori, elytris basi vix angustiori, antice vix angustato,.
Jateribus subrectis, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis dis-
tinctis obtusis ; capite prothoraceque subtilius, elytris magis.
fortiter, sat crebre punctulatis ; metasterno medio subtiliter:
transversim rugato sat distincte punctulato. Long., 1—121.;.
lat. 3—1 1.
The abdominal plates are as in &. insipidus. The flattened
ridge of the prosternum is strongly narrowed from its base to the
front, where it is truncate. The pubescence scarcely differs from
that of &. Hvansi. Nearest to &. insipidus, from which its.
puncturation, though not quite so strong, scarcely distinguishes.
it. It is, however, a wider and shorter insect, more strongly
rounded on the sides, differently coloured, and especially with the
prosternal ridge wider and truncate in front. It is smaller, very
much more feebly punctured, and more obscurely coloured than
&. Hvansi, and differs from &. debilis, inter alia, in its stronger
puncturation and prosternal ridge narrowed to the front.
Port Lincoln.
k. ruficollis, sp. nov. Ovalis; sat convexus; pubescens; nitidus ;.
subtus ferrugineus; capite, prothorace, pedibusque leete rufis;
prothorace quam longiori paullo minus duplo latiori, elytris.
basi vix angustiori, antice parum angustato, lateribus parum
arcuatis, angulis anticis rotundatis, posticis subrectis; capite-
prothoraceque subfortiter, elytris paulo magis fortiter- minus
crebre punctulatis; metasterno medio transversim rugato:
subfortiter punctulato. lLong., 141.; lat., +1.
The abdominal plates are about three-fourths the length of the
basal segment, and are punctured much more strongly and
sparsely than the sides of the segment. The prosternal ridge is
as in f. insipidus. The pubescence resembles that of R. Hvansi,
but the longer erect hairs are even longer and stouter than in
that species.
Very differently coloured from all the preceding, and dis-
tinguished from all but &. insipidus by the sharply-pointed pro-
sternal ridge. From the latter it differs in the pubescence, the
203
shorter abdominal plates, more strongly sculptured metasternum,.
rather more sparing puncturation of the upper surface where there
is less difference, moreover, than usual in the genus between the
punctures on the prothorax and those on the elytra, and in the
dark elytral epipleure (those of 2. insipidus show up as of a pale
brown colour in strong contrast to the reddish pitchy metaster-
num and hind body), besides other differences of colour, &c.
Port Lincoln.
R. ventralis, Er. I have taken near Port Lincoln, and also
near Adelaide, examples of an insect which I cannot doubt is
this remarkably coloured species, but if so, it is desirable to point
out that Erichsen is in error in calling it ‘ oblongo-ovalis,” as it
is rather exceptionally wide. It is, of course, possible that I
have not the genuine thing before me, but my specimens agree
perfectly with the description in every character except that I
have named, including the unusual character of having the
anterior angles of the prothorax membranous. Mulsant uses a
similar expression in his (apparently independent) description,
but afterwards furnishes measurements that certainly do not
justify it, but show the species to be of much broader proportions
than others to which he applies the same term.
The insect before me is rather unlike Rhizobius in facies, but
does not differ structurally in any respect so far as I can discover.
Since many of the species of this first section of Ahizobius are
closely allied inter se, the following tabulation may be service-
able :—
A. Elongate subparallel species.
B. Prothorax and elytra brown or ferruginous. |
discolor, Er.? (var. proprius, Blackb.)
BB. Prothorax and elytra cyaneous. cyaneus, Blackb.
AA. Oval species.
B. Upper surface clothed with long erect hairs as well as:
short pubescence.
C. Prosternal ridge sharply pointed in front.
p. Epipleurz of elytra dark coloured.
ruficollis, Blackb-.
pp. Epipleure of elytra pallid (in contrast with the
much darker under surface of body).
insipidus, Blackb.
CC. Prosternal ridge not sharply pointed in front.
p. Elytra strongly punctulate (more strongly than
those of &. litwrus, Fab.) Evansi, Muls-.
pp. Elytra very finely punctulate ; prosternal ridge
with parallel sides. debilis, Blackb.
ppp. Elytra distinctly but not very strongly punc-
tulate ; prosternal ridge narrowed forward.
Lindi, Blackb.
204
BB. Upper surface evenly pubescent. leticulus, Blackb.
AAA. Form ovate; under surface black, except ventral seg-
ments, which are bright red. ventralis, Er.
AA. Prosternum antice equaliter convexum, longitu-
dinaliter neccarinatum nec sulcatum.
B. Species majores.
In this group the intercoxal portion of the prosternum is more
or less carinate laterally but the part in front of the coxe is
simply convex with more or less tendency to be compressed,
especially in the extreme front, owing to which the middle of the
front margin is more or less angularly prominent. The eyes are
extremely coarsely granulated and placed very obliquely.
fk. australis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovalis; subparallelus; minus
convexus ; sat nitidus; pubescens; rufus, elytris (margine
laterali sat anguste rufo excepto) piceo-nigris; capite
prothoraceque subtiliter sat crebre, elytris fortius subrugulose,
punctulatis. Long., 221.; lat., 121.
The red lateral margin of the elytra is not very sharply defined
or conspicuous ; 1t is continued round the apex where it is a little
dilated. The pubescence of the upper surface is uniform (7.e., not
containing hairs conspicuously longer and more erect than the
rest). The third joint of the antennz is as long as the following
two together ; the ninth and tenth joints are transverse and have
their inner apex produced in a kind of lobe which is curved for-
ward against the basal part of the next joint. The prothorax is
quite twice as wide as long, widest at the base which is more
than half again as wide as the front margin, the latter moderately
emarginate with angles quite rounded off; the sides converge
slightly from the base to about the middle, thence roundly and
more strongly. On the underside the puncturation is fine and
i
221
ANNUAL MEETING, OcTroBER 2, 1888.
Prof. RENNIE in the chair.
Mr. Frazer Crawford introduced to the President Mr. Albert
Koebele, the Assistant Entomologist for the United States of
America, who was present as a visitor.
Exnuisits.—By J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S8., a complete list of
South Australian Buprestide. By Mr. D. J. Adcock, specimen of
Voluta Adcocki from Encounter Bay.
The annual report and balance-sheet were read, adopted, and
ordered to be printed.
The annual reports and balance-sheets of the Field Naturalists’
and Microscopical Sections were read and accepted.
Mr. J. G. O. Tepprr, F.L.S., gave notice that at the next
_ meeting of the Society he would move—“ That the recommenda-
tions made by the Field Naturalists’ Section with regard to the
better protection of the native fauna and flora be adopted by this.
Society.”
ELection oF Councit.—The nomination and election of officers
for the ensuing year was as follows :—President, Prof. Rennie,
D.Sc., F.C.S. ; Vice-Presidents, H. T. Whittell, M.D., and E. C.
Stirling, M.D.; Hon. Treasurer, Walter Rutt, C.E.; Hon. Secre-
tary, W. L. Cleland, M.B.; Members of Council, Prof. Tate,
F.G.S., W. B. Poole, Charles Todd, C.M.G., M.A., W. Howchin,
F.G.S., D. B. Adamson, Rey. Thos. Blackburn, B.A.
PRESIDENTS ApDpDRESS.—Prof. Renniz, D.Sc., gave an address.
on the “ Relations between Chemical Science and some Colonial
Industries.”
Papers.—*On Australian Coleoptera, with Descriptions of
New Species,” by Rev. Thomas Blackburn, B.A. ‘On the
Occurrence of Drift Coal in the Valley of the Murray,” by W.
Howchin, F.G.S. “Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Aus-
tralia, part II.;” “ Additions to the Lamellibranchiata of South
Australia, with Descriptions of New Species ;’ ‘ Additions to
the Flora of Port Lincoln ;’ “ Plants of the Lake Eyre Basin ;”
“Definition of New Species of Plants;’ “A Census of the
Molluscan Fauna of Australia ;’ “ Descriptions of New Genera
and Species of Australian Mollusca,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.S.
222
ANNUAL REPORT.
Tho Council has the pleasure of reporting that the work of the
‘Society has been carried on successfully during the past year.
‘The following papers have been laid before the Society :—“ The
‘deep drainage of the City of Adelaide and its influence on the
death-rate of the city,” by Dr. Jamieson, of Melbourne ; “ Reply
showing certain fallacies in Dr. Jamieson’s paper,” by Dr.
Whittell ; “‘ List of fungi collected near Lake Bonney by Miss
Wehl,” by Baron. v. Mueller ; “On the Nomenclature of Austra-
lian Fauna,” by Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A. ; ‘Surface features
of the District of Nuriootpa,” by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.; “On
the composition of so-called ‘Australian Rubies,” by Prof.
Rennie, D.Sc. ; “ Description of an automatic River Gauge,” by
Thos. Parker, C.E. ; “On the Sponges of Australia,” by A. Zietz;
“ List of Snake-lizards in South Australia,” by A. Zietz ; “‘ Some
new Coccide of South Australia,” by W. M. Maskell, of New
Zealand ; “ Description of a new mammal,” by E. C. Stirling,
M.D.; ‘On Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions of new
species,” by Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A.; “Gastropods of the
Older Tertiary of Australia, Part I1.,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.S.;
“« Additions to the Lamellibranchiata of South Australia,” by
Prof. Tate, F.G.S. ; ‘‘ Additions to the Flora of Port Lincoln,”
by Prof. Tate, F.G.S8.; “ Plants of the Lake Eyre Basin,” by
Prof. Tate, F.G.S. ; “‘ Definitions of new species of Plants,” by
Prof. Tate, F.G.S.;. “A Census of the Molluscan Fauna of
Australia,” by Prof. Tate, F.G.8. ; “Description of new Genera
and Species of Australian Mollusca,” by Prof. Tate, F.GS. ;
“Remarks on the Coal-drift on the Murray Flats,” by W.
Howchin, F.G.S.
During the year there have been presented to the notice of the
Fellows and members many new and interesting exhibits of
natural history, chiefly procured by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., and
A. Zietz. The Council has much pleasure in noticing that an
attempt was made during the year to utilise the services of the
8.8. ‘ Protector ” in dredging some of the deeper portions of the
seas adjacent to our coasts. The results were eminently gratify-
ing, as shown by some of the rare and unique specimens that have
already been exhibited. It was also a matter for congratulation
that these dredgings were under the scientific direction of Mr. A.
Zietz, assisted by Dr. Stirling, who was fortunately able to ac-
company the expedition. Amongst other exhibits may be
mentioned a night-lizard (Nephrurus platywrus) by A. Zietz ;
Diemenia nucrolepidota from Sedan, by A. Zietz, being the first
223
specimen known to occur in the Province. Photographs of the
moon by D. B. Adamson, this being the first attempt to take
them in South Australia. Polytrema miniacea, by W. Howchin,
F.G.8. Portions of a new mammal found in Central Australia,
by A. Zietz. .
The membership of the Society consists of 120 Fellows, 11
Hon. Fellows, 15 Corresponding Members, and two Associates.
During the year five new Fellows have been elected and one
Corresponding Member, W. M. Maskill, F.R.M.S. It is with
‘much regret that your Council has to record the death of one of
the most senior Fellows, namely, Mr. David Gall. Although
Mr. Gall did not contribute much that was new to science to the
Proceedings of the Society, yet he was a Fellow that the Society
could ill afford to lose, for his attendance at the meetings was
most regular, and his intelligent and sympathetic appreciation of
all pertaining to science made his presence most encouraging to
those who had exerted themselves to bring forward objects for
description or exhibition. In the promptness and regularity with
which Mr. Gall paid his annual subscriptions, it is evident that
he looked upon this act as one of the most important pertaining
to the duties of a Fellow, recognising the fact that it is only by
this means that much costly and invaluable scientific work can
be perpetuated in the scientific proceedings of a learned society.
On this account your Council has viewed with much concern
the receipt of numerous resignations of Fellows during the past
year, on the plea that distance or other engagements prevented
their attendance at the Society’s meetings. The absence of these
gentlemen from the meetings is regrettable, but it is much more
to be deplored that the absence of their subscriptions will mate-
rially curtail the usefulness of the Society in recording scientific
facts. This action is also the more unfortunate at the present
time, when the Association for the Advancement of Science has
been started, as Fellowship of one of the learned Societies meant
ex officio membership of the Association on the payment of the
subscription.
Your Council has also with much regret to report the loss by
resignation of one of your Vice-Presidents, Mr. R. L. Mestayer,
C.E., F.R.M.S., his professional duties having caused him to
leave the Province. Your Council finds that not only has the
Society suffered a loss by his unavoidable departure, but that the
management of the affairs of the Society has experienced a depri-
vation in losing his uniformly sound and intelligent advice.
The reports of the two Sections of the Society, namely, the
Field Naturalist and Microscopical Sections, show that they con-
tinue to thrive and to do excellent work preparatory to under-
taking more arduous scientific labours, and are thus enabling
224
their members how to become ultimately working Fellows and
leaders in the parent Society.
During the past year the library has been enriched by
numerous additional works and the proceedings of the various
scientific Societies. Amongst other books may be mentioned the
“Tconography of Australian Species of Acacia and Cognate
Genera” (eight decades), by Baron v. Mueller; “ Descriptive
Catalogue of the Medusze of Australian Seas,” by B. von
Lendenfeld ; ‘‘ Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard College ;” ‘ Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of
Ethnology, Smithsonian Institute ;” “The U.S. Geological
Surveys, Monographs ;” and the ‘“ Kucalypts of Australia,” by
Baron v. Mueller.
The Council has continued to authorise the execution of more
plates to illustrate the second part of Prof. Tate’s paper on the
‘“‘Gastropods of the Older Tertiary of Australia.” It is a matter
for congratulation that Prof. Tate’s labours have enabled the
Council to expend the money in so advantageous a manner.
Your Council also thinks that it is matter for great satisfac-
tion that one of our Fellows (Dr. Whittell) was able from his
position as President of the Central Board of Health, to com-
pletely disprove the opinion advanced by Dr. Jamieson, of Mel-
bourne, viz., that the deep-drainage of the City of Adelaide was
not the success it was thought to be as a factor in diminishing
the mortality rate. Not only is the matter an important one to
the City of Adelaide itself, but also as helping to strengthen the
hands of the Executive in places not yet provided with the same
admirable system.
The Council has deemed it advisable to cause certain volumes
of the Society’s ‘‘ Proceedings” (Nos. 1, 5, 6) to be withdrawn
from sale on account of the limited number of copies on hand.
In future these volumes will not be parted with, unless the
special permission of the Council has been obtained. A uniform
price has also been fixed for the other annual volumes, which can
always be obtained from the Secretary.
The Council cannot refrain from alluding to the fact that the
first meeting of the Australian Association of Science, lately held
in Sydney, has now become a matter of history. It is also
gratifying to note that the various Fellows of this Society took a
prominent part in the inaugural proceedings, Prof. Rennie being ©
a Vice-President, Prof. Tate the President of the Biological Sec-
tion, and Prof. Bragg holding the important position of repre-
sentative delegate on the Council.
The Society will be pleased to note from the Hon. Treasurer's
statement that the receipts this year have been larger than for
any previous one.
bo
Lo
Ly |
PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.
ProFessor RENNIE read his annual Presidential address as.
follows :—
It is with feelings of some regret that I am here this evening
to deliver the annual address as President of the Royal Society
of South Australia ; regret, I mean, that I have not been able to
do so much as I would like to have done to promote its interests.
My failure to do more has arisen partly from the multiplicity of
other duties to which I have been obliged to give attention during
the past two years, and partly from the fact that the subjects
dealt with by the Fellows who have come before us here have
been for the most part connected with a department of science
with which I am far from familiar, viz., Natural History. This
must always be more or less a principal subject with a young
Society in a new country. It is therefore with great satisfaction,
I think, that we should welcome as two new members of council
for the ensuing year two gentlemen who are zealous students of
the natural sciences, and to one of whom the Society owes a great
deal of what success has attended its meetings, if not its actual
existence, in past years.
Turning now to those matters on which I am to address you
this evening, let me say first that I had considerable difficulty in
the choice of a subject, scarcely knowing what would prove most
interesting to this audience. It has very appropriately been the
custom on similar occasions to give some account of the advances
made during the past year or years in the subject with which the
speaker is most familiar, but in this case such a course would have
necessitated such an account of the more abstruse portions of
chemistry as could scarcely have been condensed into the limits
of such an address as this, even if they proved of sufficient inte-
rest to the majority of my hearers.
After some deliberation I have decided to say a few words on
the present state of some of those industries of these colonies in
which chemical science is more or less involved, and in some cases
to suggest what seem to me to be the possibilities of economy and
development in the future. I do not claim originality, nor do T
claim to be in a position to discuss fully all the circumstances of
each case, but simply venture to hope that by drawing attention
to certain facts some few may be induced to think over the possibi-
lities of future improvement, and, perchance, to take steps to bring
about practical advances in our industrial processes. If some of
P
226
the suggestions should be proved to be impracticable owing to
local circumstances, at least no harm can be done by having them
under discussion.
AGRICULTURAL AND PASTORAL.
What is the condition of affairs in this colony? Is the yield of
wheat anything lke what it used to be? On all sides we hear
statements of the great differences between the yields of earlier
and later years. It goes without saying that a great deal depends
upon the rainfall. Nothing can be done without water, and it is
a matter of satisfaction that the settlers in the colonies are
gradually becoming alive to the absolute necessity for better water
conservation. But given fair average seasons, how is the falling-
off in the crops to be accounted for? The obvious answer is—
Exhaustion of the soil. But what are its causes, and are there
any remedies? Every year sees the export from this colony of
thousands of tons of wheat, to say nothing of other cereals. Now
every ton of wheat contains on an average about 18 1b. of phos-
phorus oxide and 7 lb. of potash. .Both of these substances in
certain forms of combination are essential elements in a fertile
soil; but they are only present in very small quantities even in
the best land. Besides this a not inconsiderable quantity of
potash is carried off with all the unwashed wool that leaves our
shores. If this is to go on without some compensation the yield
of cereals, grasses, &c., must inevitably become smaller and smaller,
and the crops will be rendered more lable to be attacked by
parasitic diseases. Deeper ploughing will do something for a time,
but only for a time; something more is necessary. In many
cases, I fear in most cases, nothing is being done to make up for
the loss. Nothing in fact can be done, except by the addition of
natural or artificial manures and systematic farming. This, of
course involves careful preservation of atl materials which can in
any way be applied to manurial purposes. In this last respect
there is great want of care. If anything successful is to be done
with working men’s blocks and such comparatively small tracts
of land as are likely to be benefited by the Beetaloo and such like
irrigation schemes, careful cultivation is absolutely necessary, for |
water alone will not supply all that is needful for the growth of
crops. What are the facts in most cases? Little or no care is
taken to utilise farmyard manure to the best advantage, yet this
is a form of manure eminently adapted for most purposes, con-
taining as it does nitrogen compounds and phosphates in a form
especially suitable for assimilation by plants. Wood ashes, which
contain a considerable proportion of potash salts, and of which a
not inconsiderable quantity is produced every year in every farm-
house, are thrown out anywhere and everywhere. The same is
true of bones. With a little extra trouble they could be all burnt,
227
adding thereby very materially to the value of the ashes ; or,
better still, by a cheap mill they could be ground to bonedust and
so give nitrogen as well as phosphates to the soil. The quantities
of phosphates, nitrogen, and potash salts obtainable from the
above sources would not be suffieient to replace the loss on a large
farm, but they would do something towards it, and would cer-
tainly be of considerable use in increasing the produce of the
orchard or vegetable garden. Quantities of bones, bonedust, and
superphosphate are being from time to time exported from the
colony. Surely this is a needless sending away of valuable manure.
It seems to me there must be something very seriously wrong
somewhere when such valuable materials can be exported from
such a colony as this at a profit. Then, again, there is sulphate
of ammonia, a most valuable manure in some cases. There is so
little sale for this, now that the Mauritius market has failed, that
the Gas Company are hesitating whether to continue the manu-
facture. Yet it is obtainable at a reasonable price, and not a
pound of it should be allowed to leave the colony. There is strong
evidence of want of thrift and economy among a large proportion
of our rural population. The days are gone in which crops
could be obtained by merely scratching the surface of the soil.
Every day it is becoming more manifest that careful and
economical treatment is necessary to make the land yield any
kind of produce continuously. The much persecuted Chinaman
is certainly a pattern in this respect. He has come from a country
where the very existence of the population depends to a large
extent upon the proper treatment of the land, and he has learnt
the lesson well. He takes good care that nothing is wasted, and
he obtains results accordingly. Possibly something may be done
by training the children in our schools, country schools in agri-
cultural districts especially, in such a way as to make them prac-
tically acquainted with such matters, and by endeavouring to
foster in them a liking for agricultural pursuits. Is it not desir-
able that experiments should be undertaken with a view of dis-
covering what are the best methods of farming in this colony
under varying conditions? In England, in various parts of
Europe, and in America there are large experimental farms,
established either by the Government or by private enterprise, in
which such experiments can be carried out on scientific principles.
The results obtained by years of painstaking investigation at the
experimental station carried on by Messrs. Lawes & Gilbert at
Rothamstead have proved invaluable all over the world. Asso-
ciated with these stations in many cases are well-equipped Agri-
cultural Colleges. What have we here? An Agricultural Col-
lege, it is true, but very insufficiently equipped internally as
regards the appliances for proper scientific teaching, of even an
228
elementary character, to say nothing of investigation, and exter-
nally with one of the worst pieces of land in the whole district,
and besides all that with an endowment utterly inadequate for
effectively carrying out experiments such as have been alluded
to. Reference has already been made to the fact that potash
salts are carried off with all the unwashed wool that leaves our
ports ; but apart from this no effort is made, so far as I know, to
preserve for manurial purposes the potash salts which find their
way into the water in which wool is washed. Professor Tate
drew attention to this matter some ten years ago in some science
notes communicated to the Register. The greasy matter of wool
is composed of certain peculiar fatty substances, some fatty acids,
and potash salts in the form of soaps. These latter find their
way into the wash-water, and here are simply wasted ; but in
Europe the water is evaporated, the residue calcined in gas
retorts, yielding by that treatment considerable quantities of am-
monia and illuminating gas, and the charred product washed to
extract the potash salts, which are obtained in a form readily
convertible into valuable manure. A process has recently beem
patented in this colony, of which a trial took place some time
ago, for extracting the potash salts from wool by water, and the
greasy matter by carbon disulphide. The patentees. have pro-
ceeded to England with a view of perfecting certain parts of the
apparatus, which cannot be obtained here. The use of carbon.
disulphide for extracting greasy matters is not new, but has been
tried more than once and abandoned owing to various difficulties
connected with its use. Possibly, however, the new process in-
volves improvements which will render the process workable and
profitable. The value of the greasy extract depends. mainly on
one of its constituents, a substance known as cholesterin, which
is found in human gall-stones, in feathers, hair, whalebone, «c.,,
and which possesses the peculiar property not possessed by ordi-
nary fats of absorbing more than 100 per cent. of water. Mixed
with a certain proportion of water it is known as lanolin, and
this substance is stated to. be much more valuable for making
plasters, ointments, &c., than vaseline, paraftin, or lard, being,
much more readily absorbed by the skin, carrying with it the
various medicaments with which it may be mixed, Again,
potash salts are sometimes carried off in some quantity in the
“argol” or “tartar” which separates from grape juice during
fermentation. This substance is known chemically as potassium
bitartrate, and is in many cases sold to chemists for the manufac-
ture of cream of tartar, and for other purposes. It is not impos-
sible, however, nay, it is highly probable, that a continual
draining off of this compound from the soils of our vineyards:
without corresponding replacement may produce damaging effects
229
hereafter. We may safely take it for granted that the invariable
presence of considerable quantities of the substance in the fruit
has some intimate connection with the healthy growth of the
vine.
FOREST CONSERVATION.
In the matter of forest conservation we are well off in this
colony, and our energetic Conservator of Forests has achieved
great success in this direction. You will have noticed that he is
proposing to supply a large quantity of charcoal for use at Broken
Hill. This means a large waste of by-products if it is to be
made by the old method of burning. Mr. Brown informs me,
however, that he is thinking of introducing the system of car-
bonizing in retorts, and so preserving the liquid products, which
are of considerable value, containing as they do creosote, pyro-
ligneous acid, and wood spirit. For all of these there is some
demand. There is great need of a supply of the latter article of
good quality for methylating purposes, the material imported for
that purpose being wretched stuff, containing a considerable
quantity of hydrocarbons, which are immediately precipitated on
dilution with water. The Conservator also contemplates the
production of turpentine from the pine forests, which are growing
successfully in some of the northern parts of the interior. J am
sure you will welcome these advances in utilization of our own
products.
PRODUCTION OF TANNIN.
Another subject connected with one of the products of the
colony is the production of tannin from the bark of the various
species of acacia. This scarcely seems to be attracting the atten-
tion it deserves. A great deal remains to be done in the direction
of ascertaining the best varieties of wattles which will flourish
under different conditions, and above all of ascertaining at what
stage of growth it is most advantageous to strip the tree, or cut
it up'into fragments, as is now done at Messrs. Barrow & Hay-
craft’s establishment at Echunga. There has, however, been need-
less waste in the ruthless destruction of young trees which would
have yielded much more tannin had they been allowed to grow
for a year or two longer. If the demand increases, as it is cer-
tain to do (unless indeed some cheap substitute for tannin be
found), there will probably be a difficulty in supplying the de-
mand. Putting in a few wattle seeds now and again on spare
land does not involve a large amount of time or labour, and many
a landholder might add to his income in the future by a judicious
and systematic planting of this useful tree. Some.very valuable
investigations on Australian tannin-yielding trees, and the per-
centage of tannin they contain, have been recently published by
Mr. G. H. Maiden, Curator of the Technological Museum in
230
Sydney, in the Proceedings of the Royal Society of New South
Wales. Mr. Maiden is still pursuing his energetic labours in
this direction, and further results will, I understand, soon be
published.
OIL-YIELDING PLANTS.
The cultivation of certain oil-yielding plants may yet yield
good results. Olive oil has for some years been successfully pro-
duced in South Australia. It is a splendid article, and is
deservedly commanding an increased sale. There is, I am told,
some prospect of a trial being made with castor oil. For this oil
there is a considerable demand, and, judging from the facility
with which the tree grows, there seems no reason why it should
not be successfully cultivated. There were some good specimens
of sesame and peanut oil from the Northern Territory shown at
the Exhibition last year. From this I gather that the plants
yielding those oils grow well in that district. Then again there
are doubtless many indigenous trees capable of yielding valuable
products, medical or otherwise, but the investigation of such
matters requires long and patient labour, and there are few
workers in the field.
METALLURGY.
So long as metallurgical processes are conducted on a small
scale, as they are at present, little can be done that has not
already been done in the matter of economy. In older countries
large metallurgical works, such as those at Freiberg, include a
Jarge number of different processes, yielding different products,
and all help to contribute to their success. Here the great diffi-
culty seems to be to obtain a market for many of the products.
For example, in connection with the extraction of gold from
pyrites, the latter can be burned in suitably constructed kilns,
and the sulphur dioxide so produced utilised in the manufacture
of sulphuric acid, the residue being in a condition suitable for
extraction of gold by amalgamation. But most samples of
pyrites contain arsenic, which can only be partially condensed,
though it often is condensed in Europe and preserved for various
purposes. The sulphuric acid from the pyrites therefore becomes
contaminated with arsenic, and would not command such a ready
sale for some purposes as the purer article, though it might be
applied in many cases just as well as the purer acid. The great
difficulty is that more acid would be produced than there is a
market for. But may it not be possible in some instances to
combine with the manufacture of sulphuric acid from this source
other processes in which the sulphuric acid could be utilised? At
Mount Morgan I am credibly informed that it is intended to
make the sulphuric acid and chloride of lime used in the New-
berry-Vautin chlorination process. If this be the case I am not
231
without hopes that something may yet be done in a similar direc-
tion with ores far less rich than those of Mount Morgan. In
cases where the pyrites contain small percentages of copper it is
possible sometimes to extract this economically by the wet pro-
cess by the aid of sulphuric acid. There are many other possible
ways in which the acid might be utilised, but the success of any
one of them would depend largely on local circumstances. We
have heard something lately of so-called paint mines. By these
are meant of course deposits of coloured oxides of iron which can
be manufactured into paints. At Ballarat the residues after
roasting iron pyrites and extraction of the gold are now being
utilised for this purpose, the oxide of iron being in a very fine
state of division and of sufficiently good colour to command a
sale. Reference has been made to the preparation of chlorine for
the extraction of gold. In the chlorination process chloride of
lime is used as the source of chlorine. Now this substance in
solution is generally regarded as a mixture of calcium chloride
and hypochlorite, but whatever view be held as to its nature, less
than half its weight is chlorine available for the purpose of gold
extraction. Is it not somewhat anomalous that the chlorine
should first have to be prepared in Europe, then converted into
chloride of lime, of which remember less than half the weight is
chlorine, then imported to Australia, with very often a consider-
able loss of chlorine before it is actually used. It will perhaps
be said that all this is compensated for by convenience in working
and saving of time and labour where this substance is used, the
direct use of chlorine involving extra plant, and perhaps more wear
and tear. Be this as it may, there still seems to me to be matter
for reflection for those concerned. A suggestion has been made
to use bromine water instead of chlorine gas, the bromine
being of course all recovered and used again. The obstacle here
would be the shipping difficulty, bromine being a dangerous sub-
stance to deal with if a breakage should occur. In appliances for
gold-saving by amalgamation the necessity for bringing the mer-
cury into intimate contact with the finely divided gold is becoming
more and more apparent. Attempts have been made with more
or less success to effect this by means of grinding machinery, but
lately a process has been patented which presents some new fea-
tures. The roasted auriferous ore in a fine state of division is
brought by means of a powerful blast in contact with the vapour
of boiling mercury. It is claimed that by this means a very per-
fect amalgamation takes place, the mercury condensing and
taking the gold down with it. It is claimed that the process can
be made continuous by using the same mercury over again. It
is an ingenious idea, but one of the difficulties, it seems to me,
will be the loss of mercury by oxidation, caused by contact of the
:
232
oxygen of the air with the hot vapour of the metal, it being a
well-known fact that mercury in contact with oxygen at a high
temperature becomes oxidized. In silver smelting greatly im-
proved results are now obtained as compared with those of a few
years ago, doubtless owing to the employment of skilled metallur-
gists, but that there is a considerable loss of lead is evidenced by
the fact (if evidence were wanting) that a large number of persons
at Broken Hill show some of the minor symptoms of lead-poison-
ing. In Europe great efforts are made to condense lead fumes as
completely as possible, so as to recover the metal. Probably
enough it would not pay to erect condensing flues for this pur-
pose at such places as Broken Hill, but the fact remains that
there is waste, and such waste as might make a considerable
difference in large works employed in smelting poorer ores, and
may we not hope to see metallurgical processes so carried out in
Australia in the future as to render possible the profitable treat-
ment of such poorer ores.
CHEAP SALT.
Closely connected with the possibility of preparing chlorine by
a paying process is the production of cheap salt. Surely there
should be little difficulty about that. For this purpose the salt
need not be purified at all, but the residue from sea water or salt
lakes used just as it is, and in the hot dry parts of this colony
near the seacoast large quantities of sea water could be evaporated
at a very small outlay. Moreover, I cannot see why good salt
for table and other domestic purposes should not be manufactured
in quantity as it is on the shores of the Mediterranean by the aid
of the sun’s heat alone. If there is a prejudice against colonial
articles there must be some cause for it. Probably the sending
into the market of carelessly manufactured and imperfectly puri-
fied products has had a good deal to do with it ; and in this par-
ticular instance the evaporation of sea water needs to be carefully
carried out to produce a good marketable article, while that salt
obtained from salt lakes, the result of inland drainage, is sure to
contain considerable quantities of magnesium compounds, which
will render it bitter and unsuitable for domestic use, unless means
are taken to remove these objectionable substances. If our
colonial manufacturers are to succeed it is absolutely necessary
that good articles should be produced.
ECONOMY IN THF USE OF GAS.
In recent years a great deal has been done in the direction of
economizing fuel in large works requiring the use of powerful
furnaces. It is well known that the gases which escape from
ordinary closed furnaces are not completely burnt. The com-
plete combustion of these gases is now effected by introducing
under certain conditions a secondary supply of air, this air being
233
itself heated by the final escape gases from the furnaces. This
secondary combustion gives a very high temperature, and is the
means of an enormous saving of fuel. The combustible gases
may also be increased in quantity by causing a small quantity of
steam to pass through the primary furnace, and the necessary
quantity of steam can be obtained by means of the heat from the
spent gases. This principle has been successfully applied by the
manager of the gasworks at Bowden, a bed of retorts being
heated entirely by the secondary combustion of the half-burnt
gases from one of the ordinary furnaces. It is obvious that the
principle is capable of very extensive application. A somewhat
similar principle applies to economy in the use of gas for illu-
minating purposes. The contrivances for this purpose are so
arranged that the gas is heated to a high temperature before it
reaches the mouth of the burner by means of the heated gases
resulting from its own combustion. It is well known that under
these conditions a very much better light is obtainable with the
same consumption of gas. There are various types of burner
constructed on this principle, but they are not easily adaptable
to the rooms of an ordinary dwelling-house. They are, however,
well suited for lighting large spaces. They were in use in Hol-
born before I left London, some five or six years ago, and I notice
that one form has been introduced into some few of the shops in
Adelaide. In this connection it may not be out of place to men-
tion the greatly improved simple burners (Sugg’s for example),
which are easily obtainable at a moderate price, and can be easily
fitted in place of the wretchedly dim older-fashioned burners. A
great deal better light can be obtained by their means with a
smaller consumption of gas.
CONCLUSION.
Fortunately, or unfortunately, we have not yet in these colo-
nies reached that stage of our history in which rigid economy in
industrial and manufacturing processes and utilization of all
waste products becomes a necessity. It is a matter of history in
Europe that in some instances what were originally regarded as
waste products have become, if not the principal objects of manu-
facture, at least those upon which the success of the undertaking,
from a commercial point of view, depends. At some future time
this may be the case here ; at any rate, it is always useful to keep
in mind the fact that materials, valuable in themselves, are neg-
lected, because it is always possible that the knowledge that such
is the case may stimulate to discoveries of new processes for their
utilization.”
On the motion of Professor Tarr, seconded Mr. Topp, Pro-
fessor Rennie was thanked for his address, which was referred to
in terms of the highest praise.
234
Mr. Topp said it would be of great value to the country.
Mr. T. Parker, C.E., referred to the assertion that the water
in some of the rivers was said to be unfit for irrigation owing to
the presence of saline matter. He had known land to thrive after
this water had been on it, and he wondered whether the saline
matter had not manuring properties. The Society might properly
investigate the question.
Professor RENNIE said that in certain cases it was difficult to.
say positively that water was unfit for irrigation unless an actual
trial proved it to be so.
Mr. Topp mentioned that around the mountain springs at Her--
gott and Strangways the country was very destitute. On the
other hand, the country around the artesian bore at Strangways.
was in better condition.
Mr. Tepper said the use of saline water was more successful
on sloping ground, where the saline matter would not remain.
The following papers were presented :—By the Rev. T. Black-
burn, “On Australian Coleoptera, with descriptions and new
species ;” by Prosessor R. Tate, F.G.S., ‘ Gastropods of the Older
Tertiary of Australia, Part II.,” ‘ Additions to the Lamelli-
branchiata of South Australia,” ‘“‘ Additions to the Flora of Port
Lincoln,” “ Plants of the Lake Eyre Basin,” “ Definitions of New
Species of Plants,” “A Census of the Molluscan Fauna of Aus-
tralia,” “‘ Description of new Genera and Species of Australian
Mollusca ;” and by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S., ‘On the Occurence
of Coal Drift on the Murray Flats.”
=
‘fomsvory, “LLAM WALTIVM
‘999% ‘of saaqweydag
‘toupny “ATOOd ‘d ‘M
‘JO91I0D PUNO} puv poyIpny
SS -x9h7>- a)! agny
L g1 9% ————
go oO ** spuvy S1ommsvary, ul ysea
g-= 961 °° “*yuvg sSuravs
g brog “*uresny ynog jo yurg—soureg ,,
ora —=—
O59 che °* ~~ prvoqdna
0, ~61°S “ vs sSuipurg—Arviqr] ,,
o, & Br ws yuviry—uonoas [eoidooso1s1f,_ 5,
0 0 9% —
a Oa = ** sv] ozug Sunuiug
oxo fe °°: JUeI—UOHIS SSITBINIEN PIPL»;
vu ay i A1au01ye}s
puv ‘xv, dwejs ‘aseysod ‘sununug ,,
m6 & a ** BUISI}IOAPY ,,
9 gi Sz oa
II “ ‘s 10}99][0
2 Ln oe ee Beit le G tr & = ** ~— suorjovsuvry, Jo seg ,,
: SOR ** Arvyjaioag yuL)sIsSy o 9 6 + a .* JS9I9}JUT 55
—ow ‘soryjeg ,, | ° €1 99 as ae JUVIT) JUIWIUIIAOY ,,
II or SzI — Sh Ses
1 Si ¥ oe Surysyqng pur Sump 9 9 br *%* UoNDag [voIdoosorIDT PL
ae 4 = (syunosov $,1v94 4sv] 0 90 OF UWONIS SIS|BINIEN PPM
ul popnypour ‘sor 1£F) Suneaysnqy 9 II gor °° “£91905 whoy—suonduosqns ,,
OL ti G1: ** Supurg puv sunuug It VI Oge * PIBAIOF IysNoq souvyvgd OL
—suorovsuviy, Jo sod Ag “A8Qi 481 18q0799
Se? 5. eo F aD 7 717>?S3 S ‘1d
‘VIIVULSNV HLAOS AO ALAIOOS IVAOU AHL HLIM LNNOOOV NI WANASVAUNL AHL
-
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
For the Year 1887-8.
I.—TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS.
Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments.
Batavia—Naturrkundig-Tijdschrift voor Netherlands-Indie; Pro-
ceedings, Deel XLVII. ; Achtste Serie, Deel VIII.
Baltimore—American Chemical Journal ; vol. VIII., Nos, 4, 5,
D! vol. -EX., os 122.
Johns Hopkins’ University Studies in Historicaland
Political Science ; fourth series, Nos. 7 to 12
fifth series, Nos. 1 to 7.
Eleventh Annual Report of the Johns Hopkins’
University, 1886.
Johns Hopkins’ University Circulars ; Nos. 50 to 57.
—— Johns Hopkins’ University Register, 1886-7.
Belfast (Ireland)—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural
History and Philosophical Society for
1886-7, Nos. 20 to 25 (1887).
Koniglich Preussischen Meteorologischen Institut—Ergebnisse
Beobachtungen, in Jahre, 1886.
Belgium—Societé Royale Malacologiquede Belgique-Proces- V erbal
de Assemblée Generale Annuelle, pp. LX X-XI. to
CXLI.
‘Berlin—Sitzungberichte der Koniglich Preussischen Akademie
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin ; Nos. 19 to 44, 1887,
title, index, &c., 1888, Nos. 1 to 20.
Boston-—Proceedings of the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences ; new series, vol. XIV. (whole series, vol.
».@. Gy part i;
Brisbane—A Sketch of the Economic Plants of Queensland; by
F. M. Bailey, F.18.
Catalogue of Woods in the Queensland Court, Centen-
nial International Exhibition, Melbourne.
Catalogue of the Grasses in the Queensland Court,
C.J. E., Melbourne.
237
Brisbane—Classitied Index to the Indigenous and Naturalised
Plants of Queensland ; by F. M. Bailey, F.L.S.
———— A Synopsis of the Queensland Flora, second supple-
ment ; by F. M. Bailey, F.L.S.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland; vols.
Pee ued,; yo. V., part.
Buenos Ayres—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en
Cordoba (Republica Argentina); tomo X. ;:
Entrega, la et 2a.
Bulletin of the California Academy of Sciences ; vol..
at, iro. '0,'T.
——— Californian State Mining Bureau. Seventh Annual
Report of the Mineralogist for year ending:
October 1, 1887.
Cambridge—Bulletins of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Harvard College; vol. XIII., Nos. 5 to 10;.
wor VL, No. 1; XVII., No; 1.
————— Sixth Annual Report of the Curator of the Museum
of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College.
1886-7.
Canada—Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada.
Catalogue of Canadian Plants; No. 3, Apetale.
Summary Report of the Operations of the Geological
and Natural History Survey of Canada, to Decem-
California
ber, 1887.
——— The Canadian Record of Science; vol. III., Nos. 2:
and 3.
Geological and Natural History of Canada, Annual
Report ; new series, vol. I1., 1886.
Christiania (Norway)—Tordenvejerenes Hyppighed i Norge,
1867-1883 ; af H. Mohn.
Die silurischen Etagen 2 und 3 im
Kristianiagebit und auf Eker ; von
W. C. Brogger.
Silurfossiler og Pressede Konglomerater:
i Bergenskifrene; af Hans H.
Reusch.
Jahrbuch des Norwegischen Meteoro-.
logischen Instituts fur 1876; als.
1887.
Die Internationale Polarforchung, 1882-
83 ; Beobachtungs- Ergebnisse der
Norwegischen Polarstation Bossekop.
in Alten.
Dublin—The Scientific Proceedings of the Royal Dublin Society ;:
vol. V.(N.S.), parts 7, 8; vol. VI.(N.8.), parts 1, 2..
OO
238
Géttingen—Nachrichten von der Koniglich Gesselchaft der
Wissenchaften und der Georg-Augusts Univer-
sitat zu Gottingen ; aus dem Jahre, 1886; Nos.
1-20.
Japan—Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University,
Japan; vol. I., part 4; vol. IL, part 1.
Transactions of the Seismological Society of Japan;
vol. IT. (1887), parts 1, 2, 3; vol. XII.
Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natu-
ralles ; series 3, Nos. 96, 97.
London—Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1887 ;
parts 6, 6a, 1888; parts 1, 2.
Royal Colonial Institute—Report of the Council, Feb.
21, 1888.
—— Transactions of the Entomological Society for 1887.
Massachussetts—Bulletin of the Essex Institute; vol. 18, Nos.
1 to 12.
Manchester—Report and Proceedings of the Manchester Field
Naturalists’ and Archeologists’ Society for
1887.
————— Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society ; vols). XX V. and XXVI.
Memoirs of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society ; vol. X. (new series).
Mexico—Annario del Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de
Tacubaya para et 1888; vol. VII. By Angel
Anguiasso.
Munchen—Sitzungberichte der Mathematisch - Physicalischen
Classe der k.b., Akademie der Wissenschaften
zu Miinchen ; heft I., 1886; heft IT., heft ITI.
Gedachtnisrede auf Joseph von Fraunhofer.
Abhandlungen der Mathematisch - Physicalischen
Classe der Koniglich-Bayerischen Akademie der
Wissenschaften, 1887; vol. XVI., part 1.
—— Do., do., Sechzenten Bandes, zweite Abtheilung.
New Jersey—Journal of the Trenton Natural History Society ;
No. 2 (1887).
New South Wales—Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of New South Wales; vol. XX., 1886 ;
vol. XXI., part 3; vol. XXIT., part 1.
Annual Report of the Department of Mines,
New South Wales; 1886.
Geology of the Vegetable Creek Tin Mining
Field, New England District. By T.
W. Edgeworth David, B.A., F.G.S.
239
New South Wales—Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales; second series; vol. II.,
parts 3 and 4; vol. IIT., parts 1, 2.
List of Contributors to the First Series ;
vols. I. to IX. of the Proceedings of
the Linnean Society of New South
Wales. |
—______—_——_ Descriptive Catalogue of the Meduse of the
, Australian Seas. R. von Lendenfeld,
Ph.D.
—_—_—__—__——. Australian Museum—History and Descrip-
tion of the Skeleton of a new Sperm
Whale (Euphysetes). Reprint from 1851
edition.
— Australian Museum—Hints for Collectors of
Geological and Mineralogical Specimens.
By F. Ratte.
Notes for Collectors. F. Ratte.
Descriptive Catalogue of the General Collec-
tion of Minerals. Felix Ratte.
Catalogue of the Echinodermata in the Aus-
tralian Museum; part 1—Echini. Dr. E.
P. Ramsay, F.R.S.E.
Catalogue of the Collection of Fossils in the
Australian Museum. Dr. E. P. Ramsay.
Hints for the Preservation of Specimens of
Natural History. E. P. Ramsay,
F.R.S.E., &e.
Catalogue of the Australian Birds in the
Australian Museum; part 1—Accipitres.
E. P. Ramsay, F.L.S., C.M.Z.E., &e.
Catalogue of the Australian Hydroid Zoo-
phites. W. M. Bale.
— Calendar of the University of Sydney.
Supplement to the Australian Museum
Report—Technological, Industrial, and
Sanitary Museum. Report for 1887.
—————___-— Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science—Programme, &c., for
first meeting on October 28, 1888; ten
copies.
Catalogue of the Fishes in the Collection of
the Australian Museum ; part 1—Recent
Paleichthyan Fishes. By J. Douglas
Ogilby, F.L.8.
240
New South Wales—Australian Museum—Report of the Trustees.
for 1887.
Australasian Association for the Advance-
ment of Science—Papers, Clippings, é&c.,.
connected withthe First Annual Meeting
in Sydney ; 1888.
New York—Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences;
1885-86.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences ;:
vol. TIT., Nos. [Land 12 ; vol. 1V., Nos. 7, 2.
—_—_—_—_———. Raising Diatoms in the Laboratory. By Prof..
Samuel Lockwood, Ph. Dr.
New Zealand—Index to Reports of the Geological Survey of
New Zealand, 1866 to 1885.
— Twenty-second Annual Report on the Colonial
Museum Laboratory.
— Studies in Biology for New Zealand Students ;:
No. 3.
—— Reports of Geological Explorations during 1885»
and 1886-87.
——_—_—_—_——— Report of the Auckland Institute, 1887.
—_—__—_—_———. Report on the Eruption of Tarawera and Roto--
mahana. By A. W. P. Thomas, M.A.,
F.L.S., &e.
Norway—Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1886.
Philadelphia—Journal of Comparative Medicine ; vol. VIT.
——___—— Proceedings of the Academy of Sciences of Phila-
delphia, 1887; part 1, 2, 3.
Queensland—Account of the Operations of the Weather Bureau,
and List of Stations. By Clement L. Wragge..
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland
(1880) ; vol. V., part 2.
South Australia—Report of the Board of Governors of the Pub-
lic Library, Museum, and Art Gallery of:
South Australia.
Transactions of the Intercolonial Medical Con--
Congress of Australasia. First Session
(Sept., 1887).
Our Waste Lands and our Productions. By
S. Newland.
Rainfall in South Australia and Northern
Territory, with Weather Characteristics
of each month. Dec., 1887, Jan., Feb.,.
March, 1888.
St. Louis—Transactions of the Academy of Science of St. Louis ;,
vol. IV., No. 4, 1878-86.
241
‘Tasmania—Papers ordered by the Legislature to be printed.
—— Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Tasmania, 1877 to 1887,
_- Turin—Bulletino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata
della R. Universita di Torino. Nos. 27 to 35, 39
to 48.
Valdivia—Verhandlungen des deutschen Wissenschaftlichen
Vereins zu Santiago.
Victoria—The Victorian Naturalist; vol. IV., Nos. 7 to 12;
vol. V., Nos. 1 to 6.
By the Victorian Government :—
Iconography of Australian Species of Acacia and
Cognate Genera. By F. von Mueller. Decades
1 to 12.
Podromus of the Zoology of Victoria. By Fredk.
McCoy. Decades 1 to 16.
Victorian Year-Book for 1886-7.
Eucalyptographia (Eucalypts of Australia). Ninth
Decade. F. von Mueller.
Victorian Engineer ; vol. III., No. 3.
Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal Society of
Victoria ; vol. XXIV., part 2.
Transactions of the Geological Society of Australasia ;
vol. L., part 3.
Vienna—Kaiserlich Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
Jahrg, 1887. Sitzung der Mathematisch-natur-
wissenschaftlichen Classe; Nos. 20 to 28, and in-
dex; Jahr, 1888; Nos. 1 to 12, 14 to 19.
— Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichenstalt,
'a86, N6s-dpand 13 to Te; 1887, Nos. 1, 6,17,
bee eee, Nos. 1, 253,,4, 7, 8, 10, 11.
— Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen
Gesellschaft in Wien; vol. XX XVI., parts 5, 4, 9.
Warsaw—Langue Internationale. Preface et Manuel complet.
By Dr. Esperanto.
Washington—Circulars of Information of the Bureau of Educa-
tion, No. 1; 1887, No. 2.
Scientific Writings of Joseph Henry ; vols. L., IT.
Fourth Annual Report of the Bureau of Ethnology
to the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institu-
tion, 1882-3.
United States Geological Surveys.—Monographs ;
vol. X., Dinocerta; vol. XI., Lake Lahontan.
Memoirs of the National Academy of Sciences ;
vol III., part 2.
———
242
Washington—Bulletins of the United States Geological Survey ;
Nos. 30 to 39, and index.
—————— Mineral Resources of the United States, year 1885.
—————— Annual Report of the Board of Regents of the
Smithsonian Institution to July, 1885, part 1.
——————— Sixth Annual Report of the United States Geo-
logical Survey, 1884-5.
———-——— Classified List of Publications of the Smithsonian
Institution.
Wiirzburg— Sitzungsberichte der Physicalisch - Medicinischen
Gesellschaft zu Wurzburg, 1887.
OE C06 AOS~>
LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c.
NovemBER, 1888.
asterisk have contributed papers.
HONORARY FELLOWS
Barkley, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C. B. si
mmery Rh 1. J., FRsS ... ..- Melbourne
*Garran, A., L.L.D.} as asat» YANCY.
*Hull, H H. M. Hobart
Jervois, Sir W.F. D., K.C.M. Geet. B. New Zealand
Little, E. :
Macleay, Hon. W., Pek Be) Sydney
*Mueller, Baron F. von, K.C.M. .
F-R.S. Melbourne
Peewee tC, BoA. F/R2AS.))...... Sydney
Warburton, Col. if K. C.M.G. ... Beaumont
*Woods, Rev. J. E.T., FAL. S., F.G.S. Sydney
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Bailey, F. M, F.LS. ack ae Drisbane...
Canham, J. mid --- otuart’s Creck
*Cloud, T. C., BES. es xe.) Wallaroo...
*Dennant, is TES. ae ... Castelmaine
*East, J. I. - == ie, TP EOSDECK vs0
*F oelsche, a ao ai ... Palmerston
Goldstein, | Re Melbourne
* Hayter, H.H. eens C. M. G. F.S. Ss! Melbourne
Holtze, Maurice ... Palmerston
7mempe, Rev. J. ... oak «. Finke
*Maskell, W. M. ... ee .-» New Zealand es
Nicolay, Rev. C. G. ez ro SS temantle, Wozr \...
*Richards, Mrs. A. ue ee POSNER os a
*Stirling, James, F.L.S._... fae) GUREO
FELLOWS.
| *Adamson, D. B. ... ava .-- Adelaide...
meacock, D.j. .... aay ses. Adelaide ...
Angas, a Fi ... Angaston
Angove, W. T., M.R.C.S... src,» Lea cree Gully
Bagot John des), Pecelaila 2.
*Blackburn, Rev. Thos., M.A. ... Woodville
Boettger, Otto... swas, Adelaide...
Bragg, Prof. oe ave eon. 1 AMElAIne' «5
Brown, J. E., F.L.S. ids sso,» Adele »..
Those marked (F) were present at the first meeting when the Society was
founded. Those marked (L) are Life Fellows. Those marked with an
Date of
Election,
1857
1876
1853
1855
1878
1855
1878
1879
1876
1858
1877
1881
1880
I881I
1888
1884.
1882
1880
1878
1882
1880
1888
1886
1880
1883
1867
1887
1874
1888
1887
1887
1884.
1886
1882
Brown, Late Wed
Brown, H. Y. L., F.G.S.
Bussell, 1. NOs eke
* Campbell, Hon. Allan,
L.R:@-P., Edin,
Chapman, R. W., BSc,
*Cleland, W.L.,M.B.,Ch.M.,F.R.M.S.
(OL, \Cooke, E. es
*Cooke, W. Ernest, BAD A
Cox, W. C. Ms ee
* Crawford, see «Rome RP
*Davenport, Sir Samuel
Davies, Edward ...
*Davis, F. W.
*Dixon, Samuel
Dobbie, A- W. ..
Elder, Sir Thomas
Hyres, Thos. se
Fleming, David .
*Fletcher, Rev. W. R., M. A,
Foote, Ht:
Fowler, W. -
Gardner, Wn,, M. on Cc: M.
(Gill, 4, P: ; ae
Gill, Thomas ne
Gosse, John, M_R.C.S.
*Goyder, Geo., jun.
Grasby, W. C.
Grundy, E. B.
*Hares. (ola.
Eidrrold, 2. deere
Hay, Hon: Aras.
Elenry;"A., Mi:
*Howchin, W., F.G.S.
Hitches FL. We.
* (F r) Kay, ik;
Kelly, Rev. Robert
Knevett, S. De
*Lamb, Prof, M., A., F.R. 3,
*Laughton, E. Ms ie
Lendon, A. As M.D.
*Lloyd, 1. S.
Lower, O. B.
*Lucas, Riri.
Magarey, A. T. ...
*Magarey, S. J.. M.B.
*Mayo, Geo., F.R.C:S.
Mayo, G. G. a
Mestayer, R. L., F.R.MLS.
paeeyruck, TE, de Base
Middleton, W. tk E.
Mitchell, .: T., M2
Molineux, A,
(L )Murray, Hon. David, M. fy C.
Munton, H. S.
* Parker, Tow,
Phillips, W. H. : 2 |
Phillipson, W. T.
44
Two Wells
Adelaide ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Parkside ...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide ..
Semaphore
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide .«c
Adelaide...
Adelaide ..
North Adelaide
Kent Town
Outalpa ...
Kulpara ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide ..
Adelaide...
Wallaroo...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide ..
Goodwaod. East
Booyoolie
Adelaide ...
Mount Barker
Adelaide...
England ...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Parkside ...
Adelaide ..
North Aticlaide
Adelaide ..
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Sydney
Sydney
Upper Sturt
Port Adelaide
Kent Town
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Port Adelaide
Adelaide...
Adelaide ...
1882
1383
1884
1882
1888
1879
1880
1865
1882
1882
1887
1876
1871
1886
1876
1882
1882
1883
1880
1887
1882
1883
1861
1882
1883
1883
1853
Poole, W. B. i
Poulton, B., M. D.
Reed, T. S. _
Robertson, i 2. FPS.
*Rennie, Prof. E. Fey Ds Sc.,
Renner, F. E., M. D.
Robins, A. F....
Russell, William .
* Rutt, Walter, i E.
Salom, Hon. M., M.L. ae
*Schomburgk, R., Ph.D.
uote, Jase. |<...
*Smeaton, Thos. D.
Smith, R. Barr...
Smythe, als,
*Stirling, E. C.
Stuckey, J.
*Tate, Prof.
*T homas, )3
*Tepper, J
*Todd, Charles,
Tyas, ee Wes
Umbehaun, C., ...
*Varley, A. K.
BPR
- =:
Vickery, G.
Ware, W. L. eae
Way, E. W., M.B.
Wheeler, F.
Wilson, John, par.
*Wragge, C. L,
*Zietz, A.
Hodgson. Mrs. ...
Wsgy, S. J., Chief Justice A
Ce oe
5 BCS.
™Verco, -J.'C., M.D., F.R.C.S. ie
«Whittell, H., M.D., F.R.M.S.
Adelaide ...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide ...
Carrieton
Adelaide...
Port Adelaide
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Hyde Park
Mount Barker
Adelaide...
Glenelg ...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Norwood...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide...
Adelaide...
Mount Gambier
Adelaide ..
Wiesdcavs... Le
Adelaide...
Adelaide ...
Adelaide ...
Freemantle, W.
Adelaide ..
Gandwond.
Brisbane ...
Adelaide ...
ASSOCIATES.
Port Victor
1886
1883
1885
1882
1885
1885
1887
1879
1866
1866
1865
1865
1857
1871
1882
1881
1878
1876
1877
1878
1856
1882
1879
1883
1878
1868
1878
1879
1859
1884
1882
1887
1887
1886
1884
APPENDIX.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION
OF THE
oval Society of South Australia
REPORT OF COMMITTEE FOR YEAR 1887-8.
THE Section has now completed the fifth year of its existence,
and continues to make satisfactory progress.
Hxcursions.—During the year 12 excursions have been held,
most of which have been well attended. The year witnessed a
new departure in regard to excursions. Previously no excursion
occupying more than one day had been made, but during the past
year a visit of three days’ duration has been paid ‘to Murray
Bridge, and a trip by sea to Kangaroo Island and neighbourhood
extending over a week.
Evening Meetings.—Seven evening meetings have been held,
at which the attendance has been fairly good, but not so large as
the Committee would like tosee. An improvement has, however,
been noticed in the number of exhibits brought to these meetings.
Papers have been contributed by the following gentlemen :—
Professor Tate, F.G.S., Messrs. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., W. L.
Cleland, M.B., A. Molineux, R. H. Pulleine, E. Guest, A. F.
Robin, and W. B. Poole.
Show of Native Plants——The Committee have devoted con-
siderable attention to the show of native plants, &c., to take
place next month (October). It has been decided to form a
section of the show to be open only to members of the Boys’
Field Club. Satisfactory arrangements have been made to hold
the show in the Town Hall at the same time as that of the Hor-
ticultural and Floricultural Society.
247
Native Poisonous and Fodder Plants —An attempt was made
during the year to raise funds for valuable prizes of collections of
native poisonous and fodder plants; but so little response was
made to the appeal by pastoralists and others thought to be
specially interested in the matter that the scheme was abandoned.
Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—An effort is now
being made by the Section with a view to the better protection
of our native fauna and flora, a portion of the scheme being that
Government Farm should be vested in trustees as a National
Park, where the above object may to some extent be accom-
plished.
Membership.There has been a gratifying accession to the
membership during the year—21 new members having joined, of
whom nine are ladies. From resignations and other causes 14
names have been struck off. The number now on the roll is 114.
Financial.—The amount received from subscriptions during
the year is £20, while the expenses have been £23 7s. ld. It
should be mentioned, however, that this year the Section has, for
the first time, had to pay for printing its “ Proceedings,” this
expense having previously been borne by the Royal Society.
The subscriptions in arrear amount to £4 10s.
J. G. O. Tepper, Chairman.
W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec.
"8ggi ‘roquiaydag igi ‘oprefspy
‘NOGDNVI ‘DO ‘H ‘f
‘ag -uopy “unt ‘AVAVTAS “HT “A SIONPRY | ‘SNVA “SOHL
jo01109 puno} puv poyipny
L 61 SbF L 61 Sv
gage 1 Bain: ~ “4 puvy Ul oour[eg ,,
0 0 oz 909 [vkOY ‘99g ‘MOTT 0} 1OAO popuvy suondrosqnsg ,,
ee te
Sy ys x3 ** (IOYVJOIVD) DoULpUDHY ,,
pe he 2. as ** — satipung pue soseysog ,,
6a Saks . oe ‘+ SUISI}IOApy ,, On @ 205" ** suordrrosqng Wo paatsoal JUNOWY ,,
ee pe ee ** (sSurpoov01g) sys a oo: SZ >.*s ee **Aja1I00G [eAOY WOT UID ,,
d-0..m =** ee ee ** (er9u95) Sunug Ag E, 62 OF ** Ke ** pIVAXIOF PYSNoIq oouL[eg OT,
aD SLNAWASYNASIG ‘SLdTaONY ad
‘9-L991 UVHA AHL AOL AANLIGNAMXY ANV sLldIaoAyY
«
‘VIITVULSAV HLNOS AO ALAIDOS ‘IVAON HHL AO NOILOUS SLISTIVYNLVN THs
249
MICROSCOPICAL SECTION
OF THE
Roval Society of South Australia.
ANNUAL REPORT, 1887-8.
In presenting their annual report the Committee regret to
state that the attendance at the monthly meetings is still small,
as only a few of the members evince any real interest in micro-
scopical research, most of them using their microscopes only as a
means of amusement or relaxation in their spare hours. Still,
great interest has been taken in the meetings by those who
attended, and it is felt that much information has been derived
from the mutual discussions on the various subjects introduced,
particularly as many of the members are beginners in the use of
the microscope. It is much to be regretted that the medical men
of Adelaide do not more warmly support the Section, as in most
cities they form the bulk of the members of the microscopical
societies, and are the most able and earnest workers,
The Committee regret to have to report the loss of one of its
energetic members (Mr. R. L. Mestayer, F.R.M.S.), who has re-
moved to Sydney. There have been also several other resigna-
tions through removal to the other colonies during the year.
Amongst them we would mention Mr. H.C. Mais, late Engineer-
in-Chief, who, on leaving, presented to the Section a valuable
collection of microscopical magazines, bound and unbound, which’
will form the nucleus of a library.
Mr. Mestayer also presented us with his Beck’s Students”
Microscope for use at the meetings.
The number of members at the present time is 38. The average
attendance during the year, at the monthly meetings, has been
nine.
The subjects discussed at the meetings were as follows :—
Oct. 11. Exhibition of objects, including those from excursion.
Noy. 8. Polariscope apparatus, by Mr. F. 8. Crawford.
Mar. 15. Grinding and mounting Echinus spines, by Mr. J. Col-
bourne.
bo
Cr
©
Apr. 10. Gossip meeting.
May 8. Conversazione.
June 12. Freshwater polyzoa, by Mr. W. B. Poole.
July 10. Development of the tadpole, by Mr. D. Fleming.
Aug. 14. Diffraction spectra, by Dr. Whittell, F.R.M.S.
The conversazione was not such a success as in the past. The
attendance of members was small, and the display of instruments
anything but creditable to the Section. The annual address was
given by the chairman (F. 8. Crawford, Esq.), and amongst the
exhibits of interest was a set of apochromatic objectives by Zeiss,
made of the new optical glass, which under the able manipulation
of Dr. Whittell proved their superiority to the old class of ob-
jectives, by even the best makers.
The circulation of the microscopical magazines and mounted
objects amongst the members is still maintained, and it is hoped
that we shall soon be in possession of a number of bound volumes
in the library, which can be lent for reading at home.
The balance-sheet (appended) shows receipts £32 6s. 6d., and
expenditure £25 12s. 6d., leaving a balance in hand of £6 14s.
F. §. Crawrorp, Chairman.
J. W. Bussextt, Hon. Secretary.
i
Nene ee ae et eee ee ee mee
"99Q8I ‘YJIT J9quiajdag ‘ArvyaIN0g ‘UoET «= “TTASSN “AN sh
{ ‘loypny ‘NOLHSV ‘) ‘f{ ‘uvuney ‘QMOAMVMO ‘S ‘A
‘JO91I09 PUNO} puv pourwex|
=
99 “Fe 9 9 wy
Oo VI9 as “7 ** pug ut yseg
9 7 SzF
oe. Oare 2? ae suondriosqng ‘Aja100¢g TeXoyy ,,
OO. CY es = °* = s0uupus}e “IayxvyeIVD ,,
o. Oy a ** — QUOIZVSIDATOZ) IOJ SITeYD JO oT ,,
A et Sees" G ae es *¢ = ATauoNRS ,,
TG Cx ve ee oe ee aSuysog ,,
ee de ig ee Bs ** SUISIWIOAPY ,,
9. £54 oe ee oe oe Sunurg ,,
On FA, “s ours Suyund puv spreg ysog ,, | 0 0 gre ee Aja10g [vkoy woy juvry ,,
On 7B oF “s ae ae soulzesey, Surpurg ,, G sae es ot ** suondiiosqng s1oquayy ,,
9 LIo ate as ug ‘* soureseyy fq | 9 I O “ —Sggi ‘roquiajydag yof puvy ur souvpeg oO],
p25 ‘SLNAWAVG a ewe of ‘SLAITOAY,
"8881 ‘sequiejdeg YyIOE Surpuoe sve s0j ornjtpuedxy pue s1d1900 yy
VITVYLSAVY HLAOS AO ALHIOOS ‘TVAOWN AO NOI,
ees
VARDON & PRITCHARD,
PRINTERS,
GRESHAM SvT., ADELAIDE.
oes: “nor Ne
er
pe
Pin
TRANSACTIONS AND PROCERDINGS
AND
fer «) KR |
. OF THE
Ag 2 eee ed A
For 1888-89.
eee EROF,.R. TATH, F.GS., F.LS.
| With FivE PULarteEs. |
Boece FIVE (SAILINGS.
Adelaide :
W. C. RIGBY, 74, KING WILLIAM STREET.
DECEMBER, 1880.
Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Aus-
falia, from Europe and America should be addressed ‘‘ per
. C. Rigby, care Messrs. Thos. Meadows & Co., 35, Milk
. Street, Cheapside, London.” ,
Royal Society of South Australia,
Patron:
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Wice-Patron:
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF KINTORE, K.C.M.G., &c.
OBE PC Ba Ss.
[Elected October Ist , 1880. ]
arestdent :
EDWARD C. STIRLING, M.D., Canras.
Wice-Dresidents :
HB. f. WEITTELE ae).
REV. THOMAS BLACKBURN, B.A.
Hon. Treasurer, on. Secretarp.
WALTER RUTT, C.E. | W. L..CLELAND, M.D.
aMembers of Council:
PROFESSOR R. TATE, F.G.S. D. B. ADAMSON,
(Kepresentative Governor. ) W.. Bs POORE.
PROFESSOR RENNIE, D.Sc. W:. HOWCHIN,: FGes:
SAMUEL DIXON.
SONWTENTS.
pc
PAGE..
Howcuin, W.: The Foraminifera of the Older Tertiary of Australia—
No I., Muddy Creek, Victoria (plate i.) ree bz, stare
Trerrer, J. G. O.: Description of a New Genus and Species of
Locustidee ... i ae she ai sas i (as ioe.
MAcGILLIvRAy, P. H.: On some South Australian Polyzoa (plate ii.) 24
East, J. J.: On the Geological Structure and ca Features of
Central Australia (plate i li. ) : = 31
Maren, J. H.: Gums, and a Resin, produced by Australian Proteaceze 54
CRAWFORD, FRAzER S.: Notes on Certain Pores on the Veins of some
Diptera (plate iv.) 60°
Tate, Proressor R.: A Revision of the Flora of Kangaroo Island... 62
TaTE, Proressor R.: A Census of the Indigenous Flowering Plants
of Extra-Tropical South Austrlia (plate v.) ... a ~ ee
Tate, Proressor R.: Definitions of Four New Species of Australian
Plants ee me x et ae ne ee LDF
Buiacksurn, Rey. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with
Descriptions of New Species — be ame nae . 132
MvetterR, Baron F. von: Notes on the Geographical Distribution
of Australian Characez ... ss sins ni a. ae .. 149°
Teprrer, J. G. O.: Notes on Australian Fungi ... 150
Abstract of Proceedings 154
Annual Report... 159
Donations to the Library 162
List of Fellows, Members, &c. . 168
APPENDIX.
Annual Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section... 171
Annual Report of the Microscopical Section a Yi
i =
era 8)
4
74 »
i
ae 7
eg t
teat |
i Siok i ee Ay
“ti
fii v ea Wn i} eral ‘gala bag K Vanier
i eet
si sie? 646 an om vihas \ acucda'- : * atin
Shas 2104 ape ie iy Zis MAG) Ais ; ny uO
ia
aA hs wietiiwilg moe dike es ate RoaeseS co
) ‘ 7 fl iw.
0 it re Herre weal Pale (7 ph WAT if? an ray ' any aia Ww rT of ae
3 iG \eecay
dail & sai Wy mais Patina A. (bai pa teeter (Tg paths ]
a4, : P
Ae i A ¢ J . a]
Pes ah | ol i 5 Nas. cckavistirlietd >. Anat
‘ ‘ pt we ne A é
, 4 : ) 4 pour) 7 if url fotist it. Je yoy a): iva
A ‘ pl ot) 5 truth 4 is eit’
is wie F re ube a i hs ad: sf) o entity
*
i 4 ; >
f { J iY ree : oe
' i art OUD PEW ANG a ae oS dere, Oo aes “Ns che an
} i
: Ge vee hoa yO) ber ieee saa 6 eae Mir,
a : Ath (Seee res Dm, Gio MA a ere ae mI 8 a
—«
ik | M f | ae aa om
a i "¢ ast ¢ ios 4 ee cite units pitt a ey a)
- ; t > f ; . iy , a 7
suf toe ges ‘ BP og ‘os T iad » wee Wa (25h rs i a oo
: ’ a tal r* ct i
i m , ure ."
; .
ie . eee . ‘ »
r we a ar
\ var wo
. fi f i es , & = 1 4 :
i : x ¥ Slee
wi 7 oF ila fT nee wits a Zi biased DY Oe Pi
ore, ¢ hiatal tala
a a aM AS M08
4 , he ae : €
|
.
THE FORAMINIFERA OF THE OLDER TERTIARY OF
AUSTRALIA (No. 1, MUDDY CREEK, VICTORIA).
By Wattrer Howcniy, F.G.S.
[Read October 4, 1888.]
Plate I.
The Older Tertiary beds exposed on Muddy Creek consist of
two main divisions, sharply distinguished in their paleontological
as well as their stratigraphical features.* In the following list
those species which only occur in the Lower Bed are indicated
by an asterisk (*). Those peculiar to the Upper Bed are marked
with a dagger (7).
FAMILY MILIOLID.
Genus——-Bitocutina, @ Orbigny.
l. B. ringens, Lamk. Not common in Lower Bed, but in-
ciude some very large examples. Upper Bed, rather scarce.
2. B. depresa, VOrb. Most of ee mapa possess flaps at
the aboral extremity, as shown by Mr. Brady in “Challenger”
Report, but those from Muddy Creek have these appendages much
larger than the one figured by Mr. Brady. Lower Bed, rather
scarce, as also in Upper Bed.
3. *B. wrregularis, VOrb. These exhibit great diversity of form,
some being much depressed laterally, whilst others in their sub-
globular outline approach very near to B. sphaera. The aperture
is generally a curved gaping slit without tongue. Lower Bed,
rather scarce.
4. B. elongata, VOrb. Lower Bed and Upper Bed, rare.
5. +B. bulloides, VOrb. The examples of this species are few
in number, but of large size, and are distinguished by very large
stelate apertures. Mr. Brady (‘‘ Challenger” Report) has shown
that B. sphaera, dOrb., sometimes possesses a labyrinthic aperture,
especially in the case of deep water examples. In the present in-
stance the aperture is not labyrinthic, but exhibits strong bars of
shell substance radiating from the centre to the outer margin of
the oral aperture. Upper Bed, rare.
6. +B. sp. A large species of Bilocu/ina, possessing thick lon-
gitudinal coste which are rendered still more conspicuous by a
_ slight weathering of the test, was obtained from the Upper Bed ;
*Dennant, Roy. Soc. S. Aust., vol. xi. p. 30, et seq.; Tate, Roy. Soc.,
N.S.W., 1888, p. 242.
2
but the specimens, which were few in number, have been unfor-
tunately mislaid.
Genus—Minioiina, Williamson.
7. M. seminulum, Linn. Of the short and thick variety,
mostly fine examples, measuring up to one-tenth of an inch. Lower
Bed, moderately common. Upper Bed, very common.
8. *M. Cuvierrana, dOrb. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
9. M. trigowula, Lamk. In Lower and Upper Beds, rather
scarce.
10. M. tricarinata, Orb, Lower Bed, rather scarce. Upper
Bed, rare. ;
11. *dZ. valvularis, Rss. A single example of robust build has,
with some hesitation, been referred to this species. Lower Bed.
12. *M. prisca, Terg. One of the pitted Wilioliw. In weathered
specimens the pitted depressions become coarse perforations of
the test. Lower Bed, moderately common.
13. M. oblonga, Montag. Not very characteristic, the specimens
being mainly passage forms approaching the elongated varieties
of M. seminulum. Lower Bed, moderately common. Upper
Bed, common.
14. *1. pygmea, Rss. Lower Bed, moderately common.
15. M. Linneana, d’Orb. Several examples of this fine species
were observed in both formations, but it is not very common.
16. *M. Brongniartu, VOrb. Lower Bed, rare.
17. *M. Ferussaci, VOrb. Lower Bed, moderately common.
18. *M. wndosa, Kar. Many of the specimens show intermediate
characters approaching J/. Perussacii. Lower Bed, common. The
most characteristic examples of this species in the Challenger col-
lection were from Bass Straits. |
19, *1Z. scrobiculata, Brady. One or two specimens were ob-
tained in Lower Bed which agree very closely with Mr. Brady’s
descriptions and figures. This form must be distinguished from
Articulina sulcata, which it somewhat resembles.
20. M. agglutinans, VOrb. Specimens vary from a broad oval
outline to a much elongated test with produced neck. Lower
Bed, very common. In Upper Bed the examples are fewer in
number, and for the most part very coarse in test structure.
21. *M. angularis, sp. nov. Pl. 1, figs. 1—3.
Test free, elongate, fusiform ; composed of numerous (about
18 or 20) chambers, arranged lengthways, and more or less spirally
_around the longer axis. Segments narrow and much compressed,
investing, only the final whorl being visible externally. Early
chambers oval in transverse section ; the later chambers increase
in size mainly in a lateral direction. The final whorl consists of
from five to six chambers arranged at obtuse angles to each other,
3
and exhibit in peripheral outline as many facets and angles as
there are segments in outer whorl. External surface smooth.
Aperture small, terminal, obscure. Length, {1, in.
The species now described is distinguished from its congeners
by the great number of its chambers, their shallowness in com-
parison with their length, and the completeness of their investing
character. Its nearest analogue in the Milioline series appears to
be WM. alveoliniformis, Br. The latter species can be easily dis-
tinguished by its arenaceous test, tubular chambers, and deeply
depressed sutures, whilst J7. angularis is always porcellaneous in
its testaceous investment, the chambers are compressed trans-
versely to little more than narrow slits, and the sutures are
flush or marked by prominent angles in peripheral outline. Lower
Bed, moderately common.
22. +i. secans, VOrb. Upper Bed, rather scarce.
23. 7M. bicornis, W. and J. Upper Bed, very rare.
24. +{M. insignis, Brady. Upper Bed, very rare.
Genus—SPIROLOCULINA, d@’Orbigny.
25. *S. asperula, Kar. Rather coarsely arenaceous, with a
thin outspread test. In the Muddy Creek specimens none but
the marginal segments are distinctly visible -on the exterior.
Lower Bed, rare.
26. S. grata, Terq. Lower Bed, rather scarce. Upper Bed,
very rare.
27. *S. affiaa, Terg. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
28. 7S. limbata, VOrb. Upper Bed, rather scarce.
29. *S. Tateana, sp. nov. Pl. 1, figs. 4, 5.
Test oblong or nearly circular, much compressed ; primordial
region biconvex and fusiform, consisting of numerous elongated
segments arranged in an acervuline manner. Later chambers
(varying from three to six on either side) flattened, outspread,
and arranged concentrically. Segments narrow, smooth, nearly
flush, much attenuated near the raised centre, increasing
gradually in diameter towards the outer margin. Periphery
rounded. Average size, ;1,in. diameter.
This shell is constructed on a double plan of growth, the earlier
portions being Milioline, or investing, and the latter segments
outspread or Spiroloculine. The acervuline chambers often
exhibit a close resemblance to small examples of JJWiliolina
pygmed, and when the outspread portion of the test is reduced to
a single segment on either side, as is the case with some speci-
mens, the analogy is very close. The outer chambers form a
fringe around the thickened centre very much like the ale of
certain seeds. It is a small and delicate shell, the outspread por-
tion being sufficiently translucent to show by transmitted light
4
the septation with great distinctness. Mr. Brady, to whom
specimens were submitted, informs me that he has occasionally
met with examples similar to the present in recent material
associated with S. crenata, Kar., and at the time regarded it as a
weak thin-shelled modification of that species. S. crenata does.
not occur in the Muddy Creek material, but the form now des-
cribed is comparatively common, and in no instance have I seen
the slightest tendency to crenulation of the test as in S. crenata.
There is therefore no alternative but to assign it a specific posi-
tion. I have great pleasure in associating the name of my friend
Prof. Ralph Tate, F.G.S., with this shell, as one who has devoted
much time and conspicuous ability in working out the mollusca
of the beds from which the species now described has been ob-
tained. Lower Bed, moderately common.
Genus—Cornuspira, Schultze.
30. *C. involvens, Rss. The larger examples exhibit an orna-
mentation of fine wavy disconnected striz, running in a line with
the convolutions. Lower Bed, rather scarce.
31. *C. folracea, Phil. It is worthy of note that all the speci-
mens, which are more or less weathered, show a fine surface orna-
mentation resembling C. striolata, Brady ; but they undoubtedly
belong to the above species, and the ornamentation seems to have
been brought out as an effect of weathering. Lower Bed, rather
scarce,
32. *C. crassisepta, Brady. Lower Bed, rare.
Genus—Haverina, @ Orbigny.
33. tH. wntermedia, spec. nov. PI. 1, fig. 6.
Test free, compressed, consisting of two or three convolutions,
which increase in size towards the oral extremity. Segments
compressed laterally, arcuate, inflated, from six to ten visible
externally and from three to five in final convolution ; segmenta-
tion marked externally by lines of sutural constrictions. Surface
of test, smooth; colour an opaque-white. Peripheral margin
carinate, sub-carinate, or rounded. Aperture never compound,
but Milioline in character, formed by a slight constriction of the
chamber cavity, and furnished with a long straight tooth rising
from the inferior portion of the peripheral margin of the final
chamber, and extends to about half the diameter of the aperture
in a line with the medial plane. Adult specimens, 54; in.
The most striking feature of the form now described is the
divergence which it exhibits from the generic type in relation to
the aperture. J/auerina, as a rule, carries a very distinctive
cribiform or compound orifice, whilst the present species is con-
spicuously and (so far as my observation has gone) invariably
“-
5
Milioline in its oral features. This variation establishes another
point of resemblance between /awerina and IMiliolina, in addi-
tion to that which is exhibited by the Milioline arrangement of
its earlier segments. Upper Bed, moderately common.
Genus—VERTEBRALINA, @’Orbigny.
34. V. imsignis, Brady. A feeble variety of this rare form
occurs in the material, the triangular and carinate periphery, the
ornamentation in regular parallel lines, and the absence of recti-
lineal growth are sufticient to mark the species. This is the first
record of it in a fossil state, and it is only known as an existing
species from three localities, one of which is Torres Straits.
Lower and Upper Beds, rare.
Genus—ArtTICULINA, @Orbigny.
35. *A. sulcata, Rss. Reuss figures a minute and somewhat
dubious form under this name from the Tertiaries of Germany.
It is known asa recent shell from four ‘“ Challenger” stations,
one being off Raine Island, Torres Straits. Lower Bed, rare.
36. *A. sagra, @Orb. A complete example and the final seg-
ment of another were the only indications of this species observed.
Lower Bed.
Genus—OrsiTroLitEes, Lamarck.
37. *O. complanata, Lamk. Several fragments of fairly large
shells were noted, but in each case these were broken and worn
by attrition. They are most likely to be derived fossils not
proper to the bed. Lower Bed.
Genus—PLANISPIRINA, Sequenza.
38. P. sigmoidea, Brady. This is one of the “Challenger”
species, but only noted at five stations. Lower Bed, moderately
common. Upper Bed, rare.
39. *P. exigua, Brady. Two specimens occurred of this minute
but interesting little shell. Like the preceding, this is the first
record of its occurrence in the fossil condition. Lower Bed, rare,
FAMILY LITUOLID.
Genus—Liruo.ia, Lamarck.
40. 7L. nautiloidea, Lamk. A be i 4 4 ke e Hylan Srorite ond Troveysed by wamerous nkes of Qrorre
woop ee ALU Nd efchel Ved eee .
yeoo! ope Granite ond Qnerss
factum Sine aboul 00 § cloove Seo Gevel
53
region. I have one from the Everard Plain, but they are most
numerous among the portions of the plain whose surface is strewn
with chalcedony and ironstone nodules. I found none in situ,
but in the Peake Range, and afterwards in the Macdonnells, I
picked up in the creek-debris fragments of what is apparently
sanidine felspar, but of which the parent rock was not seen.
EXPLANATIONS TO PLATE.
Fic. 1.—SecTION ACROSS SOUTHERN END OF THE DENISON RANGE.
. Table land sandstone (Tertiary).
. Blue clay and gypsum (Cretaceous).
. Ironstone mass.
Argillaceous and talcose slates
. Quartzite bands in argillaceous and hydro-mica slates ‘ Primary.
OPN
Fic. 2.—SECTION ACROSS MIDDLE PORTION OF DENISON RANGE.
. Table land sandstone (Tertiary).
. Blue clays and Gypsum (Cretaceous),
. Granite.
. Syenite. ©
. Argillaceous and hornblendic schists,
. Quartzite bands and talcose slates.
Quid V2 Om
Fic. 3.—ALGEBUCKINNA GoLD FIELD, R. NEALES.
. Sandy kaolin
Gravel cement (auriferous)
. Sandy cement |
Gravel cement >Tertiary.
Sandy cement
Gravel cement |
. Compact sandstone
Argillaceous and Hornblendic Schists with Garnets and Copper.
. Granite dyke.
. Quartz-syenite dyke.
OO CNIANPWN &
Lond
Fic. 4.—TypicaAL ESCARPMENT OF TABLE LAND.
. Cretaceous clays with beds of shell limestone and gypsum.
. Bed of nodular ironstone.
. White sandy grits often argillaceous.
. Porcelainised sandstone.
PWN
Fic, 5.—SEcCTION ACROSS MT. CHARLOTTE RANGE, 12 MILES NORTH OF
CHAMBERS PILLAR. ,
I. Sandy thin beds of shale with manganic ironstone.
. 2. Siliceous limestone.
3- Calcareous earthy beds with seams of manganic ironstone.
4. Argillaceous limestones of oolitic structure.
5. Fissile sandstones.
Fic. 6.—SECrION ACROSS MACDONNELL RANGES TO GREAT PLATEAU.
54
GUMS, AND & RESIN, PRODUCED By AUSTRALIAN
PROTEACE 2.
By J. H. Marpen, F.L.S., F.C.S., &e., Curator of the Techno-
logical Museum, Sydney.
(Communicated by Proressor Rennis, M.A., D.Sc.)
[Read September 10, 1889. |
It is only of late years that the presence of gum in the Pro-
teaceze has been recorded. It has not even yet, the author
believes, been noted as having been found on non-Australian
species. In reproducing Deputy-Surgeon-General Shortt’s state-
ment as to the gum of Grevillea robusta (infra) the Gardeners’
Chronicle excusably said (1882)—“‘The statement is a remarkable
one, as none of the Proteaceze were known to yield gum.” The
first record I can find of a Proteaceous gum is in Captain Lort
Stokes’ ‘Discoveries in Australia,” i., 132. The work was
published in 1846, and he records gum froma Western Australian
Hakea, termed “ Holly” by the colonists and ‘“ Tool-gan” by the
blacks. The second is a statement in the Catalogue of Western
Australian Products at the Intercolonial Exhibition, Melbourne,
1866—“ Gums of Hakea species are found plentifully (my italics)
after the autumn rains.” The next is by Dr. Cooke, whe describes
(1874) a sample of G'revillea robusta gum in the India Museum.
This endemic Australian species is a common avenue-tree in
Southern India and Ceylon. Then follow. Surgeon-General
Shortt’s observations in South India in 1879-81 on gum of the
same species. Still the same species yielded gum for Fleury’s
experiments in 1885, and the author now follows with records of
the gum of five additional Proteads and the resin of a sixth.
These Proteaceous gums are not only of much botanical inter-
est, but of high chemical importance. The present is the second
occasion on which the presence of Pararabin has been recorded in
any gum, so far as the author is aware. The first announcement
of it having been found in gums is that of its discovery in
Sterculra (‘ Kurrajong”) gum by the author, and recorded in a
paper in the Pharmaceutical Journal of London, vol. xix.)
Pararabin had only been previously recorded from beetroot and
carrots and from certain seaweeds. Pararabin differs from
_ Metarabin in its solubility in dilute acids.
ao
979)
GREVILLEA ROBUSTA, A. Cunn.
“Silky Oak.” Found in New South Wales and Queensland.
“Tn the India Museum is a sample of gum rather like that of
Moringa, of a vinous-red colour, and but little soluble. It is said
to have been obtained from this tree, which is cultivated to a
limited extent in Mysore. It has a bright shining resinoid frac-
ture, which it retains. It is much mixed with pieces of friable
bark, to which it adheres. The gum is only botanically interest-
ing” (Cooke, “‘Gums and Resins of India”).
In some notes on the Shevaroy Hills for 1881, by Deputy-
Surgeon-General Shortt, the following passage occurs :—“ Of the
plants introduced in these hills, I have to notice a peculiarity as
regards Grevillea robusta. One tree, which is now eleven years
old, has for the last two years during the rains produced spon-
taneously each year about ten ounces of a translucent gum, which
has no smell or particular taste, is of a pale yellow colour, and
mixes readily with water, when it forms a whitish-brown coloured
mucilage, and as a paste answers all the purposes of the so-called
gum arabic for adhesive purposes. The other Grevillea trees are
some two or three years younger, and have not as yet evinced any
disposition to produce gum.” This finding of a gum so adhesive
in the Proteacez is not borne out by the author’s experiments.
Fleury experimented upon gum of this species from Algeria
(Journ. Pharm. {5}, ix., 479-480; Journ. Chem. Soc., xlviii., 238).
He speaks of it occurring “frequently,” and being similar in
appearance to cherry gum. It is yellowish-red, slightly trans-
lucent, and slightly friable. In water it swells a little, and
slowly produces a very persistent white emulsion, which passes
through all filters. It contains no starch, but gives 3 per cent.
of ash, principally calcium carbonate and a little potash. The
emulsion, treated with absolute alcohol, gives a copious precipt-
tate of gum proper. When the alcoholic solution is evaporated
it gives 5-6 per cent. of a reddish transparent resin, with slightly
acid properties ; this is soluble in alkalies and carbon bisulphide.
Common as this species is in this its native country of Aus-
tralia, it has not yet been my good fortune to find any gum on it
M. Fleury’s specimen is almost a gum-resin; exudations from a
Hakea and a Xylomelwm examined by me yield true gums, with
not a trace of resin. But Grevillea striata yields an exudation
which is mainly resin, so we must come to the conclusion that
the Proteacez yield both gums and resins.
GREVILLEA sTRIATA, Ff. Br., B. Fl, v. 462.
“ Beef-wood.” Found in South Australia, New South Wales,
Queensland, and Northern Australia.
56
This particular sample came from Whittabranah, Wilcannia,
N.S.W. It weighs several pounds, and was obtained in large
pieces from two average trees, without using a ladder. Out of
reach there was about an equal quantity to be seen, and which
was left on the trees ; a large quantity was also found lying on
the ground, partially decomposed. It was so hard on the trees
that a hammer and chisel were necessary to remove it.
It is quite free from odour, and has a dark reddish colour.
When pure it has a bright fracture, but much of it is mixed with
woody matter ina fine state of division. The warmth of the
hand is sufficient to cause the resin to adhere to it. It sticks to
the teeth, but is without taste. It is reduced to powder with
the utmost facility, forming a dull powder. . It is rather opaque
looking.
In cold water the substance whitens slightly. If the water be
boiled, the liquid becomes very turbid, reminding one of coffee
with excess of milk and with abundant “grounds.” No odour
is developed.
Petroleum spirit extracts 5:2 per cent. of a hard, transparent,
brownish resin.
The residue is acted upon by alcohol, which extracts 6071 per
cent. of a brownish resin.
This residue is then digested in water, which extracts 5-6 per
cent. of a yellowish substance, consisting chiefly of arabin. The
residue consists of 26°5 per cent. of a brownish substance which
swells enormously in water, and which consists of metarabin (14
per cent.), while the remainder is accidental impurity.
Summary.—Resin soluble in petroleum spirit .... 52
ye - alcohol. ... seh Weal
Soluble in water re) ~ ee 5:6
Metarabin dee oviet «mk
Accidental impur ity ar, ons oe eee
Moisture... a a fs - 17
The presence of metarabin in this exudation is remarkable, in
view of the fact that pararabin is the main constituent of gums
of this Natural Order. I have subjected my experiments to very
careful repetition and revision. It contains no tannic acid.
The present is the first occasion in which a resin (or, to speak
more correctly, a substance consisting mainly of resin) has been
recorded from any Protead, so far as the author is aware, and
certainly from any Australian species.
HAKEA ACICULARIS, A. Br.
The ‘ plentiful” occurrence of //akea gum in Western Aus-
tralia has already been alluded to. In Southern New South
57
Wales a clear, hard, yellowish gum has been observed (May,.
1888) on a shrub (Hakea acicularis, R. Br., B. FL, v., 514) im
small quantities.
Since the above was written Mr. R. T. Baker has been fortu-
nate enough to discover gum on a twig of this species near the
South Head Lighthouse, at Sydney. The leaves were dead, and
matted together by the gum, which is most plentiful near where
the wood has been destroyed by an insect. The whole branch as
received at once gives the idea that the gum is a pathological
product. On healthy branches of the same shrub no trace of
gum could be seen. It is perfectly transparent, and of a pale
amber colour, much resembling (in outward appearance) ordinary
Black Wattle gum (Acacia decuwrrens). It is insipid, and when
placed in water forms a smooth mucilaginous liquid, having much
the consistency of tragacanth under similar circumstances (though
without opalescence), and, like it, exceedingly difficult to filter.
Following is an analysis :—
Soluble gum (arabin) 1G:52
Pararabin ... od ius Gard
Moisture ca 19-1
Ash ... 1°6
Hakea Macrakcana, fF. v. MM.
Found in Southern New South Wales. ; se 2
| Aly R ao &
GROWER epsT
ae i
67
CENSUS OF THE INDIGENOUS FLOWERING
‘PLANTS AND VASCULAR CRYPTOGAMS OF
EXTRA-TROPICAL SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
By Proressor Rautpu Tate, F.LS., F.G.S., &e.
{Read October 2, 1889].
Plate V.
Since the publication of a Census of the Native Plants of
‘South Australia, in the volume of these Transactions for 1880,
much activity has been shown in botanical research—greatly ex-
tending our knowledge of the species and their distribution, that.
“it is deemed desirable to submit a Revised List.
_ To give some idea of the distribution of the constituents of
the flora of extra-tropical South Australia, this part of the
province is divided into the following regions and districts, as
“indicated on the accompanying map.
I. THe EREMIAN REGION.
This j is limited by the rainfall-line of about ten inches, which
dividing line on the south closely approximates to “ Goyder’ S
" yainfall-line” —demarking the northern limit of successful wheat-
cultivation. It comprises the “salt-bush” country of the pas-
_ toralist. About one-sixth of the species are extra-Australasian,
chiefly of the Indo-Malay Province, whilst a large proportion of
the endemic species belong to exotic genera.*
District F. This embraces the elevated country to the north
of the Lake Eyre Basin, and drained by the tributaries of the
River Finke, which have their sources in the McDonnell Range.
‘The average annual rainfall does not exceed ten inches, but it is
very irregular in its distribution.
Disrricr C. This is the most characteristic section of the
_Eremian Region ; it is subject to severe droughts, and the rain-
fall does not exceed seven inches. It extends in a northerly
direction, certainly as far as Charlotte Waters, is for the most
part of low elevation, and comprised of Cretaceous and Tertiary
clays and sands, except outlying masses of the Flinders Range
which form hilly tracts of limited extent.
*See Proc, Austr. Assoc, for the Advancement of Science, 1888, p. 312.
68
District 8. This has a slightly increased rainfall as compared
with C, and is mostly comprised of elevated ground in parallel
ranges of not inconsiderable height, collectively called the
Flinders Range. Outlying areas of District N., far within its
boundary, occur at Wilpena Pound, at Blinman, and in a
modified degree about Mount Serle; the inclusion of so many
southern forms in the list for this district somewhat masks the
truly desert-character of its prevailing flora. For its southern
limit, I use the watershed-line, demarking the northern from the
southern stream-courses.
District W. This is the south-western extension of C., and
presents much the same physical characters. However, in the
Gawler Range, there occurs a small collection of species, which
belongs to more southern latitudes; otherwise the flora is
essentially Eremian.
District M.—This area in its northern parts is a southerly
extension of C and 8; it comprises the Murray Desert, a plain
which abuts on the west against the Adelaide Chain, and its
north-east extension to the Barrier Range, and is constituted of
Kocene and Pliocene strata, which are highly absorbent to water.
Its south-western and southern limits, as defined by geological
and topographical features, reach beyond the rainfall line of ten
inches; and it becomes a question where best to fix the boundary,
though on the whole there is an abrupt change in the flora wher-
ever we pass from the Archean to the Eocene rocks. The terres-
trial flora is largely comprised of Eremian species, but the
fluviatile and paludinal species are essentially Euronotian.
II. THe Evuronorian REGION.
The flora of this region is of the type dominant in the wetter
parts of temperate Australia, except the extreme south-west. It
is essentially an aboriginal flora, being largely composed of en-
demic genera and species.
District A. Herein is presented one of the chief subtypes of
the Euronotian flora, or at least such of it as occurs on the higher
elevations of the Adelaide chain; the plants of the plains are
more widely distributed throughout the Euronotian region of
Australia.
District N. This comprises the country to the north of a line
from the head of St. Vincent Gulf to the Burra. The elevated
country about Wirrabirra and Mount Remarkable, with its rela-
tively high rainfall, forms a small botanical outlier of the Ade-
laide chain.
Districr Y. The flora of Northern Yorke Peninsula is an
extension of that of N ; that of the southern part is not known,
but we may anticipate certain affinities with L and K.
69
District L. Comprises Southern Eyre Peninsula, or the Port
Lincoln district, and the costal tract extending to about Fowler
Bay. The flora is essentially Euronotian, but the absence of cer-
_ tain characteristic species of A, and the presence of identical or
closely-allied species of the Swan River district, impart a distine-
tinctive feature.
District K. The flora of Kangaroo Island is largely comprised
_ of species proper to A and L, whilst it contains also species of
Autochthonian origin which have here their eastern limit, and
_ others of Victorian and Tasmanian origin which here reach their
- westernmost limit ; it moreover contains several restricted species
and one genus.
Distrricr T. Comprises the country south of M and east of
Lake Alexandrina, and includes the Ninety-mile Desert and the
Tatiara. -It is largely constituted of Pliocene and Pleistocene
sands and clays, occupying a low-lying region subject to inunda-
tion, and largely interspersed with marshes. In its south-east
direction it is bounded by the low plateau of Eocene-limestones
constituting the Mount Gambier district.
This district has not been botanically explored in any syste-
matic manner ; its species for the most part are Adelaidean, but
towards the Victorian frontier it has received a few species which
are restricted to the southern parts of the Wimmera-country.
District G. The extreme south-east corner of this colony is
well defined both geologically and meteorologically. Physically
it is an elevated plain comprised of Eocene-limestones, on which
are reared cones of volcanic debris to heights of about 700 feet.
The rainfall exceeds 25 inches within a line drawn from Guichen
Bay to about Penola, though the limestone plateau continues
northward beyond Narracoorte; within this area, thus roughly
defined, many species characteristic of Southern Victoria and
even of Tasmania have their most western limits, the most
notable of which is the Sambucus, whilst the bulk of the species
occurs in district A. None of its species are restricted. ©
RANUNCULACEAE.
Clematis, Linne (1737).
aristata, R. Brown Ve “a ve aie ee iv on ne
microphylla, DeCandolle He fa pai! Boe Pee aN, Mee Ta Rs
Ranuneulus, Linne (1737).
aquatilis, Linne Ap i soak ical Cre, Snip COA a soe he
lappaceus, Smith ees Pea RNR A FY sacs. Waa eR aad bea ©
rivularis, Banks & Solander rr ee eee | a
parviflorus, Linne ong ie tem ae Ae ye i Kk TS
Myosurus, Linne.
minimus, Linne a ay erty Ce ae Be ile! seg
70
DILLENIACEAE.
Hibbertia, Andrews (1800).
hirsuta, Bentham eee.
sericea, Bentham Spy: ' . A ae
stricta, R. Brown hs MAN ® hil eiag
Billardieri, F. v. Mueller ses ite OR G
acicularis, /’. v. Mueller e rie ve “2 since
virgata, k. Brown sie oe ie WMA YS ee
fasciculata, R. Brown ... ae Hi! oF 5 ye MEAL Dry Giese |
glaberrima, Ff. v. Mueller... F
LAURACEAE.
Cassytha, Osbeck (1753).
glabella, R. Brown ... at Hes eed Seager YL, Basu
pubescens, R. Brown... ps a mee ek Y Ufo
melantha, Rk. Brown... un 443 WMA ¥ *h, ees
CERATOPHYLLEAE.
Ceratophyllum, Linne (1735).
demersum, Linne ie 3 ee at M
PAPAVERACEAE.
Papaver, Linne.
aculeatum, Jhunberg ... ae i sl pea ek: CoA CON NY pla ie
CAPPARIDAE.
Cleome, Linne.
viscosa, Linne ... ay vike gee
Capparis, Linne.
lasiantha, R. Brown ... ae C
spinosa, Linne ... ale a une
Mitchelli, Lindley ts oie RE! oak CL
CRUCIFERAE.
Nasturtium, R. Brown (1812).
terrestre, Rk. Brown... ae a octet TE oA. T ¢G
Cardamine, Linne.
eustylis, /’. v. Mueller ... a fat is |
laciniata, /’. v. Mueller IME Aone Oe T G
flexuosa, Withering ee ie | G
Barbarea, Beckmann (1801).
vulgaris, R. Brown ... ar oh Nee ov OX
71
Erysimum, Linne.
eurvipes, F. v. Mueller... i. ks RE Dat ON
brevipes, F. v. Mueller... a5 Cre atte. aN
iv,
lasi oro. mueer .. FC. . M y ly
Blennodia, F. v. Mueller as! EO Seay
Sisymbrium, Linne.
filifolium, F. v. Mueller jae on SOW N
trisectum F, v. Mueller ae OC Bey BM
nasturtioides, F. v. Mueller... inno eM. N
ou Tate rae ae
ichardsii, F. v. Mueller ae th) W
cardaminoides, F. v. Mueller ... C M TG
Cakile, Linne.
maritima Scopoli oe cae Pee b
72
Hybanthus, Jacquin (1763).
floribundus, F. v. Mueller A W A Te
enneaspermus, /’, v, Mueller ... EF
Tatei, /. v. Mueller... = em
Hymenanthera, R. Brown (1818).
Banksii, F. v. Mueller ... Hf, ee ey wo
DROSERACEAE.
Drosera, Linne (1737).
binata, Labillardiere A : : G
glanduligera, Lehm. bts ia ele err." ¥ i; 8
Whittakerii, Planchon... aS te wee ot oe yy) eee
pygmaea, DeCandolle ... at aa soe ok 1 ae
spathulata, Labillardiere - a re
Burmanni, Vahl... F
Indica, Linne sa ie Ee ,
Menziesii, R. Brown ... Fe C A Noe K G
auriculata, Backhouse ... fi fe AN K G
peltata, Smith is ots wba a3 RS: Weg | L TG
FRANKENIACEAE.
Frankenia, Linne.
laevis, Linne hs “f 2S OM MO OA N Yo bt de tae
PITTOSPOREAE.
Pittosporum, Banks (1788).
phillyraeoides, DeCandolle .. F CS WMAN YLKTG
Bursaria, Cavanilles (1797).
spinosa, Cavanilles ... gers: Toye aM IN SCS ieee
Marianthus, Huegel (1837).
bignoniaceus, /’. v. Mueller... i m: tan K
Billardiera, Smith (1793).
scandens, Smith... vais a Foe re ae sek
cymosa, /’. v. Mueller ... ay ix: he ey. ee a a
Sal
AA
|
2 92
Cheiranthera, Cunningham (1829).
linearis, Cunningham ... ak o's bes A MN. Ye
volubilis, /. v. Mueller aut at sth .
AA
POLYGALEAE.
Polygala, Linne.
Chinensis, Linne on ae,
73
scoparium, Steetz : it cag WM
volubile, Labillardiere.. Sh otk +a Be
sylvestre, Lindley ee a ee
viscidulum, F’. v. Mueller ete, - oF
calymega. Labillardiere fe i
polygaloides, J. v. Mueller rams 8
ELATINEAE.
Elatine, Linne (1737).
Americana, Arnott oe, te as hee M
Bergia, Linne (1771).
ammannioides, Roxburgh A C M
perennis, /. v. Mueller
HYPERICINEAE.
Hypericum, Linne.
RUTACEAE.
Correa, Smith (1798).
aemula, F. v. Mueller ... sande
alba, Andrews ae ef: sha ax ay
speciosa, Andrews 2 a iy WH 03
decumbens, /’. v. Mueller < he sere tea
Zieria, Smith (1798).
veronicea, /. v. Mueller oy
Boronia, Smith (1798)
Edwardsi, Bentham 4. pan aoa
coerulescens, /. v. Mueller... ne W
filifolia, F. v. Mueller ... Ch rae a
clavellifolia, F. v. Mueller... oo WwW
parviflora, Smith A ae me sig
polygalifolia, Smith
pinnata, Smith
' >> \ bbb
Eriostemon, Smith (1798).
obovalis, Cunningham ..
linearis, Cunningham ... ada me WwW
difformis, Cunningham... ie ee WMA
lepidotus, Sprengel é, . stepAbee tie
stenophyllus, /. v. Mueller
ave Lindley - an a is ere
ebrandi, F’. v. Mueller... <. +P Be
brachyphyllus, F. v. Mueller ... A
F
ont gee Labillardiere (1806).
Japonicum, Vhunberg ... ee ak 2: AN
sediflorus, /. v. Mueller A J, ‘WM. N
capitatus, /. v. Mueller ae re a el, ae
el mes
A ARR
AAA
A
le Bs Hh
SeSHses 4
92 2 2
92 92
2 2
74
Geijera, Schott (1834).
salicifolia, Schott ae a a i+ MM
parviflora, Lindley Bs on oe ee MM. ee eee
MELIACEAE.
Owenia, F. v. Mueller (1857).
acidula, F. v. Mueller ... ee
LINEAE.
Linum, Linne.
marginale, Cunningham or ay aoe he es ee r-G
ZYGOPHYLLEAE.
Tribulus, Linne (1735).
terrestris, Linne i oe a GO aba Wo M uy
hystrix, R. Brown Bie iva ket by
macrocarpus, /’, v. Mueller F
Forrestii, /. v. Mueller seats Ge
platypterus, Bentham .. oo
hirsutus, Bentham vo eee ee
astrocarpus, /. v. Mueller... F
Zygophyllum, Linne (1735).
apiculatum, fF. v. Mueller... F 5. WM N
fruticulosum, DeCandolle wae EF © S Wa. BM x
ammophilum, F’. v. Mueller ... F C Ww M YY ble
Billardieri, De Candolle at ©.S. We. ME Ao’ 2 ¥ ae ae
prismatothecum, J’. v Mueller 8
Howittii, F. v. Mueller ah CS
glaucescens, fF. v. Mueller... C WM A NM- YB
crenatum, F. v. Mueller ae We WM NX
iodocarpum, F. v. Mueller ... F.C S W M
Nitraria, Linne (1759).
Schoeberi, Linne ee oh CS WM A.ROY Le
GERANIACEAE.
Pelargonium, L’Heritier (1787).
australe, Willdenow ... ie he A N-Y L Kb Te
Rodneyanum, Mitchell... tn ae Sea mene. T &
Geranium, Linne.
pilosum, Solander ee ae ing BW ML BIN 3 as on
Erodium, L’Heritier (1787).
cygnorum, Nees... yer ww FOC. S°W M.A N Mo ete
Oxalis, Linne (1737).
corniculata, Linne ae . F vv SW M 2 ey GC ae
75
SAPINDACEAE.
Diplopeltis, Endlicher (1837).
Stuartii, F. v. Mueller ... SOE
Atalaya, Blume (1847).
hemiglauca, F. v. Mueller ... F C
Heterodendron, Desfontaines (1818).
oleaefolium, Desfontaines we 2. CSW, Me ANE VY
Dodonaea, Linne (1737).
viscosa, Linne ... 9 w be oe WwW M ALN. ¥Y 'L KT eG
petiolaris, /. v. Mueller ae
lanceolata, F. v. Mueller eg
rocumbens, F.v. Mueller... ack Me irs oe _ nea
obulata, F. v. Mueller.. = coo ee N
bursarifolia, Behr & F. 0. Me. oe ae ap Re i
Baueri, Endlicher AR se ie see ae Ney. LK G
hexandra, F. v. Mueller Sn Ae A Ve
humilis, Lndlicher ais ¥ WwW Ye sky, OE
boronifolia, G. Don... ae: #2 aa ay,
macrozyga, F.v. Mueller... F
tenuifolia, Lindley a Ke besser.
stenozyga, F’. v. Mueller rye as Wi ¥ £
microzyga, Ff’. v. Mueller woo Ae wy WW N
STACKHOUSIEAE.
Staekhousia, Smith (1798).
megaloptera, F. v. Mueller... aa
spathulata, Sieber i aN abe sa att uf. K G
linarifolia, petite Ae oe duces) Ae , Asti oli Kesh
flava, Hooker : ; 7 a A Wr Th,
muricata, Lindley ae yuh
viminea, ‘Smith ee ee ah ayy
Maegregoria, F. v. Mueller (1873).
racemigera, F.v. Mueller ... F
PHYTOLACCEAE.
Didymotheea, J. Hooker (1847).
thesioides, Hooker - a = ae oad Oe Pa a FA G
pleiococca, F. v. Mueller if MA | APR EN
Gyrostemon, Desfontaines (1820).
-ramulosus, Desfontaines ..3 ae W
Codonoearpus, Cunningham (1830).
yramidalis, F. v. Mueller... 8
olius, F.v. Mueller... F C M N
76
MALVACEAE.
eee R. & G. Forster (1776).
Berthae, F. v. Mueller.. Do
spicatus Bentham ee as M 4 K TG
glomeratus, Bentham ... at OF eae y A;
microphyllus, Ff. v. Mueller... i be pop Oe ge
Sida, Linne (1737).
‘corugata, Lindley fy im & OO BY ayer "A
intricata, Ff. v. Mueller : C N
virgata, Hooker .. 5 ig A ee
cardiophylla, /’. v. . Mueller... ¥F
cryphiopetala, Ff. v. Mueller ... F
petrophila, F.v Mueller F
calyxhymenia, J. Gay ...
rhombifolia, Linne ee, afte
inclusa, Bentham shay hee
platycalyx, F. v. Mueller F
lepida, f. v Mueller
Howittia, F. v. Mueller (1855).
trilocularis, F. v. Mueller a PEP oe eat ae ss i
Abutilon, Gaertner (1791).
tubulosum, Hooker a
leucopetalum, F. v. Mueller
Mitchelli, Bentham
cryptopetalum, F. v. Mueller .
otocarpum, fF’ v. Mueller
Avicennae, Gaertner
oxycarpum, I’. v. Maeller
Fraseri, Hooker . ong me
halophilum, F. v. Mueller
macrum, F’. v. Mueller . in ae W
C
Hef fej bey Fy
Qaaaoe
aa
S
S
Lavatera, Linne.
plebeia, Sims... ee oo BD Cos WeoM A ON. Xe ee
Malvastrum, Asa Gray (1849).
spicatum, A. Gray... sco, a age AA
Hibiscus, Linne (1735).
trionum, Linne ... C
brachysiphonius, F. v. Mueller’ C
microchlaenus, /’. v. Mueller ... F’. W
Pinonianus, Gaudichd. ... F
Krichauthi, IP’. v. Mueller CS WM
Sturtii, Hooker ... : Cre boat We.
Farragei, F. v. Mueller.. ne W
Wrayae, Lindley A we Bas Ww is Re: Ee
hakeaefolius, Giord. ... ue iest LAD L
Gossypium, Linne (1737).
australe, F. v. Mueller ... ae
Sturtii, #.v. Mueller ... eta) eee
77
TILIACEAE.
Triumfetta, Linne.
Winneckeana, F. v. Mueller ... F
Corchorus, Linne.
sidoides, F. v. Mueller ... 1RE
Elderi, F. v. Mueller... SABLE 8
STERCULIACEAE.
Hermannia, Linne.
Gilesii, F. v. Mueller ... a aa
. Waltheria, Linne (1737).
Indica, Linne ... se Abed
Melhania, Forskael (1775).
incana, Heyne ... eee iyaeet, ae
Commerconia, R. & G. Foster (1776).
magniflora, F. v. Mueller
loxophylla, F. v. Mueller
Kempeana, F. v. Mueller
Tatei, F. v. Mueller
hej Fy
Brachychiton,, Schott & Endlicher (1832).
Gregorii, F. v. Mueller ... ew
Seringia, Sprengel (1818).
corollata, Steetz .. el det i
nephrosperma, F. v. Mueller ... F
integrifolia, F. v. Mueller F
Hannafordia, F. v. Mueller (1860).
Bissillii, F. v. Mueller ... SORE 5
Thomasia, J. Gay (1821).
petalocalyx, F. v. Mueller A ¥
Lasiopetalum, Smith (1798).
discolor, Hooker... Af 4: a W A ¥
Behrii, F, v. Mueller... ae te bce, Eh Ys
Baueri, Steetz ... eo oe WwW A Y
Tepperi, J’. v. Mueller .. ia iat:
Schulzenii, 7. v. Mv eller
TREMANDREAE.
Tetratheca, Smith (1793).
ciliata, Lindley ... = th + yA) bie -
SS a A Oe en | Deane.
i
pee | at ag
78
EUPHORBIACEAE.
Euphorbia, Linne (1737).
erythrantha, F. v. Mueller... C AW Mt
Drummondii, Botssier ... i,t £3 Wom A BAy T
Wheeleri, Baillon : i C
eremophila, Cunningham wv. EF C%S a M.A
Poranthera, Rudge (1811).
microphylla, Brongniart sie i nipg AL: A = &
ericoides, Klotzsch fr res ae me seat L
Micrantheum, Desfontaines (1818).
hexandrum, Hooker... hi =F toe ne! K
Pseudanthus, Sieber (1837).
micranthus, Bentham ... fe ae 33 ee: 8
Phyllanthus, Linne (1737).
thesioides, Bentham... ee 3
rigens. J. Mueller 2 ; at
rhytidospermus, F’ v. Muller F . S§
~ ee
S
Tatei, F. v. Mueller AN
calycinus, Labillardiere N L yb
Fuernrohrii, F. v. Mueller C M
trachyspermus, F. v. Mueller... M
lacunarius, F’. v. Mueller sce ght; Ce ae M
australis, J. Hooker... eh ies <. aad ae er
thymoides, Sieber Bie sos sap aes irae a
Gunnii, J. Hooker S. am ee AN
Amperea, A. de Jussieu (1824).
spartioides, Brongniart ae ae re hess a iy soot Gr
Monotaxis, Brongniart (1829).
luteifiora, F. v. Mueller « ... F
Beyeria, Miquel (1844).
viscosa, Miquel ... Ae «at SF aad i
opaca, Ff. v. Mueller... 54 Ke W MAY. XY aye eo oe
uncinata, F. v Mueller... ae = Peder 2d
Ricinoecarpus, Desfontaines (1817).
pinifolius, Desfontaanes... site ss dite sive ove aoe bee
Bertya, Planchon (1845).
Mitchelli, J. Mueller... dv Ms sy, a A
rotundifolia, F. v. Mueller... sos ae a a: ae eS
Adriana, Gaudichaud (1825).
quadripartita, Gaudichaud ...° ood I 2 ge EE ee
tomentosa, Gaudichaud we oF M
79
PORTULACEAE.
Portulaca, Linne.
oleracea, Linne ... eA ge EMEA M
australis, Hndlicher ... Ape:
filifolia, F. v. Mueller ... aw uG
bicolor, fF. v. Mueller ... reais
Claytonia, Linne (1737).
pleiopetala, F. v. Mueller Ge C WwW
Balonnensis, F. v. Mueller ... F C S W
polyandra, F. v. Mueller ee Re i ee i
volubilis, F. v. Mueller rite wee Vo AON YY LS Ke
ptychosperma, F. v. Mueller ... Cs
brevipedata, /. v. Mueller ee af i
calyptrata, F. v. Mueller Bee dh as Bek
pumila, Ff. v. Mueller ... aa ak
corrigiolacea, F. v. Mueller ... F M
Australasica, Hooker Sa ‘S Ss Xf
pygmaea, Ff. v. Mueller is a oe
> be
CARYOPHYLLEAE.
Saponaria, Linne (1737).
tubulosa, /. v. Mueller... a“; oe 8S MA
Stellaria, Linne (1753).
pungens, Brongniart io ec he
glauca, Withering Se aka ae ce MOA.
multiflora, Hooker 4 af f. ?
fee
Drymaria, Willdenow (1819).
filiformis, Bentham ... br uss eee |
Sagina, Linne (1737).
apetala, Linne ... x 2 cae we MA
Colobanthus, Bartling (1830).
Billardieri, Fenzl
Spergularia, Persoon (1805):
rubra,. Cambessedes wa ae fy De ND
marina, Wahlenb. Py: a3 a“ wan COED
Polyearpon, Linne (1758).
tetraphyllum, Linne ... ba Ay an er:
Polyearpaea, Lamarck (1792).
synandra, F. v. Mueller ce C
Indica, Lamarck so {P< 8
ILLECEBRACEAE.
Herniaria, Linne.
incana, Lamarck = os, a ee) mL
N
Y
L
eK
L
OOO
pungens, Rk. Brown
diander, Rk. Brown
POLYGONACEAE.
80
Seleranthus, Linne (1737).
ei sida WMARN .
Rumex, Linne (1737).
Brownii, Campdera
flexuosus, Solander
crystallinus, Lange
bidens, R. Brown
F
Polygonum, Linne.
plebeium, Rk. Brown
prostratum, R. Brown...
lapathifolium, Linne
hydropiper, Linne
minus, Hudson ... ba
attenuatum, R. Brown...
Muehlenbeckia, Meissner (1840).
adpressa, Meissner sits ie ;
Cunninghamii, F. v. Muller... F C8 MA
polygonoides, F. v. Mueller BA oo
CHENOPODIACEAE.
Atriplex, Linne.
stipitatum, Bentham a a ae
paludosum, Rk. Brown ... se Wag. A
mummularium, Lindley Feoc's WM
cinereum, Povret a ey MA
vesicarium, Heward .. Gos Weal
rhagodioides, F. v. Mueller CS M
incrassatum, J. v. Mueller C
velutinellum, F. v. Mueller FCS WM
fissivalve, Ff. v. Mueller Cc S W
Quinii, F. v. Mueller CS
angulatum, Bentham os M
semibaccatum, R. Brown Rea peciy NaN Sa
Muelleri, Bentham By M
prostratum, &. Brown ... eee M
leptocarpum, J. v. Mueller CS M
limbatum, Bentham F S M
erystallinum, Hooker ... he Sey
halimoides, Lindley... C8 Wo ME
holocarpum, F. v. Mueller PO. 98 We
F
C
te
Dysphania, R. Brown (1810).
plantaginella, /. v. Mueller
simulans, /. v. Mueller & Tat
litoralis, Rk. Brown
F
ihe F C
C
S
W
M
AZ
¥
Ke
rsa
L
aa
Ee
G2 2 $2 92
Ks
81
Rhagodia, R. Brown (1810).
Billardieri, R. Brown ... oa he cere oem Sane js dag
rabolica, R. Brown ... sa red: ne NS
DE ticisudiana, Moquin i a Ww oM
crassifolia, R. Brown ... fd C Ww M Yi: G
Preissii, Moquin ste ty cra W 2 §
spinescens, R. Brown ... .... F C S W M ¥
nutans, R. Brown Save a aes MA b igen 9
Chenopodium, Linne.
nitrariaceum, F. v. Mueller ... kd SRO DE A pid
auricomum, Lindley... er ee) |
microphyllum, F. v. Mueller ... 5 a5 eee A NY GL
rhadinostachyum, F.v. Mueller F
carinatum, R. Brown ... Bh Poe S WW BEA oN ¥
cristatum, F.v Mueller if. CSW BM N
atriplicinum, F. v. Mueller... ne M
Enehylaena, R. Brown (1810).
tomentosa, R. Brown ... oe) eer ee ee ee ING CY |
Threlkeldia, R. Brown (1810).
diffusa, R. Brown ace wh Jot ee ae
Koehia, Roth (1799).
fimbriolata, F. v. Mueller PSS OM
lanosa, Lindley ... “3 Sere >
empetrifolia, Schlechtendal ... =a yeaa Mae
Dillwynia, Smith (1805).
hispida, Lindley si Mae sh
ericifolia, Smith...
floribunda, Smith
cinerascens, R. Brown...
patula, J. v. Mueller
Gastrolobium, R. Brown (1811).
elachistum, F’. v. Mueller set i W
grandiflorum, F. v. Mueller ... F
een i: Smith (1793).
daphnoides, Wendland.. ‘6 mF wate ,
stricta, Sims 7
mucronata, I. v. Mueller
scabra, 2. Brown
mollis, Lindley ...
bbb
ue
re
Ai:
ies oo on ee
aad
Ha |
G2 42 $2 92
85
rigida, R. Brown wh vat ai nm : Lb
-acerosa, R. Brown 7 ee: eee 1 9
vestita, R. Brown a ro ; L
canaliculata, F. v. Mueller f. L. K
largiflorens, "F. v. Mueller ier.
laxiflora, Bentham ee oe
rostrata, Bentham sae :
involucrata, Bentham ... BA. K
dunculata, Hooker ee eek L
umilis, Bentham ahs . =
graveolens, Tate one’
tenuifolia, R. Brown ... ae | a eS
densifolia, F. v. Mueller eae Wee L
villifera, Sieber ... a2 ae we A L
viscidula, Jate ... Ae a aut a ae “8a a
so naeeraree Smith Ashi
obtusangulum, Hooker... - oe K
triangulare, Rk. Brown .. ee e ae as a oer
Bossiaea, Ventenat (1800).
prostrata, R. Brown... 13. ese ies AN.
cinerea, R. Brown Ae uit sat ne Ps ney
riparia, Cunningham ... Se a se ove ie L
Battii, Tate P ne sau W
Walkeri, F. v. Mueller. Ast He W
Templetonia, R. Brown (1812).
retusa, R. Brown {fs gar ca ERG N Dek
Muelleri, Bentham re ay: Po tes ie se
aculeata, Bentham ch nt Mes
egena, Bentham ... ee 7 ee so We OM
suleata, Bentham ES ait n eae win ¥
Hovea, R. Brown (1812).
longifolia, R. Brown ... Ste ath Si ie N
heterophylla, Cunningham Ee wie ie sad
Nematophyllum, F. v. Mueller (1857).
Hookeri, F. v. Mueller... ae
Goodia, Salisbury (1806).
-medicaginea, Lamarck..
incana, Linne
lotifolia, Salisbury “ss a Beh ee 3
medicaginea, F. v. Mueller... ‘as WwW AUN. Y EK
Ptychosema, Bentham (1839).
anomalum, F. v. Mueller gtd
trifoliolatum, F. v. Mueller... C
Crotalaria, Linne.
linifolia, Linne ... F
_ Mitchelli, Bentham P-¢
‘Cunninghamii, R. Brown ae
‘dissitiflora, Bentham te 8
F
F
Pali
R
RP
2 $2
86
AEschynomene, Linne (1737).
Indica, Linne ... ft wr ©
Glyeyrrhiza, Linne.
psoraleoides, Bentham ... igs ids ee ML
Indigofera, Linne.
linifolia, Retzius
monophylla, DeCandolle
enneaphylla, Linne
viscosa, Lamarck
hirsuta, Linne
australis, Willdenow
brevidens, Bentham
coronillifolia, Cunningham
Foe} Fae] Fa ej ey ey yj
ace
Tephrosia, Persoon (1807).
purpurea, Persoon : sage :
sphaerospora, /. v. M ueller ... F
Sesbania, Persoon (1807).
aculeata, Persoon ite ape AG M
Clianthus, Banks & Solander (1832).
Dampieri, Cunningham es GCS. W
Swainsonia, Salisbury (1806).
Greyana, Lindley ee eA ex Rac. |
coronillifolia, Salisbury ee C
colutoides, /. v. Mueller ah ie W
phacoides, Bentham... C
Burkittii, /. v. Mueller
oligophylla, F. v. Mueller C
Burkei, F&. v. Mueller .. abe
oroboides, F. v. Mueller atthe MG
C
C
C
Re
campylantha, Ff’. v. Mueller
procumbens, J. v. Mueller
stipularis, /’, v. Mueller
Oliverii, F. v. Mueller ..
lessertiifolia, DeCandolle
unifoliolata, /. v. Mueller
microphylla, A. Gray ...
laxa, R. Brown ... ne
4 4=<
bee
Ss &
Lespedeza, A. Richard (1803).
lanata, Bentham... Ligue ode
Boot eae Linne iiss
adscendens, FP’, v. Mueller : ; seek
parva, fF. v. Mueller... a a: sec
patens, Lindley ... me . FO SW. Mie ®
eriantha, Bentham aa is ae Ds) M
balsamica, /. v. Mueller siete ae
leucantha, /’. v. Mueller Tee!
87
: Trigonella, Linne (1737).
suavissima, Lindley... Wie. C. 8
Lotus, Linne (1737).
corniculatus, Linne ... utd rw et ea, G
australis, Andrews ik oF COS WH Siw An Nios LK) Bice
Kennedya, Ventenat (1804).
-monophylla, Ventenat ... oie ven oe YL Ml inkl
prostrata, R. Brown at vc a0 ee. Y Ei Kio
prorepens, J. v. Mueller oe
Glyeine, Linne (1737).
clandestina, Wendland... or rae 5 WeM.A No¥ 2? G
-Latrobeana, Bentham ... a ae ak sen G
falcata, Bentham Hee +f C
tabacina, Bentham ae a CS W N
sericea, Bentham a4. eR M
tomentosa, Bentham ... tie C
Erythrina, Linne (1737).
vespertilio, Bentham IBGE 8 3
Rhynehosia, Loureiro (1790).
minima, DeCandolle ... POM Ee Ueaai |
Galaectia, P. Browne (1756).
tenuiflora, Wight &@ Arnott ... F
: Vigna, Savi (1824).
lanceolata, Bentham ... ae de oS
| Cassia, Linne.
Sophera, Linne ... : ae pte RS
venusta, JF’. v. Mueller .. F
notabilis, F. v. Mueller ea)
pleurocarpa, Pie. Mueller...) F C
glutinosa, DeCandolle ... F
pruinosa, Ff, v. Mueller C
desolata, F. v. Mueller... F.C Ss
Sturtii, R. Brown C.S. WM x
artemisioides, Gaud. ... ce S -W
eremophila, Cunningham ren Ra Oka = ay ald: eee Ai Spree 2 eae
circinata, Bentham mn an M
phyllodinea, R. Brown... FCS WMAN y
Petalostylis, R. Brown (1849).
labicheoides, R. Brown ae ee hee
Bauhinia, Linne.
Leichhardtii, 7. v. Mueller... F
Carronii, F. v. Mueller... eG
g Neptunia, Loureiro (1790).
monosperma, J’. 7. Mueller... F
gracilis, . v. Mueller ... 7%, F
88
Acacia, Willdenow.
continua, Bentham
Peuce, Fv. Mueller
spinescens, Bentham
colletioides, Cunningham
genistioides, Cunningham
rupicola, F. v. Mueller .
tetragonophylla, /’. v. Mueller”
spondylophylla, F’. v. Mueller...
lycopodifolia, Cunningham
minutifolia, F. v. Mueller
calamifolia, Sweet
scirpifolia, Meissner
juncifolia, Bentham
rigens, Cunningham
gonophylla, Bentham
sessiliceps, FP. v. Mueller
papyrocarpa, lease
Gilesiana, F. v. M ueller”
armata, LR. ce el
strongylophylla, F. v. Mueller’
Sentis, /. v. Mueller
aspera, Lindley ..
acanthoclada, F. v. Mueller
vomeriformis, Cunningham
erinacea, Bentham
obliqua, Cunningham ...
lineata, Cunningham
sublanata, Bentham
pravifolia, F. v. Mueller
acinacea, Lindley
anceps, DeCandolle
dodonaeifolia, Willdenow
microcarpa, /’. v. Mueller
brachybotrya, Bentham —
Spilleriana, J. H. Brown
suaveolens, Willdenow ...
iteaphylla, F’. v. Mueller
Murrayana, F. v. Mueller
notabilis, /. v. Mueller
retinodes, Schlechtendal
Wattsiana, /. v. Mueller
pycnantha, Bentham
hakeoides, Cunningham
salicina, Lindley ost
pyrifolia, DeCandolle ...
myrtifolia, Willdenow ...
verniciflua, Cunningham
montana, Bentham saa
impressa, I’. v. Mueller
estrophiolata, /’. v. Mueller
craspedocarpa, I’. v. Mueller ...
cochlearis, Wendland ...
dictyophleba, /. v. Mueller
retivenea, /’. v. Mueller
trineura, I’. v. Mueller...
cyclopis, Cunningham ...
ey Rj Ry Ry
Fe} bey
Fy
he
Ww
a=
M
M
> > Se yo
pp.
>>> b b bb
A. :
ZA A2AZAzA”
KK
2 ae ae te
K€
@
melanoxylon, R. Brown
homalophylla, Cunningham
stenophylla, Cunningham
Osswaldi, F. v. Mueller
coriacea, DeCandolle
sclerophylla, Lindley ...
farinosa, Lindley
Whanii, F.v. Mi ueller .
lanigera, Cunningham .. wh
verticillata, Wil/denow..
oxycedrus, Sieber
rhigiophylla, F. v. Mueller...
stipuligera, F. v. Mueller
lysiphloia, F. v. Mueller
longifolia, Willdenow ...
Kempeana, F. v. Mueller
acradenia, F. v. Mueller
doratoxylon, Cunningham
aneura, F. v. Mueller
cibaria, F. v. Mueller
.eyperophylla, F. v. Mueller
Burkitti, F. v. Mueller ...
Farnesiana, Willdenow ...
Mitchelli, Bentham
mollissima, Willdenow ...
dealbata, Link ...
89
SW
-Qi a a0
(G2)
=
=:
THYMELEAE.
=:
/; SSS SS&.
Pimelea, Banks & Solander (1788).
trichostachya, Lindley ...
curviflora, R. Brown
simplex, F. v. Mueller ...
phylicoides, Meissner ...
octophylla, Rk. Brown ...
petraea, Meissner
wna R. Brown .
gustrina, Labillardiere
_ stricta, Meissner
spathulata, Labillardiere
humilis, R. Brown
microcephala, R. Brown
—serpyllifolia, Rk. Brown
-elachantha, F. v. Mueller
flava, R. Brown..
petrophila, F. v. Mueller
-ammocharis, F. v. Mueller
BC
Cas
W
W
W
M
M
M
SS. :::
> > pPRP>> Pb
>
Z
Z A Zz
Z
re Ke
¥
all
A AAR AAA AR OR
AA
ae are
2 2
G
2 $2 92
RQ PM
PROTEACEAE.
Petrophila, R. Brown (1809).
multisecta, 7. v. Mueller
Isopogon, R. Brown (1809).
tophyllus, R. Brown “ns if a ae
G
90
Adenanthos, Labillardiere (1804).
‘sericea, Labillardiere a! vik es Be. My, va
terminalis, R. Brown ... cies ne ie so A L
AA
om
Conospermum, Smith (1798).
patens, Schlechtendal ... ne vie Y ee i, Kh Tks
Mitchellii, Meissner... sae ven sae vas - = os
Persoonia, Smith (1798).
juniperina, Labillardiere see mA ie me: 7
Grevillea, R. Brown (1809).
Huegelii, Meissner bop Jy i WwW MA WBiewe
Treueriana, /. v. Mueller Pee W
me
Q
ilicifolia, R. Brown ... ets ca «a MT A WY t Feo
aquifolium, Lindley 8. ae sie we ot T
angulata, R. Brown F
Wickhami, Meissner acy
agrifolia, Cunningham ... F
pterosperma, F. v. Mueller Bt WM
stenobotrya, F. v. Mueller F
juncifolia, Hooker I ae © W
halmaturina, 7'ate oe ee des LK G
nematophylla, F. v. Mueller... CS. W
striata, R. Brown , a C
lavandulacea, Schlechtendal ... Ws diss rai a TG
aie
AAA
aspera, R. Brown Sek eae hesd hcg WwW
pauciflora R. Brown one aN ioe
Hakea, Schrader (1797).
chordophylla, F. v. Mueller ... F
lorea, R. Brown.. F
macrocarpa, Cunningham F
multilineata, Meissner . cht batt W
Baxteri, R. Brown bad sae sic WwW
Ednieana, Tate ... ah ct aS
purpurea, Hooker ut M
vittata, R. Brown ae Lak ve sat ase L
nodosa, Rk. Brown a on ants ate a Be Ss
cycloptera, R. Brown ... a6 ste ‘she ae a L
leucoptera, R. Brown ... At 8 C25 M 4 ines,
rostrata, Ff. v. Mueller... ' sie sate seed K
rugosa, R. Brown ot oti oe a oi. ON
ulicina, R. Brown aa nfs a aa vais HX Y K
nitida, R. Brown es oy ‘sh W
Banksia, Linne fils (1781).
marginata, Cavanilles ... ae *. oe Aneel LK
ornata, F.v. Mueller ... iis ag ae re. K
SAXIFRAGEAE.
Bauera, Banks (1793).
rubioides, Andrews ee _ es ae K
verticillaris, De Candolle
purpurata, Hooker
recurva, Hooker...
macrantha, Hook.
urbanum, Linne
Potentilla, Linne (1737).
anserina, Linne ...
parvifolius, Linne
ovina, Cunningham
Sanguisorbae, Vahl
Stylobasium, Desfontaines (1819).
91
CRASSULACEAE.
Tillaea, Linne.
Gs WM:
ROSACEAE.
Geum, Linne (1737).
Rubus, Linne.
M
M
Aecaena, Linne (1771).
spathulatum, Desfontaines ... F
aequilaterale, Haworth
australe, Solander
FICOIDEAE.
Mesembrianthemum, Linne (1737).
MA
Eyes
8
W
VW
pre
Wea
MA
Tetragonia, Linne (1737).
CS WM
expansa, Murray
implexicoma, Hook.
A
Gunnia, F. v. Mueller (1858).
septifraga, F. v. Mueller
quadrifidum, F. v. Mueller
C
Aizoon, Linne (1737).
zygophylloides, F. v. Mueller ... C
turgidifolia, F.v. Mueller... F
erystallina, Vahl
pilosa, F. v. Mueller
humillima, F. v. Mueller
decandra, Burmann
S
Os WW
Trianthema, Linne.
C
#C
Zaleya, Burmann (1768).
C
S
W
M
Na Vel eae
NY, Ey, Koy k
N
HOY) EK .T
¥
x
92
Mollugo, Linne (1737).
hirta, Thunberg .. fae) ee ee M
orygioides, F. v. Mueller a, C
Spergula, Linne .. fe. ys ot a.
Cerviana, Seringe his So ete WM
LYTHRARIEAE.
Lythrum, Linne (1737).
Salicaria, Linne .. xt ion “i ae a |
hyssopifolia, Linne ... oe ake A
Rotala, Linne (1771).
diandra, F v. Mueller ... Pe
verticillaris, Linne aa lie
Ammannia, Linne (1737).
baccifera, Linne... C
multiflora, Roxburgh " ae | Sb.
ONAGREAE.
Epilobium, Linne (1737).
glabellum, G. Forster ... se ee AN
Jussieua, Linne (1737).
diffusa, Forskael... ue sat os cel.
MYRTACEAE.
Darwinia, Rudge (1813).
micropetala, Bentham ... a aie i ae
Schuermanni, Bentham...
Verticordia, DeCandolle (1813).
Wilhelmii, F. v. Mueller
Calyeothrix, Labillardiere (1806).
longiflora, /. v. Mueller pe Tk
tetragona, Labillardiere sie i se ge, UN mae
hapa Schauer (1835).
glaberrima, F’. v. Mueller Te 5 ie
genetylloides, /’. v. Mueller
Smeatoniana, J’. v. Mueller
Thryptomene, Endlicher (1838).
Maisonneuvil, /. v. Mueller ... F
flaviflora, F'.v. Mueller... re
Mitchelliana, 7. v. Mueller... ie paw” ML
2h aren i v. Mueller ay nae W
Elliottii, F. v. Mueller... .., Ex W
ericaea, Br aaa ae
Miignciicna, F. v. Mueller A me wy iis Ra Y 1
ciliata, I. v. Mueller
A
2 2
93
Baeckea, Linne (1753).
diffusa, Sieber... om oe 2 xe tie
crassifolia, Lindley nie ae Bye
ericaea, F.v. Mueller ... ms ei:
polystemona, F.v. Mueller... F
Behrii, F.v. Mueller... ae Ses WwW
Leptospermun, R. & G. Forster (1776).
laevigatum, F.v. Mueller... = Ww M
scoparium, Forster... At stn 8 ree
lanigerum, Smith ede He aie ieee
myrsinoides, Schlechtendal ... ah a sages.
Kunzea, Reichenbach (1828).
pomifera, F. v. Mueller aes ae us pyle 2
Callistemon, R. Brown (1814)
coccineus, F. v. Mueller ; Hie 5 aw
salignus, DeCandolle ... 0 ty a a A
teretifolius, F. v. Mueller Ba sia A
brachyandrus, Lindley... nai ep ne
ses cramal Linne (1767).
squamea, Labillardiere..
Wilsonii, F. v Mueller
gibbosa, Labillardiere ... ‘ iat we 9.
decussata, R. Brown ... ae es ie AN He
squarrosa, Smith ; ek ree ae
glomerata, F. v. Mueller Cie a Gace
trichostachya, Lindley... C
parviflora, Lindley F ts a A oe an
cylindrica, R. Brown wa ao ate eis
acuminata, F. v. Mueller tai i ne Maas: 8
quadrifaria, F.v. Mueller... a WwW
uncinata, Rk. Brown ... ei a WMA
ericifolia, Smith ... : ital nag bes MA
pustulata, Hooker ate sine Bf aie cee
Eucalyptus, L’Heritier (1788).
corynocalyx, F. v. Mueller : 5% &
gamophylla, F. v. Mueller... F
tessellaris, F. v. Mueller ae
incrassata, Labillardiere ous st) AB OW EA
hemiphloia, /. v. Mueller... Sie aie oe
gracilis, #. v. Mueller ... aa a weds Cee iis
odorata, F. v. Mueller .. ee OA: rus wA
pauciflora, Sieber ; as ;
amygdalina, Labillardiere ... an Sa e
obliqua, L’Heritier ... wre ae Ae hee
Sieberiana, /. v. Mueller Ry Per Pon ae
paniculata, Smith foe ay dy; settle
largifiorens, F. v. Mueller... an ere,
Behriana, F. v. Mueller ip he eae :
oleosa, F.v. Mueller ... ae ele
terminalis, F. v. Mueller
setosa, Schauer ...
be} Fy
N
Zz
: ZA“mz”
x
Kd
KKK
iced gy bare! alts
KK KX
ae ga!
AAAA
> AAHH
ae cela
AAA A
ew
AA
HA
AA AA
A A AAA
a
QR
A
AAA AA
T
4
92 92 42
ep)
ep)
94
goniocalyx, F. v. Mueller i i fa ye Tk
leucoxylon, /. v. Mueller _... ie ie op See. |
uncinata, Twurczaninow... bh shi a. i A Y
cneorifolia, DeCandolle... oF she
microtheca, /’. v. Mueller a Ff -¢
Stuartiana, /. v. Mueller a3 Se Aye
viminalis, Labillardiere ay ot a's A
rostrata, Schlechtendal . on lh SAT ee A
Gunnii, Hooker ... Le os me A
cosmophylla, /. v. Mueller ay
santalifolia, F. v. Mueller ee.
capitellata, Smith oa.
macrorrhyncha, F. v. Mueller... vine
Oldfieldii, F. v. Mueller ve
pachyphylla, F.v. Mueller |. 424
pyriformis, Turczaninow rae W
RHAMNACEAE.
Ventilago, Gaertner (1788).
viminalis. Hooker oat ee
Pomaderris, Labillardiere (1804).
myrtilloides, Fenzl vee ay W
apetala, Labillardiere .. ; or ast N
racemosa, Hooker AN:
obcordata, Fenzl... ie. Y.
Cryptandra, Smith (1798).
Wayii, F. v. Mueller & Tate ... ok. OW
Hookeri, F. v. Mueller .. Ae sick ne maith
phlebophylla, F. v. Mueller... Sa) WO
spathulata, F. v. Mueller Pe A
coactilifolia, F.v. Mueller... ae a ee eL.
leucophracta, Schlechtendal ... ne WM x
obovata, Hooker : ne Ai ak mre
vexillifera, Hooker a4 Be a ae x
subochreata, FU: Mueller be ee
halmaturina, F. v. Mueller ane."
bifida, F. v. Mueller nea
scabrida, Tate- .=. os
Waterhousei, F. v. Mueller ¥
hispidula, Reisseck iss ae iN te 2
propinqua, Cunningham cu sh sh, NE
amara, Smith ... - my oe W
tomentosa, Lindley... oe Rs WMA x;
OLACINEAE.
Olax, Linne (1747).
Benthamiana, Miquel ...
SANTALACEAE.
Santalum, Linne (1742).
lanceolatum, R. Brown... settee tore
acuminatum, DeCandolle ts S W M
ve. eas
persicarium, F. v. Mucller _... vos Oe Nee IN ia
E
AAAA
aly
ala
ie
AAA AA
5 = ine et
AAR A AAR RA
ae ae
le He
@
PED ED ECD!
22
G2 92 2
QQ
95
Choretrum, R. Brown (1810).
N
N
glomeratum, R. Brown.. pe “as ee eels
chrysanthum, F, v. M weller A ee Bay!
spicatum, /. v. Mueller avis he sent
Leptomeria, R. Brown (1810).
aphylla, R. Brown es Sag Sad pe sar
Anthobolus, R. Brown (1810).
exocarpoides, /. v. Mueller ... F
Exoearpos, Labillardiere (1798).
cupressiformis, Labillardiere ... ae ee key =
spartea, R. Brown v7 fae M A
aphylla, R. Brown ; es py we
stricta, R. Brown Ue +e ea 2d eo NE
HALORAGEAE.
Loudonia, Lindley (1839).
Behrii, Schlechtendal ... a aie ax uel
aurea, Lindley ... me ae jo oe
Haloragis, R. & G. Forster (1776).
Meionectes, F. v. Mueller axe = ee oe 6
heterophylla, Brongniart Ao: Cc Ss M A
digyna, Labillardiere ... Ae ae We PBs A
elata, Cunningham a sis a W A
aspera, Lindley .. Bes ie
acutangula, F. v. Mueller
odontocarpa, Ff. v. Mueller... me “Ww M
trigonocarpa, fF. v. Mueller ... F
Gossei, /. v. Mueller oe
micrantha, R. Brown ...
tetragyna, Rk. Brown ... sat sae ae ee.
teucrioides, A. Gray Bee $5 Pee:
= laa Linne (1767)
integrifolium, Hooker ... : ae. _ ie®
amphibium, Labillardiere soe
pedunculatum, Hooker... S a <2 Bop
verrucosum, Lindley ... ee M A
Muelleri, Sonder ; 2 ae a Re.’
intermedium, DeCandolle By be a) I A
elatinoides, Gaudichaud a rae Si ala
Callitriche, Linne (1748).
verna, Linne ... — 1 athe aie a BE, NA
UMBELLIFERAE.
Actinotus, Labillardiere (1804).
Schwarzii, F. v. Mueller Sm nee
AA
KK
Ki He] bt
egal eh ll |
avs
¥
el
AA
shi sot
AAA
aia
ala
@ 29292
G2 92 92
RRQ MPV
vulgaris, Linne ...
Asiatica, Linne ...
Candollei, F. v. Mueller
hirta, R. "Brown...
pterocarpa, /’. v. Mueller
comocarpa, I’, v. Mueller
tripartita, Rk. Brown
-callicarpa, Bunge
trachycarpa, F’. v. Mueller
-crassiuscula, Tate ms
-capillaris, F. v. Mueller
medicaginoides, T'wrcz.
-diantha, DeCandolle
pusillus, F. v. Mueller ...
96
this Linne.
Didisecus, DeCandolle (1828).
cyanopetalus, /. v. Mueller us
eriocarpus, Ff’. v. Mueller
pilosus, Bentham
glaucifolius, F. v. Mueller
a ee ie (1810).
heterophylla, /. v. Mueller
pusilla, Bunge
dissecta, Hooker
rostratum, Cavan. as
vesiculosum, Labillardiere
¥ C
Xanthosia, Rudge (1810).
Eryngium, Linne.
plantagineum, J. v. Mueller at We,
lineata, Nuttall...
andicola, Lagasca
prostratum, Labillardiere
latifolium, Linne
brachiatus, Sieber
Chate, Linne
Crantzia, Nuttall (1818).
Caldasia, Lagasca (1821).
Apium, Linne.
Sium, Linne.
S MAN Te
S MA K G
S Aw KT eG
ies A L K G
ae oR x
S MA Yl eee
W A ae Foy G
roe ae.
ee a ee 4
ae ©
S .W baa ©
S
me LK
eee" 4
ney: Lh ee
oiitas ls v has ©
ee K G
MYA K G
G
M VA NL yb ee
» ai
Daucus, Linne.
ee 6
SW M.A N.Y bK Dae
CUCURBITACEAE.
Cucumis, Linne.
EF
M
*Charantia, Linne
Muelleri, Bentham
Maderaspatana, Cogniaux
-celastroides, Sieber
angustifolius, R. Brown
Exocarpi, Behr ...
linearifolius, Hooker
Murrayi, Jate ...
linophyllus, Fenzl
gibberulus, Tate
pendulus, Steber..
Quandang, Lindley
-grandibracteus, /’. v. Mueller...
-articulatum, Burm.
tillaeacea, F. v. Mueller
Dentella, Forster (1776).
repens, Lorster ...
97
Momordiea, Linne.
F
Melothria, Linne.
a
M
a
LORANTHACEAE.
FC
ha Fe}
C
C
C
C
C
Loranthus, Linne (1740).
Wi ML: A
W A
Viscum, Linne.
C
RUBIACEAE.
Oldenlandia, Linne.
FC
tye @:
S
Canthium, Lamarck (1783).
latifolium, F. v. Mueller
hirtella, Labillardiere ...
ovata, J. Hooker
varia, J. Hooker
scabrida, Schlechtendal...
umbellata, Solander
F
F
S
Coprosma, Forster (1776).
Opereularia, Gaertner (1788).
ee
nag.
ay
Pomax, Solander (1788).
W
-Spermacoce, Linne.
marginata, Bentham
geminifolia, F. v. Mueller
oligantha, /. v. Mueller
umbrogum, Solander
australe, DeCandolle
F
Asperula, Linne.
dene
M
M
Galium, Linne.
S
WM
M
b> b>
¥
L
QR
98
CAPRIFOLIACEAE.
Sambucus, Linne.
Gaudichaudiana, DeCandolle ...
COMPOSITAE.
Siegesbeckia, Linne (1737).
orientalis, Linne F W AN
Wedelia, Jacquin (1763).
platyglossa, F. v. Mueller C M- aA
verbesinoides, /. v. Mueller ... F
Bidens, Linne (1753).
bipinnata, Linne F
Glossogyne, Cassini (1827).
tenuifolia, Cassini F S
Flaveria, Jussieu (1789).
Australasica, Hooker C
Aster, Linne.
Sonderi, F. v. Mueller ... a ee 6
pannosus, /. v. Mueller 38 #4 oe. ae: ae. Mee fe
pimeloides, Cunningham 4. SOW BT N
myrsinoides, Labillardiere Ss sis seis ae 4
Mitchelli, F. v. Mueller F M x
tubuliflorus, /. v. Mueller sks i save ak
axillaris, F. v. Mueller... ee ae ey ae ee ae |
microphyllus, Ventenat : ae he ee ae
ramulosus, Labillardiere rae WMA Y gi
exiguifolius, F. v. Mueller ae Ww
lepidophyllus, Persoon... cae on aes ¥
stellulatus, Labillardiere ba ae a P ”
asterotrichus, fF’. v. Mueller she ee ae
magniflorus, /. v. Mueller mS WM
calcareus, F. v. Mueller ia > OM
Muelleri, Sonder sh C wmM EA
Stuartii, /. v. Mueller ... oe W
decurrens, Cunningham sth Peek Ee &
glutescens, Ff. v. Mueller S M A Y
teretifolius, F. v. Mueller é M A Y
glandulosus, Labillardiere ...
megalodontus, fF. v. Mueller ... F ‘
Ferresii, F. v. Mueller ... F
exul, Lindley .. ah AV ME Be INS CY asa
Huegelii, F. v. Mueller 9 Ss W A ¥Y L
Podocoma, Cassini (1817).
cuneifolia, R. Brown EF. O48
Vittadinia, Richard (1832).
australis, Richard FF... § W M.ASNo WoL
A
> WH
PAD
AA
92 42
2 22 92
2 $2
99
Dimorphocoma, F. v. Mueller & Tate (1883).
minutula, F. v. Mueller & Tate Ss
Minuria, DeCandolle (1836).
leptophylla, DeCandolle 2. OE -C, SW Sea NY
iy Cunninghamii, Bentham Pe ade 3 M x
_ integerrima, Bentham ... mk CS M
denticulata, Bentham ... er ie M
suaedifolia, F. v. Mueller C W N¥
| eon F. v. Mueller (1883).
Tatei, F. v. Mueller Pt : aa: ve
Calotis, R. Brown (1820).
cuneifolia, R. Brown ... 3 esis Tc NA MN
hispidula, F. v. Mueller Page ag Oy pe slaps NY
_ eymbacantha, 7. v. Mueller ... F C S W N
N erinacea, Steetz ... CS MA S's
_ scabiosifolia, Sonder & Fv. M. SF A
‘-scapigera, Hooker ; rt erat. ye
_ lappulacea, Bentham Eos
_ microcephala, Bentham... ee Ue,
_ plumulifera, Ff. v. Mueller... CS
, “pla meg wee. Maeler... F C
_ Kempei, /. v. Mueller .. iy
; Lagenophora, Cassini (1818).
Billardieri, Cassini * J sat ep:
Huegelii, Bentham AN ¥
4 Brachycome, Cassini (1816).
_ goniocarpa, Sonder & PF. v. M. at ae ee N
_ pachyptera, Turczaninow .... © 8. Wahi «AON Y
collina, Bentham Bue ae = a8 oy: aa aang
_ Muelleri, Sonder es ae ve si wA
pone F. v. Mueller a rep WMA
asaltica, F. v. Mueller as aa die ees
trachycarpa, F. v. Mueller... ORR s AS 5 AN
diversifolia, Fischer & M ee ef me er
ciliaris, Lessing . wee, C 8S Woh A Ney
debilis, Sonder ... te ae pay
chrysoglossa, F. v. Mueller “3 ss athe
calocarpa, /. v. Mueller i aon MA
exilis, Sonder 3 a 3: MCA
melanocarpa, Sonder & F.v. M. C W M
cardiocarpa, Ff. v. Mueller
cuneifolia, Tate ... ds
decipiens, Hooker
Erodiophyllum, F. v. Mueller (1875).
Elderi, F.v. Mueller... oe C W
Cymbonotus, Cassini (1825).
Lawsonianus, Gaudichaud ... + rap waa. ¥
a ee
QQ
QR OO
100
Solenogyne, Cassini.
emphysopus, F.v. Mueller... ey sie a
Isoetopsis, Turczaninow (1851).
graminifolia, Turczaninow ... b>. aS MA
Toxanthus, Turezaninow (1851).
perpusillus, Vurczaninow _ es M
Muelleri, Bentham “ie Ae As ton,
Quinetia, Cassini (1830).
Urvillei, Cassini a a ye vs wA
Millotia, Cassini (1829).
tenuifolia, Cassini a ey 7 Oo Me A
‘Greevesii, F. v. Mueller CS M
Kempei, F. v. Mueller ... os gee Sy,
Erechthites, lien (1817).
prenanthoides, DeCandolle z ay
picridioides, Turczaninow ... F
arguta, DeCandolle _... Mi ass ES A
mixta, DeCandolle si :
quadridentata, DeCandolle
hispidula, DeCandolle ...
Ses
>
Senecio, Linne.
Gregorii, F. v. Mueller... 5 lane Oa a
platylepis, DeCandolle ... is a
spathulatus, Richard
megaglossus, F. v. Mueller oe
magnificus, F. v. Mueller wine Ae
lautus, Solander.. F
Behrianus, Sonder & F. v.M. .
dryadeus, "Sieber... =
anethifolius, Cunningham
odoratus, Hornemann ...
hypoleucus, Bentham ... th: ar if 2
Cunninghamii, DeCandolle ... CS) WV: MM
Georgianus, DeCandolle oon ae iat ne
brachyglossus, Ff. v. Mueller ... CSW Dt
t-
as
>
Fy
oP)
b> b> D> b> b>
Cotula, Linne (1735).
filifolia, Thunberg kee a cae eat Woe
coronopifolia, Linne ... ee C3 M
australis, Hooker ; és ak ee es
reptans, Bentham
bbb
er
Centipeda, Loureiro (1790).
orbicularis, Loureiro... dé C M
Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller ... F C MA
thespidioides, F. v. Mueller ... F CS M
Ceratogyne, Turczaninow (1851).
obionoides, T'urczaninow ie Pe «
N
N
N
pf
N
KK
eal vag
te si a =
AAA
AA
HH:
PQ fT
lee a= dol
G2 92 92 &2
101
p Ethuliopsis, F. v. Mueller (1861).
Cunninghamii, F. v. Mueller ... CS M
Epaltes, Cassini (1818).
australis, Lessing Sire wel © M
‘Tatei, F.v. Mueller... — bas! ae ee si L £
Stuartina, Sonder (1852).
Muelleri, Sonder ed et ashy 0S M AN YY. Ky TS
Humea, Smith (1804).
squamata, F. v. Mueller as de sions” WE 7
cassiniacea, F. v. Mueller “ee os ye at sek L
Ixodia, R. Brown (1812).
achilleoides, R. Brown... ie aS a ry. bye G
Elachanthus, F. v. Mueller (1852).
pusillus, F. v. Mueller ... ne ee ¥
Rutidosis, DeCandolle (1837).
helichrysoides, DeCandolle ... F CS
~Pumilo, Bentham a ica aa ae wA PES d
; Pluchea, Cassini (1817),
conocephala, F. v. Mueller... i Ww M N
tetranthera, F. v. Mueller 1.2 ee
Kyrea, F. v. Mueller... we CS N
Pterigeron, DeCandolle (1836).
liatroides, Bentham ... oe CS W
microglossus, Bentham...
adscendens, Bentham ...
dentatifolius, F. v. Mueller
tej ej Fy]
Podosperma, Labillardiere (1806).
angustifolium, Labillardiere ... At wisn I, e. Sel ees, ee e
Ixiolaena, Bentham (1837).
leptolepis, Bentham... ~~ CS M
supina, F.v. Mueller... =e we oy: LK
tomentosa, Sonder & F. v. M.. FCWSM N L
Athrixia, Ker (1823).
tenella, Bentham a a re M HY, L T
Cassinia, R. Brown (1817).
aculeata, R. Brown ... on a ee ¥
arcuata, R. Brown Dic - as eigee.| Se." a
laevis, R. Brown eee
punctulata, /. v. MW. & Tate . or ofa a8 NOE KK, ‘2
spectabilis, R. Brown.. re in a. ee . K
102
Podolepis, Labillardiere (1806).
rutidochlamys, I’. v. Mueller ... C
canescens, Cunningham
acuminata, R. Brown ...
rugata, Labillardiere ve ove a“
Lessoni, Bentham # ab re
Siemssenia, F’. v. Mueller ad CS W
YC By MA Ny
Gnaphalium, Linne (1737).
luteo-album, Linne das we Be Ge
Indicum, Linne ... a Pipa
Japonicum, Thunberg ... Brea S
indutum, Hooker io oer
pe ayh na yaa? (1832).
tenuifolius, F. v. Mueller
squamatus, Lessing... se 6 She
pulchellus, F. v. Mueller sie C W
elongatus, DeCandolle .. va ae
medius, Cunningham .. anys ht th
Waitzia, Sonder... ee am W
i ie yet a
ay
Y
=
b>
Z
re
Be a
AA
H
2 92
es
M
ga
M
Helipterum, DeCandolle (1837).
roseum, Bentham : oad W
anthemoides, DeCandolle
polygalifolium, DeCandolle SW
strictum, Bentham fs S W
hyalospermum, F. v. Mueller . C8 W
floribundum, DeCandolle 3) AOS
heteranthum, Jurczaninow ue See
tenellum, Turczaninow.. aa whe W
pygmaeum, Bentham ... ; ‘eect We
corymbiflorum, Schlechtendat .. 5.7
stipitatum, F. v. Mueller
incanum, DeCandolle
Cotula, DeCandolle mA ei W
Haigii, F. v. Mueller... ae nae NY.
laeve, Bentham ... Sr a ane “DON
dimorpholepis, Bentham
Fe Fy
io)
exiguum, F. v. Mueller.. W
moschatum, Bentham ... FCS W
pterochaetum, Bentham BOSS) AW.
Tietkensii, F. v. Mueller F W
Charsleyae, F. v. Mueller F
i.
M
SS 8&8
eee
ee
A
b> >
Waitzia, Wendland (1808).
corymbosa, Wendland ... Ke ant WMA
Helichrysum, Vaillant (1719).
Cassinianum, Gaudichaud ... F C W
Ayersii, F. v. Mueller ... bare
Lawrencella, I’. v Mueller F C W
semifertile, I’. v. Mueller wth ie Vy
scorpioides, Labillardiere Ry os
rutidolepis, DeCandolle a:
lucidum, Henckel + re
podolepideum, F. v. Mueller CS
p> p>
i ay ae TG
H. Xs T G
x Y [Gc
my: oe tT ¢
i rs ae
N T
L
N ¥ i
i Mie
dicta.
N.Y di
iN oe
N
NY MY
Nos ¥ K yD ka
N dig
N
N
T ¢&
NYY - -e G
103
obtusifolium, Son. & F. v. M. seni ete
Blandowskianum, Steetz or by
adenophorum, F. v. Mueller ... rc Le ese ohh |
leucopsidium, DeCandolle Ee: SN GaN ag 32
Baxteri, F. v. Mueller . Ms ree ad. “AG bape
ambiguum, Turczaninow hn a S A
Tepperi, F. v. Mueller .. ria he Oe built ad
apiculatum, DeCandolle he Cua nA N YL K T&T
semipapposum, DeCandolle ... aa ie ee IN X £
Dockerii, F. v. Mueller.. in e. M
Thomsoni, F. v. Mueller’ Asa
decurrens, J. v. Mueller 206 Me iri Mani IN. L
retusum, Sonder & F. v. Mueller ae mea NY. Lok
ferrugineum, Lessing sd ie sak aa :
cinereum, F. v. Mueller ih af an
Kempei, F. v. Mueller ... ws oF
Polyecalymma, F. v. Mueller.
Stuartii, F. v. Mueller ... FCS WM ut
Hyalolepis, DeCandolle.
rhizocephala, DeCandolle ee see cat ae NOMS Li Keck
Rudallii, F. v. Mueller... foun oe
Angianthus, Wendland (1809).
pleuropappus, Bentham te ry L
brachypappus, /. v. Mueller ... S
tomentosus, Wendland... oe EB S MAA IN ¥ Ay
pusillus, Bentham = ose. CCRT SM
tenellus, Bentham oe ; L
Skirrophorus, DeCandolle.
strictus, A. Gray eo Di ze Mo AN ‘eK TE
Preissianus, Steetz Sop oy ae at Pee LK 2
Gnephosis, Cassini (1820).
Burkittii, Bentham ... bei W
eriocarpa, Bentham ... ie C
arachnoidea, Jurczaninow ... ¢ §
cyathopappa, Bentham... “oh ae aa.) ME
codonopappa, F. v. Mueller ... C
skirrophora, Bentham ... im Cc S M
Calocephalus, R. Brown (1817).
Drummondii, Bentham... ae ask W A ¥vE Aly
Brownii, /. v. Mueller... cat vie A aoe Vy irre
Sonderi, F. v. Mueller ... oe ae aot OL
lacteus, Lessing .. xa aa a “e Ae:
citreus, Lessing .. -P et set aS, sl
platycephalus, Bentham wir Cs
Dittrichii, F. v. Mueller C
2 2 @S2 9292
G2 92
Eriochlamys, Sonder & F. v. Mueller (1852).
Behrii, Sonder & F. v. Mueller a ai) aa N 1 gh 5 Aah
Knappii, F. v. Mueller.. tt a
104
wi ie te A. Gray (1852).
Drummondii, A. Gray... ee ‘3 WwW
Gnaphalodes, A. Gray (1852).
uliginosum, A. Gray ... sits oo SOY, OM ta
Pterocaulon, Elliot (1824).
sphacelatus, Benth. & Hook. ... F CS
Billardieri, F. v. Mueller ae
a aime G. Forster (1786).
Richea, Cassini ... “Ad oe WeDo
chrysantha, Bentham ... cae C MA
globosa, Bentham ; ye: rae
pleiocephala, Ff. v. Mueller... C8: Wal
Chthonocephalus, Steetz (1845).
pseudevax, Steetz sea ay: C W
Microseris, D. Don (1832).
Forsteri, J. Hooker... aaa Se ie ee: Wan |
CANDOLLEACEAE.
Candollea, Labillardiere (1805).
graminifolia, Swartz... sa ae = sc
Tepperiana, /’. v. Mueller Ss = iy
calcarata, R. Brown... ae sad wee eee
perpusilla, Hooker ; Be aan
floribunda, R. Brown ... A euaaHee
despecta, R. Brown... id iPS a |
Leewenhoekia, R. Brown (1810).
dubia, Sonder ... ses aa nee ie Bey
CAMPANULACEAE.
Lobelia, Linne (1737).
rhombifolia, DeVvriese ... es ae sis ane
microsperma, F’. v. Mueller bi a wai
Browniana, Roem. & Schultes...
simplicicaulis, R. Brown wile aa
heterophylla, Labillardiere ... F
purpurascens, R. Brown
pedunculata, hk. Brown ae nae se Jie
concolor, Rk. Brown ... a Lei es OBE
platycalyx, /’. v. Mueller ey +f ie sig
anceps, Thunberg he ae a ae aa: ee |
pratioides, Bentham ri. yal ee a
Benthami, F.v. Muller |. C
Isotoma, R. Brown (1810).
petraea, F. v, Mueller ... oof A Gn N
scapigera, G. Don
fluviatilis, /, v. Mueller
Q
ep)
AA
AA
ae |
PEP PQ AM
105
Wahlenbergia, Schrader (1814).
gracilis, DeCandolle
GOODENIACEAE.
Brunonia, Smith (1809).
australis, Smith ... F A
divaricata, Ff. v. Mueller i) ee
striata, F. v. Mueller ... fats,
Dampiera, R. Brown (1810).
stricta, R. Brown
Catosperma, Bentham (1868).
Muelleri, Bentham #3, ee
Seaevola, Linne (1771).
spinescens, R. Brown ... ee CCS i aoa
Groeneri, Ff. v. Mueller os WwW
crassifolia, Labillardiere cat oe Wr
parvifolia, F. v. Mueller ea
depauperata, R. Brown LS
collaris, F. v. Mueller ... C W
suaveolens, R. Brown ... bi; » e “a
microcarpa, Cavanilles ... oe o: sie «tA
aemula, R. Brown NM anor S W
humilis, R. Brown i) ey — oS OW
ovalifolia, R. Brown... Velen Hag & W
linearis, R. Brown ae sos ce i ta, A
oe Smith (1794).
PRamelii, F. v. Mueller . a, ae
humilis, R. Brown a cy
amplexans, F. v. Mueller
ovata, Smith as er ee tae wy
varia, R. Brown.. ys opens 0s Aan ee
Vilmoriniae, F. v. " Mueller
ndiflora, Sims
mbersii, F. v. Mueller
Palbiflora, Schlechtendal ee wr Yea
ealcarata, F. v. Mueller a NM ae i
H
> b>
Fe] Fe} bey
Leschenaultia, R. Brown (1810).
candicans, F.v. Mueller ... F
rosmarinifolia, Schlechtendal ... W MAN
marifolia, Bentham ... a se aur
lanceolata, Cunningham aed = ae
PP >bb bbb bp
Epaeris, Cavanilles (1797).
impressa, Labillardiere mS ih Lee ays
obtusifolia, Smith ,
lanuginosa, Labillardiere
microphylla, Rk. Brown
Sprengelia, Smith (1794).
incarnata, Smith = Tt ah. ae ek
LABIATAE.
Mentha, Linne.
australis, R. Brown .. vile, Ee pe M A
gracilis, R. Brown a i Ae ss(FA.
satureioides, Rk. Brown... ae oa | A
Teucrium, Linne.
sessiliforum, Bentham ... ras Me W M
integrifolium, F. v. Mueller ... F
corymbosum, 2. Brown Ba fe |
racemosum, R. Brown ... ia, ECCS S WW Maal 2S.
Ajuga, Linne (1737).
australis, R. Brown ... i eGR MA
Mierocorys, R. Brown (1810).
Macrediana, I’. v. Mucller ... F
N
N
A
KE
cot
AAAAAAA A
ee
AA AAA
Be aks &
AA
SS See
etl
‘elise lla
$2 92 92
G
rigida, R. Brown
Dampieri, R. Brown ei Ee ie W
111
Westringia, Smith (1797).
WeoM A. NoXwhsK
L
Lycopus, Linne.
australis, R. Brown... aS tes ee ae"
Plectranthus, L’Heritier (1785).
parviflorus, Wil/denow ... ae, ee
vulgaris, Linne ...
Prunella, Linne.
Seutellaria, Linne.
humilis, R. Brown id
Prostanthera, Labillardiere (1806).
lasiantha, Labillardiere
rotundifolia, R. Brown ov e. me
striatiflora, F. v. Mueller wergee Ces We
Wilkieana, F. v. Mueller F
eurybioides, F. v. Mueller... bee £2 or A
spinosa, F. v. Mueller ... ae «3 LK
Behriana, Schlechtendal iu asa ia ath
Baxteri, Cunningham ... sae me WwW
ringens, Bentham opine
coccinea, F. v. Mueller... or e4 were) ML. Ak Yo" Ta FE
chlorantha, F. v. Mueller as ae Aa ee Boel Biggs cS
calycina, F. v. Mueller ... ys Ga : L
LENTIBULARINEAE.
Utricularia, Linne (1737).
flexuosa, Vahl ... me ao a fe cS aa a
dichotoma, Labillardiere ae 4 a ay. K
lateriflora, R. Brown by
Polypompholyx, Lehmann (1844).
tenella, Lehmann = be aa re K
OROBANCHEAE.
Orobanche, Linne.
australiana, F. v. Mueller a CS W A ¥ £
gracilis, R. Brown
repens, R. Brown
SCROPHULARINEAE.
Mimulus, Linne (1741).
Lae He
1 a i oe ee ee
prostratus, Bentham he Es
222
112
Mazus, Loureiro (1790).
pumilio, R. Brown Py Ber
Buechnera, Linne (1737).
linearis, R. Brown fs ng
Limosella, Linne.
aquatica, Linne . sibs Lal M AN L K
Curdieana, F. v. Mueller ae . & WM
Peplidium, Delile (1813).
humifusum, Delile a ee |
Muelleri, Bentham aP ai C
Glossostigma, Arnott (1836).
Drummondii, Bentham... Lae Ms i: |
elatinoides, Bentham ... hod Be NG
Euphrasia, Linne.
Brownii, F. v. Mueller ... wad ssh W A. MAX) Dirt
scabra, R. Brown “iss a? if es wA L
Stemodia, Linne (1759).
Morgania, F. v. Mueller a = 8 MA
viscosa, Roxburgh : vid. 1
pedicellaris, F. v. Mueller... F
Gratiola, Linne.
pedunculata, R. Brown... M
Peruviana, Linne M A K
Veronica, Linne.
decorosa, FI’. v. Mueller... 2 ae N
Derwentia, Andrews Lk. a i Oh pRey 4 K
gracilis, R. Brown ea
distans, R. Brown Samet L K
calycina, Rk. Brown op ee K
peregrina, Linne oe ae
BIGNONIACEAE.
Tecoma, Jussieu (1789).
australis, R. Brown... st. Ue
ACANTHACEAE.
Justicia, Linne (1737).
procumbens, Linne ... Bee ek. BAS
Bonneyana, F. v. Mueller... re ME
Kempeana, I’. v. Mueller mag ae
Ruellia, Linne.
australis, R. Brown ... Peco mn, M
wrimulacea, J’. v. Mueller a ee
b]
g2
QR
ee
r Ea
113
PEDALINEAE.
Josephinia, Ventenat (1804).
Eugeniae, /. v. Mueller 48 C
VERBENACEAE.
Verbena, Linne.
officinalis, Linne was 4 te at ott i. A
macrostachya, Fv. Mueller ... F C
Neweastlia, F. v. Mueller (1857).
cladotricha, F. v. Mueller ... F
spodiotricha, F. v. Mueller ... F C
cephalantha, F.v. Mueller ... F
bracteosa, F. v. Mueller ore, = NE
Dixoni, F. v. Mueller & Tate ... a, va VE N
Dierastylis, Drummond & Harvey (1855).
ochrotricha, F. v. Mueller
Gilesii, F. v. Mueller
Doranii, /. v. Mueller ...
Beveridgei, F. v. Mueller
Lewellini, F. v. Mueller
W
bP Fay Fa by
Clerodendrum, Burmann (1737).
floribundum, R. Brown... a. OS
Spartothamnus, Cunningham (1830).
teucriiflorus, F. v. Mueller... F
puberulus, 7. v. Mueller pel
Avicennia, Linne (1737).
officinalis, Linne fe 42. M3 ras BJA N
MYOPORINEAE.
Myoporum, Banks & Solander (1786).
montanum, R. Brown ... wohl CAS M
insulare, R. Brown ee ae. ; AN
viscosum, R. Brown ... it =F as AA N
deserti, Cunningham 5s S W M N
humile, R. Brown Ae. = os WMA
brevipes, Bentham
platycarpum, &. Brown SWMAWN
Eremophila, R. Brown (1810).
Dalyana, F. v. Mueller... Jae C
scoparia, F. v. Mueller... des ©: 8) W oat N
Delisserii, F. v. Mueller A. W
crassifolia, F. v. Mueller Ly Ma: pe
Behriana, F. v. Mueller sy nin ae nara
Weldii, F. v. Mueller ... sit Se W
Christophori, F. v. Mueller ... F
densifolia, F. v. Mueller
Ko KKK K
114
gibbosifolia, F. v. Mueller... BT +: oA L
divaricata, /. v. Mueller ae ae eee. WA
polyclada, /. v. Mueller
Goodwinii, F. v. Mueller
Elderi, /. v. Mueller
Willsii, F. v. Mueller
santalina, F. v. Mueller
longifolia, F. v. Mueller
Freelingii, /. v. Mueller
bignoniflora, F’. v. Mueller
MacDonneli, F. v. Mueller
Bowmani, F. v. Mueller
rotundifolia, F. v. Mueller
leucophylla, Bentham ...
Paisleyi, F. v. Mueller...
Sturtii, R. Brown 58
exilifolia, /. v. Mueller
Mitchelli, Bentham
Gibsoni, F. v. Mueller ...
Berryi, F.v. Mueller ..
Clarkei, F. v. Mueller ...
Gilesii, F.v. Mueller ..
Hughesii, # v. Mueller
oppositifolia, Rk. Brown
Latrobei, F. v. Mueller...
Brownii, F. v. Mueller ...
Duttonii, /. v. Mueller...
Maculata, F.v. Mueller
denticulata, F. v. Mueller
latifolia, F. v. Mueller ... =
alternifolia, R. Brown ... ba R
ae Be |
an fo
S WM 1 eG
S W
aolelolelot
=
=
W
W
Pe ee a i I a
: °:
a! aqaa:
RR NNnMNM
=
f= Soe
WwW
CONIFERAE.
Callitris, Ventenat (1808).
verrucosa, R. Brown ... ae eal S MA ad. Y 1p ae
cupressiformis, Ventenat x 459 cae K
CYCADEAE.
Encephalartos, Lehmann, (1834).
MacDonnelli, /. v. Mueller ... F
HYDROCHARIDEAE.
Ottelia, Persoon (1805).
ovalifolia, Richard 4 rf ana Fe had)" ... K
Vallisneria, Linne (1753).
spiralis, Linne ... ae ‘ne rn site ea
Blyxa, Noronha (1806).
Xoxburghii, Richard... apr C
115
Hydrilla, Richard (1811).
verticillata, Caspary M
ovalis, Hooker ACA)
ORCHIDEAE.
Dipodium, R. Brown (1810).
punctatum, R. Brown ... : se rae ae aX
Cymbidium, Swartz (1799).
canaliculatum, R. Brown a C
Thelymitra, Forster (1776)
ixioides, Swartz ... Sa: ae ass
longifolia, Lorster
parviflora, R. Brown
aristata, Lindley es
grandiflora, Fitzgerald ...
fuscolutea, R. Brown
luteocilium, Fitzgerald...
urnalis, Fitzgerald
flexuosa, Endlicher
antennifera, Hooker
carnea, R. Brown
rubra, Fitzgerald
D> bbb pbb bbb b>
Calochilus, R. Brown (1810).
>
Robertsoni, Bentham
Diuris, Smith (1798).
punctata, Smith...
palustris, Lindley
maculata, Smith
pedunculata, R. Brown
sulphurea, R. Brown
longifolia, R. Brown
Pb b>
Orthoceras, R. Brown (1810).
strictum, R. Brown ... _ ee Be: ope
Cryptostylis, R. Brown (1810).
longifolia, R. Brown Bes ee se vas
—elatum, R. Brown ope
australe, R. Brown re
fuscum, R. Brown eck
patens, R. Brown ave
despectans, Hooker me
nigricans, R. Brown
australis, Lindley
Halophila, DuPetit-Thouars (1806).
Prasophyllum, R. Brown (1810).
Spiranthes, L. C. Richard (1818).
Mi) aa HES
bq
KKK
ae
Ar
G
Perm? A?
epliep]
116
Microtis, R. Brown (1810).
porrifolia, R. Brown... = yd wA WN. Zo werioe
minutiflora, F. v. Mueller ie as a son a G
Corysanthes, R. Brown (1810).
pruinosa, Cunningham ... a ae a ten K G
Pterostylis, R. Brown (1810).
concinna, Rk. Brown ... bi 72 Ae ere ak
nana, R. Brown... bed ay Me W K G
nutans, R. Brown Mr ; K G
pedunculata, R. Brown ne ek
curta, R. Brown... ae
cucullata, R. Brown aig § G
praecox, R. Brown oS : a
reflexa, R. Brown a otek ¥
obtusa, B. Brown
barbata, Lindley es bea Pe ee Y JL
mutica, R. Brown a he Ls W Yb G
rufa, R. Brown ... oP a ino Oe A ¥
longifolia, R. Brown... vi me a or G
vittata, Lindley... i Y K
Acianthus, R. Brown (1810).
caudatus, R. Brown ... Mh gt at es b>
ings Linne (1737).
bulbosa, Haworth . a a ys Sars
semibarbata, Haworth.. ae CS: WW. MA
Best R. Brown (1810).
vittata, R. Brown is pre fe F
parviflora, R. Brown
> b>
“WM AN
Zz
be be
ir:
Yi
22
2 2
¢2 2
@ 92
G2 2
118
Place tacni R. Brown (1810).
paniculatum, Rk. Brown ar oa ia me ei Bas ih:
minus, R. Brown Se mh a ; We ae I"
strictum, R. Brown _... ot oi “ANY K TG
fimbriatum, R. Brown ... 3 a si LK
Thysanotus, R. Brown (1810).
dichotomus, R. Brown .. Te: A tT, K G
tuberosus, R. Brown ... eet y S A K. To
exasperatus, F. v. Mueller... ee =
Baueri, R. Brown a — =e WMA K's G
Patersoni, R. Brown ... se my a. ZAN Y & & Ea
-exiliflorus, F. v. Mueller ri i i
Tricoryne, R. Brown (1810).
elatior, R. Brown fe She C A L G
Chamaescilla, F. v. Mueller (1870).
corymbosa, F. v. Mueller Be me sae ee ye See G
Laxmannia, R. Brown (1810).
sessiliflora, Decaisne ... ae Re me. 2 K TG
ii at R. Brown (1810).
cyanea, R. Brown sie si a, me “ap ei so PG
bauauniers: F, v. Mueller (1870).
lateriflora, F. v. Mueller a he M
mina capt Smith (1798).
quadrangulata, F. v. Mueller . > at Bee. 2k KT
Tateana, F. v. Mueller . pee ee a er. LK
minor, R. Brown ey ae : jee ay ee son ee
semiplana, F. v. Mueller oe i>) ree | L bhi
XYRIDEAE.
Xyris, Linne (1737).
operculata, Labillardiere shy = ape ane
gracilis, R. Brown bs. me dis m stk aid = a
COMMELINEAE.
Commelina, Linne.
ensifolia, R. Brown ... a
ALISMACEAE.
Damasonium, Jussieu.
australe, Salisbury ey fs a5 teal g Wik ek
JUNCACEAE.
Luzula, DeCandolle (1805).
campestris, DeCandolle Ay Ar ne ae | L us, G.
119
Juneus, Linne.
planifolius, R. Brown ... aes C v5
caespititius, = : wis ate sis wt A
bufonius, Linne .. i Ce: MA
homalocaulis, F. v. Mueller dss a,
pallidus, R. Brown 8 MA
pauciflorus, R. Brown ... << oh $6 ere
communis, Meyer as ‘ie ao ra « We A
prismatocarpus, R. Brown AN as aR aed
maritimus, Lamarck yA
PALMAE.
Livistona, R. Brown (1810).
Mariae, F. v. Mueller ... ee
TYPHACEAE.
Typha, Linne.
angustifolia, Linne ... Keay, Et S M A
FLUVIALES.
Triglochin, Linne.
centrocarpa, Hooker... = CS WO Me A
mucronata, R. Brown ... ee pet sa ae.”
striata, Ruiz & Pavon ... Ae. an en ae a EN:
procera, R. Brown ee ca mie One ame
Potamogeton, Linne.
Tepperi, Bennett ih: ws M A
tenuicaulis, F. v. Mueller
crispus, Linne ... ve ae sds ee |
ochreatus, Raoul ape oe am bits One:
acutifolius, Link Ss nda as Se |
pectinatus; Linne & 3 Pt cee
Posidonia, Koenig (1806).
australis, Hooker ve st ee + See
Ruppia, Linne (1735).
maritima, Linne... eA ais fe, sf) rk.
Zostera, Linne (1747).
nana, Mertens ... es Ree tea oe 5A
Tasmanica, Mertens A
Lepilaena, Drummond (1855).
Preissii, F. v. Mueller ... By C
australis, Drummond in fs
A
A
ae tae
2 $2 92 $2
T
Paes
@
120
Naias, Linne (1735).
tenuifolia, R Brown ... ah A oe.
major, Alliont ... sp i ae
LEMNACEAE.
Lemna, Linna (1735).
trisulca, Linne ... ee ee ty yea K G
minor, Linne ... ime ae oe ied oO K G
oligorrhiza, Kurz ey Ii +e pea 5, ake Heh. T
Wolffia, Horkel (1839).
‘Michelii, Schleiden 5 a vs sec jal G
RESTIACEAE.
Trithuria, J. Hooker (1860).
submersa, Hooker oof ii ms uy 6M K
lei R. Brown (1810).
gracilis, Sonder ... bos a se ee K G
pumilio, F. v. Mueller . Lo ae a Balt -% K G
Centrolepis, Labillardiere (1804).
polygyna, Hieron a et he A saan ae i G
glabra, F.v. Mueller... ses ase Pee |
aristata, Roem. & Schult. ahi eS MA Yt ea
fascicularis, Labillardiere sie om se ba Sa G
strigosa, Roem. & Schult. ‘a aoe AN i, & G
Lepyrodia, R. Brown (1810).
Muelleri, Bentham , G
Restio, Linne (1767).
complanatus, R. Brown G
tetraphyllus, Labillardiere G
Leptocarpus, R. Brown (1810).
tenax, R. Brown ae Be fe a: ee. K G
Brownii, Hooker ee se Le Bhd ee L G
Calostrophus, Labillardiere (1806).
lateriflorus, /. v. Alueller the ide Le cin G
fastigiatus, /. v. Mueller me Si oo ele K G
Lepidobolus, Nees (1846).
drapetocoleus, F. v. Mueller ... vet ay oe G
CYPERACEAE.
Lepidospora, F.. v. Mueller (1875).
tenuissima, J’. v. Mueller es as al Bast. G
121
eee a Rottboell (1773).
monocephala, Rottboell.. ; 4 ite |
intermedia, &. Brown ... ils -_ on cy
Cyperus, Linne.
eragrostis, Vahl... a oe c
tenellus, Linne ... i eas
gracilis, R. Brown
pygmaeus, Rottboell
squarrosus, Linne
difformis, Linne...
trinervis, R. Brown
vaginatus, R. Brown a
holoschoenus, R. Brown wii
Gilesii, Bentham
fulvus, R. Brown
alterniflorus, R. Brown..
Tria, Linne :
diphyllus, Retzius
subulatus, R. Brown
rotundus, Linne... me nee
lucidus, R. Brown sa6 tee 384 oa ML-A
exaltatus, Retzius nat se a2 8 M
> >
ty by
QAN020' aq 2: aaad:
be by
Schoenus, Linne (1737).
capillaris, F. v. Mueller rf =e 2
aphyllus, Boeckeler ... pas 17 he
brevifolius, R. Brown ... an = Y
apogon, Rém. & Schult.
axillaris, Potret ...
sculptus, Boeckeler
fluitans, Hooker..
sphaerocephalus, Poiret ad oa a
nitens, Poiret... oa: sds = a zee rams"
deformis, Poiret... oe ak ee my Kure
‘Tepperi, F. v. Mueller ... as sa W A
discifer, Tate - i : ee
ppb
Fimbristylis, Vahl (1806).
communis, Kunth ae Sor ae M
velata, R. Brown 94 oa C M
ferruginea, Vahl a wee ©
barbata, Bentham a prs C
Neilsoni, F. v. Mueller... Ste se ee ee
: Heleocharis, R. Brown (1810).
sphacelata, R. Brown ... T rv AD A
acuta, R. Brown... oft a Poh ae MA
multicaulis, Smith Jie ive Pode A
acicularis, R. Brown ... be Pes Sag ee
Scirpus, Linne.
_ pungens, Vah/ ... bas
maritimus, Linne oat safe oie ae
lacustris, Linne ... by Cus
litoralis, Schrader fe eee S
I
ses
D> > b> b>
A 2,
N
2 ee
A
AAA
AA A AR OR
G
92 2
2
2 $2 2
122
Isolepis, R. Brown.
fluitans, R. Brown vines
setacea, R. Brown ée4 iss 7 ‘ee
riparia, R. Brown a uth EF we MAN YL
cartilaginea, R. Brown... a CS MAN Wd.
inundata, R. Brown - ... ay eee MAN
supina, R. Brown aa a ss a |
nodosa, R. Brown es ahi ae M A swWuYaG
Lipoearpha, R. Brown (1818).
monocephala, R. Brown hh ay? ify VE
Fuirena, Rottboell (1818).
glomerata, Lamarck... ca ee
Carex, Linne.
inversa, R. Brown phy.
chlorantha, R. Brown ... Be? mie at me:
tereticaulis, Ff. v. Mueller... ye AN L
paniculata, Linne ae Bi sine Bie
caespitosa, R. Brown ... - gas Coa A
pumila, Thunberg 5 es a a3 par. Wap |
breviculmis, R. Brown... Ene ie oe are:
Gunniana, Boott... ms ae eis A
pseudocyperus, Linne .. rere: ©
Caustis, R. Brown (1810).
pentandra, R. Brown si
Cladium, P. Browne (1756).
mariscus, R. Brown fe aes te ee:
articulatum, R. Brown... De aia S) A
glomeratum, R. Brown... an es ee 7
tetraquetrum, Hooker ... ae
schoenoides, R. Brown eee L
filum, R. Brown... oe tk ¥ i
Gunnii, Hooker ... ate pir es te Nearee
junceum, &. Brown ... a oo A MN L
trifidum, F. v. Mueller.. A
radula, R. Brown : Re
psittacorum, Fv. Mueller Pyle
lanigerum, Rk. Brown ieee Ye
deustum, Rk. Brown gee’ ee |
a oe Labillardiere (1804).
longitudinale, Labillardiere ont eds ets ; os
exaltatum, R. Brown ... ie : ote
gladiatum, Labillardiere wi Y.L
elatius, Labillardiere ye
concavum, Rk. Brown A op he ne
viscidum, Rk. Brown... N¢ aia A be
laterale, R. Brown sal ae ¥ seem) ae
congestum, Rk. Brown ... Ae
globosum, Labillardiere ae
lineare, Rk. Brown ers
AA A AAAAA
A AAA
op)
PPR PR PM fags
$2 92 $2
123
semiteres, F. v. Mueller
canescens, Boeck.
filiforme, Labillardiere...
carphoides, F. v. Mueller
b> b>
Chorizandra, R. Brown (1810).
enodis, Nees
GRAMINEAE.
Setaria, Palisot (1812).
glauca, Palisot ... sate
macrostachya, H. B. -. ... &
viridis, Palisot ... a vows a Me
Triraphis, R. Brown (1810).
mollis, R. Brown ¥ aw FF COS WM
Danthonia, DeCandolle (1805).
bipartita, F. v. Mueller... in ae 4 ode
carphoides, F. v. Mueller ati se fi RE N
penicillata, F. v. Mueller af ey ae AL Ree ps Fe
nervosa, Hooker... es pe vel? M A NY-Y¥ K
A
12
Astrebla, F. v. Mueller (1876).
pectinata, /. v. Mueller
triticoides, F. v. Mueller
EF ¢
C
S
Agropyron, Gaertner (1770).
M A
scabrum, Palisot
Elytrophorus, Palisot (1812).
articulatus, Palisot
Phragmites, Linne
duriuscula, Linne
loliiformis, F. v. Mueller
Muelleri, Bentham
fusca, Palisot
C
Arundo, Linne.
EF
M
M
Bromus, Linne (1735).
arenarius, Labillardiere nce at
DW.
Festuea, Linne.
Diplachne, Palisot (1812).
1 ee
C
C
8
M
M
A
A
oe:
Sehedonorus, Palisot (1812).
litoralis, Palisot
5S, W
M A
Distichlis, Rafinesque (1819).
maritima, Rafinesque
cruciata, Lamarck
digitata, Sprengel
Mitchelli, Bentham
pungens, &. Brown
irritans, R. Brown
Eragrostis, Palisot (1812).
tenella, Palisot ...
Eleusine, Gaertner (1788).
F
F
Triodia, R. Brown (1810).
F
C
8
M
pe
F
Fo Gas W Mga
F
trichophylla, Bentham bs
leptocarpa, Bentham
pilosa, Palisot
diandra, Steudel...
Brownii, Nees
concinna, Steudel
speciosa, Steudel...
laniflora, Bentham
chaetophylla, Steudel
eriopoda, Bentham
lacunaria, 1. v. Mueller
falcata, Gaudichaud
C
C
ey Mh.
S
Ss W
b
~~
S555
> b>
N
N
127
' Poa, Linne (1737).
Billardieri, Steudel
nodosa, Vees_... hs ye we ai M-A
caespitosa, Forster... Nas oc ee A
lepida, F. v. Mueller ... a at! WM
fluitans, Scopoli ... er Hi tes x ees
Fordeana F. v. Mueller ap a saad WE
- syrtica, F. v. Mueller ... +40 ae je ate ss
ramigera, F. v. Mueller a CS M
LYCOPODIACEAE.
Lycopodium, Linne.
Carolinianum, Linne ene
laterale, R. Brown : Be
densum, Labillardiere ... SEN.
Selaginella, Palisot (1805).
Preissiana, Spring va =e a ap ah
uliginosa, Spring ; me — ae a
RHIZOSPERMAE.
Azolla, Lamarck (1783).
pinnata, 2. Brown a i: > saat i L
filiculoides, Lamarck ... Ph « see WL
Marsilea, Linne (1735).
quadrifolia, Linne a ak Os MA
Pilularia, Linne.
globulifera, Linne ee ite eens
FILICES.
Ophioglossum, Linne.
vulgatum, Linne wie on € 8S W Mita
Botrychium, Swartz (1800).
ternatum, Swartz 5 ed on = re.
Sehizaea, Smith (1791).
fistulosa, Labillardiere... te ay <2 ee.
bifida, Swartz x oye on yt ah.
Gleichenia, Smith (1791).
circinata, Swartz aa A So ot ep.
Osmunda, Linne.
barbara, Thunberg aoe ia te ane Seas
Dicksonia, L’Heritier (1788).
_ Billardieri, F. v. Mueller a = 5 di sot ee
eee
KK
i
a4
pba
92
128
Lindsaea, Dryander (1791).
linearis, Swartz ... ion a ane pay
Adiantum, Linne.
ZEthiopicum, Linne ... Ae oa W A K
Pteris, Linne (1735).
aquilina, Linne ... oe ove he ae eee ee | | ae .<
arguta, Aiton... aad a bs nt 8 re L
incisa, Thunberg...
Lomaria, Willdenow (1809).
discolor, Willdenow ... es aa ave praen .* K
lanceolata, Sprengel
Capensis, Willdenow ... i a a Boe hs ee
Asplenium, Linne (1737).
flabellifolium, Cavanilles sits te os ete L
furcatum, Thunberg ae aoe saw aN soe is
bulbiferum, Forster
Aspidium, Swartz (1800).
molle, Swartz ... was me pase ae
decompositum, Spren. gel
Polypodium, Linne.
punctatum, Thunberg ...
Grammitis, Swartz (1800).
Reynoldsii, F. v. Mueller... F
rutaefolia, R. Brown ... tee to AS ON &
leptophylla, Swartz ... me = sae eae ae | K
Cheilanthes, Swartz (1806).
tenuifolia, Swartz ae or eos Ww IN ee
vellea, F. v. Mueller... so OS VE
distans, Braun ... és Ww a De
Clelandi, Ff’. v. Mueller & Tate ike W
This FiLora includes :—
Orders 101, Genera 553, Species 1,935.
2 2 42
C2 $2 92
129
DEFINITIONS OF FouR NEW SPECIES OF
AUSTRALIAN PLANTS.
By Proressor Ratpu Tarte, F.LS., F.G.S., We.
[Read October 1, 1889. ]
Cryptandra scabrida.*
Spyridium scabridum, R.T. coll.
An erect twiggy shrub of about three to four feet high. Leaves
linear-oblong, about quarter inch long, somewhat clustered, deeply
channelled above, the margins recurved, bluntly notched at the
end ; upper side scabrous and sparsely hispid; under side with
long subappressed hairs. Flower-heads very dense, in compact
terminal cymes, surrounded by a few floral bracts much larger
and broader than the leaves, densely beset with white woolly
hairs.
By the Eleanor River, and at Karatta, on the Stun’sailboom
River, Kangaroo Island (#.7., January 24, 1883).
This species is closely related to C. halmaturina and C. bifida,
from which it differs by the shape of the leaves and the nature
of the investiture. The differential characters of the three seem
to be as follows :—
Leaves cuneate-oblong, lobes short blunt, densely stellately-
hairy, underside also with long simple hairs. —halmaturina
Leaves narrow-cuneate, lobes longer subacute, upper side
glabrous or nearly so, underside densely beset with long
hairs. bifida
Leaves linear-oblong, somewhat clustered, deeply channelled
above, bluntly notched at the end ; upper side scabrous and
sparsely hispid, underside with long subappressed hairs.
scabrida
Caladenia toxochila.ft
A slender slightly-hairy species of about nine inches high ;
one-, rarely two-,flowered. Leaves oblong-lanceolate, about four
inches long.
* Upper surface of leaves somewhat rough.
+ Bow-shaped lip or labellum.
130
* Sepals and petals brownish-red, with a yellowish or greenish
margin. Dorsal sepal erect, narrower than the lateral sepals,
which are flat, lanceolate, gradually pointed, and slightly clavate
at the tip, with a minute glandular pubescence, and about half
an inch long. Petals narrower than the sepals, of about the same
length, tapering to a fine point, without any glandular pubes-
cence. Labellum on a long claw, flat, crescent-shaped with a
broad triangular apical extension, marked with brown forked
veins diverging from the base; the anterior margins fringed with
narrow blunt denticles; colour greenish-yellow, the middle lobe
dark-brown. Length, quarter inch ; breadth, three-eighths of an
inch. Calli on long stalks, clustered in the centre and at the base,
or obscurely four-rowed. Column much curved, broadly winged
in the upper two-thirds, nearly half inch long
Caroona Hill, 45 miles due west of Port Augusta (Dr. W. L.
Cleland, August, 1889).
This species in its short petals and sepals resembles C. Cairn-
siana and C. reticulata, but differs especially by the shape of the
labellum.
Caladenia tentaculata.*
A slender nearly glabrous species from six to twelve inches
high ; one- or two-flowered.
Sepals and petals pale-brown with a narrow dark-centre, taper-
ing into long filiform points, and densely beset with short reddish
glandular hairs ; from one and a half to two inches long.
Labellum narrow, ovate-rhomboid, slightly contracted towards
the tip, sessile, without lobes, streaked with brown forked lines,
anterior margins shortly and bluntly serrate, about quarter of an
inch long and one-eighth in width. Calli in two rows extending
from the base to about half the length of the labellum, traceable
beyond as dark spots. Column very short, winged throughout,
slightly curved, under quarter of an inch long.
Caroona Hill, 45 miles due west of Port Augusta (Dr. W. L.
Cleland, August, 1889).
In general appearance this new species resembles C. filamen-
tosa , but its labellmm is proper to the Section Phlebochilus, from
other species of which it is distinguished by its filiform sepals
and rhomboid labellum.
In the following synopsis I have set out the leading characters
of the species of Section Phlebochilus; of which two inhabit
south-west Australia—C. discoidea, Lindley, and C. multiclavia,
Reichenbach ; three South Australia, viz., C. reticulata, Fitz-
gerald, O. texochila, Tate, and C. tentaculata, Tate; and
C’. Cairnsiana, ¥. v. M., is common to the two regions.
* Having tentacles or feelers in reference to the sepals and petals.
o\ We
>
eye Fup 1 oe Ay t= eves ae, @1.46F"S4 dnd ~ Nib ®
131
Key To THE Species OF CALADENIA (SECT. PHLEBOCHILUS).
Labellum-margin entire.
Calli in two rows; labellum orbicular, shortly stalked ;
sepals lanceolate shortly acuminate. Cairnsiana.*
Calli crowded, lower ones connate ; labellum broadly ovate
or rhomboidal, long-stalked ; sepals lanceolate, tapering
into long fine points. multiclavia.
Labellum-margin ciliated, toothed or serrate.
Labellum ciliate-fringed, broadly ovate or orbicular.
Calli crowded; labellum contracted at the base ;
sepals subulate-acuminate. discordea.
Calli in four rows; labellum short-stalked ; sepals
lanceolate, shortly-acuminate. reticulata.
Labellum toothed or crenate.
Calli in two rows; labellum narrow ovate-rhomboid,
sessile, bluntly serrate ; sepals subulate-acuminate.
tentaculata.
Calli crowded or in four rows; labellum crescent-
shaped with a short lanceolate middle lobe, on a long
stalk, toothed ; sepals narrow-lancoolate. toxochala.
Schcenus discifer.t:
Dwarf, densely tufted perennial. Leaves radical, linear, erect,
flat, longitudinally veined, under two inches long ; leaf-sheaths
short, membranous, reddish-brown, neither bearded nor pointed.
Stem solitary, about one inch ; spikelet two and a half to three
lines long, solitary, terminal, erect, sessile, ovate-lanceolate, pale-
coloured ; the erect leafy involucral bract continuing the stem,
about one inch long.
Flowers about three in each spikelet, the two lower ones fer-
tile ; glumes glossy, straw-coloured, membranous, with a promi-
nent green keel, acute; hypogynous bristles absent; stamens
three, as long as the style; style-branches three. Nut ovoid,
three-ribbed, smooth, black, with white streaks and blotches, or
white mottled with black, raised on a bluntly triangular lamelli-
form disk.
Wet heath-ground, Central Dudley Peninsula, Kangaroo Island
(2.7, November, 1883).
This species belong to the Section Oligostachye of Benthain’s
arrangement in the Fl. Austral. and is related through its
hypogynous disk to the leafless S. minutulus. In habit it resem-
bles S. Zepperi, but is distinguished by its flat and veined leaves,
by its two fertile flowers, and by its smooth ovoid disk-bearing nut.
* Since describing C. cardiochila, certain discrepancies in the diagnosis of
C. Cairnsiana given in the Fl. Australiensis have been cleared away by refer-
ence to the original description ; and it seems probable that the former name is
synonymous with the latter.
t Having a disk.
FURTHER NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN COLEOPTERA,
WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEw SPECIES.
By the Rev. T. Briackrurn, B.A.
VI. ‘
| Read October 1, 1889. |
The specimens on which the following notes and descriptions
are founded have been recently acquired or determined by me.
They are inhabitants of the colony of South Australia, with one
exception—a Novius from N.S. Wales. As I had the honour of
reading a paper last October before this Society on the Australian
Coccinellide (including some new species of Moviws), it seems
convenient to describe the present one here, although isolated
from the other species to which this paper relates by its place in
the catalogue of Coleoptera as well as by its habitat.
CARABIDE.
ACROGENYS.
A. australis, sp. nov. Angusta ; elongata; sat depressa ; crebre
(capite minus crebre) sat fortiter punctulata; supra pilis
brevibus dense vestita ; prothorace canaliculato, quam latiori
paullo longiori; elytris postice truncatis, striatis, interstitiis
sat planis. Long., 221.; lat., #1.
The antenne are about half as long as the whole insect, and are
very robust; all the joints are pubescent, the basal one scarcely
half as long as the head, the rest all much shorter, the second
shortest. The maxillary palpi are large and stout, with the apical
joint elongate-triangular, the labial very small and slender with
the apical joint cylindric. On the head an impression runs
obliquely forward from either eye; these two impressions are
connected by a transverse one in front, and are foveately deepened
near their junction with it; from some points of view these
deepened portions alone are noticeable, so that the head seems
only bifoveate in front. The prothorax scarcely differs from that
of A. hirsuta, Macl., except in being less strongly rounded in the
front part of its sides, so that it is a little narrower in proportion
to its length. The apex of the elytra is rotundate-truncate ;
none of their interstices are carinate. The puncturation of every
part is a little less close and less coarse than in A. hirsuta.
Though so very much smaller than either of the previously
described species of Acrogenys, I cannot doubt that this is a
133
member of the genus. Having only a single example I have not
been able to dissect the parts of the head, and in so small an in-
sect it is most difficult to see them clearly without dissection, but
as far as I can see they are quite as in A. hirsuta. The only
structural differences that I observe consist in the more abrupt
truncation of the apex of the elytra and the greater bluntness, as
far as I can observe it, of the median tooth of the mentum.
Adelaide district ; in flood refuse of the Torrens.
DIABATICUS.
The following two species appear to belong to this genus,
although its diagnosis (Cist. Ent. IT., p. 324) is not very clear,
unless one happened to possess a type of the American genus
Pinacodera, with which it is compared, and unfortunately I have
not such type, nor do I know of one in any Australian collection.
Moreover, the expression ‘“‘orbitu post-oculari rotundato-angus-
tato” is obscure, and the sparseness of puncturation on the
elytra can hardly be regarded as a generic character. The
species before me seem however to be congeneric with Plochionus
australis, Er., for which the genus was formed, and agree fairly
with Bates’ diagnosis as far as I can follow it, although I should
scarcely call the claws “strongly” denticulated. The genus
resembles Ph/wocarabus, but differs inter alia in the shorter and
stouter tarsi, smaller eyes, and elytra very much shorter in pro-
portion to the head and prothorax.
{While this memoir has been in the printer’s hands I have re-
ceived from Mr. T. G. Sloane, of Sydney, some remarks on the
generic affinities of these and other Lebiides on which I had asked
his opinion. Mr. Sloane occupies a foremost place among the
rising entomologists of Australia, and his residence in Sydney
gives him the opportunity of consulting the oldest and best Aus-
tralian collections ; hence, I attribute considerable importance to
his determinations. While disclaiming the ability to speak as a
specialist on the Lebiides, he is disinclined to refer the following
two species to Diabaticus, but is unable to refer them to any other
described genus. As will be seen from my remarks (above) I
think it quite possible that Mr. Sloane is right in this matter,
but, nevertheless, it seems to me advisable to use the name Diaba-
ticus for the present, rather than form a new genus closely allied
to Diabaticus, especially as I can specify no good structural dis-
tinctive character. I think I have described the species under
consideration sufficiently in detail to prevent any actual incon-
venience arising from my having attributed them to a genus in
which they can perhaps hardly maintain a permanent place.
I should add that Mr. Sloane tells me he cannot regard as
genuinely pertaining to Ph/wocarabus the South Australian spe-
134
cies that I have attributed to that genus, mentioning especially as
distinctive of Phlwocarabus auch smaller second joint of the
antenne and a more Xanthophewa-like head. As Mr. Sloane has
seen the insect on which the genus was founded I have no doubt
he is right in the matter, but, nevertheless (as I pointed out in a
paper read last week before the Linnean Society of N.S. Wales)
these South Australian species agree very well with the published
characters of Phlawocarabus, so that they can hardly be furnished
with a new generic name except after a re-characterising of Phl«o-
carabus. Mr. Sloane’s courtesy in making these comparisons how-
ever enables me to perceive the need of pointing out that my
allusion to Phiwocarabus above refers to the South Australian
species which I have attributed to that genus, and might possibly
not apply to the original type. |
D. tumidiceps, sp. nov. Elongatus, capite prothoraceque con-
junctis elytris vix brevioribus; glaber ; sat nitidus ; obscure
rufescens, elytris piceo-umbratis, antennis, palpis, pedibus,
meso- et metasternis abdomineque, testaceis,-hoc ad latera
piceo-maculato ; capite pone oculos fortiter dilatato; hoe
prothoraceque sparsim subtiliter punctulatis et subtiliter
transversim rugatis; elytris sat fortiter striatis, interstitiis
vix convexis minus sparsim punctulatis, postice rotundato-
truncatis. Long. 331.; lat. 11
Antenne less than half as long as the whole insect, moderately
robust, the second joint shorter than the rest, which are subequal.
The head is subparallel, and scarcely narrower than the pro-
thorax, and is longer (from the base to the apex of the labrum)
than it 1s wide, being as wide across the post ocular dilatation as
across the eyes ; there is a deep impression on either side at the
inner front corner of the post ocular dilatation from which a
furrow runs forward just within the eye, and curves forward
across the head between the antenne, in front of which the sur-
face of the head is uneven. The prothorax is fully as long as
wide, subtruncate in front, with the dorsal channel strong but
abbreviated at both ends, the anterior angles quite rounded off,
the sides very finely margined, roundly divergent hindward im-
mediately behind the base and then gently convergent and almost
straight to the base, which is narrower than the widest part of
the segment by about a third part of the width of the latter ;
the hind angles are subdentiform, with the adjacent surface a
little explanate ; the anterior curved impression is very strong,
the base rather strongly lobed in the middle. The elytra are
widest behind the middle, where they are nearly twice as wide
as the widest part of the prothorax ; there are two large punc-
tures on the third interstice. The mentum is strongly toothed ;
—
135
the apical joint of the labial palpi is moderately securiform in
the male, that of the maxillary being elongate, subcylindric, and
truncate at the apex; the tarsi are moderately broad, glabrous,
and nitid above, the joints of almost equal width, the fourth
somewhat emarginate at the apex.
Port Lincoln ; among débris on swampy ground, not common.
D. minor, sp. nov. Sat elongatus ; capite prothoraceque con-
junctis elytris parum brevioribus; glaber; sat nitidus ;
rufescens vel testaceo-rufus ; capite, elytrorum umbris non-
nullis, et sternorum abdominisque maculis nonnullis, piceis
vel rufo-piceis ; capite obsolete sat sparsim punctulato, pone
oculos sat fortiter dilatato ; prothorace sat fortiter transver-
sim rugato; elytris subtiliter striatis, interstitiis sat plans,
obsolete sparsim punctulatis, postice truncatis. Long., 221;
lat., +1. (vix).
Head oval, a little narrower than the prothorax, cilbeely SO
long as wide, ‘and a little wider across the eyes than across the
dilated part behind them. There is an obscure impression on
either side between the antenne. Prothorax nearly half again as
wide as long, subtruncate in front; the dorsal channel fine,
lightly impressed, and abbreviated at both ends; the anterior
angles quite rounded off; the sides narrowly margined, moderately
rounded and scarcely sinuate behind, but with the hind angles
minutely subdentiform, the widest part about half again as wide
as the base, which is moderately lobed in the middle, the anterior
impression moderately defined. The elytra are about one-fifth
again as long as the head and prothorax together, and about one-
third again as wide as the prothorax, the widest part being near
the apex. The puncturation of their interstices is much feebler
than in D. twmidiceps.
Port Lincoln, in company with the preceding.
PHORTICOSOMUS.
P. robustus, sp. nov. Piceo-brunneus ; antennis palpisque mani-
feste, pedibus vix, dilutioribus; antice leviter bisinuato,
postice quam antice vix latiori, angulis posticis acutis sub-
dentiformibus ; elytris postice adlatera sinuatis, fortiter
striatis, interstitiis sat convexis. Long., 71.; lat., 241.
Head (across the eyes) slightly narrower than the base of the
prothorax ; the latter half again as wide as its length down the
middle, at its widest in front of the middle ; the front margin and
base of almost equal width, the front margin moderately concave
and gently bisinuate ; the front angles much rounded, and not at
all produced forward as they are in P?. mucronatus, Blackb.; the
central channel moderately impressed, and at both ends much
136
abbreviated ; the sides strongly sinuated immediately before the
hind angles, which are scarcely less dentiform than those of
P. mucronatus ; the reflexed margin narrow, as in P. brunneus
(narrower than in mucronatus); the surface transversely depressed
in front of the disc, as in brunneus, Blackb., and with a curved
anterior impression, also as in brunnews. The sculpture of the
elytra is very similar to that of P. brunneus and feliz, Schaum.,
except that the interstices are more convex.
The already-described species of Phorticosomus, neither very
much larger nor very much smaller than this, and having the
posterior angles of the prothorax sharply rectangular or subdenti-
form, are similis, Blackb. (this is a good deal smaller) and
mucronatus. Both these have the elytral strize very much feebler
and the interstices flat. P. mucronatus also has the clypeus much
less rugose, and the sides of the elytra very much more strongly
sinuate near the apex.
South Australia ; I am uncertain of the exact locality.
PSELAPHID.
CTENISTES.
C. Adelaide, sp. nov. Rufescens; antennis elongatis; prothorace
antice angustato, postice fovea magna impresso; elytris
prothorace dimidio longioribus ; oculis sat magnis.
Maris (?) metasterno profunde longitudinaliter sulcato; antennis
elytrorum apicem attingentibus, articulis 1-7 conjunctis
quam articuli 8-11 conjuncti multo brevioribus, articulis
8-10 gradatim brevioribus, articulo 11° quam 9"* et 10™*
conjuncti vix breviori, apice oblique truncato. Long, 21.
This species is, no doubt, rather close to C. parvus, Shp., which
it resembles in the long antenne (reaching the apex of the elytra
when set back), the well defined simple fovea of the prothorax
and the elytra about half again as long as the prothorax. The
antennal joints, however, are very different in their proportions
inter se; the 10th joint being much longer than wide, and the
llth barely equal (not to the preceding three together but)
to the preceding two. These antennal differences might be
sexual, but they are accompanied with certain other distinctions,
the eyes in the present species being by no means exceptionally
small, and the elytra being rather strongly dilated behind—which
seem quite inconsistent with specific identity. From C. impressus,
Shp., the present species may be known inter alia by the pro-
thorax being as long as wide, and scarcely narrower at the base
than in the middle, and having a simple fovea, from C. simplex,
Shp., by its long antenne and non-transverse prothorax, from
C. vernalis, King, and C. Kreusleri, King, by the very different
antennal structure, although it is possibly the previously undes-
137
cribed sex of the latter (as the size and the antennal structure of
the one sex are really the only distinctive characters mentioned
in the description of that species), the size of which, however—
said to be less than half a line—seems to point to distinctness,
and moreover I have another species (mentioned below) which
agrees much better with the description.
In flood débris near Adelaide.
C. Kreusleri, King. In flood débris of the Torrens I have taken
both sexes of a Ctenistes, which I believe to be this species. The
distinction between the sexes seems very slight except in respect
of the antenne. The sex that I take to be the male has the
* apical four joints of the antenne together equal to the basal seven
together, and forming a distinct club in which joints eight-ten are
somewhat equal in length, and gradually increase in width, joint
eleven being wider still, slightly longer than nine and _ ten
together, and obtusely narrowed at the apex; the second ventral
segment is scarcely longer than the following segments together,
and bears an obscure impression slightly in front of its apical
margin. In the other sex the apical four joints together of the
antennz are considerably shorter than the basal seven together,
and are successively thickened, joint 8 being same length as
9, 10 scarcely shorter than the preceding two _ together,
11 scarcely shorter than the preceding three together; and
the second ventral segment is decidedly longer than the following
segments together and has no impression. The whole insect is
of a very uniform pale castaneous colour, it is closely and rather
coarsely asperate-punctulate, and somewhat closely clothed with
short, crisp, whitish hairs. The prothoracic fovea appears some-
what forked in front. The antenne are short (reaching back to
about the middle of the elytra), and the eyes are much smaller
than in C. Adelaide.
C. tenebricosus, sp. nov. (?female). ? Brunneo-niger ; antennis
sat brevibus; prothorace antice angustato, postice fovea
magna impresso; elytris prothorace dimidio longioribus ;.
oculis sat parvis. Long., 21. (vix).
This species differs from all yet described as Australian of the
genus, by its uniform blackish colour. It is more finely and
sparsely punctured than C. Kreusleri (?), and therefore more
nitid ; like that species it is clothed with short, crisp, whitish
hairs. The prothorax is scarcely so long as wide, with a deep
posterior fovea not at all forked in front, the general surface of
the segment being even. The elytra are considerably narrower
at the shoulders than behind. The antenne scarcely differ in
structure from those of the specimen which I regard as the
female of C. Kreusleri.
Port Lincoln ; in moss,
K
138
ARTICERUS.
A. asper, sp. nov. Ferrugineus, antennis pedisbusque testaceis,
supra (abdominis basi nitida sparsim punctulata transversim
profunde excavata excepta) subopacus, crebre aspere punctu-
latus ; capite prothorace elytrisque obscure pubescentibus ;
antennis valde depressis, quam latiores parum longioribus,
supra parte dimidia basali longitudinaliter impressa; capite
quam antenn vix longiori; prothorace fortiter transverso
haud foveolato. Long., 1 1. (vix).
The antenne are not much longer than wide on their flattened
face, both sides of which are strongly rounded in outline, but the
middle of the curve is on the outer side, a little nearer to the apex
than on the inner side.
Of the other described species having antennz impressed above,
Pascoeus, Shp., has the prothorax not transverse; auriflwus,
Schauf., has the inner margin of the antenne straight, and
brevipes, Shp., has the elytra punctured only indistinctly.
A single specimen was taken by me in flood refuse near Ade-
laide.
BYRRHID/,
BYRRHUS.
I see no good structural character to prevent the following
species being considered a true Lyrrhus, although it should be
noted that I have not been able to devote a specimen to dissec-
tion. It differs from the typical forms of the genus in having
the body somewhat densely and evenly bristling with long erect
hairs, and having the incrassation of the antenne commencing
only at the seventh joint. These latter consist of 11 joints, and
are inserted, as in Byrrhus ; the head is retracted in repose, but
in such fashion that the eyes and labrum are visible (the former
only in part); all the tarsi are laid stiffly back in repose against
their tibize, which, however, are channelled by no means deeply
for their reception. The apical joint of the maxillary palpi
is somewhat more elongate and conic than in most species
of Byrrhus.
BL. Torrensensis, sp. nov. Oblongo-ovatus; nitidus; crebrius
subtilius punctulatus; pilis longis nigris erectis sat dense
vestitus ; supra nigro-eneus, prothorace obscure viridi;
subtus rufus vel piceo-rufus, antennis (clava picea excepta),
palpis, labro, pedibusque, testaceis. Long., 1-121.; lat., 3-11.
The antenne, if set back, would about reach the base of the
prothorax ; joint | is stout, and about as long as 3, 2 is very
short, 3 nearly as long as 4, 5, and 6 together, the latter three
subequal, and scarcely longer than wide, 7-11 forming a well-
defined club.
139
Two specimens occurred to me in flood-refuse on the banks of
the River Torrens.
ELATERID~.
TETRALOBUS.
T. Fortnumi, Hope. I have lately received a male example
of this genus taken by Mr. Read near Lake Eyre, which seems
to be quite distinct from any species previously seen by me. It
is broad in proportion to its length (long,, 131; lat., 41), and
its prothorax, instead of being more or less canaliculate down
the middle, has a very faintly raised shining dorsal line. But
the character on which I rely for specific distinctness consists in
the structure of the antennz in the male, the branches of which
are much shorter than in any other Z'etralobus I have seen, the
longest of them being no longer than the distance between the
antenne at their base. The antenne, moreover, are very short
as a whole, reaching when laid back not further than to the
front of the basal quarter of the prothorax. The colour of the
insect is dark chestnut, the legs and antenne (except the basal
joint) being paler. The prothorax is (across the hind angles)
exactly as wide as it is long down the middle. The elytra are
very distinctly punctulate-striate, but the puncturation becomes
feebler, and the striz are obsolete near the apex. The interstices
are feebly convex in the front half, and are punctured more
sparingly than in any other Zetralobus that I have seen. The
prothorax has the usual fovea on either side of the middle line
near the front strongly marked.
As there are several descriptions of species of V'etralobws which
scarcely mention more than generic characters it is very likely
that this insect has already received a name, and it appears to me
not at all unlikely to be 7’. Yortnwmi, Hope. The only difficulties
in so regarding it are that 7. Yortmum should be a somewhat
narrower insect, and is said to have the longitudinal line of the
prothorax “‘parum impressa ;’ whereas in the specimen before me
it is ‘‘haud impressa.” This latter character, however, is probably
variable (judging from other species of Z'etralobus), and as it seems
that 7. Fortnumi is quite incapable of certain identification, and
the measurements given by its author may be a trifle inexact, I
think it will be well to assign the name to this insect, at any rate
until some fresh evidence to the contrary may be forthcoming.
T. Manglesi, Hope. There are before me specimens of an insect
belonging to my own collection and tothose of the Adelaide Museum
and of the Adelaide University Museum, taken in various parts of
South Australia, which, I think, may be regarded as this species.
Like most of its congeners, the species varies greatly in size, the
smallest examples being long., 121., lat., 351. ; the largest long.,
171., lat., 51. It is accordingly one of the widest of the genus in
140
proportion to its length. It is also characterised by the elytra
being (not gradually narrowed from the base to the apex, but)
slightly narrowed immediately behind the base, and then lightly
dilated again, so that they are very slightly wider just before the
apex than at any other part. The prothorax is just barely wider
across the hind angles than its length down the middle, and im-
mediately in front of the middle it is in both sexes almost or quite
as wide as across the hind angles, which are only very slightly
produced hindward or outward, the sides being gently sinuate.
It is very closely and quite rugulosely punctulate in front, less so
behind. Its dorsal channel is extremely feeble in the examples
before me, and the lateral fovez are only slightly marked. The
front angles are more or less feeble and rounded. The elytra are
distinctly striate, the strie irregularly punctulate, the external
ones having stronger and larger punctures than those near the
suture, all the strie and their punctures becoming more or less
obsolete towards the apex. Hach apex is separately and feebly
rounded, the suture ending in a very small spine. The interstices
are more or less closely punctured, more strongly in the male
than the female. The sides of the prosternum are very strongly
and sparingly punctured—(this is a highly distinctive character,
and does not seem to vary). The antenne of the male are shorter
than in the large common South Australian species (7’. Australasie,
or possibly Murray. it the two are really distinct), and the indi-
vidual branches of the same are also shorter, though they are very
distinctly longer than the distance between the bases of the
antenne. The tarsi also are notably shorter, especially in the
male.
From 7. Lortnumi (vide “ supra”) it differs chiefly in being
much less attenuate behind, with the prothorax less rugulose dor-
sally ; the sides of the prosternum much less closely punctulate ;
the branches of the antenne in the male considerably longer, and
the apical spines of the elytra much feebler.
TENEBRIONID.
LEPISPILUS.
L. rotundicollis, sp. nov. Oblongus; convexus; piceus; macu-
latim flavo-pubescens ; prothoracis lateribus sinuatis, latitu-
dine paulo ante medium quam trans basin haud minore.
Long., § 1.;. lat., 321
Differs from L. suwlcicollis, Boisd., in the form of the prothorax,
which is (by measurement) very nearly twice as wide as long (as
13 to 7 in the example before me), with the front about two-
thirds the width of the base, the sides strongly convex in outline
immediately behind the front, and from the middle to the base
almost as strongly concave, so that the greatest divergence is at
141
the base and at a point a little in front of the middle. The
closely punctulate depressions on the elytra bearing yellow pubes-
cence are very shallow and very large, and are very irregularly
placed, so that the nitid interspaces form an ill-defined and ex-
tremely open network, none of them appearing as continuous
longitudinal cost, even that nearest to the suture being more or
less interrupted. It is not improbable, however, that there may
be some variation in this respect if in some examples the de-
pressed spaces happen to fall more into longitudinal lines. The
average area of these closely punctured depressed spaces is about
equal to that of the eye as seen from above, but in places two or
three of them almost coalesce, so as to form what on a casual
glance looks like a very large space indeed.
A single example in the South Australian Museum is ticketed
“C, A.” (Central Australia). Other specimens similarly ticketed
seem to be from the southern part of the tropical region.
MELOIDA.
ZONITIS.
Z. nigro-ened, Fairm., var.(!) A. Nigra; clypeo antice obscure
piceo ; elytris cceruleis, crassissime rugulose punctulatis, in-
terstitiis haud levigatis. Long., 61.; lat., l41L
The antenne are two-thirds the length of the body ; joint 1 is
slightly longer than 4, 2 scarcely half as long as 1, and two-thirds
the length of 3. The head is equal in length to the prothorax,
and also to the first four joints taken together of the antenne ;
the distance from eye to eye is rather more than the length of
the basal joint of the antenne, or about one-third the length of
the head. The labrum is nearly as long as the basal joint of the
antennee, ciliated in front and deeply channelled down the middle,
its surface shiny, with a few strong punctures. The clypeus is
truncate in front, its hind suture strongly angulated ; its surface
is shining and only obscurely punctulate, a deep furrow crossing
it near its base, its length about equal to that of the labrum.
The hind part of the head is strongly and somewhat rugosely
punctulate, and almost truncate behind. The prothorax down
the middle is barely longer than its greatest width, which is
slightly behind the middle ; its base is about a quarter again as
wide as the base of the head; the width of its front is about
‘one-third of its base, from which the sides diverge sinuously not
quite to the middle, where they are strongly rounded, and thence
converge sinuously to the front; the front part of the suface is a
little depressed ; from this depressed space a very strong central
channel runs back to the base, and on either side of the channel
there is a large deep fovea on the disc. The scutellum is nitid,
and very sparsely, but not finely, punctulate. The elytra are
142
extremely coarsely foveolate-punctulate, the instertices quite con-
fused, with no tendency to a linear arrangement, and bearing
confused punctures and wrinkles. In the “mnale the basal three
ventral segments are carinate down the middle, and the fourth is
strongly and widely emarginate at the apex. The underside is
rather closely (least closely on the hind body), squamosely, and
finely punctured, and is densely clothed with black pubescence,
the upper surface being glabrous.
Seems to be near Z. nigro-enea, Fairm., but is larger, with the
hind body of the male carinate (not + longitudinally ‘impressed ’ %,
and with the scutellum and the elytral interstices punctulate.
If M. Fairemaire’s description of 7%. nigro-enea can be relied
upon, the insect described above is probably a distinct species.
But unfortunately that author’s ‘“ Revision des Zonitis d’Aus-
tralie” contains errors (perhaps of the printer) which render it
unsafe to give new names to species that seem closely allied to
those that are described in it. In the description of 7. indigacea
(e.g.) we read of the antenne “articulo 2° tertio paulo longiore,”
but further on wdigacea is distinguished from nigro-enea by
“the second joint notably shorter than the third.”
Port Lincoln.
4. Andersoni, sp. nov. ¢ Nigra, capite (labro excepto) rufo,
elytris (apice excepta) testaceis, prothorace pedibusque
brunneo-piceis ; capite antice minus producto ; elytris crebre
subtilius punctulatis, obsolete costatis. Long., 74$1.; lat.,
oe
The antenne are about half as long as the whole body ; joint 1
is rather short (little more than half as long as the distance
between the eyes), 2 scarcely longer, 3 slightly longer still, 4 still
longer (nearly half again as long as 1). The head is triangular,
scarcely longer than the width of its base, which is gently arched
hindward, its length about equal to that of the basal four joints
of the antenne together. The labrum is about as long as the
clypeus (the two together being less than half as long as the rest
of the head), its front portion declivous, its front margin ciliated,
its surface feebly and sparingly punctulate and hairy, without
any furrow. The hinder part of the clypeus is flat and horizontal,
with a defined mar gin or ridge, the portion in front being decli-
vous ; the hind suture is feebly arched, its surface obscurely pune-
tulate (most strongly on the ridge). The hinder part of the head
is punctured rather strongly in front, very obscurely behind, with
a feeble central longitudinal furrow running forward for a short
distance from the base. The prothorax is scarcely wider than
long, its front margin about a third as wide as the base and as
the hind margin of the head; its sides diverge slightly and
—-
143
scarcely sinuously to about the middle, where they are feebly
rounded, and whence they converge bisinuately to the front; its
surface is very finely and sparsely punctured, the front portion
depressed ; there is an interrupted and rather feeble channel
down the middle of the hinder half; the base is very gently
arched hindward ; scutellum smooth behind, punctured in front.
The elytra are closely, evenly, and rather finely punctulate, and
bear (besides the raised suture) distinct traces of three or four
costz, which almost reach the apex. The metasternum is faintly
punctulate, and bears a short, close, erect pile; the ventral seg-
ments are nitid, glabrous, and almost levigate.
The bright red head, dark red-brown shining prothorax, and
testaceous semi-opaque elytra, with their apex black, will render
this species easy to recognise.
Allied to 7%. tricolor, LeG., but (apart from colour) differing in
its much shorter head, differently shaped clypeus and labrum,
prothorax very much narrower in front, &e.
Port Lincoln ; taken by Mr. J. Anderson.
Z. brevicornis, sp. nov. Rufa; antennis, palpis, mandibulis apice,
femoribus anticis antice in medio, tibiis (basi exceptis), tarsis,
macula in capite, maculis in prothorace 2, metasterno (epis-
ternis exceptis) et abdominis parte, piceo-nigris; elytris
ceeruleis, crebre subtilius (postice crassius) punctulatis ;
capite antice minus producto; prothorace antice minus
angustato. Long., 51.; lat, l+1.
The antennz are about half as long as the whole body ; joint
1 is short (scarcely as long as half the distance from eye to
eye); 2, shorter still; 3 and 4 subequal, each of them equal to
the basal joint. The head is not very triangular in shape, its
length and breadth about equal, its length a little greater than
that of the basal four antennal joints together. The labrum is
scarcely so long as the clypeus (the two together not quite half as
long as the rest of the head), its surface devoid of a dorsal furrow,
strongly punctulate, its front ciliated. The clypeus is strongly
punctulate, its hind suture strongly arched. The surface of the
hind part of the head is punctulate strongly in front, and gradually
less strongly hindward, and bears between the eyes a large piceous
blotch, which is slightly protuberant and levigate in the middle ;
the hind margin of the head is almost truncate. The prothorax
is very slightly shorter than the head, very slightly wider than
long, and equal in width to the hind margin of the head ; its
front margin (which is emarginate) is nearly half as wide as its
base; its sides are gently and somewhat evenly arched, their
greatest divergence being in front of the middle; its surface is
strongly and very sparingly puncturéd, with some feeble indica-
144
tion of a dorsal channel a little in front of the base, and with a
distinct round piceous discal blotch on either side a little in front
of the middle. The elytra are closely subrugosely and rather
finely punctured, the punctures much mixed up with a system of
reticular wrinkling. The upper surface (saving some hairs on the
labrum) is glabrous. The underside is distinctly, though rather
lightly and squamosely, punctured; the metasternum bears a
short erect closely-set pile. The claws are red. The middle tibiz
are strongly, almost angularly, bent (perhaps in the male only).
The hind body is piceous, but bears a yellow patch (successively
larger on each segment from the base) on either side of each seg-
ment. In the male the ventral segments are carinate all down
the middle.
This species should fall, I think, into M. Fairemaire’s first
division of the genus, and will be the only species therein yet
described having unicolorous blue elytra ; its short thick antennz
also will distinguish it. A very old and faded example in the
South Australian Museum seems to be identical, although the
black spots on the head and prothorax are wanting.
Port Lincoln.
Z.cyanipennis, Pasc. The description of this species occupies four
lines in the “Journal of Entomology.” True, it is accompanied by
an uncoloured figure, but, unfortunately, the figure appears to have
been taken from a specimen with its head tucked down among the
sterna, and gives little information beyond what the brief des-
cription furnishes ; indeed, it rather presents a contradiction, for
whereas the size given after the description is 61., the indicator
in the plate gives 43 1., M. Fairemaire has provided a fuller des-
cription of an insect in his collection which he alleges (without
specifying his authority) to be cyanipennis, Pasc., and gives its
length as 84}mm., which means, I suppose, 44 1. I think
M. Fairemaire’s identification is possibly incorrect, both because
he describes the colour (which appears to me remarkably constant
in the metallic Zonites) differently from Mr. Pascoe, calling the
elytra ‘“ blue-green” instead of ‘dark indigo-blue ;” and because
he says that the humeral calli are almost levigate, which (if my
identification of Z. cyanipennis is correct) certainly is not the
case. Mr. Pascoe makes no allusion to the puncturation of any
part of cyanipennis, so this important character gives no assist-
ance. I have before me two specimens from Melbourne (the
locality of the original type) coloured as cyanipennis is said to be,
except in having the mesothoracic epimera yellow (of the length
61.). One of these—a female—agrees with Mr. Pascoe’s figure
in the shape of the elytra at the apex. The other (length, 41.) is
a male, and seems perfectly identical with the larger specimen,
except in respect of what appear to be sexual characters, viz.,
145
the antenne are more slender (three-fifths the length of the whole
body); the elytra are more narrowed, and are separately rounded
at the apex, and the ventral segments are different, the basal
three being compressed into a keel down the middle, and the
fourth triangularly depressed in the middle.
The head in the insect which I take to be cyanipennis, Pasc.,
is nearly twice as long as its width across the base ; the labrum
is quite as long as wide, is depressed down the middle, and bears
a few strong setiferous punctures. I do not find any distinct
separation between the hinder part of the head and anything
that can be called a clypeus. The middle of a straight line
drawn from the front of the labrum to the hind margin of the
head would fall decidedly in front of the base of the antenne.
The antenne are broken in the female example before me ; joint
1 is unusually long (equal to the basal joint of the front tarsi,
and much more than half as long as the distance from eye to
eye); 2, half as long as 1; 3 and 4 successively increasing
in length; but even 4 distinctly shorter than 1. The pro-
thorax is scarcely longer than the head, is a little (to the eye it
looks a good deal) longer than its greatest width, and is at its
front margin rather more than a third the width of its base. The
elytra are scarcely punctulate, but appear shagreened with fine
vermiculate rugulosity somewhat as in Z. rustica.
Z. rustica, sp. nov. Rufa; antennis, palpis, mandibulis, femori-
bus apice, tibiis, tarsis, capite toto, metasterno (episternis
exceptis), et abdominis segmentis primis 3, nigris ; elytris
ceruleis, crebre subtilius punctulatis, capite antice producto
gradatim angustato ; prothorace fortius crebrius punctulato,
antice sat fortiter angustato. Long., 431.; lat., 121
The antenne scarcely exceed the length of half the body ; joint
1 is short (less than half as long as the distance from eye to
eye), 2 scarcely half as long as 1, 3 slightly shorter than
1, 4 slightly shorter than 3. The head is very slightly
longer than its width across the eyes, with its hind margin con-
-vex hindward; it is gradually narrowed forward so as to be
rather pointed in front, its width across the base of the mandibles
is little less than half its width across the eyes; its whole sur-
face, including the labrum, is evenly, strongly, and rather closely
punctulate, except that the puncturation becomes finer and
feebler near the hind margin; the labrum is rather strongly
transverse, is clothed with long hairs, and bears a deep central
fovea, much abbreviated in front. The prothorax is of the same
length as the head, slightly longer than its greatest width, its
front margin about half as wide as its base, its sides somewhat
evenly rounded (scarcely perceptibly sinuate both in front of,
146
and behind, the middle), its greatest width (which is at the
middle) scarcely exceeding the width of the head across the eyes,
its surface evenly, somewhat strongly, and rather closely punctu-
late, with obscure traces of the middle part of a longitudinal
dorsal furrow. The elytra on close examination are seen to be
finely punctulate, but their readily noticeable sculpture consists
of a confused system of wrinkling, making them appear finely
shagreened, or coarsely coriaceous. To specify the degree of this
sculpture by comparison with a familiar species, I may say that
the general effect of the sculpture is a little less rough and
strong than that on the elytra of Z. bicolor, Le G. The upper
surface is glabrous or nearly so, the underside and legs densely
clothed with short hairs. The claws are red, the ventral seg-
ments are coarsely, squamosely, and rather closely punctulate.
South Australia.
Z. Murray, sp. nov. 3d Rufo-testacea; labro, palpis, antennis
(basi picescenti excepta), femorum apice, tibiis, tarsis, meta-
sterno(episternis exceptis), et abdominis segmentis basalibus 5
(5i apice rufo excepto), nigris; elytris lete cceruleis ; capite
nonnullis exemplis antice infuscato; hoc fortiter minus
crebre punctulato antice minus producto minus angustato ;
prothorace canaliculato vix perspicue punctulato, antice sat
fortiter angustato; elytris minus subtiliter vermiculato-
punctulatis. Long., 51.; lat., 121
The antenne are about three fifths of the length of the whole
body ; joint 1 is piriform and _ strongly curved, in some
examples testaceous, decidedly shorter than in Z. cyanipennis,
scarcely longer than half the distance between the eyes, about as
long as in Z. rustica, but much more strongly curved, joint 2
about one-third shorter, 3 equal to 1, 4 scarcely so long
as 3. The head from the front of the labrum to the base is
scarcely longer than its greatest width, the front part nearly
parallel-sided ; the middle of a line joining the front of the
labrum, and the base of the head would fall between the inser-
tions of the antenne ; the labrum is transverse and sulcate down
the middle; the clypeal suture is quite undefined. The pro-
thorax scarcely differs from that of Z. cyanipennis. The sculp-
ture of the elytra is on the same plan as in Z. cyanipennis and
Z. rustica, but is stronger, coarser, and less close than in either
of them. The specimens before me appear to be all males, but
(as usual in this genus) the soft hind body has become so much
distorted in drying that its shape is not the same in any two.
The first four or five ventral segments are compressed into a keel,
which, however, does not always run down the exact middle
line ; the fifth is very feebly concave all across at the apex. The
, 147
ventral segments are very nitid, strongly and sparsely punctulate,.
_ and only thinly pubescent. The middle tibie are very strongly
compressed and strongly curved; much more so than in
4. cyanipennis. The head is quite four-fifths as wide as the
_ widest part of the prothorax.
Evidently must stand near to Z. cyanipennis, from which it
_ differs in the yellow head nearly as wide as the prothorax, more
_ coarsely sculptured elytra, much more nitid, strongly punctulate,
and less pubescent ventral segments, «ec.
Murray Bridge (South Australia) ; taken by Mr. Tepper.
Z. gloriosa, sp. nov. Piceo-brunnea obscure rufescens, elytris
antice viridibus postice purpureo-violaceis; capite antice
valde producto subtilius crebrius (disco levi excepto) punc-
tulato; prothorace vix perspicue canaliculato, leviter nec
crebre yix subtiliter punctulato, antice rotundato-angustato ;
elytris subtiliter sat crebre nec rugulose punctulato. Long.,
71; lat., 31. (vix).
Considerably dilated behind. The apical part of the antennze
has been broken off the example before me; joint 1 equals 3, and is
_ rather longer than 2 and shorter than 4. The head is more than
one-third again as long as at the base it is wide, the front part
parallel-sided ; the middle of a line joining the base of the head
and front of the labrum would fall considerably in front of the
antennz ; the labrum is nearly as long as wide, its surface punc-
tulate and longitudinally sulcate. The prothorax is slightly
wider than long ; its base is truncate, from which the sides diverge
very slightly in nearly straight lines to immediately in front of
_ the middle, where they are rounded, and whence they converge
in a strong curve to the front, which is about half as wide as the
base, but viewed from above the sides seem to pass into the front
in a continuous curve; the surface bears no inequalities, except a
barely discernible longitudinal furrow, which is abbreviated
slightly in front. The puncturation of the elytra is considerably
finer and less close than in Z. tricolor, Le Guill., and is not at all
tTugulose. The prothorax is slightly wider than the head, and
_ searcely half as wide as the widest part of the elytra. An obscure
costa runs obliquely from close within the shoulder to the middle
of the disc of the elytra.
Seems to resemble Z. splendida, Fairm., but that species is
said to have a short triangular head, and the prothorax loevigate.
The present species has “the head exceptionally elongate—the
anterior part being almost absolutely parallel-sided—and the
_prothorax distinctly punctured. It appears to me structurally
hearer to Z. cyanipennis, Pasc., than to any other previously de-
scribed species.
Port Lincoln district ; taken by Mr. J. Anderson.
i
148
COCCINELLID.
NOVIUS.
NV. ruber, sp. nov. Breviter ovalis; sat nitidus; pubescens ;
sanguineo-ruber, subtus distincte, supra vix perspicue, hic
illic infuscatus ; tarsis picesentibus ; capite prothoraceque
vix perspicue, elytris crebre subtilius, punctulatis. Long.,
1431; lat., 141.
Much lke WV. bellus, Blackb., in form and sculpture, but
decidedly larger, and very differently coloured. The whole upper
surface is of a shining bright-red colour, almost like sealing-wax.
On close inspection a little vague infuscation can be discerned
running down the side of each elytron a little within the margin
in the front half, and occupying the neighbourhood of the inner
apical angle.
N. cardinalis, Muls., is a still larger species with the head
black and the prothorax and elytra bearing conspicuous black
markings. WV. sanguwinolentus, Muls., has the head, prothorax,
and scutellum black. The upper surface of V. Lindi, Blackb.,
is entirely black, except a large red spot on each elytron.
NV. cardinalis, Muls., and bellus, Blackb., agree in having both
prothorax and elytra red, with black markings; but the pattern
of either is very different from that of the other.
Sent to me by Mr. T. G. Sloane; taken by him, I believe, at
Mulwala, N.S. W.
ERRATUM.
Tr. Roy. Soc., 1887, p. 224, lines 7, 24, 28, 29, and 33, for
“Tindi” read “Sharpi.”
149
NOTES ON THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION
OF AUSTRALIAN CHARACE&.
By Baron Sir F. von MvE.ier, F.R.S., de.
[Read August 6, 1889.]
The following brief indications of the geographic range of
various Australian Characee, which are additional to what is
recorded in vol. xi. of my Fragm. Phytogr., Austral., pt. 11., pp.
_ 43-44, are from the researches of Dr. O. Nordstedt, chiefly
through material communicated from the Melbourne Phytologic
Museum :-—
Chara contraria, A/. A#r..-—Victoria; South Australia (Lake
Bonney, Miss Wehl ; Kangaroo Island, O. Tepper ).
Chara coronata: — Victoria; Queensland; South Australia
f (Pidinga, W. Tvetkins ).
Chara dichopitys :—Victoria and New South Wales.
Chara fragilis, Desv.:—W. Australia; New South Wales; -
Queensland.
Chara gymnopitys, A/. Sr.:—S. Australia (Kangaroo Island,
OG. Pepper) V.5 N-S.W.; N.A.
Chara gymnopus :—W.A.; T., V.; N.S.W.; Q.; N.A.
Chara leptopitys, Al. br.:—S.A. (Lake Bonney, Miss Wehl) ;
Victoria.
Chara macropogon, A/. Br. :—W.A.; Q.; S.A. (Kangaroo Island,
O. Tepper ).
Chara Muelleri, A/. Br. :—Victoria.
_ Chara submollusca, Vordstedt (n. sp.) :—Queensland.
Nitella conglobata :—W.A.; V.; N.S.W.; Q.; N.A.
Nitella cristata:—8.A. (Tatiara-country, C. Walter); T.; N.S.W.;
Q.
Nitella diffusa :—Victoria ; New South Wales.
Nitella gracilis :—S. Australia (Murray River, /. v. If); Victoria.
Nitella Gunnii, A/. Br. :—V.; N.S.W.; Q.
Nitella hyalina :—W.A.; V.; Q.; N.A.
Mitella interrupta :—S.A.; T.; V.; N.S.W.; Q.
Nitella leptostachys, Al. Br.:—S.A. (among Todeas above the
cataract of Mount Lofty, /. v. J/., 1848).
Nitella microphylla, A/. Br. :—W.A. ; T.
Nitella myriotricha, A/. Br. :—S.A. (Murray River).
Nitella polyglochin :—Queensland.
Nitella Sonderi, A/. Br. :—N.S.W. ; N.A.
Nitella Tasmanica, /. v. MW. :—Victoria ; Queensland.
oe
150
NOTES ON AUSTRALIAN FUNGI.
CoLLATED BY J. G. O. Tepper, F.LS.
[Read August 6th, 1889].
List oF Func, New or Rare For SourH AUSTRALIA.
The following species were collected by Mr. J. G. O. Tepper,
and named by Prof. P. Andrea Saccardo, of Padua, through the
kindness of Dr. F. Ludwig, Germany :—
Uromyces TEPPERIANUS, Sacc., sp. n. On Acacia salicina. It
attacks the younger branches, causing fusiform swellings several
inches in length, and in the middle two to four times the ©
diameter of the branch. The bark bursts finally in several
places, and the brown spores thickly cover the surface of the
wounds. The branches, and finally the shrub, so attacked die
after one to three years, or support life in a stunted form to an
indefinite extent.
fe Black Hill, N.E. of Adelaide ; Sandy Cr., Callington. Octo-
ber to November, 1887.
DimErosportum Lupwie1anum, Sacc., sp.n. On Lagenophora
Billardiert, forming raised pustules on the leaves; spores
ferruginous. Common in open woody hill districts.
Clarendon, Angaston, &c., November, 1887.
CAPNODIUM ELONGATUM, B. & D. It is distributed over the
leaves of some species of Acacia.
Williamstown, October, 1888.
Cu#®ToMIuM comatTuM (Tode), fr. A black rust upon straw,
Norwood, 1888.
Seproria Bromi, Sacc. On the leaves of Keleria phleordes |
(an introduced grass).
Murray Bridge, November 1887.
H&ETrEROBOTRYS PARADOXA, Sacc., gen. and sp. n. Dr. Ludwig
states that it was found on all specimens of Lertya rotundifolia,
a Kangaroo Island plant.
The following remarks are taken from letters and publications
by Dr. Ludwig, in the “Bot. Central Blatt,” No. 11, 1888 :—“The
leaves of this small shrub are rough, of a dull dark green, and
densely covered by minute hairlets of a peculiar structure. The
151
stalk or erect portion is from 300 to 350 u in length, and 30 to
50 u thick, and from its apex radiates a whorl of ten to twenty
bristly, one-celled branches, of about the same length, but in
average only three to five u thick (excepting the much stouter
base), which are placed at right angles to the stalk.” ‘In the
stalk of these stellar hairs appears to be the principal seat of the
- fungus, for it is frequently so much invaded by it that very little
of the original contents remains. Arriving at the summit the
fungal threads grow spirally around the bristle-lke stellar
branches, frequently occupying all in the whorl, and twisting
around them as closely and regularly as ‘beans or hops around
the poles’ When developed luxuriously the threads branch and
anastomose profusely, producing parcels of brown accumulated
cells, which impart a still darker tint to the leaves and other
_ parts. All that remains finally are small heaps of globular spores
of five to six u diameter, adhering to some of the bristles. The
spiral twist of this microscopic climber is from left to right almost
unexceptionally ; occasionally some of the bristles themselves are
_ so twisted, or several together, but this may be due to the screw-
like growth of the fungus.” ‘“ The mycelium likewise invades the
leaf structure, frequently filling the cells and destroying the
epidermis, whén it imparts to these parts a blackish tint, which
is owing to the colour of the threads and spores. In this character
it exhibits affinity to /umago salicina, and probably also to
Pleospora herbraum.”
STEREUM HIRsuTUM, J7., var. aurantiwm. ‘Dp 'S F Nd ‘p "Ss F Re "Ss F 9
‘VITVALSAV HLNO0S HO ALHIOOS TWAOU AHL HALIM LNQOO0V NI WAMASVAML CESRE
DONATIONS-TO THE cIBRARY
For the Year 1888-9.
I.—TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTs.
Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments.
Baltimore—American Chemical Journal; vol. T[X., Nos. 4 to 6;
vol) Xe; ‘Mos. '1"t076:
Johns-Hopkins’ University Studies ; fifth series, Nos.
8 to 12; seventh series, No. 1.
Johns-Hopkins’ University Circulars; Nos. 58 to 63,
and 65 to 67.
Batavia — Naturrkundig-Tijdschrift voor Nederlandsch-Indie ;
Achtste Serie, Deel TX.
Belfast (Ireland)—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural
History and Philosophical Society for
1887-8.
Belgium-——Annales de la Societé Belgique ; tomes 16 to 22.
Berlin—Sitzungsberichte der K6niglich Preussischen Akademie
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin ; 1888; Nos. 21 to 52.
——— Koniglich Preussischen Meteorologischen Institut—
Instruktion fiir die Beobachter an den Meteorolo-
gischen Stationen II., III., und IV. Ordnung.
Ergebnisse der Meteorologischen Beobachtungen im
Jahre, 1887.
Bonn—Verhandlungen des Naturhistorischen Vereines der Preus-
sischen Rheinlande, Westfalens und des Reg.-Bezirks,
Osnabriick ; part 2, 1886 ; 1887-8; part 1, 1889.
Boston-—Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History ;
vol. IV., Nos. 1 to 6.
Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences ;
part’l, vol. XXTL. 3 part 2,-vel.2SxXIit.
Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural Sciences ;
vol. XXIITI., parts 3 and 4.
Buenos Ayres—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en
Cordoba (Republica Argentina); vol. XL,
1888.
California—Bulletin of the Californian Academy of Sciences (San
Francisco) ; vol. IL, No. 8.
163
California—Memoirs of the Californian Academy of Sciences ;
vol, fis Now 1.
Cambridge (U.S.A.)—Bulletins of the Museum of Comparative
Zoology at Harvard College; vol. XIV.;
Vol XV. S vole Vail. Nos: 2 to 5 vol:
XVAI1., Now 2and 3:
Canada—The Canadian Record of Science; vol. III., Nos. 3 to
6 (Montreal).
Catalogue of Canadian Plants ; part 5.
Cape Town—Transactions of the South African Philosophical
poceur, yols. 1. the vol. dV. ; vol. V., part 1;
1877-88.
Chili—Verhandlungen des Deutschen Wissenschaften Vereins zu
Santiago, 1888.
Connecticut (America)—Transactions of the Meriden Scientific
Association ; vol. IT., 1885-6; vol. IIT.
Costa-Rica—Anales dei Museo Nacional (San José); vol. I., 1887.
Edinburgh—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, for
the years 1883-7.
—— Proceedings of the Royal Physical Society, 1887-8.
Geneva—Compte Rendu des Séances de la Société de Physique
et d’Histoire Naturelle de Geneve ; V., 1889.
Gottingen—Nachrichten von der Koniglich Gesellschaft der Wis-
senschaften und der Georg-Augustus-Universitat
zu Gottingen ; 1887, Nos. 1 to 21; 1888, Nos. 1
to 17.
Halle—Leopoldina, Amptliches Organ der Kaiserlich Leopoldino-
Carolineschen Deutchen Akademie der Naturforscher ;
hefte 22 and 23 (1886 and 1887).
Japan—Calendar of the University of Japan (Tokio), for 1888-9.
Journal of the College of Science, Imperial University
(Tokio); vol. II., parts 4,5; vol. III., parts 1 and 2.
Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vaudoise des Sciences Natu-
relles ; series 3, Nos. 98, 99.
London—Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, 1888 ;
parts 5, 6, 6a; 1889, parts 1, 2, 3.
Proceedings of the Royal Society; vol. XLIT., Nos. 256
to 270.
List of Fellows, &c., of the Royal Society.
The Eruption of Krakatoa and Subsequent Phenomena
(Royal Society).
— Medical Press and Circular ; May, 1889.
Massachussetts—Bulletins of the Essex Institute; vol. XIX.,
Nos. 1 to 12.
Mexico—Anuario del Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de
Tacubaya; 1889, vol. LX.
164
NewSouth Wales—By Committee of Management, Technological
Museum of N.S. Wales—The useful Na-
tive Plants of Australia (including Tas-
mania). By J. H. Maiden, F.L.S., &c.
Results of Meteorological Observations made
in New South Wales in 1886. By H. C.
Russell, B.A.
Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations
made in New South Wales during 1887.
By H. C. Russell, B.A., &e.
Proceedings of the Linnean Society of New
South Wales; second series; vol. IIL,
parts 3, 4; vol. IV., parts 1, 2.
—_—__——__——_— List of Errata in the Catalogue of the
Australia Scyphomeduse and Hydrome-
duse. By R. von Lendenfeld, Ph. Dr., &.
Tabular List of all the Australian Birds
known to the Author. By E. P. Ramsay,
Curator of the Australian Museum.
Minerals of New South Wales. By
A. Leversidge, F.R.S.
Journal and Proceedings of the Royal Society
of New South Wales; vol. XXIL,
part 2.
—___—_—_—-— Australian Museum, Sydney: Memoir. No. 2.
—___—__—__—_ Sydney Free Public Library: Report for
1888-9.
—_—_—_—_—_—_ Calendar of the University of Sydney for
1889.
—_______—— Australian Museum: Report of Trustees for
1888.
—_____—__——— The Source of the Underground Water in the
Western Districts. By H. C. Russell,
B.A, FRACS... dec.
Results of Rain, River, and Evaporation
Observations in New South Wales. By
H. C. Russell, B.A., F.R.A.S., &e.
New York, U.S.A.—Transactions of the New York Academy of
Sciences ; vols. VI., VII, Nos. 1 to 8;
vol. IV.
—__—_—___—_____—_Annals of the New York Academy of
Sciences, late Lyceum of Natural
History ; vol. [V., Nos. 3 to 6.
—_—_—_—__—_—_—_——_—The Comparative Danger to Life of the
Alternating and Continuous Electrical
Currents. By Harold P. Brown.
ate
165
New Zealand—Report of the Auckland Institute and Museum
for 1888-89.
—— Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand
Institute, 1888; vol. X XT.
—__—_ — Reports of Geological Explorations during 1887-
8; No. 19; Colonial Museum and Geological
Survey of New Zealand.
—_——_—— Twenty-third Annual Report on the Colonial
Museum and Laboratory.
Meteorological Report for 1885.
Norway—Bergens Museums Aarsberetning for 1887.
Ohio, U.S.A.—The Bulletins of the Scientific Laboratories of
Denison University ; vols. I., IT., and IV.
Memoirs of the Denison Scientific Association
(Granville); vol. [., No. 1.
Paris—Societé Entomologique de France ; Bulletins for April and
May, 1889.
Philadelphia—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia; 1887, part 3; 1888, parts.
12, 3-
Queensland—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland ;.
vol. III., parts 4, 5; vol. V., part 5. vol. VL,
1 and 2; and Annual Report, July, 1889.
Rio de Janiero—Revista do Observatorio. Publicacéio mensal
do Imperial Observatorio do Rio de Janiéro 3.
Anno IV., Nos. 1 to 6.
Annual Progress Report of the State Forest
Administration in South Australia for
the year 1887-8.
Report of the Board of Governors of the Pub-
lic Library, Art Gallery, and Museum
for 1887-8.
Meteorological Observations taken at the Ade-
laide Observatory, May, June, July,
1888 ; Sept., Nov.-Jan.
Report on a Journey from Adelaide to Hale
River, by H. Y. L. Brown, Govt. Geolo-
gist. ‘
Report upon the Progress and Condition of
the Botanic Garden for 1888.
St. Louis—The Transactions of the Academy of Science of St.
Louis; vol. [V., Nos. 1 and 2.
Tasmania—Papers ordered by the Legislature to be printed.
Trenton (U.S.A.)—Journal of the Trenton Natural History
Society ; No. 3 (1888).
Turin—Bollettino dei Musei di Zoologia ed Anatomia Comparata
South Australia
166
della R. Universita di Torino ; vol. III., parts 49
to 66.
Victoria—The Victorian Naturalist ; vol. V., Nos. 7 to 12; vol.
VL, Nos. 1 to 5.
———— Transactions of the Geological Society of Victoria ;
vol. I., parts 1 and 2.
———— Prodromus of the Paleontology of Victoria. By
Frederick McCoy, F.G.8., &. Decades VI. and
VII.
—- Prodromus of the Zoology of Victoria. By Fredk.
McCoy, C.M.G., &e. Decade XVII.
ts Victorian "Y ear-Book for 166/-8- ypls. 1. 10 11.
—__———— Victorian Engineer ; vol. ITI., Nos. 5 to 9.
Transactions of the Royal Society of Victoria ; vol. L.,
part 1. Proceedings (new series) ; vol. I.
Iconography of the Australian Species of Acacia and
Cognate Genera. Baron F. von Mueller. De-
cade" ALTE
Key to the System of Victorian Plants. By F. von
Mueller ; vols. I. and II.
Select Extra-Tropical Plants, &c. Seventh edition.
By F. von. Mueller.
Systematic Census of Australian Plants. Fourth
supplement. Baron F. von Mueller.
Results of Astronomical Observations made at the
Melbourne University in 1881-2-3-4. By R. L.
J. Ellery, F.R.S., F.R.A.S.
Catalogue of Oil Paintings, &c., in the National
Gallery of Victoria.
Vienna—Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichenstalt,
1887, Nos. 1 to 16; 1888, Nos. 12 to 14; 1889,
Nos. Ito 9:
Kaiserliche Akademie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
Sitzung der Mathematicch-Naturwissenschaft-
liche Classe, 1888, Nos. [6 to 18, and 20 to 24;
1889, Nos. 1 to 3.
Verhandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-botanischen
Gesellschaft in Wien; vols. 37 and 38.
Washington (U.S.A.)—Publications by the Smithsonian Insti-
tute :—
Annual Report of the Board of Regents
of the Smithsonian Institution to
July, 1885, part 2.
Compilation of Notes and Memoranda
bearing upon the Use of Human
Ordure and Human Urine in Rites
167
of a Religious or Semi-Religious
Character among Various Nations.
Washington (U.S.A.)—Bibliography of the Siouian Language.
By J. C. Pilling.
Bibliography of the Eskimo Language.
By J. C. Pilling.
The Use of Gold and other Metals among
the Ancient Inhabitants of Chiriqui,
Isthmus of Panama. By Wm. H.
Holmes.
Work of Mound Exploration of the
Bureau of Ethnology. By Cyms
Thomas.
Perforated Stones from California. By
Hy. W. Henshaw.
By U.S. Geological Survey :—
Mineral Resources of the United States.
By David T. Day.
Monographs—xX II.—Geologyand Mining
Industry of Leadville, with Atlas.
Bulletins, Nos. 4U to 47.
Mineral Resources of the United States,
year 1887.
168
LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c.
NovEMBER, 1889.
Those marked (F) were present at the first meeting when the Society was.
founded. Those marked (L) are Life Fellows Those marked with an
asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s Transactions.
HONORARY FELLOWS.
Barkely, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B.
Ellery, K. L._j.. PoRsSaile; Melbourne
Garran, A., L. josie San --- oydney
Hull, H.M. . Hobart s
Jervois, Sir W. F, 193° Te C.M. GSO) B. New Zealand ..
Little, E. $s ae
Macleay, Sir W., ie G's Rane Sydney
* Mueller, Baron Bes von, + ik Coe. é.
F.R.S. Melbourne
Russell, H. rot B. yea he RAS. .. sydney
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS,
Bailey, F. Mo, F.L:s. = sas)» brisbane
Canham, J. =e ... otuart’s Creek.,.
*Cloud;- a. C. FCS: ab ... Wallaroo
*Dennant, Aig EGS ay ... Melbourne
‘Taser. Ie i. age ... Prospect
+E oelsche; Paul .. sie ..«.» Palmerston
Goldstein, ..de. 2 Melbourne
*Hayter, H. HH, UMA, ee M. Gu. ES: 'S. Melbourne
Holtze, Maurice Palmerston
*Kempe, Rev. J. Finke
*McGillivray, P. H., M. R.C. sig kites S. Sandhurst
*Maskell, W. M., New Zealand ...
Nicolay, Rev. Cg a ... Fremantle, W.A.
*Richards, Mrs. A. ... Beltana :
ee James, FAS., Gis: ..- Melbourne
FELLOWS.
*Adamson, D. B. ike .»» Adelaide
Adeock, DP). .2: oe ... Adelaide
Angas, if. Phe sas .. Angaston :
Angove, W. T., M.R.C. “i oh oot ea: Aree Gully
Bagot, John ... ... Adelaide a
*Blackburn, Rey. ae M. A. ... Woodville
Boettger, Otto .. Z ... Adelaide
Bragg, Prof., M. rr o ... Adelaide
Brown, J. its ce OF > ... Adelaide
Brown, L.G. ss ane ; .- lwo Weils
*Browa; £1, ¥; 1b, Py Gieoirs .»- Adelaide
Bussell, J. W.... ‘in ... Adelaide
Date o€
Election
1857
1876
1853
1855
1878
1858
1878
1879
1876
1881
1880
1881
1888
1884
1882.
1888
1878
1882
1880
1889
1888
1886
1880
1883,
1867
1887
1874
1888
1887
1887
1884
1886
1881
1882
1883
1884
—
169
Campbell, Honorable Allan, M.L.C.,
L.R.C.P., Edin. ob as
Chapman, R. \ eg. a ?
*Cleland, W. L. ,M. B., Ch M., F.R.M. =
(Lt) Cooke, E. ... te
*Crawford, F. “
Davis, F. W. isk Bt
*Dixon, Samuel ua -
Dobbie, A. W.
Elder, Sir Thomas
Eyres, Thomas..
Fleming David..
Fletcher, Rev. W. R., M. ry
Foote, H. Eee
Fowler, W.
Fraser, J. C.
Gardner, Wn, M. me hs M.
Gah. 1. P. aay
Gill, Thomas, ..
*Goyder, Geo., jun.
Grasby, W. C ...
Grundy, E. B....
Poems €,. FT. ...
Harrold, A. L.
Hay, Hon. A, MLC.
Henry, A., M. 'D.
*Howchin, W. 5 Gb.
Hughes, H. W.
(F) Kay, R.
Kuevett, S.
*Lamb, Prof., M. A., F.R.S.
Laughton, rt
Lendon, A. A., M.D.
Lloyd, i} are Rs
Lower, O. B. ..
wiocas, KR. B. ...
Magarey, A. T.
*Magarey, Hon. S. J., M.B.
Mayo, Geo., F.R.C S. ae
Mayo, G. Boe.
Mestayer, R. L., F.R.M. <4
*Meyrick, E. T., B, A.
Middleton, W. 7}. E.
Mitchell, J. T., M.D.
Molineux, ' ie
(L) Murray, Hon. David, M.L.C.
Munton, H. S...
*Parker, Thos. ...
Phillips, W.-H.
Phillipson, W. T.
Poole, W. B. ...
Robertson, R., F.F.P.S. ...
*Kennie, Prof. E. my o).Sc., F.C.S.
Renner, F. E., M. D.
Robins, |e
Russell, William
M
Adelaide
Adelaide
Parkside
Adelaide
Semaphore
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
North A ielade)
Kent Town
Outalpa
Kulpara
Adelaide
Adelaide |
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide.
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Goodwood aa
Booyoolie
Adelaide
Adelaide
England
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Parkside
Adelaide
North Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Sydney
England
Upper Sturt
Port Adelaide...
Kent Town
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Carrieton
Adelaide
Port Adelaide..
1882
1888.
1879
1876
1880:
1865
1882
1887
1876
1871
1887
1886
1876
1883.
1882
1889.
1882
1883
1885
1880:
1887
1882
1883
1876
1861
1882
1883
1883
1853
1878
1883
1874
1884
1856
18388
1885
1873
1874
1853
1874
1883
1881
1882
1885
1880
1859
1884
1883
1883
1887
1886
1882
1885
1885
1887
1879
170
*Rutt, Walter, C.E. ie
Salom, Hon. M., MiL:C.09;
*Schomburgk, R., PhD;
Scott, Jas. L.
Smeaton, shos. D.
Smith, R Barr
Smythe, J. T., B.A.,-B.E
*Stirling, E. C. M.D. BSE
Stuckey, J. i. M.A. :
*Tate; Prof. R., F.G.S, Si
Thomas,.J. D., M.D. F.RCS.
+Tepper, J.°G. 0., ELS.
*Todd, Charles, C:M;G,"M.A? FURS:
Tyasy JeeWe 8. “it or
Umbehaun, C....
Vardon, Ronee
Varley, Av K.,
*Verco, J.iC., M.D., FRCS:
Vickery, e
Wainwright, Ed. H., B.Sc.
Ware, W. L. -
Way, E. W., M.B. We
Way, S. J., Chief Justice ix
Wheeler, F. os
*Whittell, H., M. D:, F.R.MS.
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Hyde Park
Mount Barker...
Adelaide
Glenelg
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Norwoood
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Mount Gambier
Adelaide
Meadows
St. Peters
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide oy
Freemantle, Ww. A.
Adelaide
Wilson, "John, F.E. aT Se Ea Goodwood
*Wrasce,-C. L., F.R.GS. .2 Brisbane
*Zietz, A. sit Adelaide
ASSOCIATES.
Hodgson, Mrs.... Port Victor
1866
1866
1865
1865
1857
1871
1882
1884
1878
1876
1877
1878
1856
1882
1879
1889
1883
1878
1868
1883
1878
1879
1859
1884
1882
1887
1887
1886
1884
171
me Fe NO TX.
—_————_—_—_
FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION
OF THE
Koval Society of South Australia.
SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE,
BEING FOR THE YEAR ENDING SEPTEMBER
30TH, 1889.
The Committee have pleasure in presenting the following
abstract of the work of the Section for the past year :—
ELxcursions.—During the year eleven excursions have been held,
at most of which the attendance has been very satisfactory. Some
fresh localities have been visited, but no excursion occupying
more than one day has been made, as was the case in the previous
year. As a change from visits to the hills, which are mostly
devoted to the study of botany, there have been a trawling trip,
an excursion to the beach at Marino for the collection of shells,
&c., and a visit to the Dry Creek Smelting Works.
Evening Meetings.—There have been seven evening meetings
during the year. The attendance at these has varied considerably,
but on the whole shows an improvement on that of last year.
The papers have embraced a wide range of subjects, and have
been contributed by the following gentlemen, viz., Professor Tate,
¥.G.S., Messrs. J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., W.. B. Poole, D. D.
Rosewarne, J. J. East, M. 8. Clark, and W. Howchin, F.G.S.
The exhibits at these meetings form an important feature, and it
is pleasing to notice that they are increasing in number and in
interest.
Show of Native Plants, &c.—This was held in the Town Hall
in October of last year, and for a first attempt was a considerable
172
success. Jt may be stated that this was not intended (as some
may have thought) to be chiefly a show of living wild flowers,
there being obvious objections to such an exhibition. The princi-
pal feature of the show was the Herbaria, while a fine collection
of Algz and of floral paintings added to its variety and attrac-
tiveness. In conjunction with this exhibition the Boys’ Field
Club had a very creditable display of a similar character.
Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—The Standing
Committee appointed for this purpose have devoted much time
and attention to the subject. From a special report of the Com-
mittee which will be presented particulars will be gathered as to
the progress made in this direction.
Local Correspondents.—Steps have been taken with a view to
secure the assistance of correspondents in various parts of the
colony, who, it is thought, will in many ways be of service to the
Section. It is hoped that these persons will take an interest in
the Natural History of the neighbourhood in which they reside,
and that their aid will be secured in the preservation of native
plants and animals, as well as in furnishing information as to
poisonous plants, introduced weeds, native fodder plants, &e.
“ Proceedings.” —Arrangements have been made whereby the
*« Proceedings” of the Section for the current year will be printed
more fully than before, besides being issued at a moderate cost
and at a much earlier date than usual.
Membership.—Eighteen new members have been added to the
roll during the year, and twenty names have been removed. Of
the latter, seven have left the colony and seven have resigned,
the balance being struck off for various reasons. The number
now on the roll is 112.
Water Howcnin, Chairman.
W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec.
Adelaide, 17th September, 1889.
ANNUAL PrRoGRESS REPORT
Presented by the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Commit-
tee at the meeting of the Field Naturalists’ Section of the Royal
Society held on September 17, 1889.
The Committee appointed at the last annual meeting of the
Section to endeavour to secure better protection for the native
fauna and flora, desire to present the following progress re-
port :—
National Parks.—As the result of a deputation which waited
173
on the Premier of the day in October, 1888, together with con-
siderable subsequent correspondence and other action, a promise
has been obtained from the Government to the effect that re-
serves of this character will be made, although the size and other
details have not yet been settled.
The Game Laws.—Through the aid of Mr. R. G. Solomon, of
Newark, United States, and of local skin merchants, the Govern-
ment was induced to introduce an amending Game Bill, provid-
ing for the partial protection of kangaroos and opossums. The
measure, however, met with strong opposition in the Legislative
Council, and was rejected by that House on the second reading,
without a division being taken. The arguments used by the ad-
verse speakers were apparently based upon the state of affairs
existing three years ago and not upon the facts as they now are.
The only hope of the absolute extinction of the kangaroo being
prevented seems to lie in the fact that before long its numbers
will have become so small as to render its chase for the purposes
of commerce unremunerative. The Bill was by no means of the
comprehensive character desired by the Section, but no further
legislation in this direction can be attempted till next session.
In accordance with the request of the Committee, placards noti-
fying the chief provisions of the Game Act have been circulated
throughout the districts affected by its enactments by order of
the Commissioner of Crown Lands, who has given instructions to
the police to secure, as far as possible, the observance of the
statute. The corresponding members of the Section have also
promised to help in this work.
Education in Natural History.—The Committee requested the
Education Depertment to give more direct instruction in natural
science, especially in its relations to the native fauna and flora,
and although not much has yet been done towards this end, there
is reason to believe that the next few years will see a consider-
able advance in the direction indicated. The extension of the
operations of the Boys’ Field Club to the country towns of the
colony will also largely tend to promote that healthier public
sentiment which is so desirable in the interests of the movement.
Forest Reserves.— Determined efforts have been made during the
year by a certain section of the community to obtain the exten-
sive resumption of forest and other reserves for the purposes of
cultivation. The Committee had a motion tabled at a meeting of
the Section protesting against any such action being taken, and
the resolution was forwarded to the Commissioner of Crown
Lands. It is with much pleasure that the Committee have
noticed that a motion was subsequently passed in the Upper
House affirming the undesirableness of resuming the forest re-
serves.
174
Information as to the best methods of securing the objects of
the Committee is now being sought by the Committee from
similar organizations in various parts of the world, and every
feasible means will be used to attain the desired end. The move-
ment has received the approval of the Royal Society and the sup-
port of the Geographical Society, the Microscopical Section, and
of many other organizations. The subject will be discussed at
the next meetings of the Australasian Association for the Ad-
vancement of Science, and vigorous efforts have been made by the
Committee to excite a healthy interest in the matter in the dif-
ferent colonies.
In conclusion the Committee, although regretting that they
can show but few distinctly tangible results, yet hope that the
movement will eventually prove in a considerable measure suc-
cessful, and they trust that they will have the cordial assistance
of all with any love for the plants and animals of their country.
SAMUEL Dixon, Chairman.
A. F. Rosin, Hon. Sec.
September 17, 1889.
69g Sraquiajydag yi9I ‘oprepepy
‘SNVAT ‘SOHL
‘sag uo] “Unf ‘AVAVTAS “TT ‘AM sony | ogeNviro wt
{991109 punoy puv poyipny
9 z1 oS 9 zI oS$
e See a sy = ** puvy ul souryed ;,
v L Ivy
0 oO €z_ yawog [ekoy ‘99g ‘UOF] 0} AO popuvy suonduosqns ,,
YL teF
ve ¢ I ee ee ee ee solmpung ”
Oo ¢ I I ee ee ee ee a[sng 99
a Se de ae as (19yvJ01"9) soULpUd}Y ,,
8 oO ¢ ee ee ee ee SUISILIOAPYy ”
o gil “ a - sosesog ,, |o o fz °° ** — suondiosqng wo. poatedor junowy ,,
9 $$ & hs uP ab >a sunuug Aq |oo Sz °** <= ** Ajat00G [ekoy Woy ULID ,,
sie, ee 9 Z14 < ag ‘+ pIVAKLOF JYSNOIG vouvyeg oy,
“AUN LIGNAdX HY
‘p ‘Ss 7
*“SLdIHOAY Ud
‘6881
‘MaAMWALdAS HLO€ ONIGNA AVAA AHL VOI AYNLIGNAMXY ANV SLdIAOayY
176
MICROSCOPICALYSECTION
OF THE
Koval Society of S outh Australia,
ANNUAL REPORT FOR - 1888-9.
We are glad to be able to report that during the year in-
creasing interest has been manifested in the work of the Section.
The attendance at the meetings has been much better than in
the past, and the members who were present appear to have
profited by the various subjects brought under discussion. The
plan adopted this session of devoting a short time of each evening
to practical demonstration on some elementary branch of micro-
scopical manipulation seems to have had a beneficial effect, and
it is to be hoped that, if possible, this plan will be continued.
The excursions made in search of objects have been a source
of great pleasure, and many places near Adelaide have been
found which afford a valuable field for microscopical research,
being rich in organisms—some no doubt new to science.
The Section has been fortunate during the year in receiving
two large donations of books. Mr. C. C. Farr, on leaving for
England, presented us with a large number of microscopical
magazines ; and Mr. H. ©. Mais has again shown his interest in
us by making us a further donation of all his large collection of
bound works on the microscope, in all twenty-nine volumes. We
have now, for a young Society, a very complete and valuable
reference library.
The present number of members is thirty-three. Several have
resigned during the year, and six new members have been
elected. The average attendance at the meetings has been
eleven, exclusive of visitors.
The subjects discussed at the meetings were as follows :—
1888.
Oct. 9. Pollen in its relation to hay fever, by F. 8. Crawford.
Nov. 13. Forms of Life found by Dredging, by Mr. Baker.
177
1889.
Mar. 12 Cleaning lenses, Rips and cover-glasses, by Vir vs
Crawford. Structure of the Flosculari ia, by Mr.
Poole.
Apr. 9. Demonstration on cell-making, by Mr. Poole. Paper
on a Hydroid Zoophyte, Cordylophora lacustris, by
Mr. Baker.
May 14. Paper on Illumination by Condensers, by Dr. Whittell
June 11. Demonstration on mounting wool and fur, by Mr. Poole.
| Illumination by the Abbe-Condenser, by Dr.
Whittell.
July 9. Paper on Pond life, by Mr. J. W. Bussell.
Aug. 13. South Australian Polyzoa, by Mr. Zietz.
Sept 3. Demonstration on use of Camera-lucida, by Mr. F. 8.
| Crawford.
Excursions have been made to the following places :—
April 6. Hope Valley Reservoir.
May 1. Botanic Gardens.
6. Blackwood.
Aug. 10. North Arm.
Signed, F. S. Crawrorp, Chairman.
J. W. Busse, Hon. Secretary.
‘Arepieg ‘uo “TTaSSAg “Mf
sowpny ‘AdTavud ‘f UvoOay
‘91109 puNnoj puv pourwiex 7
oF IF OF is;
a; ¢'.9 a = a puey ut yseg
o..S 4 “s a Ajato0g [voy pred suondiuosqne ,,
“a ee ee oe ee juvpua}y ,,
y £5 @ iy - “ “ S*oapfseseysog 55
Oo zIO ‘is a x SYOog UO asvllIv9-[Iey ,,
€ gil = iy aS “e sourzeseyy ,, | o ¢ = s "+ AjaID0G [eAoY Woy zuLID ,,
9 “£1 © = = a Arguoneyg pur sunjung ,, |o ¢ ZL xs De = suondiuosqng siequayy »,
go £°6 SS S * soulzeseyy Suipurg Ag | 0 $1 9 oa 888i ‘oquiajdag tof puvy ut asoureg oy,
ns 3 "AYALIGNAdXY HS taney "S1d1G9a YY
"6881 ‘xequieides YIOE Sulpus ivaxX ay} 1OJ oun puedxy|] pue sjdresey
VIIVELSOY HLNOS AO ALHIDOS, TVAOWU AO. NOILOAS “IVOIdODSONDIN
| \\
2
a
Lt
<
=|
B
a
Meadows & Co.,
Roprl Society of South Australia,
Patron :
HER MAJESTY THE QUEEN.
Bice-Putron :
HIS EXCELLENCY THE EARL OF KINTORE, K.C.M.G, &c.
OR Fi Cre is,
[Elected October 7, 1890. ]
president :
REV. THOMAS BLACKBURN, B.A.
Wice-Mresidents :
WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G.S.
PROFESSOR R. TATE, F.G.S., F.LS.
(Representative Governor.)
Hon. Crensurer : Hon. Secretary :
WALTER RUTT, C.E. | W. L. CLELAND, M.B.
atlembers of Gouncil :
PROFESSOR E. H. RENNIE,
DiSe., F.C.8;
E. L. STIRLING, M.D., M.A.
| H. T. WHITTELL, M.D.
D. B. ADAMSON
PROFESSOR BRAGG, M.A
SAMUEL DIXON
20. TENG D.S.
YVSHA es —
PART I. (Issued June, 1890). PAGE,
MacGiiuivray, P. H.: An Additional List of South Australian
Polyzoa (plate i.)
ZieTz, A.: A List of South Australian Whales and Dolphins... Pct |
ErHermpGe, R.: On Some Australian Species of the Family Archzo-
cyathinez (plates i i, ii.) ioe oi ae ae Na Ae
Meyrick, E.: Descriptions of Australian Lepidoptera, Part I. ik, ae
BiacksurN, Rey. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, VII. 82
MUELLER, Baron, and Tate, Pror.: List of Plants collected aS
Mr. Tietkins’ “Expedition. into Central Australia ‘is 94
Krrx, T. W.: On the Soaring of the Hawk .... wn ia see
TaTE, Pror. R.: On the SS ais aa and Botanical Features of
Southern Yorke-Peninsula oe ; «+ LIZ
PART II. (Issued December, 1890).
BLACKBURN, Rey. T.: Further Notes on Australian Coleoptera, VIII. 121
Howcury, W.: Estuarine Foraminifera of the Port Adelaide-River ... 161
MUELLER, Baron: Supplement to List of Central Australian Plants . 170
Tate, Pror. R.: On the Discovery of an Older Pliocene Formation in
South Australia ... pis se oe ec Ses oe ae bbe
Tate, Pror, R.: On the eens Relations of the oe
Formations about Adelaide ~ .. . 180
TaTE, Pror. R.: The cabanas of the Older sbeges of Australia,
Part Il. ... . 185
MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS.
Parasite of Stick-Case Moth ... ae Pe eas bes i, ... 236
Protracted Pupation of Antherwa Helene... Sim ee a ... 236
Diprotodon-Remains ... so Sa cre = or 3. ... 236
Foraminifera of the Muddy Creek-beds ... 13% aM ve wie 2
Poisonous Properties of Huphorbia eremophila ... ae at w+ 236
Fluorescence of Bursaria spinosa... es +4 ee oes dig aD
lv.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Rectification of the Nomenclature of Hectoria Pontoni ...
Additional Species of Australian Fungi
Additional Species of South Australian Flowering Plants
Additions to the Insect-Fauna of South Australia
Older Tertiary Gastropods of Australia
Abstract of Proceedings
Annual Report ...
Balance Sheet ...
Presidential Address ...
Donations to the Library
List of Fellows, Members, &c.
APPENDICES.
Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section ...
Report of the Microscopical Section
Index
AN ADDITIONAL LIST OF SOUTH AUSTRALIAN
POLYZOA.
By P. H. MacGiiivray, M.A., M.R.C.S., F.L.8., Corr. Memb..
[Read November 5, 1889.]
Plate I.
Mr. Thomas D. Smeaton has recently sent to me for examina-
tion a large number of specimens of South Australian Polyzoa,
The total number of species in the collection is 119, and of these
71 do not occur in the list recently contributed to the Society.
They are mostly well-known Victorian forms, but several are of
rare occurrence, and three have not previously been described.
The following is a list, with localities, of those not previously
noticed :—
CLASS POLYZOA.
ORDER GYMNOLEHMATA, Allman.
(INFUNDIBULATA, (rervais).
SUBORDER CHEILOSTOMATA.
FAMILY AETEIDAi.
AETEA, Lam.
A. dilatata, Busk. Robe.
FAMILY EUCRATEIDAL.
Dimetopia, Busk.
D. spicata, Busk. Robe.
FAMILY CHLIDONIID/Ai,
CHLIDONIA, Savigny.
C. Cordieri, Aud., sp. Kangaroo Island.
FAMILY CATENICELLID.
CATENICELLA, Blainville.
C’. alata, Wyv. Thomson.
C. plagiostoma, Busk. Port Elliott.
C. formosa, Busk. Port Elliott.
C. gracilenta, McG. Robe.
C. carinata, Busk. Kangaroo Island.
C. delicatula, J. B. Wilson, sp.
2
CLAVIPORELLA, WcG..
C. geminata, Wyv. Thomson, sp. Glenelg.
C. aurita, Busk, sp. Robe.
FAMILY CELLULARIIDA.
Dipymia, Busk.
D. simplex, Busk.
SCRUPOCELLARIA, Van Beneden.
S. cyclostoma, Busk.
S. ornithorhynchus, Wyv. Thomson. An imperfect fragment.
Canna, Lamz.
C. arachnoides, Lamx. Brighton.
CABEREA, Lam.
C. Darwin, Busk. Encounter Bay ; Robe.
C. rudis, Busk. Robe.
C. grandis, Hincks. The specimens are mostly very rigidly
calcified.
Menipea, Lamz.
M. cyathus, Wyv. Thomson. Robe.
M. tricellata, Busk, sp. Robe.
FAMILY SALICORNARIIDA.
CELLARIA, Lamz.
C. hirsuta, McG. Encounter Bay.
FAMILY BICELLARITDA,
Biceviaria, Blarnville.
B. tuba, Busk. Encounter Bay,
B. gracilis, Busk. Robe.
_ ‘FAMILY FLUSTRIDA.
CARBASEA, Gray.
C. dissimilis, Busk.
FAMILY MEMBRANIPORIDA.
Pyripora, D’Orbigny.
P. polita, Hincks, sp. Kangaroo Island.
Exvectra, Lama.
EL. multispinata, Hincks, sp.
(Membranipora pilosa, var. multispinata, 7incks.)
Barirypora, McG.
L. (Membranipora) nitens, Hincks.
3
Memsranipora, Blainville.
M. membranacea, Linn. sp. Brighton, Robe.
M. prelonga, n. sp. Fig. 1. Zoarium encrusting. Zocecia
opposite in regular longitudinal and transverse series, very large,
much longer than broad, separated by narrow raised lines; upper
extremity arched and thickened ; no spines or processes.
This is an exceedingly delicate species, spreading as a thin film
over the surface of a broad leaf of, seemingly, Zostera. The
zocecia are very regular in transverse and longitudinal rows, the
separating walls being very slender. There are no spines or pro-
cesses as in its nearest congener J. membranacea. A curious cir-
cumstance is that many of the longitudinal rows consist entirely
of aborted zoccia, which are of the same length as the others,
but are narrower, destitute of mouth, and ee the transverse
separating partitions straight and very thin. In many of these
there is a white shining fibrous bundle, the nature of which is
not apparent ; it may be parasitic.
Mr. Smeaton informs me that this was found at Wallaroo by
Mr. O'Halloran.
M. corbula, Hincks. Robe.
AMPHIBLESTRUM, C'ray.
A. argenteum, McG. (Lepralia trifolium, McG.)
A. cervicorne, Busk
Brrtustra, D’Orbigny.
Bb. jugalis, vn. sp. Figs. 2 and 2a. Zoarium crustaceous.
Zoecia alternate, in regular lines, elongated, quadrate ; margins
thick, granular ; upper margin thick, with a short blunt process
at each end ; anterior surface for a large extent strengthened by
a very thin, ‘slightly granular, caleareous layer.
Of this there is only a single small specimen. The anterior
thickening of the surface is very indistinct, and I am not satisfied
that it should not rather be referred to Membranipora.
FAMILY MICROPORID.®.
THAIROPORA, WcG'.
T. dispar, McG. Brighton.
DiIPLoPpoRELLA, WcG.
D. cincta, Hutton, sp. Brighton.
Micropora, Hincks.
VW. coriacea, Esper., sp. Glenelg.
M. perforata, McG. Robe.
4
FAMILY STEGANOPORELLIDAL.
STEGANOPORELLA, Smitt.
S. magnilabris, Busk, sp. Aldinga.
FAMILY CRIBRILINIDAL.
Hianropora, McG.
H, ferox, McG.
FAMILY MICROPORELLIDZ:.
MIcroPporeELLa, (ray.
M., ciliata, Linn., sp.
M. Malusii, Audouin, sp.
M. diadema, McG. Robe.
se var. longispina, McG. Semaphore.
ADEONA, Lamz.
A. albida, Kirchenpauer, var. avicularis, McG.
FAMILY ESCHARIDA.
SCHIZOPORELLA, Hincks.
S. Maplestoner, McG. Figs. 4, 5, and 5a. Of this two marked
forms occur, which might almost be considered as distinct species.
In the typical form the zocecia are rhomboidal, separated by
narrow raised margins, the surface shining and perforated. The
mouth is arched above, wider than high. The lower lip straight,
with a small rounded sinus. The peristome. above is slightly
thickened. On each side in front, below the mouth, is a small,
solid, rounded protuberance, occasionally wanting. The ocecium
is broad, prominent and flattened in front, the upper margin
forming a thickened and smooth band, a more or less regular
row of white-bordered pores along the inner margin of the band,
and others scattered over the anterior surface. The peristome of
the ocecial cells is produced as a flat pointed process from each
side to meet in the centre, forming an arch over the suboral
sinus. The front of the ocecium in perfect specimens is usually
of a bright-brown colour, forming a marked contrast to the white
rim. In others, however, the bright colour is lost.
I have no doubt this is identical with S. lucida, Hincks (Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., March, 1885).
The other form, which may be named var. avicularis, has an
elliptical avicularium placed obliquely below or to one side of the
oral sinus ; below or supporting the avicularium there is usually
a small, irregular, glassy, calcareous mass, extending partly down
the centre of the cell, and frequently with one or more shining
nodules comparable to the two suboral processes in the normal
form. The peristome in the barren cells is usually produced on
=
0
one side. The occia are more prominent superiorly, the peris-
tomial arch thicker and stronger, and the surface occasionally
traversed by distinct lines. Some oecia are coloured a bluish
purple, with the margin and peristome a dead-white.
S. dedala, McG. Robe.
S. hyalina, Linn. sp., var. tuberculata. Robe.
S, Ridleyi, McG.
S. Smeatoni, n. sp. Figs. 3 and 3a. Zoarium bilaminate.
Zocecia in longitudinal lines, separated by furrows, at the bottom
of which is a narrow raised line, elongated, raised in the centre,
with numerous small perforations ; mouth arched above, lower lip
with a wide sinus and a minute denticle on each side. Opercu-
lum with a narrow membranous fringe. Ocecia large, granular,
traversed by depressed lines, orifice wide, the lower lip with a
broad shallow sinus.
The zoccia at the edge of the zoarium are much elongated,
farther back becoming shorter. They are arranged more or less
in lines, separated by furrows. The surface is covered with small
perforations, frequently arranged in a line towards each margin
and one down the centre. They are raised in the middle, and
below the mouth there is usually a smooth nodule or umbo. The
sinus in the lower lip is wide, tolerably deep, with the angle
rounded. On the occia there is generally a short, depressed line
extending vertically upwards and bifurcating so as to divide the
surface into three elevated portions. On the older parts of the
zoarium the separating furrows are nearly obliterated.
Hippotuoa, Lamu. ;
H. diwvaricata, Busk.
Perraia, McG.
P. undata, McG.
PoRELLA, Gray.
P. papillifera, McG.
P. marsupium, McG.
Porina, D’Orbigny.
P. larvalis, McG. Semaphore.
Mucrone ua, /Hincks.
M. vultur, Hincks.
M. tricuspis, Hincks.
M. diaphana, McG. Brighton.
M. excavata, McG. This species is identical with WW. prestans,
described by Hincks from New Zealand. The specimen figured
in the Zoology of Victoria had no avicularia, which, in fact, are
frequently absent.
6
Ruyncuopora, L//incks.
hk. bispinosa, Johnston, sp. Semaphore.
FAMILY CELLEPORIDZ.
CELLEPORA, Mabricius.
C. bispinata, Busk.
C’. tridenticulata, Busk.
C. prolifera, McG.
Scuismopora, McG.
S. signata, Busk, sp.
S. munita, McG., sp.
FAMILY RETEPORID..
Rerepora, Jmperato.
LR. porcellana, McG.
fk. monilifera, McG.
form, munita, McG.
form, wmbonata, McG.
R. granulata, McG.
SUBORDER CYCLOSTOMATA.
FAMILY IDMONEID/Ai.
FPornera, Lam.
H., foliacea, McG.
FAMILY TUBULIPORIDA.
ENTALOPHORA, Lame.
£. australis, Busk, sp. Encounter Bay.
FAMILY DISCOPORELLID.
Licurenopora, Defrance.
L. echinata, McG.
L. reticulata, McG. Brighton.
SUBORDER CTENOSTOMATA.
FAMILY VESICULARIIDA.
AMATHIA, Lam2x.
A. bicornis, Tenison-Woods. Robe.
The following are additional localities for species mentioned in
previous paper :—
Catenicella ventricosa, Busk. Robe.
C’. erystallina, Wyo. Thoms. Port Elliott.
i re one a I ee ee mam —
€
D
>
Ang
5
-
=
Ss
-
7
'
a
det
2 at De
7
Calpidium ponderosum, Goldst., sp. Aldinga.
Cellularia cuspidata, Busk. Encounter Bay.
Scrupocellaria scrupea, Busk. Encounter Bay.
Menipea erystallina, Busk, sp. Robe.
Bugula cucullata, Busk. Lacepede Bay.
B. dentata, Lamx. Robe.
B. neritina, Linn., sp. Brighton.
Carbasea pisciformis, Busk. Kangaroo Island.
Flustra denticulata, Busk. Encounter Bay.
Electra flagellum, McG. Brighton.
Thairopora Woodsw, McG. Semaphore.
T. Jervoisii, Hincks, sp. Brighton.
Cribrilina monoceros, Busk. Brighton.
Schizoporella schizostoma, McG. Brighton.
Mucronella Elleriir, McG. Glenelg.
Smittia trispinosa, Johnston, sp. Brighton ; Semaphore.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.
Fig. 1. Membranipora prelonga, x 20.
Fig. 2. Biflustra jugalis, group of zocecia x 45. Fig. 2a. Single zocecium,
showing the oral flap, x 45.
Fig. 3. Schizoporella Smeatoni, x 45, showing zocecia and ocecium. Fig.
3a. Operculum, x 100.
Fig. 4. Schizoporella Maplestoni, normal form, x 45.
Fig. 5. Id, var. avicularis, showing suboral avicularium and thickening of
peristome in ordinary zoccia. Fig. 5a. Another zocecium and ocecium
from the same specimen. All x 45.
A LIST OF THE WHALES AND DOLPHINS OF THE
SouTH AUSTRALIAN COAST IN THE PUBLIC
MUSEUM, ADELAIDE,
By A. Zierz, Assistant Museum-Director.
[Read December 3rd, 1889.]
FAMILY BALAINIDZ (Whalebone Whales).
1. NEOBALEZNA MARGINATA, Gray. Pigmy Whale.
Of this species three individuals in the flesh have been received
at the Museum, two from Kangaroo Island, and one very young
animal from Encounter Bay ; besides which there is an ear-bone
from the former locality. The species was first found on the New
Zealand coast, and was described in 1870 from some plates of
baleen in the British Museum and from the skull and baleen of a
small individual, 16 feet long, that was cast ashore on the Island
of Kawau ;* it was considered by Dr. Gray to represent in the
Southern Seas the Great Right Whale of the Arctic Ocean. At
a later period, it was found on the coast of Western Austvralia ;
and quite recently in our own waters.
The external characters of this whale were unknown till the
receipt of the specimens at the Adelaide Museum ; two of which
have been photographed and exact measurements taken from the
fresh animals; thus adding valuable information to our know-
ledge of this species.
The species-name is in reference to the outer blackish margin
on the baleen.
2. MEGAPTERA Boops, Linn. Rorqual.
To this species probably belongs the whale which was stranded
at Corny Point, the skeleton of which is displayed in the Whale-
Shed, annexed to the Museum, as Mr. G. Beazley, our taxider-
mist, informs me that the underside of this specimen was very
strongly folded in a longitudinal direction, commencing from the
anterior point of the lower jaw.
According to Professor W. H. Flower it is uncertain whether
all the following specimens, referred to in his Catalogue (British
Mus., 1885), belong to one or several species. If to more than
one their distinctive characters have not been defined. The
British Museum possesses examples from Greenland, California,
and New Zealand.
* Hector, New Zealand Cetaceans; Phil. Soc., Wellington, 1872.
ee —
9
FAMILY PHYSETERID® (Cachalots).
3. PHysETER MACROCEPHALUS, Zinn. Cachalot or Sperm Whale.
The Museum possesses a skeleton, measuring 53 feet in length,
obtained from an individual which was stranded at Point Boling-
broke, Port Lincoln, November, 1881. This species is widely
distributed.
4. Koaia BREvicEps, Blainville. Short-headed Cachalot.
A lower jaw of this very small species was recently obtained
by Mr. Adcock at Middleton, Encounter Bay, and by him pre-
sented to the Museum. The dental formula is 5°; ;°;; the teeth
being only in the lower jaw, as in the other cachalots ; the last
tooth on each side has its point directed backwards, and in its
whole length nearly rests on the ridge of the jaw—a peculiarity
which I find not mentioned in any description of the species. The
lower jaw is slight and fragile, and has scarcely any condyles ; the
broad ramus is nearly as thin as paper, with the sides much inflexed.
This species is recorded from New South Wales and Madras ;
and now for the first time from South Australia.
FAMILY DELPHINID® (Dolphins).
5. GRAMPUS GRISEUS. Grampus.
A skeleton of a grampus, eleven feet long, was found on the
beach between Glenelg and Brighton, the skull of which is in the
Museum. It probably belongs to the above-named species, the
only one in the genus which is recorded from the North Sea to
Cape Town.
6. DELPHINUS DELPHIS, Linn. The Common Dolphin.
This species is figured by Dr. Gray, “‘ Zoology of the Voyage of
the Erebus and Terror,” under the name of D. Forsteri ; but Pro-
fessor Flower, in the Brit. Mus. Cat., refers it to the Linnean
species, which, according to him, has a very wide range, embrac-
ing the shores of the North Atlantic, South Africa, Tasmania,
New Zealand, South Seas, and Antarctic Seas. It is common on
our coast.
7. STENO ROSTRATUS.
This species, as in the case of the Common Dolphin, is incor-
rectly called a porpoise. It is easily distinguished from the por-
poise by having a much larger and thicker head, and the snout
more tapering, and not so abruptly narrowed; the tail and breast-
fins are also much broader, and the body narrowed behind. It is
not so neatly shaped as Delphinus delphis, and the teeth are much
stronger and less numerous.
The Brit. Mus. Cat. records it from Cape Seas, Admiralty
Islands, and India. Its presence in the Australian Seas has
hitherto not been noted, though it is not uncommon on our coast.
10
ON SOME AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY
ARCH ZX OCYATHIN 4.
By R. Erueripcr, Jun., Paleontologist to the Australian
Museum and Geological Survey of N. 8. Wales
Pirates. IT. and- Lil,
[Read December 3rd, 1889. ]
Some months ago I received from Prof. Ralph Tate, F.L.S.,
&c., of Adelaide University, the fossils which form the subject of
the present notice. After some trouble they were provisionally
determined as Archwocyathus, a low form of invertebrate life
characteristic of the Cambrian strata of North America, and
laid aside pending the appearance of a memoir on this and allied.
genera by my friend George Jennings Hinde, Ph.D., which I
casually heard was in preparation. This having now appeared,*
the subject may be well resumed.
Dr. Hinde’s excellent paper renders it quite unnecessary for
me to retraverse old ground, but simply recommending it to those
interested in these remarkable genera as an admirable solution of
a difficult and obscure subject, I may at once proceed to compare
the Australian fossils with the various genera comprising the
Family Archeocyathine.
First, however, it is requisite to fix the localities of the Aus-
tralian fossils. They are from Ardrossan, Yorke’s Peninsula ;
the Wirrialpa and Blinman Mines, near the Blinman, a mining
township on Eurilkina Creek, Flinders Range; and Kanyka,
north-east of Port Augusta.
The only geological information I am in possession of relates.
to the first of these localities. The Ardrossan rocks appear to.
have been first described by Mr. Otto Tepper, and we are also
indebted to him for the first discovery of its fossils. In his.
paper, ‘“ Introduction to the Cliffs and Rocks at Ardrossan” he
describes the Paleozoic rocks as consisting of the Ardrossan
sandstone overlain unconformably by Tertiary rocks, and confor-
mably below it a variegated and dark-coloured limestone and
white and yellow marbles, called the Parara limestone. He re-
marks—“ Both varieties of the upper marbles contain distinct
*On Archwocyathus, Billings, and on other Genera allied to or associated
with it from the Cambrian Strata of North America, &c.—Quart. Journ.
Geol. Soc., 1889, XIV., p. 125. |
+ Trans. and Proc. Phil. Soc., Adelaide, for 1878-79 (1879), p. 70.
11
fossils and abundantly minute fragments of such, but the upper
one by far the most, conspicuous amongst which occasionally a
trilobite; and coral structure appears to perfection in sea-rolled
pebbles, the fossil shows in beautiful contrast of colour upon
the smooth surface. Prof. Tate holds the tentative opinion that
the fossils are of the Lower Silurian age of Murchison.” At p. 48
of the same volume Prof. Tate states that “the fossils consist
chiefly of heads and other fragments of a species of blind trilobite,
probably an Olenws, a small species of Huculiomphalus, a Capulus,
a Creseis?, and fragments of corals (some of which show a
cystiphylloid structure).” Below these beds Mr. Tepper describes
unconformable to them the ‘“ Ardrossan Marbles,” a yellowish or
pink-coloured, but not variegated, saccharoid limestone of Pre-
Silurian age. The age and relation of these fossiliferous lime-
stones to foreign equivalents will be discussed later.
The Family Archocyathinz of Bornemann consists of the
Genera Archwocyathus, Billings, Ethmophyllum, Meek, Coscino-
cyathus, Bornemann, Anthomorpha, Bornemann, Protopharetra,
Bornemann, and Spirocyathus, Hinde, according to the last-
named author.
If certain determinations of the late Prof. L. G. de Koninck
are to be relied on the family is already known in the Devonian (?)
rocks of New South Wales. In 1876 he describes some ill-pre-
served fossils from the Yass district, provisionally called Archwo-
cyathus (2?) Clarkei.* They formed a portion of the late Rev.
W. B. Clarke’s collection in the Mining and Geological Museum,
and were destroyed with the general body of that series in the
Garden Palace fire, and I regret to say we are not again in pos-
session of a specimen of this fossil. Its true affinities must for
the present, therefore, remain doubtful, for we find Dr. Hinde re-
marking—“ Judging from the description and figures, no definite
opinion can be formed as to their real character.” According to
DeKoninck A. (?) Clarkei consists of irregularly-plicated bodies
of considerable extent, both laterally and longitudinally, enclos-
ing deep cavities of very variable form. The tissue forming the
walls is from eight to ten millimetres in thickness, the external
walls being furnished with irregular protuberances, and pierced
by small openings. The tissue between the walls is irregularly
spongy, and retiform in structure.
So far as I am aware this is the only reference to the occur-
rence of a supposed Archwocyathus, or one of its allies, in Aus-
tralia, but quite recently Prof. W. J. Stephens, M.A., has oblig-
ingly lent me two specimens from the neighbourhood of Yass,
which may turn out to be of this nature. I may, however, state
* Foss. Pal. Nouv. Galles du Sud, 1876, pt. 2, p. 68, t. 2, f. 1.
12
that about five years ago, when examining the matrix of the
Trilobites from Ardrossan, with Dr. Henry Woodward, we
noticed fragments of an obscure fossil, believed to be those of a
coral, and evidently those referred to by Mr. Tepper, which
greatly puzzled us. They were described by Dr. Woodward in
the following words.* The calices “ are about twelve millimetres
in diameter. The septa are numerous, and very short, with a
thickened spongy columella ; the corallites are irregular, and few
in number, and appear to be united by a cellular coenenchyma.”
The fragments referred to in this quotation I now know to be
the same as those at present under description.
The genus Archeocyathus, briefly stated, consists of free cup-
shaped or turbinate forms, with a tubular central cavity. ‘ The
wall of the organism consists of an outer and inner lamina or
plate, bounding the exterior and the inner surface of the cup
respectively, and a series of stout vertical radial septa, which,
like those of a coral, extend from the outer to the inner wall
plates. Both walls are perforate, but a delicate imperforate en-
veloping lamina exists. The septa are also perforate, even in
thickness, and in their distance apart, the interseptal loculi being
filled with dissepiments. The outer surface of the cup is either
smooth, horizontally ridged, or rugose. New septa are introduced
by intercalation.
This is the general structure of Archwocyathus, without enter-
ing into minute details, as emended by Dr. Hinde. The genus
Ethmophyllum is substantially the same, except that the inter
septal locali are not filled with dissepiments, and the inner wall
“instead of communicating with the interior of the cup or tube
by simple perforations consists of a series of relatively large
canals directed obliquely upward and inward, so that in trans-
verse section they present the appearance of one or more rows of
vesicles cut across.”
Archeocyathus is now known to occur in North America and
the island of Sardinia, and is characteristic of Lower Cambrian
strata ; whilst Zthmophyllum has been met with in strata of the
same age in the country first named and Spain.
The fossils from South Australia are either enclosed in lime-
stone or are on the weathered surfaces of the latter, with one or
two exceptions. They all present, more or less, the same appear-
ance, excepting only the colour of the limestone, which varies
from dark bluish-grey to a light grey, or even a rock with a warm
reddish tint, as that from Ardrossan. The examples from Kanyka
are weathered partially out of the limestone, displaying the general
* Notes on the Remains of Trilobites from South Australia. Geol. May.,
1884, iii., p. 342.
13
features of the organisms to advantage. The Wirrialpa speci-
mens, on the contrary, from their similarity to the colour of the
limestone are difficult to discern at a first glance, a difficulty
which is increased by the large number of fragments present of
the broken-up wall.
In the Ardrossan limestone the corals are usually seen in sec-
tion, and show to advantage from the white colour of their walls
and tissue as compared with the colour of the matrix. I have
not examined any very complete individuals from this rock, and
from its peculiar semi-conchoidal fracture it is not easy to obtain
sections along any given well-defined line. A few weathered-out
examples have been examined from Kanyka, and these have
yielded good results, but in the majority of cases information has
been gained chiefly through sections.
Measurements are rendered difficult from the various angles at
which the corallums are naturally cut by the fracture or weather-
ing of the matrix. Taking the specimens irrespective of genus,
an imperfect corallum from Wirrialpa is one and three-quarter
inches long, and another seen in section from Ardrossan measures
one and a half inches in its longest diameter, slightly obliquely.
An imperfect calyx from the former locality is one and a quarter
inches in diameter, but others from the latter are much larger, al-
though some which appear in transverse section in the limestone
possess a diameter of half an inch or slightly more, and this is a
common measurement. An example from Wirrialpa differs from
most of the others in having a markedly oval section, the longest
diameter being one inch and the shorter three quarters of an inch.
A more perfect fragment from Kanyka, three quarters of an inch
in length, has a diameter at one end of half an inch, and at the
other measures three-eighths. A well-preserved little corallum in
Prof. Tate’s collection, three quarters of an inch in length, pos-
-sesses a diameter of a quarter of an inch, and, judging from the
number of the septa is the most rudimentary form I have seen.
From these figures we learn that the South Australian speci-
mens, on the whole, are of less size than the Canadian Archeo-
cyathus, although one or two examples are quite as tall as the
former, but fall short in the diameter of their calices.* Similarly
they are undoubtedly shorter than the type specimen of Lthmo-
phyllum, E. Whitneyi, Meek,t+ in which the corallum reaches as
“much as six or more inches in length, and again shorter than the
‘Spanish species of the last-named genus, Lthmophyllum mari-
anum, Roemer}, but the largest from Ardrossan, and the larger
* Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1886, No. 30, p. 72.
tT Ibid, t. 4, f. 1.
; { Lethzea Geognostica, Theil 1, Lethzea Palzeozoica, 1 Lief., 1880, p. 301,
. 55a.
14
Wirrialpa specimens would seem to correspond well in diameter
with the sectional figures of Coscinocyathus given by Dr. Borne-
mann.
Genus EruiMoPHYLLUM.
The specimens referred to this genus are small or of medium
size, with a diameter of from a quarter to three quarters of an
inch. The general form of our fossils is that of a long, slowly
tapering, inverted cone, at times becoming turbinate, or rather
cup-shaped, and circular or oval in section, with a large central
tubular, or occasionally infundibuliform cavity. When the sub-
stance of the corals has weathered more rapidly than the infilling
matrix, the latter is left projecting as a plug, giving to them a
defined and characteristic appearance. The line of demarcation
between this plug and the narrow external ring formed by the
septa is a very marked one. In one of Prof. Tate’s specimens
the conate outline of the calice is clearly indicated by the plug of
limestone infilling it. In weathered specimens free of matrix, the
outer edges of the septa are usually visible as vertical lamelle,
when the resemblance to an ordinary decorticated Rugose coral
is very strong. The outer covering, answering to the epitheca,
has not been observed, but certain peculiar appearances here
visible will be referred to later. Observation has not shown this
to be other than a free form. f
The minute anatomy resembles both that of Archeocyathus and
Ethmophyllum, in possessing a well-marked septal area, always
apparent in a transverse section (Pl. II., figs. 1-3) defined by an
outer and inner lamina, bounding the outside and inside of the
funnel-shaped corallum.
The septa in all our specimens are stout, rigid, and well marked
lamelle extending from the top to the bottom of the corallum,
possessing, when viewed transversely, a general pillar-like ap-
pearance, and increasing by the interpolation of new septa,
through the subdivision, or bifurcation of the older. The outer
and inner ends of the septa in many instances are seen to ex-
pand more or less, where disrupted from the bounding lamine,
and when in this condition are not unlike the pillars of Recepta-
culites (Pl. II., fig. 4).
In Archwocyathus dissepiments are profusely developed, divid-
ing the interseptal spaces into loculi, a character which is excel-
lently shown in one of Dr. Hinde’s figures. In Lthmophyllum,
however, this dissepimental tissue is said to be apparently want-
ing, and the vast majority of the specimens before me agree with
Lthmophyllum in this peculiarity (Pl. IL., figs. 1 and 3). At the
same time one section (PI. II., fig 2) does exhibit simple, straight,
transverse bars between the septa more or less in a line, dividing _
the loculi into rhomboidal spaces. These dissepiments, for such»
15
must be their nature, are more prevalent near the outer margin
of the septal area, and in places are much broken up, as if
porous. On the whole, however, the general features of trans-
verse sections of the septa are so essentially those of Lthmophyl-
lum, as exemplified in Mr. C. D. Walcott’s figure of £. Whitneyt,
Meek,* Dr. Hinde’s illustration of the same species,+ and Prof.
F. von Roemer’s representation of the Spanish 2. marianum t
that we must consider that the characters of the South Austra-
ian coral to be more in harmony with this genus than Archwo-
cyathus.
The septa are very regular in appearance, of uniform width,
and equi-distant, presenting in these particulars a strong con-
trast to the crowded and somewhat irregular condition in
Archeocyathus. Furthermore they extend completely across the
septal area, as figured by Dr. Hinde, Mr. Walcott, and von
Roemer, and again, unlike those of Archeocyathus, do not stop
short of the inner margin, curve round, and unite with one
another.
It has proved difficult to ascertain the number of septa, owing
to the imperfect condition of the calices, or the awkward angle
at which the natural section of the coral has been fractured. A
small specimen of Prof. Tate’s possesses about twenty thick and
widely separated septa (Pl. ITI., fig. 10), and this is the least num-
ber I have observed. Between twenty on the one hand, and
forty-five, thirty-five, forty-nine on the other, but in some cases
these do not represent the complete cycles, the specimens being
imperfect. The septal area has an average width of from three
to four millimetres, but is so frequently cut in oblique section
that accurate measurements are difficult to obtain.
The structure of the septa and the inner and outer lamine is
usually very compact, dense, and homogenous, and it is seldom
that any details can be made out. But in one horizontal section
certain peculiar appearances are present, in the form of small,
clear, circular spots in the substance of the septa, which can only
be explained on the supposition that they are either vertical
tubuli or pores passing through the septa obliquely. Another
section, taken from a specimen from Wirrialpa, shows decided
_ evidences of a secondary deposit in the form of a lining of clear
calcite following the outline of each interseptal loculus, easily dis-
tinguished from the denser material of the septa, and with a
more or less undulating margin (PI. IT., fig. 1).
The inner and outer lamina, or wall-plates, have exactly the
Same structure as the septa. The former is, however, much
* Bull. U.S. Geol. Survey, 1886, No. 30, t. 4, f. 1-1h.
+ Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., 1889, xlv., t. 5, f. 7.
~ Lethza Geognostica, loc cit, p. 300, f. 55d.
16
broken up, probably from its perforate nature, as described by
Dr. Hinde, both in Archwocyathus and EHthmophyllum. The
inner lamina, on the contrary, entirely departs from the Archeo-
cyathus-type, and closely follows that of Lthmophyllum. In the
former it is delicate, and directly “ perforated by closely set cir-
cular apertures regularly arranged in quincunx.” In the latter,
however, this inner lamina “consists of a series of relatively large
canals directed obliquely upward and inward, so that in transverse
section they present the appearance of one or more rows of
vesicles cut across.” This is the fundamental difference between
the two genera, and is precisely the structure we have presented
in the South Australian fossils. In Pl. IL, figs. 3 and 4, the
septa will be seen to dissolve into a single, or at the utmost a
double row of irregular or partially-preserved vesicles. It will,
therefore, be apparent that the fossils now under description
must be referred to Hthmophyllum rather than Archeocyathus.
Dr. Hinde describes the outer wall-plate as protected by an
epithecal lamina, apparently non-perforate, in Archewocyathus;
but mention is not made either of its absence or presence in
Lthmophyllum. I have quite failed to detect any non-perforate
epithecal layer, a point in which the present specimens resemble
the Sardinian Archwocyathus examined by Dr. Hinde; this may
be, however, a mere matter of preservation.
With the view of confirming the reference here made to
Ethmophyllum, a comparison may advantageously be made of the
cross section of the inner lamina-tubes of Pl. II., fig. 4, with Mr.
Walcott’s figure* of the same structure in 2. Whitneyi; our
illustration of dissepiments with his figuret of these divisions in
the same species ; and lastly, the secondary deposit investing the
septa in Pl. II., fig. 1, with their clothed condition in another of
the same author’s figures of 4. Whetneyi.
In dealing with fragmentary material such as the present it is
very difficult to limit the characters on which specific separation
can be based, but it is possible that two species may be differen-
tiated on the size, form, and number of the septa. For instance,
the dissimilarity visible in the structure of Pl. III., fig. 10, with
its small corallum and few and widely-separated septa, with that
presented by Pl. IL, figs. 2 and 3, may be specific ; but so much
variation in the number of the septa has been noted that, for the
present, the specimens had better be regarded as forming one
species only, under the name of Lthmophyllum Hinder.
As here detined £. Hindei has been found at Kanyka (PI. IT.,
fig. 2), the Blinman (PI. IT., fig. 3), and at Wirrialpa (PI. IL,
fig. 1).
* Bull. U. 8. Geol. Survey, 1886, No. 30, t. 4, f. le.
t+ Loc. cit., t. 4, £1 h.
TF, LOC, Ctbes ts Byrds 1,
4
:
!
:
17
Genus CoscINOCYATHUS.
Associated with Lthmophyllum Hindei, at least one locality,
are other fossils, usually more or less fragmentary, which possess,.
in addition to the structure common to both Archwocyathus and
Ethmophyllum, the distinguishing features of Coscinocyathus,
Bornemann.* This genus, according to Dr. Hinde, contains.
“turbinate, open saucer-shaped, or subcylindrical forms, resem-
bling Archeocyathus in the character of the outer and inner wall-
plates, and of the septa, but possessing in addition transverse
cribriform plates, which subdivide the vertical interseptal loculi.
These transverse plates, which may be compared to the tabule in
fossil corals, only that they are perforate, extend quite across
the space between the outer and inner lamine of the wall, but
they do not extend into the interior hollow cup. In some cases
they are nearly horizontal, in others they are arched, or even
oblique.”
And here I may remark on the extraordinarily resemblance
which exists between the lithological features of the Sardinian
rock, with the appearance of its fossils when seen in section, and
the Wirrialpa and Ardrossan limestones, so much so as almost
to make one boldly assert that the limestones are identical.
The fossils, now referred to Coscinocyathus, are of larger size
than the preceding, Lthmophyllum, with a greatly increased
number of septa, usually in the form of portions of the septal
area, straight or curved, or more or less irregularly shaped coral-
lums, sometimes oval or oblong, similar to Bornemann’s C. cancel-
latus:;+ or, at other times, semi-meandering masses, but the out-
line, as now seen, always more or less dependent on the angle at
which the limestone is cut or fractured (Pl. ITTI., fig. 1).
In a fragment of a large septal, area (Pl. ITI., fig. 7) tissue is
visible between the septa, in every way answering to Dr. Hinde’s
description, and Bornemann’s figures of Coscinocyathus dianthust
and C. anthemis.§ This specimen, which seems to conclusively
prove the presence of this genus, is from Wirrialpa. In another
specimen, which from the number of the septa, and their size,.
would also appear to be part of a Coscinocyathus, the outer wall
plate (Pl. III., figs. 5 and 6) with its perforations is plainly
visible. The pores are arranged in vertical alternating rows, from
three to four between every two septa, and give rise to a
roughly quincuncial arrangement. It also shows the increase
in the number of septa by the interpolation of new ones. In
* Die Verst. Cambrischen Schichtensystems der Insel Sardinien, 1886,
p. 59.
+ Loc. cit., t. 20, f. 2.
$ Ibid, t. 17, f. 6 and 7.
§ Ibid, t. 21, f. 2.
B
18
another example from Wirrialpa (Pl. ITI., fig. 8) consisting of the
inner ends of a few septa, there is also visible the inner perfor-
ated wall plate precisely similar to the parallel structure of C.
pandora, Bornemann,* and C. anthemis? Bornemann.+ Some
portion of this tissue is also perceptible on the side of the end, or
last septum, as a pellicle-lke lining.
Identical characters can likewise be detected in a more perfect
example in the richly-coloured Ardrossan limestone (Pl. IIL, fig.
3). This figure represents a partially oblique fractured section
from the base upwards, cutting the interseptal tissue at more
than one angle, and it further illustrates the dense nature of the
corallum substance. On the upper side this specimen measures
one and three-quarter inches by one and a quarter inches, the
septal area varying from one to two-eighths of an inch in width.
The inner perforated lamina, or wall-plate, is also visible (Pl. III,,
figs. 2, 4, and 8). To this fossil I purpose applying the name of
Coscinocyathus Tater, in honour of Prof. Ralph Tate, F.L.S., of
Adelaide University, to whose kindness I am indebted for an
opportunity of describing these interesting fossils.
Genus PROTOPHARETRA.
This name was applied by Dr. Bornemannj{ to bodies from the
Sardinian limestones, regarded by him as the ‘lower or vegeta-
tive state of development of forms of Archwocyathus and Coscino-
cyathus.” Dr. Hinde, on the other hand, is not satisfied “ that
these fossils are merely the lower state of development of Archwo-
cyathus forms,” as very small specimens of both Protopharetra
and Archeocyathus are present in the same hand specimens.
A detailed diagnosis of this genus has not been given by
Bornemann, but Hinde describes it thus :-—‘‘ It includes bodies
of very varying forms, either cylindrical or growing in extended
masses, from which simple or furiated stems are given off. The
stems have a tube- like, axial cavity, crossed by tabule :
and bounded by the porous walls. These consist of a delicate,
fibrous, calcareous tissue, of dull, nearly opaque, milk-white
aspect in thin sections. ‘The fibres may be cylindrical or flat-
tened, and they anastomose with each other J
The forms now referred to Protopharetra occur but sparingly
at Kanyka, associated with Hthmophyllum Hvindei, as round or
oval, more or less cylindrical bodies, possessing a central cavity,
surrounded by a zone of rather dense vermicular tissue, and when
viewed with a low power closely resemble Bornemann’s figures of
P. densas and P. radiata.|| The tubular cavity occupies but a
* Loe Ch t fot § Loc. cit., t. 8, f. 6. and 7.
+ Ibid, ty 24; fb. || Lbid, t. 7, f. 1 and 2.
+ Loc. cit., p. 46.
19
small space as compared with that of Lthmophyllum and Coscino-
pora, and in fact is not continuous longitudinally throughout the
corallum. ‘The figures represented in Pl. IT., figs. 5 and 7, are
taken from the same specimen, the latter with the centre filled
by tissue from near the base of the corallum, and the former taken
at a point much higher up, at points which in Lthmophyllum
would be occupied by the inner and outer perforated laminz, at
the periphery and around the central cavity. The intermedial
tissue consists of thickened irregular walls of granular calcite,
enclosing oval or oblong spaces, or without regular form. In
these walls a dense dark, and at times broken, line is visible (Pl.
IT., fig.6), apparently of the nature of a primordial wall; the inter-
spaces are all filled with clear calcite. A radial arrangement of the
tissue is here and there visible, assuming a septa-like appearance
asin P. radiata, Bornemann.* Towards the base of the cylinder |
the tubular cavity becomes filled with tissue, and that round the
periphery enormously thickened (Pl. f1., fig. 7). Tabule have
not presented themselves to view. The fibrous structure of the
walls is visible in Pl. II., fig. 6, and there are many other peculiar
features which I am not at present prepared to explain. For in-
stance, the so-called proper wall is broken through by pore-like
channels of communication, without a corresponding piercing of
the secondary fibrous thickening. In other places are a few pores
or vertical canals cut across and filled with clear calcite.
The material before me is not sufficient in quantity for the
proper elucidation of this form, but I propose to provisionally
name it Protopharetra (7?) Scoulari, in memory of one of the in-
vestigators of South Australian geology, hoping to return toa
more detailed study of it at some future time.
Genus GIRVANELLA.
In 1878 Dr. H. A. Nicholson and the writer establishedt the
genus Girvanella for flexuous or contorted microscopic tubuli, cir-
cular in section, and forming loosely compacted masses.
The tubes are apparently simple cylinders, without perforations
and destitute of partitions. The tubes of the type species
G. problematica are from 1-600th to 1-700th of an inch in diameter,
twisted together in loosely reticulate or vermiculate aggregations
of a rounded or irregular shape. G'. problematica is characteristic
of a Lower Silurian horizon in the South-East of Scotland,
known as the Craighead Limestone. Dr. J. G. Hinde has
shown,{ however, that Dr. Bornemann has redescribed similar
*Loe. c.,t.:7, £. 1 and 2.
+ Mon. Silurian Foss., Girvan in Ayrshire, 1878, fascie 1, p. 23.
+ Geol. Mag., 1887, IV., p: 227.
20
_ bodies from the Sardinian Cambrian rocks as Siphonema, re-
ferring it to the calcareous Algee !
The further history of Girvanella has been admirably worked
out by Prof. H. A. Nicholson* and Mr. E. Wethered,; but it
does not bear on the subject now before us.
In one of the sections of the limestone occur a number of
vermiform bodies represented in Pl. IT., fig. 8, consisting of tubes
intertwined and crossing one another in all directions. Some are
seen in longitudinal section, others obliquely so, and others again
transversely. No absolutely clear connection can be traced
between the tubes and the cavity of the Lthmophyllum or Cosciz-
ocyathus within which they are nestling. Without unduly
asserting these tubes to be those of Girvanella, which they very
closely resemble, and taking the whole circumstances into con-
sideration, the identity is even probable, and I do not see any
other solution of their structure. I have only studied them so
far by means of thin sections prepared for the microscope, and
even in this condition there are certain anomalous features difficult
of explanation. Chief amongst these are the large circular tubes
seen here and there, and which are certainly foreign to the struc-
ture of the original Garvanella, but the want of organic connec-
tion with either of the corals described renders it in my mind
quite possible that the tubes may be those of Gurvanella. The
general appearance of this organism, when magnified, closely re-
sembles that of Z. (Siphonema) incrustans, Bornemann.t .
GEOLOGICAL POSITION.
So far as I am aware the age of the fossiliferous rocks at Kanyka
and the Blinman has not been investigated [The siliceous lime-
stones of the Flinders Range are known to overlie unconform-
ably the metamorphic rocks which occupy the country to the east-
ward bordering on the New South Wales frontier.—Eb. |, or at
any rate published. As already pointed out, however, Mr. Otto.
Tepper, acting on the suggestion of Prof. Tate, has classed the
Ardrossan limestone as Lower Silurian, a point later confirmed
by Prof. Tate§ himself. Mr. Gavin Scoular, in his paper on
“The Geology of the Hundred of Munno Para,”|| states the age
of the rocks forming the Adelaide chain and Munno Para Hills
as Pre-Silurian. Again, Dr. Henry Woodward, when describing {]
the Trilobites found by Mr. Tepper, under the names of Dolicho-
* Ibid, 1888, V., p. 22.
+ Ibid, 1889, VI., p. 199.
© DOCu thes ter De ees
§ Jour. R. Soc. 8. Australia for 1883-84 (1885), VII., p. 76.
|| [bid for 1879-80 (1880), III., p. 110.
J] Geol. Mag., 1884, ITI, p. 344.
ee a
21
metopus Tatei and Conocephalites wustralis, says they are “clearly
of Lower Silurian age, being equivalent to the Swedish, Bohe-
mian, Tasmanian, and North American beds with similar fossils.”
He refers later to the resemblance of these Trilobites to similar
species described by myself from Tasmania* and by Prof. James
Hall from the Potsdam sandstone of New York State. The Tas-
manian beds I had already relegated to the horizon of the Pots-
dam, or its British equivalent ; and the inference to be drawn
from Dr. Woodward’s remarks, although he simply says Lower
Silurian, is to the same effect. Now the Potsdam Sandstone is
Cambrian, and I think we may with all reason refer the Ardros-
san marble to the same horizon, and by induction the Kanyka
and Blinman beds also.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PLATES.
Plate IT.
ETHMOPHYLLUM HINDEI, sp. nov.
Fig. 1. Portion of a transverse section of the septal area, showing the septa
and the secondary deposit lining them. Wirrialpa
Nearly complete transverse section of a corallum, showing the general
appearance and proportions of the parts, and the interseptal loculi
traversed by a single line of dissepiment-like divisions. Kanyka
ales
Imperfect transverse section, with vesicular canals of the inner lamina
of the septal area cut across. Blinman : Ki2:
Four septa of another example highly magnified, ‘showing the foregoing
structure in a more marked condition. Wirrialpa.
bo
~
PROTOPHARETRA (7) SCOULARI, sp. 70v.
5. Transverse section of a small corallum, with a central vacuity as in
Ethmophyllum, but the septal arrangement lost in a mass of dense
vermicular tissue. Kanyka ... x 3.
Highly magnified portion of the tissue, showing ¢ a ramifying ‘primordial
wall (?), surrounded by a dense secondary deposit, enclosing oval,
oblong, or irregular spaces.
7. Transverse section of the same individual (fig. 5) taken from a lower
position in the corallum, with the central vacuity filled by vermicular
tissue, but the peripheral portion resolved into a septal area as in
Ethmophyllum and Coscinocyathus. Kanyka A Ae x 3.
&
GIRVANELLA, sp. td.
oa)
. Portion of a section showing a number of vermiform bodies cut at
various angles, which may be of the nature of this genus.
* Papers and Proc. R. Soc. Tas. for 1882 (1883), p. 157.
ge x
I
2.
22
Plate ITI.
CoscINOCYATHUS TATEI, sp. nov.
A mass of light grey to cream-coloured limestone with portions of the
septal areas as cut at various angles. Wirrialpa. Nat.
Transverse section of a large corallum showing the septal area, and
inner perforated lamina. Ardrossan. Nat.
. The same example seen partly in oblique-horizontal, and partly oblique-
vertical natural fractured sections, with the septal area, Inner per-
forated lamina, and an external tissue, which may perhaps repre-
sent the outer perforated lamina. Ardrossan. Nat.
Three septa and inner perforated lamina of fig. 2 ¥ x 5.
Portion of a naturally weathered specimen, showing the outer ends of
the septa seen longitudinally, covered by a portion of the outer per-
forated lamina. Kanyka. Nat.
Five septa of fig. 5 to show the interpolation of new septa by bifurca-
tion, and the perforations of the outer lamina aeRe ee in from
three to four perforations to each septum ... x 3.
A small portion of the septal area of another specimen with remains of
the cribriform interseptal tissue. Wirrialpa lic x 5d.
. Fragment of another example with the inner ends of six septa exposed
and partially covered by the inner perforated lamina. Wirrialpa
x 2.
ETHMOPHYLLUM HINDEI, sp. nov.
Transverse section of a corallum. Wirrialpa. Nat.
10. A small weathered corallum seen partly horizontally, partly in verti-
cal or longitudinal section, to show the central plug of matrix and
limited number of septa. Kanyka ... wis mst oe KZ.
TONEI EDN ERINY #8 iy ak ok dar OHM ule Gy OPaate arNsaW Cr wl da nsdasaining Aa inven.
SO PERN Oe Wal WANN PUAN OR NAD SS Ope Acie Prema te awe snes min
-
ay «
°
'
e,
i
3
;
sad ee
fi4
F
1
ote:
,
i
‘
i
j
-
>
.
we
enema
coat \
ane
einer
Pee VA Ne HMO tae ne renee 6
aie iaaciatng _— ~+ 14+ rma. -enmannanstinatan ene tinsiinaeiinia nessa lla
.
ere en
not 5 ™ ‘ vy
oa)
"ae
¥ r
we w
2 7 Sas us .
c % she :
_ . fs ‘ , Pers Pt,
.
S Sgu.2
— \ \ , f — >
‘
.
,
-
= ‘
- .
23
DESCRIPTIONS OF AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
By E. Meyrick, B.A., F.E.S.
Part: ®.
[Read December 3rd, 1889. ]
I have selected for the subject of this paper one of the families
of the Z%neina, which contains some of the largest and most
characteristically Australian species of that group. The more spe-
cially developed genera are further remarkable through the
curious habits of the larve, which have no parallel in any other
family of the Lepidoptera. The perfect insects are often very
retired in habit; and it is probable that when local collectors
turn their attention more carefully to the discovery and rearing
of the larvee, many additional species will be found. It is the
object of papers such as these to stimulate the search for these
msects by enabling collectors to identify the species which they
possess, and indicating the direction in which fresh investigations
may be made.
XY LORYCTIDE.
Head smooth or with more or less loosely appressed hairs ; ocelli
absent ; tongue developed. Antenne 2—?, in male pectinated,
ciliated, or simple, basal joint without pecten. Labial palpi re-
curved, terminal joint pointed. Maxillary palpi very short, more or
less appressed to tongue. Abdomen in male with uncus developed,
variable in length. Forewings with vein | furcate towards base,
7 and 8 stalked or rarely separate or coincident, 11 from middle
of cell. Hindwings as broad or generally broader than forewings,
trapezoidal to ovate, 1b clothed with long hairs above towards
base, shortly furcate at base, 3 and 4 from a point or stalked, 6
and 7 stalked or approximated towards base, 8 connected with
upper margin of cell by a short bar.
Most related to the Oecophoride ; probably the two families
are parallel developments from a common source; they are analo-
gous in many respects, but are easily separated by the neuration
of the hindwings. None of the Xyloryctide possess the basal
pecten of the antennz, which is so common in the Oecophoride.
Whether this family is represented to any extent outside Aus-
tralia, I am not at present able definitely to say. One species
alone is found in New Zealand ; it isan Australian insect, which
has perhaps made its way thither within recent times. Perhaps
some exotic forms described under the name of Cryptolechia are
24
to be referred here ; but I am indebted to Lord Walsingham for
pointing out that the original type of Zeller’s Cryptolechia be-
longs in fact to the Oecophoride. It is therefore impossible to
employ for this family the name Cryptolechiade, which I formerly
used for it, and I have renamed it accordingly. It consists of a
group of Australian genera which are intimately connected to-
gether ; and even if it should be found hereafter that many
South American and African forms are capable of being placed
with them, they would probably not interrupt the close connec-
tion of the Australian genera, and any systematic change that
might be necessary would perhaps be rather in the direction of a
widening of the family characters.
The structure of the head is essentially identical with that of
the Oecophoride. The neuration of the forewings is also identical
in the typical forms, except that vein 2 is commonly much more
widely remote from the angle of cell; but there is a wider range
of structure, since there can be no question that the forms in
which veins 7 and 8 are separate are rightly included. The hind-
wings are pal always relatively broader, and the neuration as
described contains the essential points of distinction of the family ;
but J may say that the connecting bar between vein 8 and the
cell, often very short when these are close together, is by no means
so conspicuous a structure as might be supposed, and may very
readily be passed over, especially when near the base; I have
however satisfied myself that it is invariably present.
The following is a tabulation of the genera :—
1. Antenne of male bipectinated. 2.
: ciliated or simple. 3
2. Forewings with vein 7 absent (coincident with 8).
2. Pilostibes.
ot “ present. 3. Cryptophaga.
_ 3. Hindwings with veins 6 and 7 separate. 4.
“¢ ‘4 from a pointorstalked. 8.
4, Thorax crested. 10. Notosara.
‘¢ smooth. D.
5. Hindwings in male with long costal hair-pencil from base.
8. Crypsicharis.
“ without costal hair-pencil. 6.
6. sess joint of palpi longer than second. 7. Phthonerodes.
a not longer than second. a
Ve pulleiady tibie rough-haired. 9. Lichenaula.
id smooth-scaled. 6. Catoryctis.
8. Hindwings in male with very long costal hairs towards base.
| a:
we without long costal hairs. 10.
25
9. Forewings with vein 7 absent (coincident with 8).
19. Hypertricha
By present. 18. Procometis
10. Forewings with veins 7 and 8 separate. 21.
that it was impossible to drive it, and another tube had to be in-
serted ; this was put down a considerable distance further, in a_
very fine sand, but eventually shared the same fate. As a last
resource, a third tube was inserted, and arrangements were made
to carry on the work night and day without intermisdion.
“A little water began to flow below 300 feet. At about 320°
feet we came on to the marine shells, and these continued down
to about 400 feet, At 400 feet to 410 feet very few shells oc-
curred, and a little clay was mixed with the sand. There were —
also occasional pebbles of quartzite and schist. At 400 feet water —
commenced to flow very freely, and at 410 feet the flow increased
to a quantity estimated at 100,000 gallons per day, and continues ~
to-day (July 5, 1890) as strong as when first struck. There is
also a marked improvement of the nual of water* now ~
flowing.”
The site of the bore is about 14 feet eae sea-level, and is at
the margin of the Recent Marine silts overlapping the red: loams
of the Adelaide Plain. The upper 120 feet of the bore-section —
doubtlessly belong to the Pliocene or Mammaliferous Drift, but
until the fossiliferous bed at 320 feet was reached I had not
* See Appendix.
173
visited the bore. I am, therefore, unable to express an opinion as
to the nature and probable age of the intervening portion of the
section ; moreover, I had not the opportunity of examining any
of the extracted material. Particular interest, as regards this
geological section, belongs to the fossiliferous sands extending in
depth from 320 to 410 feet ; because, if IT have rightly correlated
the fauna here brought to light, we have now knowledge of a
marine deposit of Pliocene age, which partially fills the hiatus
separating our Older Tertiary series from the Pleistocene and
Recent Marine formations.
The sand is very sharp and somewhat coarse ; it resembles
broken quartz-crystals, and shows little or no attrition. With it
there is freely mingled dark-brown or blackish carbonaceous chips,
apparently belonging to stout stalks of sea-weed ; the dissolved
sulphurretted hydrogen in the outflowing water may have origi-
nated partly from the chemical. action of the decomposing vege-
table matter on the alkaline sulphates, whilst some of the animal
tissues, which in the form of the ligamental union of bivalve-
shells is still preserved in some of the larger species, may have
contributed in a like manner. The organic debris consists largely
of broken shell-substance ; whilst the more or less perfect shells,
which also show no signs of extensive rolling, have lost their
original lustre ; though in one species of Phasianella traces of
colour are not infrequently clearly discernible, though the original
polish has been wholly obliterated. The presence of quartzite-
pebbles at from 400 to 410 feet would indicate an approach to
the base of the Tertiary series ; the pebbles range to about one
‘inch in diameter, and are only slightly eroded.
_ The fauna comprises 10 species of foraminifera, a coral ( Cyclicia
rubeola, Q. & G.), a few species each of crustacea (Hliminius
simplex, Darwin, &c.), echinoids ( Goniocidaris, sp., Stronglyocen-
trotus, sp.), and polyzoa, 60 species of lammellibranchs and 150
gastropods. The species have been carefully compared with
Recent and Tertiary forms belonging to Australasia, and less
exhaustively with Recent and Tertiary faunas of exotic areas ;
with the general result that about one-half of the species is pecu-
liar, about 30 per cent. common to the Miocene fauna as known
at Hallett’s Cove and southward to Aldinga Bay, at Muddy
Creek and at the Gippsland Lakes, whilst about 20 per cent.
belongs to the recent fauna of Southern Australia. This result
would not be anticipated from a cursory survey of the collection,
which has a strong modern facies, though the majority of the
species after careful comparison prove to be distinct.
Details of the result of a comparison of the Lamellibranchiate
fauna with those of the Recent and Tertiary Epochs I am able
174
to submit, as follows ; whilst as regards the Gastropod-fauna, the
comparisons are not completed—the magnitude of the task being
disproportionately great, though estimated by so much as has
been determined, there are fewer species represented in living
creation or in older Tertiary deposits, and a larger number pecu-
liar to the fauna.
Table of the Genera of Lamellibranchiata, with the number of
their species belonging to the Pliocene. |
Family Gastrochenide— Family Carditidee—
Humphreyia Jom 1 Cardita y
Family Saxicavidee— Carditella 1
Saxicava ive 1 | Family Nuculide—
Family Corbulidee— Nucula 1
Corbula se 1 Leda 1
Family Anatinidee— Family Crassatellide—
Myodora is 2 Crassatella 1
Myochama sas 1 | Family Arcidee—
Family Mactride— Limopsis 1
Mactra ra 1 Pectunculus 2
Hemimactra rhe 1 Cucullea 1
Family Tellinidee— Arca 1
Tellina axe 3 Barbatia 1
Family Veneridee— Family Aviculide—
Chione he oi Meleagrina 4: 1
Cytherea 2 | Family Spondylide—
Rupellaria af 1 _ Spondylus Se 1
Family Cardiidee— Family Limide—
Cardium ee 2 Lima i
Family Lucinidee— Limatula 1
Lucina 7 | Family Pectinide—
Divaricella ] Pecten i 3
Miltha 1 Pleuronectes ae |
Loripes 501 1 | Family Anomiide—
Family Erycinide— Placunanomia & i
Lepton 3 | Family Ostreide—
Pythina 1 Ostrea aid i
' Mysella 1 —
Cyamium 1 Total species ~. OO
TABLE of the DEFINED Species of LAMELLIBRANCHIATA, occurring
in the Pliocene Sands, showing their DistriputTion 1n TIME
within the AUSTRALIAN AREA.
The sign xx before the name indicates that the species is abun-
bant; x that it is not uncommon. The asterisks in the columns
showing distribution indicate that the species are characteristic.
Eocene. Miocene. Pleistocene, Recent.
Humphreyia Strangei, Adams... . : ‘ x
x Saxicava arctica, Linn. Pad ce: x e x
Corbula ephamilla, Z'ate ... cote Oe x :
Myodora brevis, Sow. an oe x Bs
Muactra Hamiltonensis, J'ate * :
L
a
175
Eocene. Miocene. Pleistocene. Recent.
xx Hemimactra ogame Tut! |... =. :
- Tellina albinelloides, 7'a od A ; :
xx Chione striatissima, Sirti bi OF ; ‘ 23
propinqua, T.- Woods, var.... X x
’ subroborata, Tate .. 1g Bs *
Cytherea submultistriata, Pate... =. x
Rupellaria pauperita, Tate... tw ote x : f
~ Cardium tenuicostatum, Dank. ... *. * : Pe
cygnorum, Desh. Rah, We : ‘ =
xx Lucina nuciformis, Jate ... ae *
sz leucocomorpha, 7'ate hed ae
fabuloides, J'ate
affinis, 7’ate ...
Tatei, Angas...
quadrisulcata, ‘D'Oro.
Loripes simulans, 7'ate
xx Lepton trigonale, 7'ate
Mysella anomala, Angas yagi ee
Crassatella oblonga, 7'.-Woods ... xX é
Cardita Preissii, Menke. ... ag, Bs ba . D.<
*
*
ww
ee ea tm bo
ae
x Nucula tumida, 7'.- Woods ... et. eX
x Limopsis Belcheri Adams & Rv. ... *
xx Pectunculus obliquus, Reeve Rah os d x p.
convexus, J'ate, var.... . *.
Cucullzea Corioensis, McCoy Lt A x x ‘
Arca navicularis, Brug. ... Beet, : : p.
Meleagrina crassicardia, T'ate
Lima Bassii, 7’.- Woods
Limatula Jeffreysiana, Tate
xx Pecten anti-australis, 7'ate ...
spondyloides, Tate ...
subbifrons, 7'ate
Pleuronectes lucens, Tate ...
Placunanomia Ione, Gray ...
Ostrea Angasi, Sowerby
7 BM
|- woe Ma
ea ee ee
Sigs Se aS ks
Total species, 40. 12 27
A summary of the distribution of the 60 Pliocene species is as
follows :—
Living species ae 16 or 27 per cent. nearly
Extinct species of the Eocene
and Miocene fauna ees ae
Restricted Pliocene species 20
Total oe ven) Ae
Table of the Genera of Gasteropoda, with the Number of their
Species belonging to the Pliocene :—
urex (Chicorens) po 1 | Vitularia 1
(Ocinebra) vig 2 Trophon l
(Rhinacantha) sd | Fusus i]
1
(Pteronotus) as 1 Sipho
176
Fasciolaria 2 | Odostomia 2
Triton 2 | Turbonilla 3
Ricinula 1 | Alaba 1
Nassa 3 | Lacuna l
Cominella 1 | Rissoina 4
Phos 1 | Rissoia 3
Voluta 2 | Hydrobia 2
Ancillaria 2 | Phasianella 2
Mitra pe 3 Eucosmia l
Costellaria ... 3 | Astralium 2
Columbella 9 | Cyclostrema ahs one 5
Cassis 1 | Teinostoma icp oo
Pelicaria 1 | Liotia l
Terebra 1 | Cantharidus 3
Cancellaria 2 | Calliostoma ad ian 1
Marginella 3 | Clanculus ta Bos 2
Pleurotoma 1 | Elenchus 2
Bela 1 | Diloma l
Sureula 1 | Solariella 1
Cithara 1 | Euchelus .
Drillia * 1 | Haliotis 1
Clathurella 5 | Nacella |
Cypreea 55 1 | Fissurellidza 1
Crepidula 2 | Fissurella 1
Trochita 1 | Emarginula aii 1y
Amalthea 1 | Ringicula via I
Natica 5 | Tornatella 2
Sigaretus 1 | Atys 1
Vermetus 1 | Volvula l
Siliquaria 1 | Tornatina 1g
Turritella 1 | Utriculus 1
Mesalia 1 | Cylichna 4
Cerithium, 3 | Ischnochiton 1
Campanile 1 | Schizochiton i
Bittium 3 | Chitonellus 1
Triforis 2 | Entalis l
Cerithiopsis 3 | Dentalium 3
Eulima 1 | Cadulus 1
Syrnola 3
Table showing the Vertical Distribution of some Gastropoda
occurring in the Pliocene Sands. (Explanations as before).
Eoc. Mioc. Pleist. Rec.
Nassa Jacksoniana, Quoyd G. ... . : 3 x @
Nassa Tatei, 7’. Woods io aoe ae x ;
Cominella subfilicea, Zate ... ba ead 3
Triton armatum, 7J'ate Hee eee: Rs x?
xX sexcostatum, Vate ... Pas x
Ancillaria orycta, T’ate :
xXx pseudaustralis, Tate (dwarfed) +
Columbella exoptata, n. sp.. hres Kaylee : :
Cassis fimbriatus, Quoy & ee iret. y ‘ é x oy
Pelicaria coronata, J’ate aes J
Cancellaria Wannonensis, Tate
Cypraea Jonesiana, T'ate
Crepidula monoxylon, Lesson ;
immersa, Angas ... Bre We y : x
ame
:
|
:
Eoe. Mioc. Pleist. Rec
Amalthea conica, Lam. ... dishes x be =
Natica aurantia, Lamk. eee at ; - x
=x ovata, Hutton he ar *
Xx gibbosa, Hutton —... EN ¥ *
sagittata, Menke Pe er .
xx Mesalia Provisi, n. sp. — ee ae x
xx Cerithium tenue, Sow ;
xx Potamides dubium, Sow.
Rissoina lirata, Angas ,
Rissoina elegantula, Angas...
Cyclostrema micra, 7’. Woods
Liotia Angasi, Crosse
Elenchus irisodontes, Quoy Bil
Euchelus Tasmanicus, T’. Woods ..
Haliotis nevosa, Reeve
Fissurella scutella, Gray
Emarginula candida, Reeve ...
Utriculus eumicrus, Crosse ...
Volvula rostrata, A. Adams
Cylichna pygmaea, A. Adams
Dentalium elephantinum, Lin.
octogonum, Lamk.
x Entalis sectum, Deshayes 4s. og :
Cadulus acuminatus, Deshayes ... . x
Po . e
Mo OO OM OO OO OO OO
List oF SPEcIES OF FORAMINIFERA FROM THE Dry CrEEK-BorgE,
determined by Mr. W. Howchin, F.G.S.
Rotalia Becearii, Linn. Common ; fine examples.
Polystomella crispa, Linn. Rather scarce and small.
subnodosa, Miinst. Common; fine examples,
carinate and conspicuously umbonate.
Discorbina turbo, D’Orb. Rather scarce.
rosacea, D’Orb. Rather scarce.
Truncatulina lobatula, W. and J. Very rare.
Miliolina Ferussacii, D’Orb. Very rare.
oblonga, Montag. Very rare.
(Triloculina) tricarinata, D’Orb. Rare.
Biloculina bulloides, D’Orb. Very rare.
The above are all shallow-water species, and each has been
noted in one or other of the Muddy Creek-beds ; but the list is
much more characteristic of the Upper Bed (Miocene) than the
Lower (Eocene).—W. H.
I have already stated that the fauna has a strong modern
facies, but at the same time it does not materially differ in its
generic grouping from that of our Miocene, which presents so:
many points of contrast with the Eocene. The only genera of
special interest are Lacuna and Cyamium, both now known for
the first time as constituents of a Tertiary fauna in Australia,
and as yet unknown in its recent one. The former belongs to.
M
178
the Palearctic fauna, though well represented in the Parisian
Eocene. It is remarkable that it is here represented by a species
so closely near to L. pallidula as to cause hesitation to inscribe
it under a different denomination. One is almost tempted to
place it in the same category as Saxicava arctica, Lasaea rubra,
and a few others which are common to the temperate seas of both
hemispheres. Cyamium is Paleo- and Neo-arctic, though known
by one species in the Paris-Basin.
A fact of some significance, suggestive of a colder climate pre- _
vailing during this life-epoch, as compared with the Miocene on
the one hand and the Recent Period on the other, over the same
areas, is the large proportion of diminutive shells, either in re-
gard to the genera to which the species belong, or in re-
gard to identical species of older or recent date. This is very
conspicuous in the genera Columbella, Phasianella, and Chione,
and exemplified by the species Corbula ephamilla, Arca navicularis,
Hemimactra Howchiniana, Cucullea Corioensis, Ancillaria
pseudaustralis, Pelicaria coronata, &c., whilst on the other hand
Saxicava arctica attains to large dimensions, as in forma
Angasi.
The fauna is certainly distinct from the Older Miocene, as
known at the localities previously named, and is a new one for
Australia. In its higher percentage of living species it occupies
an intermediate place in the scheme of geological periods between
the Miocene and the Recent ; and though I provisionally employ
the stratigraphical designation of Older Pliocene for it, I am
fully aware that the proportion of living species is too low to
justify its employment as measured by the European standard ;
yet in this case the percentage-principle of classification does not
adequately express the modern complexus of the whole fauna.
The majority of the living species range from low-water mark
to five or six fathoms in depth. Most certainly the fauna belongs
to the shallow water. The sharp sands and the fragmentary and
unrolled condition of the fossils are rather suggestive of shallow-
water material having been swept into a depression of the sea
bed, or perhaps indicative of rapid accumulation on a sinking
bottom.
The general elevation of the fossiliferous Miocene skirting the
east coast of Gulf St. Vincent is about 80 feet above sea level ;
so that there is a difference of level of about 500 feet between the
marine equivalents of the Miocene and Older Pliocene. The-
Older Pliocene fossil-bed is at from 320 to 410 feet in the Dry
Creek hore, which is equal to 306 to 396 feet below sea level, and
if we deduct 36 feet as the probable depth at which the species
lived, then there has been a general depression of the coast-line
;
=
OE a OEY SP
¥ are.
a. geen ory
a
179
since the Older Pliocene period of 360 feet: The opinion that
this deposit has been thrown by a fault is hardly worthy of con-
sideration ; though it is absolutely demanded if the extreme view
is held that the Dry Creek deposit is synchronous with the
Miocene, the nearest site to which is in the city of Adelaide, five
miles distant, at an elevation of 110 feet above sea-level.
The above estimate of movement closely accords with those
founded on other data, namely, the extension of the Mammalifer-
_ ous Drift below sea-level, to which I have appealed as some war-
ranty for the opinion that elevation was a factor in climatic
change during the time when glaciers existed in the southern
part of Australia. The following quotation is significantly ap-
plicable :—‘“ I am unacquainted with marine Pliocene beds in
South Australia, or even in Australia, . . . . therefore the
marine equivalents to the Pliocene [Mammaliferous] Drift, if
extant, are submarine.” Arguing on the lacustrine origin of the
Pliocene Drift, and its extension below sea-level, as evidence of
the depression of the land since then, reference is made to the
Pliocene Drift at Port Wakefield extending to 312 feet below
sea-level, and overlying Cambrian or Pre-Cambrian strata ; at
Port Augusta to 356 feet below sea-level (but the base not
reached). _R. T., in Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., vol.
APPENDIX.
Analysis of water from the Dry Creek-Bore. By Professor
Rennie, D.Sc., &e
In parts per 100-000.
Total solids dried at 180 deg. C.... ie eee”
After ignition and restoration of carbonates ... 302°50
Sodium a aa hte bee ae! 2g ber oO
Potassium ... a om ote ae sts 3°06
Calcium 2 eee oo es ire i <<. LOS
Magnesium ... ae Bie ak Mc wa MOSS
Pron) «...3 ded yer a és bi eh 23
Aluminium ... sin _ fa — adh ‘21
Silica (SiO,).. oe = a = = 2°7
Chlorine as oa vi baie on LISS
Sulphuric acid (SO, 4 rp 3h Af .. 49°45
Phosphoric acid (PO, Te eee iad “ts sess) MBL
Total carbon dioxide. (CO,) Se me -«t oy AO OO
*(Free or semi-combined CO,) _... ee ramen | bee
Sulphurretted hydrogen (SH,) ... ie ph “80
* Calculated.
These may conveniently be supposed to be combined as follows,
but it must be clearly understood that such combinations are toa
large extent arbitrary, there being no known method of ascer-
180
taining with certainty how the acids and bases are combined in
the original water :—
Parts per 100-000.
Potassium chloride _... iy 5°845
Sodiun. chloride id -/o) D756
Sodium sulphate es ier Oe ©
Magnesium sulphate ... .» 98°357
Magnesium carbonate... ve, (hkghee
Calcium carbonate... .» 40°700
Oxide of iron (Fe, Os) at 335
Alumina YF 315
Silica: 5; i iy es 2°700
317°407
This takes no account of organic matter, which is present in
sufficient quantity to blacken the residue on ignition.
THE STRATIGRAPHICAL RELATIONS OF THE TER=
TIARY=FORMATIONS ABOUT ADELAIDE, WITH
ESPECIAL REFERENCE TO THE CROYDON-
BORE.
By Proressor Ratpu Tate, F.G.S., F.L.S., &c.
Plate IV.
’ [Read October 9, 1890].
Not many weeks since a bore was commenced at Croydon,
three and a-half miles from Adelaide; but at the present date
operations have been suspended, when a depth of 800 feet was
reached. Whether the boring will be resumed is not yet de-
cided on; but it is earnestly hoped, in the interest of geologic
science, and to the attainment of the fullest knowledge of the
water-bearing capabilities of the formations underlying the Ade-
laide-plain, that the bore will be extended into the Archean
rocks, which is necessary to ensure a certain measure of finality
as regards the scientific as well as the utilitarian aspect of the —
exploration.
The geological information hereby gained is supplementary to
the foregoing communication on the Dry Creek-bore ; and because
of this it is deemed undesirable to postpone the publication of
181]
the facts on the uncertain chance of the resumption of boring
operations.
The main stratigraphical features, summarised from the boring
account (kindly furnished by the Conservator for Water, and
herewith appended), are introduced in the accompanying section,
Plate IV., which represents in the fullest manner the strati-
graphical relationships of the various formations of the Tertiary
Period in South Australia; the eastern part of the section has
already been published, Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., vol. V., pl. 1,
p. 40, 1882, and is here added for the sake of completeness. The
section shows that the Old Tertiaries, (Eocene and Miocene),
underlying the City of Adelaide, crown a steep escarpment of
Archean rocks, against which have been deposited in succession
the marine beds of the Older Pliocene and the Mammaliferous
Drift; whilst at Port Adelaide, recent marine deposits margined
_by sand-dunes, resting unconformably on the Mammaliferous
Drift, mark a post-tertiary shore-line ; and finally modern sand-
dunes line the present shore.
The Section affords clear evidence of a time-interval between
the Miocene and Older Pliocene ; and induces me to remark that
a closer study of “erosive surfaces” among our Tertiary beds will
prove of high value in determining their relative ages and check
the conclusions drawn from paleontologicui data aione. The
remarkable diversity of sedimental conditions and concurrent
faunal changes within the same geologic basin may lead us to
incorrect conclusions if we do not admit that paleontology is
based wholly on stratigraphy.
_ The superposition of the dissimilar Miocene-fauna on the
Eocene is in most localities unaccompanied by any visible strati-
graphical break ; feebly so, however, at Muddy Creek, but in
this case the paleontological conclusions led up to the recogni-
tion of an interruption in the succession of deposits. However,
the stratigraphical break is most pronounced in the maritime
tract in mid-southern Gippsland, where the Muiocene-beds are
laterally in juxtaposition with Eocene-strata, which rise to much
greater altitudes—a relationship analogous with that of the
Newer and Older Tertiaries at Adelaide as exhibited in the
present Section.
Thus all the grander groups, Eocene, Miocene, Older Pliocene,
and Pleistocene, are separable on stratigraphical data ; and when
these are obscured or not determinable, then our knowledge of
the fauna of each, when sufficiently varied and well-developed,
will enable us to identify geological horizons within the same
geological basin or probably in contiguous ones.
182
MAMMALIFEROUS DRIFT.
At several localities, within two and three miles of Croydon,
the clayey loams and associated gravels that form the more
superficial deposits of this horizon have yielded species of extinct
Mammalia—of Diprotodon, Palorchestes Azael, Phascolomys, &c.
At about the position indicated on the Section, carbonaceous
debris was obtained, some years ago, at a depth of 50 feet; on
this bare fact, an appeal is made to speculators to invest capital
in a search for coal at this place. The comparatively recent
geological age of the Mammaliferous Drift had been early proved
by me by the discovery of chalky limestone-pebbles, containing
the Eocene-species, 7'urritella Aldinge, in the loams forming the
cliffy banks of the River Torrens near the present Weir, whilst
later discoveries of mammalian debris in the same deposit have
settled the relative position of this geological horizon. Having
in view the age of the deposit, its limited vertical depth, and its
restricted area on the east, as made certain by the data derived
from the Croydon-bore, there seems to me very little hope of any
useful purpose to be served by sinking in it in search of coal,
unless it be to supply the exact position of boundary-lines between
the successive formations, instead of the conjectural ones of my
section.
The details of the nearly 400 feet of Mammaliferous Drift
passed through in the Croydon-bore are appended. The base of
the formation has been fixed at the first marine bed, though a
higher position may have been selected on lithogical considera-
tions ; seeing that the main mass of the Older Pliocene consists
of sharp sands and those at 380 feet closely resemble an Atolian
formation, it may be questionable if the beds from 350 to 395
feet should not be included in the Older Pliocene.
OLDER PLIOCENE.
The Croydon-section supplies very detailed information as to
the thickness and nature of the beds passed through ; the official
record I have in part revised, as the outcome of a careful exam-
ination of the material submitted to me. In these particulars,
the Dry Creek-bore was deficient, though on the other hand the
paleontological data furnished by the Croydon-bore are meagre,
probably because of the very much less quantity of material
available. Nevertheless the small collection of fossils, which has
heen gathered, proves that the Dry Creek shell-bed was reached —
in the Croydon-bore at about the same horizon, 340 feet below
sea-level.
Some species additional to those obtained from the Dry Creek-
bore occur, but they do not affect the general paleontological
ed ore Tem #
183
conclusions previously arrived at. It seems needless to furnish a
list of the species, as [ hope at an early date to examine exhaus-
tively and report upon the fauna as a whole.
Below the chief shell-deposit, from 395 to 450 feet, species of
mollusca prove to be rare and in a fragmental condition. The
few forms which seem largely to make up the more calcareous
portions, included within the depths of 605 and 738 feet, afford
no very trustworthy index to age, of these Ditrypa Wormbetensis,
McCoy, which is the most abundant, has hitherto been known to
me only from undoubted Eocene-beds, but as it 1s associated in
the higher levels of the Croydon-bore with some determinable
fragments of the characteristic mollusca of this formation, it must
be conceded that this dentaloid annelid is a survival from Eocene
times.
The great thickness of the Older Pliocene, 406 feet at the
least, is unexpected, as I had conjectured that its base was near-
approached in the Dry Creek-bore at a level corresponding with
the superior beds only passed through in the Croydon-bore ; but
admitting the correctness of the assumption, then, the new facts
simply indicate a great inequality of the floor on which the Older
Pliocene deposits have accumulated.
SECTION OF THE STRATA PASSED THROUGH BY THE CROYDON-
BORE.
‘“¢MAMMALIFEROUS DRIFT.”
Depth in feet
eta sca Nature of strata. Remarks.
sea-level).
to 10 Brown clayey loams.
10185 Brown clay.
185 to 19 Brown sandy clay.
19 ** 45 Brown clay.
45 ‘* 57 Coarse quartzose sand and
Bie ud gravel.
Clay and gravel.
75 ** 95 Brown clay.
95 “©110 Clay with limestone-nodules.
110 ‘£212. Brown clay.
212 ‘215 Grey clay.
215 ‘235 Clay and quartz gravel. Water at 215ft. {rising to 30ft.
235 ‘260 Yellow clay and sand. Water at 245ft. | from surface
260 ‘£295 Brown clay.
295 ‘£315 Brown clay and quartz-gravel.
315 ‘* 320 Brown clay.
320 ‘£325 Brown sand.
325 ‘* 330, Brown clay.
330 ‘* 350 Light-brown sandy clay.
350 ‘* 378 Yellow sand.
378 ‘382 Yellow sand with calciferous
lumps.
382 ‘* 385 Light-grey sharp sand.
385 ‘* 395 | Greenish-grey and brown clay.
Depth in feet
below surface
(56ft. below
sea-level).
395
415
“A415
*° 416
416 ** 430
430 ‘* 435
435 ‘* 450
450
* 455
455 ‘* 470
470 ** 500
500 ‘* 520
520 to 525
** 550
** 570
** 572
** 595
** 605
** 655
cs 720
795 ‘* 800
184
“OLDER PLIOCENE.”
Nature of strata,
ee
Grey sharp sand, with small
angular gravelandshell-chips
Hard blue calcareous sand-
stone, with shells.
Grey sharp sand, with shell-
chips.
Greyish-brownsharpsand, with
small shell-fragments.
White, medium-grained, fairly
well-rounded sand, mixed
with sharp shell-debris.
Black and grey, fine sand;
shell-chips rare.
Grey sharp sand, with small
angular gravel and_ shell-
chips.
White sharp sand, with small
sharp gravel and broken
shells
Greyish - brown sharp sand,
with small shell-fragments.
Shelly gravel, with white sand.
Very fine grey sand; shelly
chips very rare.
Fine, grey, sharp sand,, with
some shell-debris.
Fine grey sand-rock, with
much comminuted _ shell-
debris.
Very fine grey sand.
Fine grey sand and sand rock
and shelly fragments.
Yellow gritty calcareous sand.
Yellowish - grey _calciferous
sand and sand-rock.
Very tenacious blue clay, with |
foraminifera and small nests
of iron-pyrites.
Sandstone.
Remarks,
Ostrea Angasi, Pectunculus
obliquus, P. convexus, Lim-
opsis Belcheri, Crassatella
oblonga, Mesalia Provisi,
Cassis fimbriatus ; Orbito-
lites complanatus.
Pectunculus obliquus. Small
gastropods.
Only small mollusca entire,
some with colour; Laga-
num ; Orbitolites, abundant.
Ostrea Angasi.
Carditta Preissi, Cucwlea
Corioensis, Limposis Bel-
cheri, Lucina quadrisulcata,
Ostrea Angasi, Pelicaria °
Mesalia Provisi; Cassis
Jimbriatus, Crassatella ob-
longa, Meleagrina crassi-
cardia
Fragments of large Cellopore
abundant.
Ostrea, Spondylus, polyzoa ;
Ditrypa (common).
Natica balteata, Corbula epha-
milla, Ostrea Angasi, Ditry-
pa, Echinus.
Ostrea, Cucullwa, Pecten anti-
australis, P. spondyloides,
Lucina quadrisulcata, Sili-
quaria, Turritella, Ditrypa,
Echinus, Laganum.
Water at 630ft., rising to
20ft. from surface.
Foraminifera; fragments of
polyzoa, echinoids and Di-
try pa.
THE GASTROPODS OF THE OLDER TERTIARY OF
AUSTRALIA. (Parr III.)*
By Proressor Ratpu Tare, F.G.S., F.L.S.
[Read October 7, 1890.]
FAMILY TRICHOTROPIDA.
The ten species of this family forming part of the Eocene
fauna of Australia are all congeneric; but I am uncertain as to
their correct location—whether with the type genus or with
Mesostoma.
Mesostoma was defined by Deshayes in 1864, and included in
it four species from the Parisian Eocene ; the genus was referred
to the Family Rissoide. In my Appendix to Woodward’s
Manual of the Mollusca, 1867, I ventured to transfer it to the
Family Cerithiidz, in which arrangement I am followed by Tryon
in his Systematic Conchology, 1883. In my “Census of the
Fauna of the Older Tertiary of Australia,” Roy. Soc., N.S.
Wales, October 3, 1888, I referred our species to ‘“ Mesostoma (if
distinct from 7’richotropis),” and was disposed to regard Z'richo-
tropis inornata, Hutton, recent and fossil in New Zealand, as
congeneric therewith. Dall, in his Report of the ‘ Blake” Mol-
lusea, Part I1., June, 1889, places Mesostoma as a subgenus
under 7’richotropis, without, however, indicating the differential
characters; but remarks that “the degree of affinity which
Mesostoma, Dolophanes, &c., bear to the original type of the
family yet remains to be determined.” |
_ §$So far as my own investigations permit me to form an opinion,
I fail to appreciate any differences of generic value, from a con-
chological point of view, between 7'richotropis and Mesostoma.
* In the natural sequence of the families, Marginellide, Columbellide,
and Pleurotomidz should have formed part of this or the preceding fasci-
- culus ; but because of the difficulty experienced in correctly illustrating
the species of the first two families, which are for the most part small or
minute, their inclusion has for the present been abandoned. In respect of
the Family Pleurotomide, the cause of their temporary exclusion is want
_ of leisure to elaborate the very numerous species (not less than 60) of this
perplexing group. ‘
Eleven species of Marginella have been described, though not figured ;
of Columbella, represented by about 26 species, very few are diagnostically
known ; but of Pleurotomidz about 20 have been described, and about
half of them figured.
The plates to illustrate this communication are unavoidably postponed.
186 |
The family is represented by 24 living species, two of which
antedate to Pliocene times ; by 15 Eocene species, 4 of the Paris-
basin, 1 from Alabama, and 10 herein described.
GENUS TRICHOTROPIS.
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
Spire-whorls medially angulated. Ye T. angulifera.
Spire-whorls flattened or sloping behind.
Costated, lire crenulated ; outer lip lirate.
2. T. tabulata.
Transverse and spiral ornament of fine threads.
3. TT. subquadrata.
Spire-whorls rounded.
Spirally lirate, transverse ornament not prominent.
Lire 3, pullus lirate ; outer lip suleate within. '
4, T. triplicata.
Lire 5, pullus smooth ; outer lip smooth within.
Whorls rapidly increasing, lire equal.
5. T. accrescens.
Whorls slowly increasing, medium lira prominent.
6. 7. quinquelirata.
Lire 10 or more, pullus and outer lip lirate.
Lire equal. "63 T. apicilorata.
Lire alternately stout and slender.
8. 7. interlineata.
Spirally lirate and conspicuously costate.
Lire many slender, pullus obscurely lirate.
2. T. costata.
Lire 4 prominent, pullus lirate. 10. T. fenestrata,
The species may be arranged into two sections, according to
whether the embryonic whorls be ornamented or not. Section L.,
in which the embryonic whorls are lirate, contains tabulata, swb-
quadrata, triplicata, apicilirata, wnterlineata, costata, fenestrata ;
Section I[., with smooth embryonic whorls, includes angulifera, —
accrescens, and quinquelirata. There are no close alliances with
Parisian species, though 7’. triplicata presents some analogy with
Mesostoma grata, Desh., and 7. angulifera has a distant resem-
blance to W. angulata, Desh.
1. Trichotropis angulifera, spec. nov.
Shell minute, thin, slenderly fusiform, imperforate. Whorls
six ; spire elevated, ending in a prominent obtuse apex consist- —
ing of two smooth whorls, the first of which is relatively small
subglobose, with tip centrally immersed,
Spire- whorls three, medially angulated, the periphery defined _
by a broad flat rib, between which and the anterior suture are.
q
:
_
187
two equal and equidistant narrow flat lire ; the posterior slope is
spirally striated, with or without an inconspicuous medial thread ;
the whole surface is traversed by close-set sigmoid striz of growth,
and at regular distant intervals by raised threads, which produce
slight denticulations as they pass over the peripheral angulation.
Last whorl truncatedly carinated at the periphery ; its posterior
slope is transversely close-striated and feebly costated (costulee
about 12), and further ornamented by one or two slender, more or
less medial, spiral threads ; the base has about six encircling flat
threads, separated by about equally wide sulci, crossed by close-
set striz.
Aperture acutely oval, channelled in front; outer lip thin,
smooth within ; columella-pillar very prominent, arched; inner
lip slightly reflected near the front.
Dimensions.—Length, 4:0; greatest breadth, 2:0; height of
aperture, 1°75.
Locality.— Eocene; glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide-bore
(2 exs.).
2. Trichotropis tabulata, spec. nov.
Shell small, thin, broadly fusiform, imperforate; whorls six and
a-half ; spire! conical, scalar, ending in a blunt apex of two and a-
half lirate whorls, the first of which is relatively very small.
Spire-whorls three, of rather rapidly-increasing width, with a
flattish shoulder and angled in the posterior two-thirds, anterior
to which they are convex ; the suture is deep. The spiral orna-
mentation consists of two equal and equidistant threads on the
posterior area ; and of four elevated, equal, equidistant and some-
what undulose threads, crenulated on the edge, which occupy the
anterior convex area; the posterior lira forms the peripheral
angulation ; on the anterior whorls a more or less slender thread
is interposed between the third and fourth. The transverse orna-
mentation consists of broad subacute costa-like folds on tt.e front
of each whorl (about 15 on the penultimate), continued very ob-
liquely to the posterior suture as depressed undulations ; and of
rather distant coincident striz of growth, which produce crena-
tures as they pass across the lire.
The body-whorl is broad and short, rather tumid, with a
rounded convex base, which contracts rapidly into a very short
triangular beak. The ornamentation is like that of the spire-
whorls, except that there are several threads (seven or eight) on
the posterior slope, and that the convex medial area has a slender
_ thread alternating with the lire ; the base is ornamented with
concentric threads alternately large and small.
Aperture rhomboid-oval, shortly channelled in front ; outer lip
thin, strongly lirate within ; inner lip reflected, nearly covering
the umbilical chink.
188
Dimensions.—Length, 7:0; greatest width, 4:0; height of
aperture, 3:0.
Locality.—Eocene ; glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide-bore
(6 exs.).
3. Trichotropis subquadrata, spec. nov.
Shell small, thin, fusiform, subumbilicated ; whorls five ; spire
conical, rather high, scalar, ending in a blunt apex of two lirate
whorls, the first one of which is rel:.tively small.
Spire-whorls two, with a sloping shoulder and angled post-
medially, anterior to which they are slightly convex. The spiral
ornamentation consists of four slender subacute threads on the
posterior area, of four stouter equidistant threads on the anterior
area, sometimes with a supplemental one in front of the posterior
thread, which is at the peripheral angulation. The transverse
ornamentation consists of oblique thread-like costule, with two or
three finer threads in the interspaces; the intersections of the
spiral and transverse threads produce a very conspicuous and
regular tessellated ornament.
The body-whorl is broad and short, rather tumid, with an an-
terior and posterior angulation, between which it is slightly
convex ; the base is flatly convex, and contracts very rapidly.
The spiral ornament consists of four threads above, six stouter
ones in the median portion and three on the base ; the transverse
ornament consists of slender costule, which are directed back-
wards on the posterior area, incurved on the median area and
ecurved on the base ; the lire are slightly denticulated at their _
intersection with the costule; the interspaces are traversed by
two coincident raised lines.
The aperture is rhomboid-rotund, inconspicuously channelled
at the front ; the outer lip is thin on the edge and smooth within ;
the inner lip is medially incurved, slightly reflected, but not con-
cealing the long narrow umbilical chink.
Dimensions.—Length, 3:5; greatest width, 2°8; height of
aperture, 1:5.
Locality.—Lower beds (Eocene) at Muddy Creek (4 exs.).
This species, which is founded on what are probably immature
specimens, has a general resemblance to 7’. tabulata, from which
it differs conspicuously in its neat tessellated ornament.
4. Trichotropis triplicata, spec. nov.
Shell small, thin, imperforate ; whorls four and a-half, convex ;
spire short, conical, ending in a blunt apex of two lirate whorls.
Spire-whorls convex with three strong, equal, equi-distant,
truncated lire, with a fourth partially concealed at the anterior
suture, crossed by arched costule which produce slight nodula-
tions on the lire, and by lamelle of growth two or three in each
fee ya
189
interspace, the lamelle appear as slight subimbricating squame
on the lire.
Body-whorl short and broad, ornamented with four strong lire
and otherwise as the spire-whorls; the base is abruptly contracted,
flatly convex and ornamented with four concentric threads, the
two outer ones distantly separated, the two inner ones approxi-
mate. Aperture quadrately rotund, attenuated in front to a
slight channel ; outer lip thin, crenulated on the edge and deeply
sulcated within corresponding with the external lire. Columella
slightly arcuate, with the inner lip reflected and almost concealing
the umbilical chink.
Dimensions.—Length, 3:5 ; greatest width, 2; height of aper-
ture, 1°5.
Locality.—Eocene ; glauconitic clayey sands, Adelaide-bore
(1 ex.).
5. Trichotropis acerescens, spec. nov.
Shell of moderate size, imperforate, whorls seven, convex,
much narrowed at the sutures; spire elevated, ending in a blunt:
apex of one and a-half smooth inflated whorls.
Spire-whorls convex, rapidly increasing in width, with five
strong equal and equidistant elevated truncated lire, with a
sixth partially concealed at the anterior suture ; crossed by stout,
arched threads, about equal in breadth to the interstitial angular
furrows, about 10 in a breadth of 1 mm. on the penultimate
whorl.
Last whorl convex, gradually contracted at the base into a
very short beak, ornamented with about 10 raised truncated
threads and transversely by arcuate strie. Aperture quadrately
rounded; outer lip thin, smooth within; columella nearly
straight, inner lip reflected, almost concealing the umbilical
chink.
Dimensions.—Length, 11:5; greatest breadth, 5-5; height of
aperture, 4°5.
Locality.—Lower beds (Eocene) E Muddy Creek (2 exs.).
6. Trichotropis quinquelirata, spec. nov.
Shell of moderate size, rather thick, turriculate, imperforate ;
whorls seven, convex, of slow increase, medially subangulated,
ending in a blunt apex of two smooth convex whorls.
Spire-whorls four; spirally ornamented with five equidistant,
raised, truncated lire, the medial one is stouter than the others.
and forms a subangulated periphery; transversely ornamented by
fine, close-set, regular, slightly oblique strie.
Body-whorl narrow and long, rapidly but not abruptly nar-
rowed at the base ; ornamented with about 12 truncated cingula,
190
separated by one and a-half to two times wider, flat, transversely
striated furrows.
Aperture roundly oval, channelled at the front; outer lip
smooth within; columella slightly arched, inner lip reflected,
quite concealing the umbilical chink.
Dimensions.—Length, 6:5; greatest width, 3:0; height of
aperture, 2. —
Locality.—Eocene; glauconitic calciferous sand-rock, Bird-rock
Bluff, Spring Creek, near Geelong (1 ex.).
7. Triehotropis apicilirata, spec. nov.
Shell of moderate size, rather thin, turriculate, imperforate ;
whorls seven and a-half, of gradual increase, convex or medially
subangulated, ending in a subacute apex of two and a-half, small,
convex, lirate whorls.
Spire-whorls four; the spiral ornament consists of about ten
narrow threads, five on the posterior area are unequal and irregu-
larly disposed, the four on the front are stouter, equal and equi-
distant, the posterior one of which forms a slight angulation,
especially on the posterior whorls; the transverse ornament con-
sists of oblique equidistant threads producing a rhomboidal —
tessellation by intersection with the spirals which are slightly
crenulated.
Body-whorl rounded with six irregular spirals on the posterior
slope, five prominent ones on the medial area, and five irregular
ones on the short, flattish, subangulated base; the whole surface
crossed by sigmoid threads.
Aperture rotund, channelled in front ; outer lip thin ; columella
nearly straight, inner lip reflected.
Dimensions.—Length, 9°75 ; greatest breadth, 4:5; height of
aperture, 3:0.
Localities.—Bird Rock Bluff, Spring Creek ; blue clays Schnap-
per Point (2 exs.).
8. Trichotropis interlineata, spec. nov.
Shell of moderate size, rather thick, turriculate ; whorls convex
spirally lirate and transversely closely striated, embryonic whorls
lirate.
Spire-whorls three, convex, slightly flattened at the posterior
suture: spirally ornamented with about 12 lire, alternately large
and small, which are minutely serrated by regular, close-set,
oblique striz.
Body-whorl convex, rather tumid, with a regularly convex
base ; ornamented with subacute spiral threads, alternately large
and small, crossed by arched striz.
Aperture rotund, rather broadly channelled at the front ; outer
191
lip lirate within ; columella concave behind, a little twisted to-
wards the front, inner lip reflected, almost concealing the um-
bilical chink.
Dimensions.—Length, 7:0; greatest breadth, 4:0; height of
last whorl, 2:5 nearly.
Locality.— Eocene ; glauconitic sands, Adelaide-bore (3 exs.).
9. Trichotropis costata, spec. nov.
Shell of moderate size, thin; whorls of rather rapidly increas-
ing width ; spire broadly conical, ending in an obtuse apex of
two and a-half obsoletely trilirate whorls.
Spire-whorls two, medially subangulated ; spiral ornamentation
of three slender rounded threads on the posterior slope, and about
six alternately large and small anterior to the peripheral angu-
lation ; the transverse ornamentation consists of oblique convex
cost, narrower than the convex interspaces, and of regular stria-
tions, which produce the appearance of fine punctations in the
spiral furrows.
Body-whorl convex,.a little tumid, subangulated at the base,
ornamented with minutely serrated lire, alternately large and
small, about eight on the posterior slope, about twelve above the
basal angulation, and about ten on the base. The transverse orna-
mentation consists of about ten arched costations, which are
evanescent at the basal angulation, and of coincident striz.
Aperture rotund, obliquely channelled at the front; outer lip
obscurely lirate within ; columella-lip reflected, almost concealing
the umbilical chink.
Dimensions.—Length, 5:0; greatest breadth, 3:0; height of
aperture, 20. A fragment has a diameter of last whorl of 4:5.
Locality.— Eocene ; glauconitic sands, Adelaide-bore (4 exs.).
10. Trichotropis fenestrata, spec. nov.
Shell small, thin, turriculate; whorls five, of slow increase,
separated by a channelled suture, terminating in a blunt apex of
two convex lirate whorls, the tip relatively very small.
Spire-whorls two, moderately convex, ornamented with four
equal, equidistant, very promirent lire, crossed by equal, equi-
distant, straight costule of about equal strength to the lire ; the
rectangular intercostal spaces with about three or four transverse
threadlets. The intersections of the lire and costule are more or
less denticulated. }
Body-whorl regularly convex, high and narrow, encircled with
about twelve principal lire, with an intermediate threadlet be-
_ tween the medial lire ; the costule are acute, separated by broad
shallowed interspaces, about fifteen in number, the anterior ones
of which are continued on to the base; the intercostal spaces with
from four to five coincident threadlets.
192
Aperture roundly-oval, channelled at the front; outer lip
smooth within; columella-reflection concealing the umbilical
chink.
Dimensions—Length, 3°75; greatest breadth, 2; height of
aperture, about 1:0. _
Locality.—Kocene ; glauconitic sands, Adelaide-bore (2 exs.).
FAMILY SEQUENZIIDA.
GENUS SEQUENZIA, Jeffreys (1876).
The genus includes certain small trochiform shells, thinly
nacreous, with an infra-sutural sinus resembling that of some
Pleurotomiide, a sharp and shallow sinus at the periphery, and a
third, more open, at the base; the columella is more or less
twisted, with an anterior tooth-like projection ; the base is either
deeply umbilicated or imperforate. Eight species are known
from off Pernambuco, and in tropical and subtropical latitudes on
both sides of the North Atlantic at depths ranging from 100 to
1,500 fathoms. One of the living species occurs in the Upper
Miocene of Calabria and in the Middle Pliocene of Sicily.
The author of the genus placed it near Solarzum. Tryon in ©
his Manual of Conchology (1883) includes it among Pleurotoma-
riide in the vicinity of Scisswrella. It forms part of Tryon’s ©
Monograph of the Family Trichotropide. Prof. Verrill re-
moved it, on anatomical characters, far from its former assigned
positions, and made it the type of a distinct family. Watson,
Challenger Rep. Gastr. (1886), retains it among the Trochiide. —
Dall, Blake Rep. Gastr. (1890), follows Verrill, and places the
family in the neighbourhood of Trichotropide.
The presence of the genus in the Older Tertiary deposits of —
Australia was notified by me in Proc. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., 1888,
pp. 243, 249; it is represented by a single species which differs
from all others by the crenulated margin to the umbilicus and by
the bisinuated base of the aperture, as well as by the strongly
developed radial ornamentation.
Sequenzia radialis, spec. nov.
Shell small, thin ; broadly conical; flat and sharply angulated .
at the base, perspectively umbilicated; ornamented by radial
sigmoidal threads, latticed by spiral ones.
Whorls seven, those of the spire flat, with the peripheral angu- |
lation exsert, or varying to biangulated, ornamented by equal, —
equidistant, sigmoid and radial lamelliform threads, and above —
the peripheral angulation by about four equal equidistant spiral —
threads, the intersections producing square- to rhomboid- inter-_
spaces. The radial lamelle are more or less continuous from —
ij
193
whorl to whorl, and the suture is consequently usually concealed ;.
there are about 10 in 1 millimetre-space on the penultimate
whorl.
Body-whorl] with about five spiral threads crossed by the radial
lamelle above the periphery ; the peripheral angulation is formed
of two approximate large exsert threads, with a small thread
on the outside of each. The base is flat, with eight encircling
threads, the first two or three narrower than the sulci, the others
crowded ; the whole surface tessellated by radial threads. The
umbilicus is wide and perspective, margined by about sixteen stout.
granulations, from which proceed the radial threads in twos and
threes.
Aperture rhomboid, peristome completed by a thin nacreous.
growth. Outer lip roundly insinuated near the suture between
the first and third spiral threads ; sharply and shortly notched at
the posterior carina; at the exterior of the base roundly in-
sinuated, separated by a similar sinus at the inner angle by a
tubercle corresponding with umbilical carina.
Columella oblique, thickly rounded and slightly reverted on
the edge, with a broad deep sinus above ; a strong twisted projec-
tion tooth at about two-thirds of its length, below which is the
inner basal sinus.
Dimensions.—Height, 2°75 ; greatest breadth, 3-00 ; height of
aperture, 1°25.
Locality.— Eocene at Muddy Creek (9 examples).
This species is simulated by an undescribed Baszlissa of the
' Family Trochiide, obtained from the Eocene sands in the Ade-
laide-bore; the latter is generically distinguished by its thick
| nacreous test, by the absence of the sharp tooth of the columella,
PEEP 2 A ee) ee ee eh en
and has only a sutural sinus.
FAMILY CONID.
GENus Conus.
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
Spire flat, or nearly so.
Pullus small.
No spiral ornament; pullus acute. 1. C. cuspidatus.
Spiral threads, wavy-wrinkled transversely.
2. C. ptychodermis.
Spiral rows of flat granules. 3. C. complicatus.
Spiral linear-grooved. 6. C. heterospira, var.
Pullus large, obtuse; body-whorl more or less spirally
striated. 4, C. pullulescens..
N
194
Spire short, scalar.
Peripheral angle margined ; posterior slope flat or concave.
} C. ligatus.
Peripheral angle not margined ; shoulder sloping backwards.
6. C. heterospira.
Spire moderate, with an uninterrupted slope.
Suture of spire-whorls crenulated ; body-whorl smooth.
qi C. Ralphu.
Suture concealed ; body-whorl with spiral rows of granules.
8. C. acrotholoides.
Spire moderate, the whorls slightly angulated.
Pullus small, subacute, the tip obliquely immersed.
Body-whorl spirally sulcate ; posterior spire-whorls crenu- -
lated at the keel. 9, C. extenuatus.
Body-whorl smooth or obsoletely lirate; anterior whorls
nodulose at the keel. 10. C. Hamiltonensis.
Pullus subcylindrical, obtuse. ll. C. Murravianus.
Spire elongate ; outer lip broadly sinuous, anal sinus deep and
oblique (ConorRBIS). 12. C. atractovdes.
SPECIES EXCLUDED AND SYNONYMIC.
C. Trailli, Hutton. The published occurrences of this species
in Australia refer to C. Murravianus and C. ligatus.
C. papillosus, Tate (ms.). The name being preoccupied cuspt-
datus is herein substituted.
C. scalaris, Tate (ms.). The name being preoccupied ligatus is
herein substituted.
1. Conus ecuspidatus, spec. nov.
Shell conoidal, about twice as long as wide, with a flat or very
low spire ; spirally fine-ribbed on the spire and at the base, other-
wise usually smooth.
Spire consisting of seven whorls separated by a well-defined,
impressed, linear suture with rudely crenate margins ; ornamented
spirally by flatly-rounded unequally-sized threads (usually about
nine cn the penultimate whorl), varying somewhat in thickness,
but usually as wide as the interstitial furrows, crossed by incurved
growth-lines.
The spire terminates in a slender, pyramidal, acutely-pointed
pullus consisting of five smooth moderately convex whorls of slow
increase.
Body-whor] obtusely angled at the periphery, regularly tapering _
to about three-fourths of its height where it is slightly constricted ;
ornamented with sigmoid strize of growth, and in the anterior-
fourth by wrinkled threads, narrower than the interspaces. Some
young shells have punctated impressed lines on the body-whorl.
195
Dimensions.—Total length, 58; greatest diameter, 30; length
of aperture, 56 ; length and breadth of pullus, 2.
Localities.—Rather common in the lower beds at Muddy Creek,
and in the blue clays at Schnapper Point. Calciferous sandstones
of the River Murray Cliffs near Morgan.
2. Conus ptyehodermis, spec. nov.
Shell narrow, conoidal, a little more than twice as long as
wide ; spire very low, ending in a small obtuse pullus of two
smooth whorls.
_ Spire consisting of four and a-half narrow flat whorls separated
by a narrow channelled suture ; ornamented spirally by a medial,
more or less prominent, thread, with or without a few thread'ets,
crossed by arched prominent growth-ridges and by coincident
strie.
Body-whorl obtusely angled at the periphery, regularly tapering
to the front ; ornamented by inconspicuous spiral threads, which
are wrinkled by the intercrossing of growth-folds, between which
the surface is slightly contused.
Dimensions.—Length, 30; greatest width, 13; height of aper-
ture, 28.
Locality.—Eocene beds at Muddy Creek.
3. Conus complicatus, spec. nov.
Shell varying from broadish- to narrow-conical, about twice as
long as wide, spire very short, ending in a small obtuse pullus of
two smooth whorls, the tip centrally immersed.
Spire-whorls four, narrow, the periphery slightly exsert, behind
which they are slightly concave; ornamented by three or four
broad depressed lirze, tessellated by regular, deeply arched, growth-
ridges.
Body-whorl sharply angled and slightly elevated at the peri-
phery, regularly tapering to the front; sculptured by somewhat
regularly-disposed linear sulci; separated by broad depressed
ridges of which the first and fourth are usually broader, more
elevated, and covered with flat granulations which range more or
less in lines coincident with the striz of growth.
Growth lines proniinent, moderately ecurved, which produce
slight crenatures in the spiral furrows. Outer lip slightly ecurved
medially, deeply arcuately notched behind the peripheral angu-
lation.
Dimensions.—Length, 18:5; greatest width, 10; length of
aperture, 16°5; of another specimen, they are respectively 21,
10, 18.
Localities—Eocene beds at Muddy Creek and Schnapper
Point.
196
4. Conus puneceene: T'’. Woods.
Refe New South Wales, vol. IV.,
p. 3, plex, Ge 4 (non. 3), 1880.
The author of the species-name included two different species
under it, but both examples represent very young, almost un-
recognisable, shells ; however in respect of one (fig. 4), I have been
able to trace it up to a shell of moderate size (herewith figured),
to which the specific designation is very applicable.
The species is conspicuous by its large turbinated pullus of
three smooth tumid whorls.
The spire is either flat or very shortly elevated, its whorls nar-
row, separated by a linear suture ; ornamented with four or five
spiral threads and rather slender, close, arched growth-lines.
The body-whorl is sharply angled, and is ornamented with flat
spiral threads, becoming more or less obsolete with age (except
at the front).
Dimensions.—Length, 32; greatest width, 15; length of
aperture, 27 ; diameter of pullus, 3:5.
Localities.—EKocene beds at Muddy Creek, Schnapper Point,
and River Murray Cliffs.
5. Conus ligatus, spec. nov.
Shell biconic ; spire of variable height, but usually moderately
low, consisting of about seven gradated whorls, ending in a small
naticiform pullus of one and a-half smooth whorls ; body-whorl
more or less subpyriform.
Spire-whorls with an obtuse thick shoulder, the two slopes in-
clined approximately at a right angle and of about equal width ;
the posterior area is usually flat or slightly concave, rarely with
a sight upward inclination ; it is ornamented with four or five ~
spiral threads, separated by narrower furrows, and rather close-
set strie of growth, conformable with the anal insinuation of the
outer lip ; the anterior area is provided with one or two threadlets
margining the rib-like keel.
Body-whorl varying from pyriform to elongate-ovate, the peri-
pheral keel defined anteriorly by a linear constriction, posterior to
which there are one or two threads on the peripheral band. The
surface is sculptured at the posterior part with incised linear
lines, which towards the front become wider, and are finally re-
placed by ribs narrower than the shallow interspaces ; the whole
is crossed by growth-lines, which produce punctations in the
linear sulci, and a fenestrated ornament anteriorly. The strength
of the encir cling lines is variable, and may be obsolete in the pos-
terior half of the body-whorl.
The aperture is narrow, with a short anal sinus corresponding
197
with the posterior slope of the whorl ; the outer lip is conspicu-
ously ecurved medially.
Dimensions.—Of a large typical example. Length, 41 ;
greatest width, 22; length of aperture, 34; length of last whorl,
35. Of a pyriform variety, the corresponding measures are—
32, 20, 27°5, 28-5.
Localities.—Kocene beds at Muddy Creek and Schnapper
Point.
Affinity._-This species exhibits much individual variation in
shape of body-whorl and length of spire, but presents in the
cord-like appearance of its peripheral keel a character which
readily distinguishes it from other Australian species.
A figured variety so closely resembles C. deperditus of the
Hampshire and Paris basins, that it is only by comparison of
actual specimens possible to separate them. Though in this
individual the gradation of the spire and the peripheral rib have °
lost much of their prominence, yet the defining threads on the
keel are present—a character absent in C. deperditus ; moreover,
the latter is further distinguished by having two spiral and dis-
tant threads on the posterior area of the whorls. At the same
time, the Australian similitude is no more than an extreme
variation from a type which is obviously distinct from C. deper-
ditus. However, it may be well to note that our Australian
Cones are very difficult of specific definition, so much so that it is
possible to bring all the species into very close relationship,
through extreme individual variability.
6. Conus heterospira, spec. nov.
Shell acutely oval, biconic, with the anterior whorls of the
spire gradated, the posterior ones more or less flatly depressed,
rarely with a regular gradated spire throughout. The pullus
arises abruptly from the spire as a small, smooth, shining papilla
of one and a-half naticiform whorls.
Spire-whorls five ; the penultimate one medially angulated, its
anterior slope perpendicular, the posterior slope slightly inclined,
but with a faint medial depression ; on the ante-penultimate, the
_keel is close to the anterior suture, thence to the pullus the
whorls are fiat with a slight backward inclination whilst the keel
appears as a slight rim.
The body-whorl is elongated and tapers to the front; the
peripheral keel is sharp ; the posterior slope, as also that of the
spire whorls, is ornamented with prominent, much-arched, growth-
lines, crossed by a few, usually obscure, spiral threads ; the rest
of the body-whorl is ornamented with close-set, equidistant, in-
cised lines, punctatedly impressed by the faint growth-lines.
198
Aperture narrow ; outer lip ecurved medially and somewhat
deeply arcuately sinuated at the posterior angle.
Dimensions.—Length, 34; greatest width, 16; length of aper-
ture, 28 ; of body-whorl, 30.
Localities.—Blue clays at Schnapper Point, not uncommon ;
calciferous sandstones, Bird Rock Bluff, near Spring Creek.
A ffinities.—This species has much resemblance to C. ligatus, but
it is more elongate and has not the rim-like keel of that species. —
A characteristic feature is the abrupt gradation of the anterior
whorls in the adult ; in adolescent specimens the regular sloping
low spire make it difficult at first sight to attach them to the
adult ; at this stage it resembles C. complicatus, but differs by its
ornamentation, and the young of C. cuspidatus, from which it
differs by its obtuse pullus and by the strongly arched growth-
lines on the slightly concave spire-whorls.
The elate variety closely resembles C’. Huttoni, mihi (C. T'railli,
Hutton, non Adams), of the Pareora formation, New Zealand,
which has a much narrower outline, more elongated spire, and a
more inclined posterior slope of the whorls.
7. Conus Ralphii, Venison- Woods.
Reference.—Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., vol. III.,. p. 228, t. 20,
fig. 4 (1878).
Shell pyriformly oval, with a moderately elevated broadly
conical spire, ending in a small naticiform pullus of one and a-
half smooth whorls.
Spire-whorls seven, plane or flatly convex, separated by a
slightly channelled suture, which is crenulated, or even nodulated, ~
at the posterior margin of. the earlier whorls ; ornamented on the
posterior-half of each whorl with usually three conspicuous equi-
distant incised spiral lines.
Body-whorl bluntly rounded, rarely subangulated, at the peri-
phery ; ornamented on the posterior slope with a few incised lines,
the rest of the surface varying from smooth to faint, spirally-
linear-grooved, punctatedly impressed; the base is usually spirally
wrinkled, but sometimes inconspicuously so.
Aperture narrow, obliquely incurved at the posterior angle ;
outer lip slightly ecurved medially.
Dimensions.—Length 40 ; greatest width, 21; length of aper-
ture, 34; height of body-whorl, 35.
Localities —Very common at Muddy Creek ; rare in the cal- _
ciferous sandstones-of the River Murray Cliffs, near Morgan.
The species varies slightly in the height of the spire and in the
proportion of the width to the length, also the spire-whorls may
show a slight convexity and even a perceptible angulation at the
posterior margin of the suture ; rarely does the nodose crenulation
J
f
199
continue beyond the fourth whorl. C. Ralphii was founded on a
very young individual, 10 mm. in length, at which stage of growth
there are only four spire-whorls, but from an authentic specimen
of that size I have traced it, through many intermediate stages,
to the adult example which is here figured. The comparisons
made by the original describer with certain species of the Vien-
nese Miocene and with C. Carmeli of Australian waters are now
no longer applicable, as the coronation of the whorls of our fossil
is a character restricted to juvenile examples.
8. Conus acrotholoides, spec. nov.
Shell pyriformly oval, with a low, broadly conical, almost
hemispheric spire, ending in a small, obtuse, apiculate pullus of
two smooth whorls, the first of which is vertical and its tip im-
mersed.
Spire-whorls four, suture more or less concealed by the overlap-
ping of the posterior edge of the whorls; ornamented by four
rounded threads, about as wide as the intervening furrows, and
by fine curvilinear transverse striz, the posterior suture is mar-
gined by a broader flat band.
Body-whorl bluntly rounded at.the periphery, on which are
three spiral threads; anterior to the periphery there are about
‘14 flat granulose threads, defined by linear lines, the flat inter-
spaces are more or less spirally striated; the granulose lire be-
come crowded towards the front; the whole surface is marked
with fine close-set strize of growth.
The outer lip is post-medially ecurved, and obliquely and shortly
notched at the posterior angle.
Dimensions.—Length, 14; greatest width, 7; length of aper-
ture, 11°5.
Locality.—Blue clays at Schnapper Point.
9. Conus extenuatus, spec. nov.
Shell narrowly biconical, two and a-half tiines as long as wide;
the spire subscalar, gradually tapering to the small obtuse pullus
of two whorls, the first of which is oblique, with its tip im-
mersed.
Spire-whorls seven, with the periphery slightly exsert, behind
which they are slightly concave, separated by a narrow well-
defined suture. The earlier whorls are slightly nodulose or crenu-
late at the keel, but this ornament disappears with the revolution
of the spire. The spiral ornamentation consists of three or four
unequal fiat threads, which is crossed by close-set arched striz.
Body-whorl bluntly keeled at the periphery, concave behind,
slightly contracted in the anterior-third, but otherwise much at-
tenuated towards the front. The surface with distant, regular,
punctated, spiral grooves, between which are wider flat ridges.
200
Outer lip moderately ecurved medially ; the anal notch is broad
and shallow.
Dimensions.—Length, 60; greatest width, 24 ; length of aper-
ture, 50.
Localitves.—Muddy Creek; River Murray Cliffs; Spring
Creek, near Geelong ; Cheltenham (doubtful identifications).
10. Conus Hamiltonensis, spec. nov.
Similar to C. extenuwatus, and perhaps only a variety, though
not yet connected by intermediate forms ; it differs by being pro-
portionately broader, by the absence of nodulations and a keel on
the earlier whorls, and by the more numerous spiral threads
(about eleven) upon the spire-whorls.
The penultimate and body-whorl are obtusely keeled and nodu-
late. The median area of the body-whorl is smooth or obsoletely
spiral-lirate, not sulcate.
Dimensions.—Length, 32:5; greatest breadth, 14; length of
aperture, 25.
Locality.—Lower beds at Muddy Creek.
11. Conus Murravianus, spec. nov.
Shell narrowly biconical, more than twice as long as wide ;
spire scalar, gradually tapering to the cylindroid pullus of three
and a-half smooth convex whorls.
Spire-whorls six, suture concealed by reflection of their posterior
margin, bluntly angled a little in front of the middle, the longer
backward-sloping area slightly concave; ornamented with close-
set sigmoid striz and obsolete spiral threads. The posterior-half
of the first whorl is slightly costated.
Body-whorl broadly lanceolate in outline and narrowly trun-
cate at the front, roundly angular at the periphery with a con-
cave shoulder, which is obsoletely lirate; whole surface marked
with finesigmoidal growth-lines, and atthe front by encircling ridges.
Outer lip with a shallow, obliquely-cut, notch at the posterior
angle, thence with a gentle outward curve to the middle, and
more rapidly declining to the front.
Dimensions.—Length, 61; greatest width, 26; length of
aperture, 46.
Locality.—Calciferous sandstones of the River Murray Cliffs
near Morgan.
This species comes near to C. gradatulus, Sow., and differs so
far as one can judge by the figure, by the ante-medial position of
the blunter keel on the spire-whorls.
12. Conus (Conorbis) atractoides, spec. nov.
Shell ovately fusiform, biconic ; test moderately thick ; surface
spirally furrowed, smooth and shining. Spire regularly conical,
201
about one-third the total length of the shell, consisting of five
whorls, ending in a small, blunt, turbinate pullus of two and
a-half smooth rounded whorls.
Spire-whorls slightly convex, separated by a well-defined linear
suture ; ornamented by six flat spiral ribs, the three posterior
ones separated by flat shallow sulci of about equal width, the
three anterior ones by linear grooves sometimes almost obsolete ;
the interstitial furrows are punctulatedly impressed.
Body-whorl obtusely angled at the periphery, regularly attenu-
ated anteriorly ; ornamented with flat spiral ribs (about 30),
separated by narrow furrows, crossed by sigmoidal lines of
growth which produce the appearance of punctations in the
interstitial furrows.
Aperture narrow, broadly emarginate in front; outer lip thin
and sharp on the edge, smooth within, much ecurved medially.
Dimensions.—Length, 16°5; greatest width, 6:5; length of
aperture, 10.
Locality.—Clayey greensands, Adelaide-bore.
Compared with actual specimens of C. dormitor, from the
Eocene of Hampshire, it has a narrower outline and a longer
spire, but especially differs by the ornamentation which consists
of engraved, punctated, spiral lines, and not of raised threads
with elegantly tessellated interspaces. -
By its sulcate sculpture and greatly arched outer lip it is more
allied with C. alatus, F. Edwards, of the Hampshire basin ; but
it seems to differ by its blunt-pointed apex and rounded shoulder
to the whorls, whilst the proportional measurements indicate a
narrower shell with a shorter aperture.
FAMILY CYPRAIDA.
GENUS CYPREA.
I have not been successful in arranging the species in confor-
mity with the sectional subdivision of the genus as employed by
recent conchologists. Those sections are largely based on external
shape, and as some of our fossil species show extensive-enough
variability as to necessitate the inclusion of the same species in
two sections, I have been induced to group them in respect to
themselves. Some of them are wholly unprovided for in the
scheme of recent species, such as C. gastroplax with its wing-like
base ; and the group typefied by C. eximia, which though having
a near ally in C’. wmbilicata of the same geographic region, yet
markedly differs by the dental-sulcations of, and widely extending
upon, the inner lip, though in one individual-specimen, through
extreme age, the normal dentition is acquired.
202
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
I. Base rounded.
1. Aperture notched or extending into a short canal behind.
Shell cylindroid ; teeth small, numerous. 1. C. parallela.
Shell oval- oblong ; teeth large.
Back elevated ; spire concealed. 2 C. scalena.
Back depressed ; spire prominent. 3. C. subsidua.
Shell elongate-oval ; surface contused. 4. OC. ampullacea.
Shell oval-subpyriform.
Spire slightly exsert ; tumid ; posterior canal distinct.
5. C. Archeri.
Spire nearly concealed ; less tumid ; posterior canal very
short. 6. C. Jonesiana.
Shell globose ; spire exsert ; surface contees:
r€ C. contusa.
2. Aperture roundly produced behind on left side, not distinctly
notched posteriorly.
Shell cylindroid, spire exsert. 8. C. subpyrulata.
Shell cylindroid-subpyriform ; spire umbilicated.
9. ~C. brachypyga.
Shell oval-subpyriform.
Spire concealed, umbilicated ; outer lip much arched
behind. 10. C. pyrulata.
Shell pyriform.
Spire concealed, slightly impressed ; shell under one
inch long. ll. C. Murraviana.
Spire exposed, deeply umbilicated ; shell two inches or
so long. 12. C. leptorhyncha.
Shell globose ; spire convex. 13. C. ovulatella.
II. Base flat, not winged.
1. Inner lip strongly dentate-sulcate.
Anterior canal much produced, attenuated.
Beak straight or nearly so.
Shell oval-pyriform; beak with two dorsal tubercles.
14. C. exrmia.
Shell globose-pyriform ; beak with or without basal
tubercles. 15. C. spherodoma.
Beak much upturned, without basal tubercles.
Shell oval-oblong, very gibbous.
16. C. toxorhyncha.
Anterior canal short, obtuse, without basal tubercles.
Shell oblong-subpyriform ; posterior canal subtruncate
with a very wide base. 17. = -C.. platypyga.
Shell more oval ; posterior canal narrow, short.
18. — C. consobrina.
203
2. Inner lip tuberculate or tooth-ridged, not dentate-sulcate
(also C. spherodoma, pars), or edentulous.
Anterior canal much produced, depressed.
Shell pyriform ; aperture almost edentulous.
19. C. platyrhyncha
Anterior canal short.
Shell broadly oval, with a low convex back ; anterior
canal straight ; both lips dentate throughout.
20. C. amygdalina.
Shell oval, very large, back very gibbous, anterior canal
upturned ; aperture almost edentulous.
21. C. gigas.
Shell spheroidal, very large. 22. C. dorsata.
III. Base flat, dilated into a horizontal circular disk.
Shell oval, very gibbous. 23. C. gastroplax-
EXCLUDED SPECIES.
C. oviformis, Sow., is attributed to Tenison-Woods as author,
and to South Australia for habitat, by Johnston in Geol. Tas-
mania, 1888; but Tenison-Woods refers (Geo. Obs. in S. Aust.,
p- 83, 1862) to this species as a London Clay fossil, and not as
occurring in South Australia.
1. Cyprza parallela, spec. nov.
Shell cylindrical, twice as long as wide; the spire exsert, around
which the body-whorl is flatly rounded ; the longitudinal curva-
ture of the back is interrupted at intervals, which gives rise to the
appearance of spiral threads, usually conspicuous towards the two
ends, but is sometimes obsolete.
The aperture is shortly produced into a bluntly-pointed canal
at the ends, narrowed at the front. The outer lip is margined at
the two extremities, leaving a median unmargined portion of
variable length ; the teeth are small and numerous (about thirty).
The inner lip is thickened, and slightly projecting posteriorly ;
there are about twenty teeth in its whole length; the columella
projects internally towards the front as a broad, concave, ridged
plate.
Dimensions.—Length, 18; width, 9; height, 8.
Locality.—Eocene; Muddy Creek.
This species resembles dwarfed examples of C. Isabella, Linn.,
of the Indo-Australian region, but has an exsert spire, and is
slightly more narrowed at the front.
2. Cyprea sealena, spec. nov.
Shell oval-oblong, somewhat gibbous, highest near the middle,
with a steep slope anteriorly and rather abruptly narrowed at
204
the front, subtruncated at both ends; left side swollen ; spire in-
completely concealed, slightly exsert.
Aperture narrow, margined with elongate teeth; outer lip
slightly margined at the two extremities, shortly projecting
beyond the spire; inner lip thickened posteriorly and confluent
with the outer lip, forming a very short canal; front part of
columella much elevated internally, concave and ribbed.
Surface of the shell smooth or marked with faint distant spiral
lines and obscure contusions.
Dimensions.—Length, 37 ; width, 24; height, 21.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek.
This fossil comes very near to C. Reevei, Gray, recent in S.W.
Australia, but is proportionately higher and consequently the
slopes from the highest point are more rapid, the front is more .
narrowed, whilst the swollen left-side gives it a distinctive lop-
sided profile. The corresponding measures of C. Reever are 37,
22, and 19. 7
3. Cyprza subsidua, spec. nov.
Shell oval- inclined to trapezoidal- oblong, depressedly convex,
obtuse at both ends ; the right side flatly rounded, the left more
arched and rather abruptly contracted to the front ; spire exsert.
Aperture narrow, base rather flat; outer lip not margined, ©
broadly subplanulate medially, with about twenty-five stout
rounded ridges. Inner lip developed behind into a prominent
protuberance margining the short anal canal and posterior part
of the aperture, with about twenty acute ridges ; it is somewhat
flattened towards the front, and runs out into a narrow triangu-
lar extension of the base, supporting the very short, truncate, an-
terior canal. The columella is much elevated internally and very
concave.
The surface of the shell is smooth.
_ Dimensions of a large example.—Length, 26; width, 17:5;
height, 14. Of a small example, 18, 11:5, and 9.
Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek.
The squat-form, flattish base and post-ventral protuberance dis-
tinguish this species from C. scalena, which from its undeveloped
appearance might be regarded as an inmature state of that spe-
cies. But the numerous examples under observation prove that
the adolescent feature is proper to the adult as it is in the living
C. Reevei and its fossil analogue C. scalena. Without comparison —
of actual specimens, I am not sure if this be distinct from
C. Bartonensis, F. Edw., of the English Eocene, though the Aus-
tralian shell appears different, by its large posterior boss and the
less prominent spire.
205
4. Cyprsea ampullacea, spec. nov.
Shell elliptic-oval, highest and widest a little behind the middle ;
obtusely rounded apically with a very narrow, flat, exposed
spire ; gradually narrowed to the front ; surface transversely and
spirally lineate, the small rectangular interspaces contusedly im-
pressed.
Aperture moderately wide; slightly curved and obsoletely
notched posteriorly ; extended into a short straight beak, which
is somewhat effusively expanded at the tip. Outer lip not mar-
gined, distantly toothed (about thirty), making a very acute angle
at its junction with the inner lip. Inner lip with a short, slight
ridge-like thickening at the posterior end, provided throughout
with long tooth-ridges (about twenty-five).
Dimensions.—Length, 34; width, 19; height, 18.
Locality.—KEKocene blue-clay at Schnapper Point ; one example,
apparently not quite mature, as the posterior canal and _ the lips
are incompletely developed.
5. Cypreea Archeri, Z'enzson- Woods.
Reference.—Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasmania, tab. 1, figs., 9-9a,
p- 22 (1876).
Shell oval-subpyriform, moderately inflated. Shortly narrowed
and truncated at each end; spire exsert; surface smooth or
spirally lineate.
Outer lip margined externally, thickly inflected, very slightly
produced behind, with about 20 rounded dental ridges ; inner lip
having a short elevated callosity confluent with the outer lip
intervening between which is a slight anal notch ; the inner lip
has about 15 subacute dental ridges.
Dimensions.—The species varies a little in shape, particularly
as to the proportionate length. I give the measures of a short
and long example. (1) Length, 20; width, 13; greatest height,
11, at 9 mm. from the posterior end. (2) Length, 27; width,
15°5 ; height, 14.
Locality.—Table Cape, Tasmania ! (A. M. Johnston).
I cannot attach any of our Continental cowries to this species,
though it has a distant resemblance to C. pyrulata and
C. Murraviana. Its inclusion in the published lists of River
Murray and Muddy Creek fossils is now withdrawn.
6. Cypreza Jonesiana, spec. nov.
This is comparable with C. Archeri ; from the short variety of
_ which it differs by being less tumid and proportionately narrower,
from both varieties it differs by its gentle front slope similar to
C. pyrulata, but it has not the produced posterior emargination
of that species.
206
The spire is more or less concealed. The outer lip is broadly
reflected, prominently’ margined, and is furnished with 20
prominent teeth ; the inner lip has 18 narrow elongate teeth.
Dimensions.—Length, 17:5 ; width, 11; greatest height, 9, at
7 mm. from the posterior end.
Localities. —Miocene ; Muddy Creek. Older Pliocene; Dry |
Creek-bore, near Adelaide.
The species-name is a public acknowledgment of the valuable
aid rendered to geologic science in South Australia, more par-
ticularly in reference to Tertiary Geology, by Mr. W. J. Jones,
Conservator for Water.
7. Cyprea contusa, McCoy.
Reference.—C. (Luponia) contusa, Pal. Vict., Decade V., tab.
49, figs. 3-3c, 4-4a@ (1877).
Shell globular; spire slightly projecting, consisting of three
slightly convex whorls, the apex obtuse and prominent ; anterior
canal very short. Surface irregularly reticulated with small
contusions or irregular polygonal bruise-like depressions.
Dimensions.—Length, 30; proportional width, =73,; height,
ON
10
Localities, —Eocene. Muddy Creek!; Schnapper Point !;
(McCoy); River Murray Cliffs, rather common, but usually
dwarfed !
8. Cyprzea subpyrulata, spec. nov.
Shell cylindroid or narrowly oval-oblong ; spire exposed, the
rounded periphery of the penultimate whorl exsert and constricted
above and below ; the body-whorl arises abruptly from the suture
with a well-rounded curve to the highest point of the low back,
which is a little behind the middle; surface smooth.
Aperture rather wide, shortly loop-like behind, without a dis-
tinct posterior canal, anteriorly produced into a short straight
beak with effuse lips. Outer lip margined, inconspicuously re-
flected, denticulated (about 25), shghtly roundly-extending beyond
the spire. Inner lip with a slight ridge-lke thickening at the
anal insinuation and confluent with outer lip, there are about 20
long narrow tooth-ridges.
Dimensions.—Length, 25:5 ; width, 13; height, 11.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek (common).
This species is somewhat intermediate in outline between
C. parallela and C. pyrulata; from the former it differs by its outer
lip more arched and projecting behind, by its less abrupt front-
truncation, and its short anterior canal; from the latter by its
cylindroid outline.
9. Cyprea brachypyga, spec. nov. |
Allied to C. subpyrulata, but is much attenuated to the front
207
and always small; the spire is exserted. In shape it varies from
ellipsoid-cylindrical to cylindroid-subpyriform. ‘The outer lip is
narrowly reflected, distinctly margined, emarginate but not canal-
iculate behind, and provided with about 20 transverse teeth ; the
inner lip has about 15 teeth.
Dimensions.—Length, 15:5; width, 8; height, 7 (at 5-5 mm.
from the posterior end).
Localities.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek and Schnapper Point.
10. Cypreea pyrulata, spec. nov,
Shell cylindroid-pyriform, inflated posteriorly and gradually
tapering to the front ; spire more or less concealed, narrowly but
deeply umbilicated, from the edge of which the whorl arises
abruptly with a well-rounded curve to the highest point of the
back, which is at about two-fifths the total length from the pos-
terior end. Surface smooth or spirally lineate.
Aperture rather wide, emarginate but not canaliculate behind,
extending at the front into a short straight truncated beak.
Outer lip narrowly inflected, not distinctly margined, transversely
ridged (about 25), much-curved behind and projecting beyond
the spire. Inner lip hardly thickened and not at all produced
posteriorly, with about 20 dentate ridges.
Dimensions of two examples.—Length, 27 and 24; width, 16
and 13:5; height, 13:5 and 11°5.
Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek (very common).
11. Cypreea Murraviana. spec. nov.
Shell pyriform, back ventricose, abruptly rounded to the con-
cealed faintly-depressed spire, tapering rapidly but not so abruptly
to a straight, broadish, very short, truncated beak, which is
rounded on the margins.
Aperture narrow, gently curved posteriorly, the outer lip pro-
jecting backwards into a short lobe with a thickened quadrate
margin ; there is no anal canal. Outer lip broadly inflected,
externally margined, with about 20 narrow tooth-ridges ; inner
lip convexly rounded, with from 12 to 15 long slender ridges ;
columella-plate narrov, ridged, anteriorly running out in an
oblique tooth-like ridge to the extremity of the beak.
Dimensions.—Length, 20; width, 14; height, 11-5 (at 875mm.
from the posterior end).
Localities. — Eocene. River Murray Cliffs!; near Mount
Arapiles, Victoria (J. Dennant ).
_ This fossil cowry resembles C. pyru/ata by its protuberant
arched outer lip and the absence of a posterior canal, but differs
by being more ventricose in the dorsal profile, more abruptly
narrowed at front and by the much incrassated outer lip. From
j
208
C. Archeri it differs in its globosely pyriform shape and the
greater posterior curvature of the aperture. Among extra-
limital species it makes a near approach, judging by illustrations,
to C. inflata, Lamarck, of the English and Parisian Eocene, but
is more abruptly attenuate to the front, and the aperture not so
gradually arched behind.
12. Cyprza leptorhyncha, McCoy.
Reference.—C. (Luponia) leptorhyncha, Pal. Vict., Decade V.,
tab. 49, fig. 1—le. (1877).
Pyriform, ventricose ; spire exposed, deeply depressed ; outer —
lip much arched and protuberant posteriorly, no distinct anal
canal; anterior canal straight, short, narrowed and subtruncate
at the front.
Dimensions.—Length, 58 ; width, 36 ; height, 31.
Localities. — Eocene. Muddy Creek !; River Murray Cliffs!
Schnapper Point ! (McCoy) ; Cheltenham !
The author of the species compares it with C. inflata ant
C. globularis, of the European Eocene, and with C. Haveri and
C. Genei, Michelotti, of the Italian Miocene; but distinguishes it
by the greatly inarched posterior end of the outer lip as well as
the different form of the anterior beak.
13. Cyprzea ovulatella, spec. nov.
Shell globose, abruptly descending to the broad flatly-convex —
spire, less abruptly descending to the short truncate anterior
canal, which is bevelled on the inner margin and somewhat effus-
ively reflected.
Aperture roundly-narrowed posteriorly, thence widening to the
base of the anterior canal, which is almost closed by the approxim-
ation of the large basal plications of each lip.
Outer lip narrowly-reflected, flat, but with a sharply rounded
exterior margin, furnished on the inner edge with from eight to
ten strong tooth-ridges, the anterior one of which is oblique, and
margins the left side of the canal. Inner lip with ten to eleven
small transverse ridges ; the columella-plate is high, abruptly as-
cending from the inner lip, bluntly crenate on the edge; columella
with a strong fold, which runs out to the front of the anterior
canal.
Dimensions. Length, 11; width, 8-5; height, 7 (at 45mm.
from the posterior end).
Localities.—Kocene ; Aldinga Cliffs and Adelaide-bore.
This species has a ‘general. resemblance to the recent Z'rivia
ovulata, Lamarck, but the produced oe eh canal separates it
generically.
>
209
14. Cyprsea eximia, @. B. Sowerby.
References.—Sow. in Strzelecki’s ‘‘ New South Wales,” p. 296,
tab. 19, figs 1—3 (1845). C. (Aricia) eximia (Sow.), McCoy,
Pal. Vict., Dec. ITI., tabs. 28, 29, figs. 2—2b (1876)
Pyriform, ventricose posteriorly, beaked at both ends, abruptly
and obtusely subtruncate over the flat almost-concealed spire,
tapering gradually into a long convex straight beak, which is sup-
ported on each side by a narrow triangular, straight and sharp-
edged, plate-like extension of the base. At the base of the beak
on each side of its upper aspect is an oblong rounded tubercle.
The posterior canal is shorter than the anterior one, supported by
a flange-like extension of the base, slightly upturned and bent to
the left ; its right side is broader, and carries an oblong tubercle.
Outer lip inflected, strongly toothed on the inner margin ; inner
lip with narrow deep sulci, with broad intervening flat ridges.
Columella without an internal plate-like extension.
Dimensions. saenien varying noe about 100 to 65 cae ; the
oper enal * eeeing =59.; height length of snout of
anal canal, 58°, but variable.
Localities.—Eocene. Muddy Creek!; Schnapper Point!;
Fyansford, and three miles west of Gellibrand River (McCoy).
Well-sinking at Franklin, near Launceston (Strzeleckz), at a depth
of 140 feet ; Table Cape (//obart Mus.).
This species is the type of a section not represented in living
creation, though having a general resemblance to C. wmbilicata,
Sow., constituting Josseaume’s Section Umbilia, which may be
characterised by the dentate-sulcated inner lip, not denticulate-
ridged, as pointed out by G. B. Sowerby in his description of it.
Sowerby’s comparison was with C. Scottw, C. wmbilicata being at
that time yet unknown.
Both Sowerby’s and McCoy’s figures show the anal canal bent
to the right, whereas all of several specimens which I have had
under examination have it twisted in the opposite direction.
> 100 > We ait
15. Cyprzea sphzrodoma, spec. nov.
A near alliance of C. eximia, but differs by its globose body-
whorl, also by the abrupt sinistral curvature of the posterior-
third of the aperture and the strong torsion of the posterior canal
In other particulars there is a close agreement.
Dimensions.—Total length, 84 ; length, excluding canals, 46 ;
width, 48 ; height, 40.
The proportional measures of these two closely-related species
are—
Length (excl. canals). Width. Height.
C. eximia +h, 100 82 70
C. spherodoma ... 100 104 87
O
210
Localitves.—Kocene. Kiver Murray Cliffs, near Morgan! ;
Muddy Creek! (J. Dennant).
Var.? The example from Muddy Creek is of the length of
about five and a-quarter inches and has the inflated back of the
type, but otherwise it presents differential characters, which might
from an extreme point of view be regarded as of sectional value,
though I am inclined to consider them as the result of individual
variation of an extreme senile growth.
The anterior canal is longer and slightly curved upwards, but
the basal flanges are broad and acutely rounded on the edge ;
there are no basal tubercles. The posterior canal is the same,
except that the basal flanges are flatly, broadly, and thinly ex-
panded. But the chief differences belong to the aperture ; on the
columella-side the base is broad and flatly-rounded to the inner
margin, which carries about thirty short, convex, dental ridges,
about equal in width to the interspaces ; the outer lip, instead of
being convexedly inflected, is flat or slightly concavedly-declinous
from the exterior to the inner margin, on the latter of which
there are about thirty sharply-rounded narrow dental ridges be-
coming effaced at from one-half to one-third the width from the
inner margin. Thus the chief exceptional characters are the
short teeth and flat inner lip, replacing the dental-sulcations on a
steeply-inclined area, in which regard this variety makes a con-
necting link between C. exumia and C. wmbilicata.
Dimensions.—Length, 135; width, 75; height, 55; length of
anterior canal, 35; of posterior canal, 25.
16. Cyprzea toxorhyneha, spec. nov.
Resembles C. eximia, but differs by its high steep-sided back
and bent canals.
The back is very ventricose, abruptly rounded to the flat
almost-concealed spire, abruptly tapering to the anterior canal ;
the left side is very steep, but the right is less abrupt. The pos-
terior canal, viewed from above, is very broad at the base, with
thick rounded margins, the beaked-portion is broadly convex, not
upturned though slightly bent ; its margins are much thickened,
the inner side extends beyond the other; there is no basal
tubercle. The anterior canal is supported by a thick round-
edged extension of the base, and has no basal tubercles ; the canal
is cylindroid, almost closed, much upturned and slightly bent to
the left.
Dimensions.—Total length, 94; length from spire to base of
anterior canal, 55 ; width, 47 ; height, 43. The relative propor-
tions to the length of the shell, exclusive of the canals, of the
two species are as follows :— |
C'. exumia—Length, 100; width, 82 ; height, 70.
C'. toxorhyncha—Length, 100 ; width, 85; height, 78.
211 °
Though these proportionals indicate a wider and higher shell for
C. toxorhyncha, yet they fail to express the striking differences in
the profiles of the two species.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek (J. Dennant ).
17. Cyprza platypyga, McCoy.
Reference.—C. (Aricia) platypyga, Pal. Vict., Decade IIL,
tab. 30, figs. 1—1c (1876).
This somewhat oblong-pyriform shell is remarkable for its
short, extremely wide, subtruncate, posterior beak; the right side
of which is much wider than the more-pointed left side.
Dimensions.—Length, 75; width, 45; height, 39.
Localities.—Eocene. Schnapper Point! (McCoy); Muddy
Creek !; Table Cape (2. I. Johnston ).
18. Cypreea consobrina, McCoy.
Reference.—C. (Aricia) consobrina, Pal. Vict., Dec. V., tab. 49,
figs. 2-—2c (1877).
“Related to C. platypyga, but is more oval, much shorter
canals a concealed spire. Length, 2 inches 8 lines ; width, 5% ;
height, 58. Very rare at the Moorabool River.” —McCor y.
Erroneously quoted as occurring in the River Murray Cliffs.
19. Cypreea platyrhyneha, McCoy.
Reference.—C. (Aricia) platyrhyncha, Pal. Vict., Dec. III.,
tab. 30, figs. 2—20 (1876).
Pyriform, gradually tapering to a broad, flat, elongate truncated
beak ; posterior canal short and abruptly reflexed; spire con-
cealed ; anterior part of aperture with a few small obtuse teeth,
the rest edentulous.
Dimensions.—Length, 100; width, 47 ; height, 43 ; length of
anterior canal, 25.
Localities.—Eocene. Bird-Rock Bluff Spring Creek (J/cCoy) ;
Table Cape (2. M. Johiston).
20. Cyprzeea amygdalina, spec. nov.
Shell broadly oval, with a moderately low convex back, highest
at about three-sevenths from the posterior end, thence flatly
convex to the abrupt margin of the slightly- sunken concealed
spire; the anterior portion tapers gradually to the short, straight,
broad, subtruncated canal. The posterior canal is short, though
prominent, obtuse, slightly upturned, and bent to the left.
Aperture rather wide, the hinder part g gently arched to the left.
Outer lip flatly rounded, broadly inflected, with about twenty
short rounded teeth on the inner margin, Sehich are somewhat
evanescent posteriorly. The base on the right side is very broad
in the middle, concavely sloping at the aperture, which is fur-
212
nished in the anterior-half with about eight obtuse tubercles,
sometimes shortly prolonged on to the base, and towards the pos-
terior end with four or five elongated teeth, the rest of the inner
lip obsoletely denticulate. The columella is rounded, not inter-
nally extending in the form of an erect plate.
Dimensions.—Length, 57 ; width, 36; height, 28.
Locality.— W ell- sinking i in the Mur ray Desert.
This species is not much unlike C. Mappa, but it has a different
dorsal and transverse outline.
21. Cyprea gigas, McCoy.
References.—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 438 oe C. (Aricia)
gigas, Pal. Vict., Decade | IT., tab. 15, ‘tab. 16, fig. 2, tabs. 17 and
Loy fre 1 (1875) ; Dee. FIT, ‘tabs, 28 and 29, ‘fig. 1 (1876).
Shell very large, oval, back very gibbous, roundly sloping at
both ends ; anterior canal deep, narrow, elongate, projecting up-
wards ; posterior canal obliquely truncate, reflexed upwards, and
adherent to the spire. Base flattened, oval, much thickened ;
inner lip rounded, smooth within, flattened near the anterior
canal ; outer lip inflected, tumid, broad, with nine or ten obsolete
obtuse teeth near the anterior end and a few near the posterior
end.
Sie tain pe 8 inches; proportional width, 55%;
height, 53,%-
Localities.—Muddy Creek, Schnapper Point, and near the
mouth of the Gelibrand River (McCoy). Casts probably of this
species, River Murray Cliffs.
This is the largest known Cowry, living or fossil.
22. Cyprezea dorsata, spec. nov.
Shell very large, spheroidal ; abruptly rounded at both ends,
inflatedly rounded at the sides; spire concealed. Anterior canal
deep, narrow, short, upturned, obliquely truncate ; posterior canal
rather broad, deep, short, confluent with the spire. Base as in
C. gigas.
Dimensions.—Length, 95; width, 75; height, 65.
Localities.—Kocene. Muddy Creek (J. Dennant) ; Schnapper
Point (#. T7.).
This rival, in point of size, to C. gigas (as it attains to con-
siderably larger dimensions than those of the type-specimen) 1s
separable from it by its spheroidal form and very short anterior
canal; it stands to that species in much the same way that
C. decipiens does to C. Thersites.
23. Cyprzea gastroplax, McCoy.
veference.—C'. (Aricia) gastroplax, Pal. Vict., Decade IT., tab.
16, fig. 1; tabs. 17 and 18, fig. 2; 1875.
213
“The enormously extended circular thin flange into which the
base is extended renders this cowry totally unlike any previously
known living or fossil species. Length and width of body-whorl
24 and 2 inches ; with disc length ‘and width 4} inches. Spire
small, blunt, of two volutions. Rather rare at Mornington,
Hobson’s Bay.” —McCoy.
GENusS TRIVIA.
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
Shell cross-ribbed.
Shell globose, with linear dorsal furrow.
l. 7. avellanoides.
Shell oblong, with large dorsal smooth area.
2. 7’. erugata.
Shell smooth, without cross-ribs, globose. 3. 7. pompholugota.
1. Trivia avellanoides, McCoy.
1876. Cyprea (Trivia) avellanoides, McCoy, Pal. Vict., Decade
ITI., tabs. 28, 29, figs. 3—3e.
1877. Trivia Europea (Montfort), Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy.
Soc., Tasmania, p. 91.
1879. Trivia minima, 7'enison- Woods, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S. Wales,
vol. [V., p. 4, tab. 1, fig. 8.
1884. Trivia avellanoides ( McCoy y), Tate, Proc. Roy. Soc., Tasm.,
p- 209; id., Johnston, p. 222.
Shell thin, oval-globose ; surface ornamented with very narrow,
sharply defined, thread-like ridges, which are usually interrupted
by a narrow smooth space along the middle line of the back.
As pointed out by McCoy, it is much more globose and has
much fewer and more distant cross-ribs than 7". australis ; but it
is the counterpart of 7’. avellana, Sow., of the English Crags
(hence its specific name), distinguishable especially by its uni-
formly shorter and more spheroidal form.
Tenison-Woods referred dwarfed examples of this species to
T. Europea, from which it is separable by much the same char-
acters as it is from 7’. australis.
Tenison-Woods figures and describes an early stage of growth
of this species as 7’. minima, relying for a differential character
on the absence of a dorsal division between the ridges ; he judged,
moreover, the shell to be an adult because of the thickened lips,
overlooking the fact that 7'rivia, unlike Cyprea, exhibits no shell-
metamorphosis. An examination of many small examples of
T. avellanoides permits me to state that the smooth dorsal area
does not begin to develop until the shell has reached a length of
about eight millimetres.
Dimensions.—Length of a large specimen, 31; the average
214
proportional width is 5755, height, ;%°,; but dwarfed examples of
from 10 to 15 mm. are more common.
Localities.—This is one of the commonest and most widely
diffused species of the Australian Eocene-beds. Sourn Avusrra-
LiA.—River Murray Cliffs; Turritella-clays, Aldinga-cliffs ; bore
at Adelaide. Vicrorta.—Schnapper Point !, Muddy Creek! and
Corio Bay ! (McCoy) ; Spring Creek! Tasman1a.—Table Cape! ;
and Turritella-limestones, Flinders’ Island (Johnston ). .
2. Trivia erugata, spec. nov.
Shell thin, narrowly oblong, spire concealed. The back is
broadest and highest near the posterior end, is depressedly convex
in a longitudinal direction, abruptly sloping to the posterior end,
but more gently to the front; the right side is rather steep,
medially slightly depressed, the left side is more convex. In
young shells the median constriction is very pronounced, and the
spire 1s prominently exsert.
The aperture is narrow ; the outer lip narrowly thickened and
indistinctly margined, it is slightly incurved medially, rounded at
the extremities, and ornamented with about 25 teeth.
The cross-ribs are evanescent at about half the length of the
sides, being thus interrupted by a large oval smooth dorsal area.
Dimensions.—Length, 5:5 ; greatest width, 3 ; and height, 2:5.
Locality.—Lowermost horizon of the Muddy Creek-section.
T. erugata differs from known, recent and fossil, species by the
combination of an oblong shape with a large smooth dorsal area.
3. Trivia pompholugota, spec. nov.
Shell globose, smooth and shining, abruptly descending to the
excessively short anterior canal and to the slightly-projecting
spire.
Aperture moderately wide, rounded behind. Outer lip slightly
projecting behind, narrowly thickened and inflected, minutely
wavy-wrinkled, margined externally, provided with sixteen stout
elevated ridges ; inner lip with a keel-like margin, which is tuber-
culate-dentate (eight tubercles in the anterior-half and sixteen in
two rows in the posterior-half); the columella-plate is high, flatly-
concave, smooth, and reaches to the front.
Dimensions.—Length, 7:5; width, 5:5; height, 5.
Locality.—Adelaide-bore.
The apertural characters, which, however, indicate a somewhat
adolescent shell, are those rather of 7’rivia than Cyprea.
Genus Erato.
The affinities of this genus are considered by some concholo-
gists to be with Marginella, but I revert to its location in the
Family Cypreide.
215
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
Back without a longitudinal furrow | Eraro, sensw stricto].
Columella spirally ridged at the front ; aperture narrow.
Pyriform-oval; spire very short. 1. E. minor.
Fusiform-oval ; spire elevated. 2. E australis.
Columella ending in a strong spiral plait; aperture mode-
rately wide.
Pyriform-oval.
Outer lip squarely shouldered behind.
3. E. pyrulata.
Outer lip roundly sloping behind, more attenuated
to the front. 4. FE. Morningtonensis.
Cylindric-oblong. 5. L. duplicata
Back with a longitudinal sulcus [ Eraropsts].
Columella tooth-ridged at the front ; shell pyriform-oval. |
£. wlota.
SPECIES EXCLUDED.
E.? octoplicata (Woods), Tate, is a true Marginella as originally
placed.
1. Erato minor, Jaze.
Reference.—Trans. Roy. Soc. 8, Aust., vol. I., p. 96, 1878.
Shell minute, shining, triangularly pear-shaped, rather tumid,
abruptly narrowed in front; spire short, obtusely pointed, the
terminal whorls narrow and flat. Aperture narrow, straight,
emarginate behind. Outer lip roundly inflected with about
fifteen denticles, broadly and varicosely reflected on the body-
whorl, callously spreading behind on the penultimate whorl ; the
varicose reflection is minutely granulate or pustulate. The outer
lip is squarely curved behind, and ascends to about the middle of
the penultimate whorl.
The columella has five crowded, slender, oblique ridges at the
front, which are succeeded by denticles for the greater part of
the rest of the lip.
Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 2-5; height, 2°25 (at 1:25
from the posterior end).
Localities.—Kocene. Muddy Creek; River Murray Clifts,
near Morgan; probably Table Cape and Schnapper Point (the
single specimen from each locality not satisfactorily determined),
Worn specimens are similar to L. Sandwicensis, Pease, but are
broader, and more inflated posteriorly with a shorter and more
abrupt spire ; the resemblance to £. nana is greater, but the
broader squared-shoulder distinguishes the fossil. Unworn examples
are like to a dwarfed Z. lachyrma, except for the conspicuous pos-
terior angulation of the outer lip.
216
Marginella macula, mihi, a cohabitant species, very closely
simulates this Hato.
2. Erato australis, 7'a/c.
Reference.—Op. cit., p. 96, 1878.
Shell elongate-oval, fusiform, acute at both ends ; spire acutely
conical, rather elevated.
Whorls five, body-whorl rotundately angled in front of the
suture and constrictedly attenuated at the front. Spire-whorls
slightly convex, ending abruptly in a small flattened pullus of
one and a-half exceedingly narrow whorls.
Aperture rather narrow, slightly insinuated behind, narrowed
at the front. Outer lip moderately thickened and _ inflected,
ascending to the middle of the penultimate whorl, with about 20
tooth-ridges. Columella with four (usually), slender, oblique
rounded thread-like ridges succeeded behind by a few denticles
(not always developed).
Dimensions.—Length, 8; width, 4:25; height, 4 (at 4 mm.
from the akan end).
Aldinga Cliffs and Adelaide- bore (very
coluiuen) ; rare at Spring Creek !
38. Erato pyrulata, spec. nov.
Shell pyriformly ovate, tumid, the right side steeply sloping,
the left somewhat inflated; highest near the posterior end,
steeply rounded to the very short spire of three depressed whorls
(in senile examples, callously covered), rapidly attenuated to the
front.
Aperture moderately wide, nearly straight, but widest and
emarginate behind, narrowed to the short anterior canal. Outer
lip thickened and reflected, its inner margin with from 14 to 16
short prominent tooth-ridges; bent at right angles to meet the
spire on which it extends or projects beyond it, thence it is
straight to the front.
Inner lip angulated, with small denticles on the keel behind
the twisted columella-plait which runs out on the short beak as
an elevated margin.
Dimensions.—Length, 7:5; width, 5; height, 4 (at 2°5 mm.
from posterior end).
ga Cliffs and Adelaide-bore.
LE. pyrulata is not well placed generically, its terminal spiral
plait on the columella, running out to form the left margin of a
slightly effuse canal, recalls Margiunella and Cyprea, and to some
extent Ovulum ,; but as it presents, in the adult, the characteris-
tic angulated and denticulated inner lip of Hrato, IT am unwilling
to establish a new genus for it and the two following species
—_—
ee oe el ee ee ee eS oe
217
possibly on a more extended knowledge of the recent and fossil
species of Hrato, this may prove a desirable course.
The denticles on the two lips appear when the adult stage is
reached, but the columella-plait belongs to all ages. In its
adolescent stage this species resembles Marginella edentula, mihi,
a more inflated shell with a convex pillar. The present species
differs in shape, being broader and more truncated behind, from
all living forms.
4. Erato Morningtonensis, spec. nov.
Similar to #. pyrulata, but is not so tumid, has a longer and
more gradually attenuated body-whorl, is more pointed behind,
the outer lip with a broadly-rounded shoulder and slightly incurved
towards the front.
The columella has only two or three denticles behind the ter-
minal plait.
Dimensions.—Length, 6; width, 3:5; height, 3 (at 2:5 mm.
from the posterior end).
The proportional measures of the two species are :—
£. Morningtonensis—Length, 100; width, 58:3; height 50.
£. pyrulata—Length, 100; width, 71:4; height, 57:1.
Locality.— Eocene clays ; Schnapper Point, near Mornington.
5. Erato duplicata, Johiston.
Reference.—Geol. Tasmania, tab. 31, fig. 14; no description
1888).
; Shel minute, cylindric-oblong, bluntly pointed at both ends’;
dorsal profile, flatly convex on the right, rounded and narrower
on the left ; spire very short and blunt.
Aperture moderately wide, nearly straight. Outer lip nar-
rowly inflected, somewhat abruptly arched behind, spreading cal-
lously on the spire ; denticulate ridges narrow, about 14. Inner
lip slightly angled, with a row of small denticles on the keel,
exterior to which are a few scattered denticles and ridges forming
an irregular outer row. Columella extending internally as a high,
slightly concave, smooth plate, the anterior edge of which runs
out into an oblique plait, sulcate at the tip, margining the
anterior canal.
The high columella-plate with its anterior plait-like margin re-
calls Cyprea ; but as the unique example seems somewhat imma-
ture it may be unsafe to speculate on its probable generic
position, and so | leave it as originally placed.
Dimensions.—Length, 5°30; width, 3:5; height, 3.
Locality.— Eocene ; Table Cape (2. M. Johnston /).
6. Erato (Eratopsis) illota, spec. nov.
Shell minute, pyriform-ovate ; spire short, obtusely pointed ;
218
whole shell, except a broad dorsal sulcus, covered with a smooth
enamel. Outer lip broadly inflected, not margined, smooth, with
eighteen to twenty narrow tooth-ridges; inner lip with three
stout oblique ridges at the front, which are succeeded by
denticles.
Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 3; height, 2°5.
Locality.—Miocene ; Muddy Creek.
The few specimens under observation are slightly worn, and
may be mistaken for rolled examples of #. minor. In Hratopsis
it comes nearest in shape to #. nana, but it is broader, shorter,
and not granulated.
FAMILY OVULIDA.
Grnus SrImniA, fissoa (1826).
Simnia (Neosimnia) exigua, spec. nov.
Shell narrow-elongate, a little more than four times at long as
wide, shortly rostrate, and straight at both ends; tapering reg-
ularly towards the bluntly-rounded posterior end from a point
between a third and a fourth of the whole length from the front;
obliquely subtruncated anteriorly. Viewed from above, the left
profile is slightly arched, being almost straight ; on the right it 1s
nearly straight in the medial-third, thence gently curving to the
extremities, but more rapidly behind than to the front. The sur-
face is smooth, and beautifully spirally wavy-striate.
The aperture is very narrow behind, gradually widening from
about the middle to near the front, where it again narrows,
though somewhat dilated.
Columella distinct, sharply truncate in front, with a wide canal;
posteriorly with a strong oblique callous fold.
Outer lip thickened, margined externally, edentulous, medially
straightish, gently curved to the very short effusively dilated
posterior canal, abruptly curved to the short anterior canal.
Dimensions.—Total length, 11:5; greatest width, 2°75;
height, 2.
Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek.
By its narrow outline and short rostral prolongations the pre-
sent species comes nearest to S. acicularis, Lamarck, of the West
Indies, but apart from the posterior fold it appears to be a nar-
rower shell; S. /anceolata, Sow., is narrower, but the extremities
are longer in proportion to the enrolled portion of the shell, and
it lacks the posterior fold. Not one of the recent species included
in the Section Neosimnia has the narrow profile of this fossil-
species ; Dall* remarks of Meosimnia that “it is a convenient
section of Simnia, but the distinction between the two is very
* Blake-Mollusca, vol. II., p. 234.
219
slight in some species, and it sometimes happens that one might
easily assign the same species to one or the other, according to the
stage of growth which it has attained.” Having regard to the
opinion of this distinguished conchologist, I have made my com-
parisons among species of the genus in its widest acceptation.
FAMILY SCALARIID.
The Australian Tertiary species of this family belong to two
well-defined genera, Crossea and Scalaria.
Crossea contains the turbinate species with an entire peristome,
the columella slightly produced and infolded to form a short canal,
the umbilicus more or less concealed or margined by a funicular
rib ; the genus has certain affinities conchologically with Lthalia,
and some species of Avssoina and Lacuna simulate it in their
apertural characters.
Scalaria, used in its widest sense, contains the more or less
pyramidal species, without the canaliculate aperture ; it numbers
about 400 species, recent and fossil, and there is great need for
the dismemberment of the genus to facilitate specific reference.
The Eocene-species of France have been arranged by MM. De
Boury and Cossmann into several genera and numerous subgenera ;
and though the subdivision is perhaps rather strained, yet I have
largely availed myself of their classification in the elaboration of
our Tertiary species. I do not altogether appreciate the relative
values of their genera and subgenera ; and find it convenient to
admit only Scalaria as of generic value, though its species seem
to fall naturally into two chief groups—Scalaria (sensu stricto)
with an entire aperture and Aczrsa with its incomplete peristome.
Genus Crossea A. Adams (1865).
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
Outer lip plain; shell depressed turbinate; spire-whorls punctate.
sl. C.princepa.
Outer lip variced.
Conic-turbinate, lirate. 2. C. sublabiata.
Globose-turbinate, smooth or obsoletely linear-sulcate at the
base. . 3. C. lauta.
EXCLUDED SPECIES.
Crossea parvula, Z’enison- Woods, is transferred to Collonia, “t9?4
The genus has hitherto been unknown in a fossil state, being
represented by six species, two inhabiting Japanese and four the
Australian seas. These species fall into three sections, to two of
which the fossil-species belong ; all are briefly indicated in the
following synopsis :—
220
I. Shell with several varices.
C. Pa ari A. Adams. Recent; Japan.
II. Shell with a variced lip.
C. labiata, Tenison-Woods. Recent ; Tasmania, 8. Australia.
C’. sublabiata, Tate. Eocene; Australia.
C. lauta, Tate. Miocene ; Australia.
III. Shell with a simple lip.
1. Whorls punctate (at the least the posterior ones).
C.. concinna, Angas. Recent ; N.S. Wales.
C. princeps, Tate. Eocene ; Australia.
2. Whorls cancellate.
C. bellula, A. Adams. Recent; Japan.
C’. cancellata, Tenison-Woods. Recent ; Tasmania.
C’. striata, Watson. Recent; N.E. Australia.
1. Crossea princeps, spec. nov.
Shell depressedly conoidal, rather solid, polished, of five
rounded whorls.
Apex of one and a half smooth narrow depressed concave
whorls ; the next whorl is flattened in the posterior-half and orna-
mented with a few spiral rows of large punctations. With the
revolution of the spire the rapidly increasing whorls become con-
vex, the lines of punctations increase, and the punctures become -
smaller and numerous; finally at about the half-turn of the penul-
timate whorl the punctated ornament disappears.
The last whorl is smooth, convex, finely transversely striated,
and faintly spirally lined ; whilst the anterior suture is bordered
by a narrow, somewhat ascending ligatural band, which continues
on to the penultimate for about a half-turn; afew spiral punctate
strie appear on the base.
Aperture circular, outer lip simple, inner lip double. Columella
with a narrow triangular excavation on its inner face, extending
from about the maddle position to the front, where it is inter-
rupted by an oblique tooth-like plait, which defines the outer
margin of a very short canal, phe hia by the basal funicular
rib.
The narrow umbilical chink is "Wordared by a rounded stout,
elevated funicular rib, which ends at the inner basal angle of the
aperture, and on which the apertural canaliculation is formed.
Dimensions.—Length, 4.25 ; width, 4:25; height of aperture,
2:5; width of aperture, 2-25,
Localities.—Eocene. Adelaide-bore !; River Murray Cliffs
near Morgan !; Muddy Creek !
This neat species is the fossil analogue of C. concinna, Angas,
but in that species the posterior whorls are sbi lirate and
|
221
eancellate, whilst the ordinary spire-whorls are conspicuously and
broadly flattened behind, but are without an infra-sutural liga-
ture.
2. Crossea sublabiata, spec. nov.
Synonym.—Crossea labiata, Tenison-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc.,
Tasmania, for 1876 (name only) ; 7d., Johnston, P. R. 8., Tasm.,
for 1884, p. 221.
Shell conoidal-turbinate, somewhat solid; spire elevated ;
whorls five, rounded, and distantly, irregularly and coarsely
spirally-lirate ; suture distinct.
Body-whorl relatively very large; aperture oval, posteriorly
angulate, obtusely angled and obsoletely channelled at the
columella-margin ; outer lip varicosely dilated. Umbilical chink
narrow and deep, bordered by a rounded not very prominent
funicular rib.
Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 2-5; height of aperture, 2°5 ;
width of aperture, 1-5; unusually large specimens have a length
of 5 mm.
Localities—Kocene. Muddy Creek!; Table Cape (Hobart
Mus. ). |
The Table Cape-specimens of this fossil species were originally
referred by Tenison-Woods to his C. labiata,;, and were subse-
quently carefully compared by Mr. Johnston with an extensive
collection of the living forms, who remarks, “‘ That although the
fossil representatives are decidedly larger than the living ones,
there are no characteristic differences between them so far as the
tests are concerned, if we except the fact that in the living form
the varix is generally sharper and more decidedly reflexed. In
the fossil representatives the strize upon the varix are almost
obsolete and consequently the latter has not that appearance
which Mr. Woods describes as ‘fringe-like.’ So far as the trifling
differences go, I must admit that they are sufficiently constant to
enable a careful classifier to recognise the living from among the
fossil representatives with a considerable degree of confidence.”
After a minute comparison of an extensive suite of specimens
of C. /abiata, including authentic examples from Tasmania, with
many examples from Muddy Creek ; I can confidently endorse
the opinions of Mr. Johnston, touching the differential characters
of the two, though at the same time I fail to recognise the
“fringe-like” varix described by Mr. Woods, probably his type
is only an extreme individual development. In addition to the
angular outer margin of the broader varix of the living species,
I have recognised that the lirate ornament is very fine and close,
whilst it is coarse and distant in the fossil. With these two
characters one cannot fail to separate the living from its fossil
representative—characters which I regard as of specific value.
222
I have not seen examples from Table Cape, but there cannot be
any doubt ‘hat they are conspecific with the Muddy Creek types
of C. sublabiata.
38. Crossea lauta, spec. nov.
Shell globosely turbinated, with a large tumid body-whorl and
very low broad conical spire.
Whorls four, convex, smooth and shining. Body-whorl with a
narrow infrasutural band and a few obsolete linear-sulcations at
the base. Aperture broadly oval; outer lip stoutly variceally
thickened, sharply margined behind; columella much arched ;
umbilical chink wide and deep, bordered by a stout, rather sharply
elevated, furnicular rib.
Dimensions.—Length, 3; width, 3; height of aperture, 2;
width of aperture, 1°5.
Locality.— Miocene. Muddy Creek!
C. Jauta somewhat resembles in shape C. princeps, but has a
variced outer lip; in which latter character it agrees with
C. labiata and C. sublabiata, but is readily distinguished from
them by its globose profile.
GENUS SCALARIA.
SYNOPSIS OF SPECIES.
I. Peristome entire ; no basal rib.
ay
. Shell costated, with or without varices ; aperture circular
[CLuarHRus ].
No varices ; cost lamellar ; spirally lineate,
t S. unterstriata.
Shell variced ; spirally linear-punctate-grooved ; peristome
thick [ Nopiscaua ].
Whorls subangular ; coste thick, evanescent behind.
2. S. basinodosa.
bo
Whorls rounded.
Suture crenate-dentate ; coarsely punctured.
3. S. prionota.
Suture plain ; finely punctated. 4. S. Hamultonensis.
. Shell lamellate-costated ; with or without varices ; umbilical
chink margined by a funicular rib adherent to the pillar
[ CrisposcaLa ].
Lamelle distant, pointed behind; spirally lirate and
striate. 5. 8. echinophora.
SN)
Il. Peristome entire ; base with a concentric rib.
4, Shell lamellate-costated, with or without varices ; impunct-
ate; basal keel ending at inner angle of aperture adjac-
ent to the funicular rib [C1rcuLoscata |.
223
Coste lamellose, near together. 6. S. foliosa.
Coste filiform, varices prominent; fenestrated; whorls
almost disjointed. re s. orycta.
5. Shell costated and variced, punctate ; basal keel ending at
inner angle or middle position of aperture | Puncriscaa ].
Whorls medially angulated ; shell tur ae ; spirally finely-
lirate, 3. S. loxopleura.
Whorls not angulated.
Shell elongate-turrited.
Whorls convex, spirally lirate.
9; S. bulbulvfera.
Whorls flattish, spirally lnear-sulcate.
10. S. eritima.
Shell pyrimidal; whorls slightly convex, spirally
wavy-striated, coste dentate at posterior suture.
Pk, S. mocrorhysa.
6. Shell costated and variced, impunctate ; basal keel ending
at outer angle of aperture [CrrsoTrEma ].
Coste filiform ; coarsely lirate, subgranose at intersections.
12. S. transenna.
Costze lamellose ; spirally lirate and striated.
Lamellz lamellose, straight-edged.
13. S. Marvae.
Lamelle crowded, frilled. 14, S. plecophylla.
IIL. Peristome incomplete.
7. Periphery angulated, aperture subquadrate, columella flat-
tened and angulated in front, base lirate; shell thick,
tessellated, without varices | Eexist1a ].
15. S. triplicata.
8. Periphery angulated, aperture oval; shell thin, cancellated,
with or without varices [ AcrILLA].
Base disk-like.
Shell smooth, minutely umbilicated.
16. S. tnornata.
Shell costated, imperfectly variced.
17. S. pachyplewra.
Base subangulated and lirate.
Coste filiform and distant.
Whorls convex.
Tessellated by equal lire and coste.
18. S. escharioides.
Coste stout, lire slender; apical whorls
angulated. 19. S. glyphospira.
Cost thick ; spirally linear-suleate ; apical
whorls bulbiform. 20. S. mutica.
224
Costee stout, lire feeble; pullus pyramidal,
whorls convex. 21. S. cylindracea.
Whorls shouldered, trilirate in front, smooth
behind ; pullus subcylindrical.
22. S. gonioides.
Coste lamelliform and crowded.
23. S. erebrelamellata.
9. Periphery rounded ; aperture oval; shell stout, costated,
lirate and variced | Hemractrsa |.
Coste and lire few and stout. 24, S. lampra.
Costze and liree more numerous, slender.
25. S. polynema.
1. Sealaria (Clathrus) interstriata, sp. nov.
Shell turrited, small, slender, acute, thin, translucent, imper-
forate; ordinary whorls eight, convex, separated by a deep suture;
nuclear whorls three, smooth, gradually attenuate to the tip.
The transverse ornament consists of thin, moderately elevated,
oblique lamelle which are continuous from whorl to whorl; there
are 17 to each of the anterior whorls. Varices absent. The spiral
sculpture consists of intercostal incised lines.
Aperture circular ; peristome entire ; outer lip thin, reflected,
formed by the last costal-lamella. Base convex, traversed by the
costz, without a basal keel or funicular rib.
Dimensions.—Length, 11; width, 3; diameter of aperture, 2.
Locality.—Kocene ; Muddy Creek (J. Dennant ,; very rare).
This is the oldest-known species of the subgenus, which accord-
ing to M. de Boury did not appear till the Miocene ; from the
Italian Miocene and Pliocene species, it is distinguished by its
more numerous and thin cost. If we admit the subgenus
Hyaloscala, De Boury (1890), which includes the thin and trans-
parent species of Clathrus, then our fossil has few alliances, it
most resembles the elate variety of S. Jukesiana, which has, how-
ever, no intercostal spiral striations.
2. Sealaria (Nodiseala) basinodosa, spec. nur.
Shell very small, slender, acute, solid, imperforate, with six
ordinary whorls and two and a half smooth shining rounded
nuclear whorls. :
Spire-whorls slightly convex, with an angulated profile by
reason of the medial enlargement of the coste. The spiral orna-
ment consists of crowded punctated engraved lines, and a narrow
band, crenated on the margin, at the anterior edge of the suture
to which it is closely appressed. The transverse ornament con-
sists of slightly angular and medially thickened ribs (12 on the
penultimate whorl), which do not reach the posterior suture ; on
225
the anterior-half of the body-whorl, the ribs are reduced to stout
nodosities. There are three stout varices on the spire.
Aperture nearly circular ; peristome complete with a groove
around its inner margin, the exterior of the outer lip formed by
the very thick varix ; base rounded.
Dimensions.—Length, 4:5; width, 1; height of aperture, 1.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek (one ex. ).
This species is separable from S. Hamiltonensis, by its smaller
size, slenderness, and discontinuity of the cost, ec.
This and the next two species I have referred to De Boury’s
genus Vodiscala, despite the absence of a basal disk, though some
of De Boury’s species which have the disk feebly developed may
be regarded as connecting these extreme forms with the typical
species.
3. Sealaria (Nodiseala) prionota, spec. nov.
Shell turrited, slender, acute, stout, imperforate; ordinary
whorls eight, slightly convex, costated and sparsely variced ;
nuclear whorls unknown.
The transverse ornament consists of stout rounded nearly
straight costee, which are a little produced upon and adpressed to
the preceding whorl, so that the sutural line is conspicuously
sinuate-dentate ; on the body-whorl they extend on to the base,
are a little angulated and nodosely enlarged at the periphery.
There is only one varix on the spire. The spiral ornament con-
sists of very narrow flat threads, with linear punctated inter-
spaces (about 20 on penultimate whorl), which are continuous
across the coste.
_ Aperture obliquely oval; peristome entire, grooved around ;
the exterior lip formed by the very thick varix. Base rounded,
without carina or special sculpture.
Dimensions.—Length, 8; width, 2°5; length of aperture, 2.
Locality.— Eocene. Muddy Creek (one ex.).
S. prionota differs from S. Hamltonensis in being less slender,
coarsely punctated, and by its crenate-dentate suture.
4. Sealaria (Nodiseala) Hamiltonensis, spec. nov.
Shell elongate-turrited, acute, stout, imperforate ; ordinary
whorls seven; flatly convex, costated and sparsely variced,
suture linear ; nuclear whorls two, smooth, rounded. The trans-
verse ornament consists of thick, filiform, nearly straight coste,
slightly attenuated at the posterior suture, but continuous from
whorl to whorl ; on the anterior-half of the body-whorl, they are
slightly nodosely elevated in the middle, but are evanescent at
the base ; there are about 10 on the body-whorl, but about 12 on
the penultimate-whori. Varices very irregularly disposed rarely
more than two or three on the spire.
\
226
The spiral ornament consists of crowded regular linear punct-
ated grooves.
Aperture oval, oblique, almost lunate ; peristome entire, with
a groove around its inner margin, outside of which is the punct-
ated face of the very thick varix. Base convex or slightly de-
pressed, without a distinct basal keel.
Dimensions.—Length, 8; width, 2-25 ; length of aperture, 2.
Locality.— Eocene. Muddy Creek (not rare).
6. Sealaria (Crisposeala) echinophora, spec. nov.
Shell broadly turrited, thin, acute, imperforate, with eleven
normal whorls and three smooth shining tumid nuclear whorls.
Spire-whorls very convex, but by reason of the posterior trun-
cation of the costz the profile is gradated.
The transverse ornament consists of numerous (about 20 on the
anterior whorls) oblique, elevated, frilled, lamelliform coste,
usually composed of two or three connate lamelle ; the cost are
roundly shouldered at the posterior two-thirds, and are extended
there into an erect short-lanceolate plate ; there are no proper
varices.
The spiral ornament consists of broad, subacute, prominent
lire ; the angular and narrow interstitial furrows are sculptured
by a few distant linear spiral grooves.
Aperture circular; peristome complete ; columella margined
externally by a narrow funicular rib which runs-out to the tip of
the slightly flattened and expanded columella; the base is
rounded.
Dimensions.—Length, 20 (estimated) ; width, including coste,
6 ; width of aperture, 3.
Localitres.—Eocene. River Murray Cliffs!; Corio Bay, near
Geelong !
S. echinophora has some analogy with Crisposcala jwnctilamella
of the Paris-basin, but it is more elongated, and is further dis-
tinguished by its frilled lamelle and spiral lire. It might be
mistaken for S. foliosa, S. Marie, or S. plecophylla ; but the ab-
sence of a basal keel at once separates it.
6. Sealaria (Cireuloseala) foliosa, spec. nov.
Shell rather large, somewhat thin, imperforate. Similar to
S. echinophora, but the lamelle are more numerous (25 and two
thick varices on the body-whorl), less apiculate at the rounder
shoulder.
Aperture nearly circular, a little higher than wide ; peristome
complete ; outer lip broadly and varicosely expanded, crenated
on the sharp margin. Columella margined by a funicular rib, in
close contiguity to which is a revolving rib which terminates at
the inner angle of the aperture.
227
This species is intermediate between Criposcala and Circuloscala,
the basal rib which is in an alignment with the posterior angle
of the aperture terminates a little in front of the umbilical funic-
ulus, and not at the outer angle of the aperture, as in Circa-
loscala. It has very distinctive characters, though simulating
Crisposcala echinophora and Cirsotrema pleiophylla.
Dimensions.—Length, unknown ; height of body-whorl, 8 ;
width of body-whorl, 6 ; of aperture, 2°25.
Locality.— Blue clays at Schnapper Point !
7. Sealaria (Cireuloseala) oryeta, spec. nov.
Shell rather thin, elongate, imperforate ; whorls very convex,
almost disunited, variced, tessellated by thick spiral lire and ‘fili-
form cost.
The spiral ornament consists or broad flat equidistant lire
alternating with smooth and somewhat-wider interspaces ; on the
penultimate whorl, there are five medial threads, succeeded an-
teriorly by four narrower ones, and on the posterior area there
are about eight threads.
The transverse ornament consists of slightly-arched filiform
costee which by intersection with the lire produce rectangular in-
terspaces on the medial and anterior areas; there are two thick
filiform varices to each whorl.
Aperture circular; peristome entire; base rounded, inter-
rupted by a raised convex anti-peripheral rib, dentate-serrated by
the coste passing across it; columella margined by an adherent
funicular rib.
The species has very distinctive characteristics.
Dimensions.—Length, unknown ; width of body-whorl, 3:5 ;
height of body-whorl, 5:5 ; of aperture, 2:5.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek!
8. Sealaria (Punetiseala) loxopleura, spec. nov.
Shell stout, rather slender, imperforate ; ordinary whorls six,
medially subangulated, separated by a well-defined linear suture;
apical whorls unknown.
The spiral ornament consists of numerous (about 20 on the
penultimate whorl) crowded undulose threadlets, separated by
slightly-narrower punctated linear grooves.
The transverse ornament consists of stout-filiform, oblique and
slightly-bent costz (about 20 on the penultimate whorl), which
are crenulated by the spiral lire ; there are about three very
prominent oblique varices on the spire.
Base angulated by a broadish depressed keel which is nodosely-
crenulated by the coste ; the area in front of the basal keel is
slightly concave and concentrically lirate. Aperture circular ;
228
peristome entire, the outer margin of which is bordered by the
punctate-lirate face of an elevated varix.
Dimensions.—Length, 5 ; width, 1-5.
Locality.—Kocene ; Adelaide-bore (4 exs.).
9. Sealaria (Punctiseala) bulbulifera, spec. nov.
Shell small, slender, acute, solid, imperforate ; ordinary whorls
seven and a-half, moderately convex ; nuclear whorls two, smooth,
very tumid, disproportionately large, the last one and a-half
forming an obtuse bulbiform apex to the spire.
The spiral sculpture consists of linear sulcations or flattened
crowded threads (about 15 on the penultimate whorl); the ex-
tremely narrow interspaces are punctate, at least those on the
last and penultimate whorls.
The transverse ornament consists of rather stout, subacute
medially thickened, slightly oblique cost, about 10 on each of
the anterior whorls ; and of elevated, narrow rounded varices, two
on each whorl. The spiral threads pass across the cost but are
interrupted by the varices.
Aperture circular, with a groove around its inner margin, out-
side of which is the punctate-striated anterior face of the elevated
varix. Base slightly concave, defined by a strong keel, concen-
trically finely striated.
Dimensions.—Length, 6; breadth, 2; aperture, 1.
Locality.—Eocene ; not rare at Muddy Creek ; worn and pro-
bably derived in Miocene-beds at the same place.
10. Sealaria (Punctiseala) eritima, spec. nov.
Shell stout, elongate, acute, imperforate ; ordinary whorls 11,
flatly convex, suture partially concealed by the crenatedly-extended
margin of the preceding whorl ; apical whorls three, very convex,
of gradual increase.
The spiral ornament consists of punctated linear sulecations
(about 20 on the penultimate whorl), rather crowded in front of
the suture, but about twice the width of the linear furrows on
the rest of the whorl.
The transverse ornament consists of nearly straight, rather
thick and elevated, convex cost, slightly denticulatedly-produced
at the posterior suture, but are in an alignment from whorl to
whorl; there are about 12 coste to a whorl, and five or six pro-
minent varices on the spire; both costz and varices are crossed
by the spiral grooves.
Base angulated by a prominent keel, widely crenulated by the
coste ; the anti-peripheral area is narrow and abruptly concave,
somewhat undulose transversely, concentrically punctatedly-
grooved.
Aperture circular ;~peristome entire, with a groove around its
t
229
inner margin, outside of which is the punctated-sulcated and
transversely striated anterior face of the elevated varix.
Dimensions.—Length, 13; width, 3; diameter of aperture, 1.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek !
11. Sealaria (Punctiseala) mierorhysa, spec. nov.
Shell stout, pyramidal, obtuse, imperforate ; ordinary whorls
five and a-half, flatly convex ; suture deep, partially concealed by
the protuberant costee of the preceding whorl ; apical whorls two
and a-half, the median portion of the pullus very tumid and
excentric, the tip is relatively very small and immersed.
The spiral ornament consists of very slender, crowded, undulose
threadlets ; the slightly-wider linear interspaces punctatedly-im-
pressed.
The transverse ornament consists of slightly-oblique, broad,
convex cost, extending beyond the posterior suture of the
anterior whorls in the form of blunt denticulations; there are
about 14 cost on the penultimate whorl. The concave inter-
costal spaces, which are a little wider than the cost, and the
cost are transversely microscopically striated. There are no
varices on the spire.
Base angulated by a broad convex keel; the anti-peripheral
area flat or very slightly concave, concen'rically striate, and
faintly radially-ribbed. Aperture oval; peristome completed by
a callous growth, but not double ; outer lip formed by a costa.
Dimensions.—Length, 9°5 ; width, 3°25.
Locality—Eocene. Bird-rock Bluff, Spring Creek, near
Geelong (J. Dennant, very rare).
The subgeneric position assigned to this species is not satis-
factory, though the incompleteness of the aperture may merely
indicate an adolescent stage of growth.
12. Sealaria (Cirsotrema) transenna. spec. nov.
Shell large, elongate, stout, acute, imperforate, with 11 ordinary
moderately convex whorls ; the nuclear whorls not known. |
The spiral ornament consists of four or five stout filiform lire,
one median and one on each side of it are about equidistant, the
fourth is close to the third, whilst the exsert basal keel forms a
fifth, margining the anterior suture, there are a few smaller
threads on the posterior area ; the interliral spaces have three or
four linear sulcations separated by broad flat threads.
The transverse ornament consists of filiform cost, not so
stout as the stronger lire, which produce slight nodulations at
the intersections with the lire ; there are 25 costz on the penult-
imate whorl, they are slightly oblique, equal, and equidistant.
The posterior slope is transversely striated. There are two stout
230
filiform varices on the spire, they are longitudinally striated and
crossed by the lire.
The base is defined by a rounded peripheral keel ; ornamented
by irregular-disposed, flat, concentric threads, which are more or
less wrinkled, and radially striated and obsoletely costated.
Aperture roundly oblong; peristome complete; columella
slightly reflected and projecting, margined externally by a
funicular rib; outer lip margined by a very stout varix, lirate and
longitudinally striated.
Dimensions.—Length, 21; width, 6; height of aperture, 4 ;
width of aperture, 3.
Locality.—Blue clays at Schnapper Point.
Sealaria (Cirostrema) Mariz, Tate.
References.—Caloscala Marie, Tate, Southern Science Record,
January, 1885, p. 3; Cirsotrema Marie, De Boury, Etude sur les
Sous Genres de Scalide, p. 40, 1887.
Shell turrited, about three times as long as wide, imperforate;
whorls numerous, convex, suture deep; transversely laminate-
costated, variced, and spirally lirate. Costz lamellar, thin, equi-
distant, increasing from about 12 to 20 in a whorl with the revol-
ution of the spire.
Varices conspicuous, more elevated than the costz, subacute on
the edge, about one in a whorl, usually two, sometimes three on
the body-whorl. Lire subacute, prominent, equidistant, about
10 ; the flattish interstitial furrows (a little wider than the lire)
and the lire are sculptured with a few distant linear spiral
grooves alternating with wider depressed threads.
Body-whorl regularly convex to the peripheral rib; base con-
cave, traversed by the costz and spirally striated. .
Aperture circular ; peristome entire, varicosely thickened and
reflected, with a groove around its inner margin; columella flatly
expanded and slightly projecting at the front, where it is sup-
ported by an umbilical funiculus which is limited behind by the
penultimate varix.
The posterior whorls are occasionally slightly angular, and their
ribs and varices are usually subspinosely produced behind near
the suture.
Dimensions.—Length, about 35 ; breadth, 10°5; height of last
whorl, 15 ; diameter of peristome 8, of aperture 5.
Locality.—Kocene ; glauconitic limestones of Aldinga Bay.
This species is the type of my subgenus Caloscala, which
through inadequate appreciation of the characters of Cirsotrema
I had thought to be different from it; M. de Boury says it is incon-
testably a Cirsotrema, and that it has much affinity with Scalaria
acuta, Sowerby, of the Hampshire and Parisian Eocene. S. acuta
231
has the whorls flatter behind and is (usually ?) without varices ;
but S. Marie has nearer allies in S. Zelebori, Frauenfeld, and
S. lyrata, Zittel. From the former it is easily separable by its
fewer costie, distinct varices and more elevated and thinner lire ;
from the latter by its more numerous and lamellated cost. |
14. Sealaria (Cirsotrema) pleiophylla, spec. nov.
Shell hke Cirewloscala foliosa, but with a distinct basal keel.
Its numerous frilled lamelle separate it from Cirsotrema Marie.
There are two rounded apical whorls, the first of which is
somewhat depressed, and about ten ordinary whorls ; there are
20 to 25 costze to a whorl.
Dimensions.—Length, 20 ; width, 5:5.
Localities.— Eocene. Adelaide-bore ; Corio Bay and Spring
Creek, near Geelong.
15. Sealaria (Eglisia) triplicata, spec. nov.
Shell moderately stout, turrited, about four times as long as
wide, imperforate ; whorls about 15, of which the two nuclear
ones are roundly angled and obscurely lirate, apex acute; the
earlier spire-whorls medially angulate, the convexity becoming
more and more tricarinate with the slow revolution of the spire,
more contracted in front than behind. Suture distinct.
The spiral ornament consists of three prominent elevated
rounded lire, which are equidistant and approximate, the middle
one is the stouter and is slightly in front of the middle line of
the whorl; a small thread is interposed between the posterior
carination and the suture.
The transverse or axial ornament consists of thin slightly
elevated lamelliform costz, equal and equidistant, about 25 to a
whorl, are continuous from whorl to whorl and become wider
apart with the revolution of the spire; the lamelle are oblique,
but curved forward at and decurrent with the posterior suture.
There are no varices.
Body-whorl with four strong lire, the anterior one in an align-
ment with the suture (though there concealed) forms a basal
keel; base flatly convex, with about 10 concentric threads, crossed
by radiating threads continuous with the lamelliform costee.
Aperture squarely rounded, peristome incomplete; outer lip
thin; columella reflected and slightly effusedly dilated at the
front.
Dimensions.—Length, 28; width, 7; height and width of
aperture, 5.
Localities.—Not uncommon in the Miocene-strata at Muddy
Creek ; and at Red Bluff, Gippsland Lakes. Also Older Pliocene ;
Croydon-bore, near Adelaide.
I have attached this species to Hylisia, because of the close
232
resemblance, judging by figures, it bears to the recent LZ. tricarinata,
and in a less degree to the extinct S. (Lglisia) unpar, Deshayes;
from the first it is distinguished by the absence of a slight
shoulder to the whorls and by its conspicuous tessellated orna-
ment, whilst the latter species is quadrilirate and very small.
Our Australian fossil presents many points of resemblance to
Acrilla, but is devoid of the disk-like base ; and as a whole the
characters are rather those of Scalaria than of T'urritella.
16. Sealaria (Acrilla) inornata, spec. nov.
Shell minute, thin, very slender; with eleven, smooth, rather
tumid, slowly-increasing whorls.
Base disk-like, spirally lineate, margined exteriorly by a thread-
like rib ; slightly perforated. Aperture quadrately rounded.
Dimensions.—Length, 3°75; width, 0°75.
Locality.—Kocene ; Table Cape, Tasmania (2 exs.).
17. Sealaria (Acrilla) pachypleura, spec. nov.
Shell thin, elongate-turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary whorls
eight, convex, separated by a moderately deep suture ; pullus of
two smooth rounded whorls, the first slightly angulated and de-
pressed.
The ornament consists of flat spiral threads crossed by slightly
more-distant, thicker, and rounder cost ; the rectangular inter-
liral spaces, which are a little longer in a spiral direction than
wide, have a double row of three to four punctures ; there are
about 30 coste and 15 lire on the penultimate whorl, and five or
S1x varices on the spire.
Base flattened, smooth, margined externally by an acute thread.
Aperture roundly oblong, peristome incomplete, outer lip thin.
Dimensions.—Length, 11:5; width, 3; height of aperture, 2°25.
Locality.—Eocene at Muddy Creek.
This species has a close resemblance to Scalaria reticulata,
Solander (S. decussata, Lamk.); but on a comparison of actual
specimens, our fossil differs from the Hampshire and Parisian one
by its thicker costi, finer and more numerous spiral threads, by
its varices and more slender form, and particularly by the
punctures.
18. Sealaria (Acrilla) escharoides, spec. nov.
Shell thin, slender, imperforate ; ordinary whorls seven, rather
flat, tessellated ; pullus rather large, consisting of two smooth
rounded corrugated whorls.
The spiral ornament consists of stout flat threads, increasing
from six in the posterior whorls to ten in the penultimate whorl ;
the spirals are crossed by slightly-oblique costal threads, usually
not so stout as the lire, somewhat granosely thickened at the
intersections ; there are about 25 cost on the penultimate whorl.
re ened
a
le
235
Body-whorl convex, with a flattish base defined by the anterior
spiral; anterior to the peripheral angulation, there are three or
four encircling threadlets. Aperture oval, outer lip thin.
Dimensions.—Length, 7 ; width, 1:75; height of aperture, 1:5 ;
an incomplete example has a greatest width of 2:5.
Locality.—Eovene ; Muddy Creek !
19. Sealaria (Aerilla) glyphospira, spec. nov.
Shell minute, thin, slender, imperforate ; ordinary whorls five,
moderately convex, strongly costate and slenderly lirate ; the
apex is obtuse, and consists of two and a-half smooth large angu-
lated turns.
The costz are filiform, prominent, and slightly arched, equal
and equidistant, about 12 on the body-whorl. The spiral orna-
ment consists of narrow subacute threads, separated by wider
intervals, about 9 on the penultimate whorl; the lire do not
cross the costie.
Body-whorl convex with a flattish spirally-lineate base, which
is margined by the anterior spiral-thread. Aperture oval, outer
lip thin.
Dimensions.—Length, 4; width, 1.
Locality.—Eocene ; Muddy Creek.
20. Sealaria (Aerilla) mutica, spec. nov.
Shell small, elongate-turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary whorls
six, moderately convex, costated and spirally lineate-sulcate ;
apex obtuse, consisting of two smooth convex whorls.
The cost are moderately stout, distant, ten on the body-whorl ;
the intercostal spaces with about four to six engraved spiral
lines. Base of body-whorl flatly-rounded, obscurely lirate, and
subangulated on the periphery ; aperture oval.
Dimensions.—Length, 5; width, 1:25.
Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek ! (not uncommon).
21. Sealaria (Acrilla) eylindracea, spec. nov.
Shell small, rather stout, turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary
whorls eight, almost flat, costated, and obscurely lirate ; nuclear
_ whorls four, gradually tapering to an acute apex.
The cost are stout, nearly straight, about ten to a whorl ;
the intercostal spaces with about five slender spiral threadlets.
Base subangulated, obsoletely spirally-lirate ; aperture oval.
Dimensions.—Length, 55; width, 1°75.
Locality.— Eocene ; Muddy Creek.
22. Sealaria (Acrilla) gonioides, spec. nov.
Shell minute, thin, elongate-turriculate, imperforate ; ordinary
whorls angulated post-medially, costated, and lirate; nuclear
whorls two, smooth, shining, somewhat-tumid.
234
The cost are subacute, moderately elevated, slightly angulated
post-medially. The median area of each whorl with three flattish
equidistant lire; there is a slender threadlet at the anterior
suture, but the posterior slope is smooth. There are four stout
liree on the median portion of the body-whorl, the anterior one of
which forms a basal keel; the base is ornamented with three
distant, encircling, filiform lire. Aperture quadrately oval, outer
lip thin.
Dimensions.—Length, 4 ; width, 1,
Locality.—Kocene ; Muddy Creek ! (very rare).
23. Sealaria (Acrilla) erebrelamellata, spec. nov.
Shell rather thin, very slender, imperforate; ordinary whorls
nine, flat, with a slightly channelled suture ; nuclear whorls two
and a-half, the anterior one much contracted and ornamented
with crowded oblique threadlets, the next is inflated and smooth
ending in a bulbiforni tip.
The transverse ornament of oblique, crowded, short, erect
Jamelle, which are usually so dense as to conceal the suture and
the spiral ornament; the latter consists of five, equi-distant, equal,
narrow, elevated, flat-edged lire.
Body whorl with six spiral lire, the anterior one interrupting
the convexity of the base; base with a strong spiral thread and
radially striate.
Dimensions.—Length, 9 ; width, 2.
Locality. —Eocene ; Muddy Creek (very rare).
24. Sealaria (Hemiacirsa) lampra, spec. nov.
Shell Zurbonilla-like, subulate-turrited, stout, smooth and
shining ; ordinary whorls about 10, nearly flat, costated, variced
and spirally linear-grooved ; apex pointed of about two small
convex whorls.
The coste are straight, slightly oblique, subacute and moder-
ately raised, separated by much wider concave interspaces ; from
about 12 to 15 in each whorl. The varices are broad and rather
depressed.
The spiral ornament consists of flat grooves, with wider flat
interspaces, somewhat irregularly disposed and varying from
about five to eight in number.
Base convex, concentrically wrinkled-grooved ; aperture oval,
well-rounded at the front ; outer lip thin, ” margined behind by a
varix ; columella slightly thickened internally.
Dimensions.—Length, 12; breadth, 3; diameters of aperture,
2:25 and 1°75
Locality.—Kocene; not uncommon in the Z'urritella-bands,
Blanche Point, Aldinga Cliffs.
235
25. Sealaria (Hemiacirsa) polynema, spec. nov.
Shell subulate-turrited, stout, smooth, shining, imperforate ;
ordinary whorls about nine, nearly flat, feebly costated and
variced, spirally striate ; apex unknown.
The cost are slightly arched, subacute, slender, separated by
as wide concave interspaces, about 18 on the anterior whorls ;
varices broad, depressed, about six on the spire.
The spiral ornament consists of slender subacute threads,
separated by equally-wide incised furrows, about 12 to 15 on the
anterior whorls. The suture is concealed by a narrow ante-sutural
band, most conspicuous on the anterior whorls.
Base convex, concentrically lirate ; aperture oval, well-rounded
at the front ; outer lip rather thin, margined-behind by a varix ;
columella slightly-thickened internally.
Dimensions.—Length, 9; width, 2; an imperfect example
width, 3; height of aperture, 2; width, 1:5.
Locality.—Eocene ;_ Bird-rock Bluff, Spring Creek near
Geelong.
This species is closely related to the last, differing by its more
slender and numerous costee and lire.
236
MISCELLANEOUS CONTRIBUTIONS,
PARASITE OF THE Stick-casE Motu (Entometa ignobilis ).
Mr. Tepper records the larva of a large fly, Tachina sp., de-
structive to the caterpillars of this moth.
On THE PROTRACTED PupaTION OF ANTHERZA HELEN.
A female example of this large moth was bred by Mr. Tepper
from a caterpillar, which did not emerge from its cocoon till after
the lapse of 2 years 8 months and 25 days.
DIPROTODON-REMAINS.
A large skull, one shoulder-blade, one axis, two cervical verte-
bree, one nearly complete rib-bone and a portion of the sternum
have been added to the Public Museum, exhumed under the
direction of Mr. Zietz from a depth of 12 feet below the surface
in loam and gravel in the eroded bed of a tributary of the Baldina
Creek on the edge of the Eastern Plain.
FORAMINIFERA OF THE Muppy CREEK-BEDs.
Mr. W. Howchin reports the following species of Polystomella
inadvertently omitted from his paper (Trans. Roy. Soc. 8. Aust.,
vol. xii., p. 16.) :—
P. striato-punctata, F. v. M. Upper bed, rare.
P. subnodosa, Munster. Upper bed, very common.
P. crispa, Linn. Upper bed, rather scarce.
Poisonous PROPERTIES OF EUPHORIA EREMOPHILA.
Although this spurge plant has been previously reported as
occurring in the Gawler Ranges, I have only met with three
plants of it during the past two years at this particular place
(Caroona, Lake Gilles). It has not previously been gathered
here. The plant is very familiar to me, as I have seen much of
it in Queensland and the northern parts of New South Wales.
As W. F. M. Bailey, in his work on the Queensland flora, refers
to this plant, and writes of it that it is reported to be poisonous
to animals, it may be interesting if I refer to the symptoms of
237
poisoning which I have myself observed on sheep. The plant
grows abundantly in low, swampy ground, and should sheep
happen to get to it with empty bellies it causes the following
symptoms :—On the second day after eating the heads are swollen,
the ears drooped, and a yellowish discharge oozes through the
pores of the skin. On lancing the skin, a yellowish fluid escapes.
In a large percentage of the sheep affected, their ears drop off
altogether, whilst others again succumb to its effects and die. I
have seen as many as 500 or 600 sheep lying dead on the camp
after feeding on this plant. It has not the same marked effect on
sheep with full bellies as it has on those that are fasting. A
number of the former, however, will suffer severely from its
poisonous effects, and even die. The plant appears to be of wide
distribution in the province of South Australia, according to the
last published census of indigenous flowering plants, by Professor
Tate (Transactions and Proceedings, Royal Society S.A., vol.
XII.). Its home is essentially the more arid portions of the
province, where, from its green appearance, it must often provea
tempting bait to travelling flocks.
H. SUTHERLAND.
FLUORESCENCE OF BURSARIA SPINOSA.
It has long been noticed that an infusion of the leaves of
Bursaria spinosa is strongly fluorescent. On examination this
proves to be due to the presence of Msculine, which has been
isolated in a crystalline form from the plant, and to which the
fluorscence of the bark of the horse-chesnut is also due.
K. H. Rennie.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
On the ReEcTIFICATION of the NOMENCLATURE of /lectoria
Pontoni, Tepper.
Dr. F. Karsch, of the Berlin Museum, has identified the fore-
going, described in these Transactions, vol. XI., with Alectoria
superba, Brunner, described and figured in the “Journal d.
Museum Godefroy,” part XIV., p. 196, 1879, from a specimen
obtained at Peake Downs, Queensland.
ADDITIONAL SPECIES OF AUSTRALIAN FUNGI.
The following references and translated extracts belong to
species of Fungi collected in South Australia by Mr. J. G. O.
Tepper, and described by Mr. G. Winter, Prof. P. A. Saccardo,
and Dr. F. Ludwig in various European Scientific Journals. The
list is largely an addendum to the ‘“ Notes on Australian Fungi,”
published in these Transactions, vol. XIT., pp. 150 et seg. The
extra-provincial records are supplied from Mueller’s Fragm. Phyt.,
vol: IT.
PANUS LATERITIUS, Saccardo, in Hedwigia, XXVIII., p. 125,
tab. 2, fig. 4. Dimidate, sessile, orbicular-lunate, membranous,
flaccid, with margin at first rather obtusely involute but soon
straight, acute, tan-coloured, spotted with punctiform brick-
coloured evanscent tufts. Lamelle somewhat widely apart, few
(12 to 20), entire and dimidiate, somewhat narrow, rather hard,
subochraceous ; basidia subterete; spores ovate-ellipsoid, apicu-
late at the the base 9 to 10 x 6 to 6-5, smooth, hyaline.
Allied to P. lunatus, Fr., and P. connabarinus, Fr.; but
differs from the first by the lateritis squamulose pileus, and from
the second by the colour of the pileus.
BoLerus suBToMENTOSUS, rics. Also in N.S.W.
TRAMETES HISPIDULA, Berk and C. Pileus scrupose-tomentel-
lose, when young cervine-fulvous, when old darker, 2 to 3 ¢.m.
broad, concentrically sulcate. Pores bluish-white at the edge
‘75 mm. diameter. Allied to 7’. hispida, which is broader, but
not so thick, and the pores are scarcely 5 mm. diameter.
Hexacona purissima, Berk. [Saccardo, Bull. Soc. Myce. de
France, 1890. ]
239
SrereuUM KALCHBRENNERI, Saccardo,; SS. HirsutuM, J/ries ;
var. glaucellum, op. cit. ; and 8. CYATHIFORME, /’ries ; var. minor,
are diagnosed in Bull. Soc. Mye. de France, 1890.
CYPHELLA POLYCEPHALA, Saccardo in Hedwigia, XX VIIL.,
tab. 2, fig. 5. Growing in groups of about four to six, rarely
two to three, pilei, closely fasciculate, upheld on a common
stipitiform base which is subterete, whitish-brown, glabrous and
incrassated upwards. Pileus urceolate, much-closed, woolly-
white, minutely roughened upwards with filiform hairs 5 w thick ;
hymenium immature. A minute fungus | mm. thick and high.
CYPHELLA ALBO-VIOLASCENS, (4.S.), Karsten. On vine twigs.
[CyPHELLA VILLOSA (Pers.), Karsten. On decayed stems of
Cynara scolymis, near Melbourne ; coll. J. G. O. Tepper. |
BatTaARREA TEPPERIANA, Ludwig ; Bot. Centrabl., XX VIL.,
No. 11; Bull. Soc. Myc. de France, vol. V., p. 34, pl. 5.
LYCOPERDON BOVISTOIDES, Saccardo, Bull. Soc. Myc. de France,
1890.
Uromyces (Uromycopsis) Limosetta, Ludwig ; Hedwigia
XXVIII, p. 182. Aicidia scattered or united. The masses of
pseudospores are whitish with an irregular margin, not deeply
sunk. Spores roundish, polyhedral, colourless, smooth, of about
15 wu diameter. The sori of the teleutospores occur among the
peridia although mostly and for long covered by the epidermis,
polyhedral, of a dark-brown colour. Teleutospores obovate, ob-
long, or club-shaped, rarely subglobular, with a yellowish-brown,
thick, smooth membrane, thicker and paler at tne summit. Spores
32 to 40 wu long, 18 to 22 u wide; pedicel as long as or shorter
than the spore. Upon the leaves of Limosella aquatica, Karatta,
Kangaroo Island.
Uromyces (PILEoLARIA) TEPPERIANUS, Saccardo ; Hedwigia
XXVITII., p. 126, tab. 2, fig. 1. Teleutospores spheroidal, de-
pressed, cinnamon-coloured, 20 to 24 by 18 to 20 w, longitudinally
very thinly and closely canaliculate-striate, crenulate on the
margin when viewed in front, nucleate ; with long bacillar stipes
densely fasciculate, 40 to 60 by 3 to 5 u, hyaline, fixed to the
base of the teleutospore by a circular hilum. Can be compared
with no other species.
Puccrnia (Puccinopsis) Saccarpoi, Ludwig, Hedwigia
XXVIIL., p. 362. Aicidie scattered or united in groups, produc-
ing on the leaf circular patches, raised around the margin, which
dry up in the interior, of a brownish or yellowish tint, from 2 to
4mm. in diameter. The pseudo-peridia are dish-like, white, with
deeply-impressed margin, about 215 to 325w in diameter ;
peridial cells finely verrucose, 18 to 25% long and 15 to 18 u%
240
broad. Spores polygonal, pale orange, 13 to 15 ~% diameter.
Teleutospores roundish or oblong, occasionally grouped around
those of the peridia, confluent on the peduncles, &c., generally
covered by the epidermis at the border, black. Spores raised
upon a pedicel gradually dilating upwards and passing into the
lower spore-cell, 50 to 63u long. Lower spore-cell oblong, com-
pressed (laterally dilated to about 18), about 29 to 33 long,
brown ; upper spore-cell wider, almost globular, quadrate or rec-
tangular, with much-enlarged apex, which is blackish-brown, 20
to 25 wide and 23 to 30u long. Upon Goodenia geniculata,
Tanunda ; October 29, 1887.
PucciniA Matvacearum, Montague. Also in V.
Usritaco Teppreri, Ludwig ; Bot. Centralblatt, No. 11, 1889.
See Trans. Roy. Soc., 8. Aust., vol. XII., p. 153.
Uromyces piciratus, Winter; Revue Mycologique, October,
1886. Acervulus solitary, snowy-white, minute, veiled by the
finally cleft epiderm, placed in the centre of a black rotund or
orbicular, determinate macula, bounded by a very narrow fuscous
line, about ‘5 to 1 mm. diameter. Uredospores numerous, ovate
or elliptical, golden-brown, densely verrucose, with membrane at
the apex sometimes a little thickened, 32 to 35 wu long and 20 to
25 u thick, supported by a hyaline very fragile stipe. Teleuto-
spores cuneate-oblong, on a long persistent hyaline stipe, atten-
uate at the apex, very much thickened, and bearing three to six
digitiform erect or divaricate, often recurved, obtuse processes, at
first golden, at length through pale to hyaline, 50 to 60 w long
and 14 to 18 w thick. On living leaves of Acacia notabilis,
near Gawler, July 1885.
Urocystis MuELLERIANA, Zhun. On Juncus sp.
PHRAGMIDIUM Barnarpi, Plowr. & Wont. ; Revue Mycylogique,
Oct., 1886, p. 2; on the leaves of Rubus parvifolius.
Dimerosporium Lupwiaianum, Sacc. Hedwigia XX VIII., p.
127. Mycelial macule amphigenous, dilutely fuliginous, scarcely
determinate, appressed ; perithelia here and there crowded, globu-
lar, astomous, superficial, 75 w diameter, opaquely fuliginous ;
hyphee radiating, concolorous, septulate, unequal, laxly interwoven,
appressed, girt at the base; asci broadly elevate-fusiform, some-
what obtuse at the apices, very shortly stipitate, 25 to 28 x 9 to
10 w, spuriously paraphysate, octosporous; sporidia distichous
shortly fusiform, uniseptate, not constricted, 10 to 12 x 3 u,
hyaline. On wilted leaves of Lagenophora Billardiert, Mount
Lofty. Allied to D. veiturioides, Sacca. and Berla, from which it
differs by the appressed hyphe, by the black contexture of the
perithecium, by the perfectly hyaline sporidia, We.
241
NUMMULARIA PUSILLA, Sacc.; Hedwigia, XXVIII., p. 127.
Stromata very small for the genus, strictly applanate, blackish,
elliptical oblong or sinuous, 2 mm.-diameter, or 4 to 5 by 2 mm.,
scarcely *D mm.-thick, soon becoming superficial by the seceding
periderm ; everywhere fertile, blackish, somewhat shining, with a
_ rectangular margin, the periphery vertical ; disk smooth ; ostioles
punctiform, somewhat crowded, with the small not prominent
margin visible only under a lense ; perithecia parallelly crowded
together, roundly oblong, often unequal, } mm. high and } mm.
thick ; asci cylindrical (soon nearly absorbed) ; sporidia 8, broadly
fusiform, rather straight, somewhat pointed at each end, 18 to 22
by 6 w in diameter, variously guttate, fuliginous. On dead
branches of Bursaria spinosa, at Callington. It seems to be
allied to WV. cyclisea, Mont., Syll. Pyr., L., p. 370, to WV. microsticta,
Mont., Syll. Pyr., I., p. 371, to WV. scutata,, B. & C., Syll. Addit.,
p- 57, and to Hypo. stigmoides ; but well distinguished by the
form and small size of the non-pruinose stromata, by the largish |
non-caudate sporidia, Xe.
Septoria Bromi, Sacc., Syll. Sphaeropt, p. 562. Perithecia,
150 w broad, widely perforate; sporules tortuous, continuous
40 to 50 by 1 to 1:5 uw. Differs from S. Koeleriw by the peri-
thecia three times larger, the spots obsolete. On the sheaths
and leaves of grasses at Murray Bridge.
PLEUROTUS CHZTOPHYLLUS, Sacc., Hedwigia, XX VIIT., p. 125.
Dimidiate, obovate-spathulate, thin, very shortly stipitate, with
acute at length rather straight margin, densely shortly white-
tomentose ; stipe rather thick, rugulose; lamelle narrow, very
crowded, generally entire, colour from white to tan, reaching the
stipe, everywhere roughened (under a lense) with small fusiform
(cystid) subochraceous setule, 30 to 40 by 12 to 15 wu, spores
elliptic-reniform, hyaline, 5 by 3 uv, smooth. On branches in South
Australia. Pileus with stipe, 15 to 20 mm. long, 12 to 14 mm.
wide, stipe 3 mm. thick. The cuticle under the hair blackens in
drying. Allied to P. limpidioides, Karst., Sacc., Syll. V., p. 365,
but the lamelle are setulose, not conjoined, everywhere narrow,
spores reniform, Wc.
Potysticrus sancuineus (L.), Fr. On trunks of trees, Tan-
dappa, near Lake Eyre.
Potystictus CINNAMOMEUS (/arq.), Sace. On the base of the
trunks of Lucalyptus obliqua.
The diagnoses of the following species are published in Bull.
de la Soc. Myc. de France, 1890 :—
Ceriomyces incomptus, Sacc.; a metagenic form of some
Polyporus.
Q
242
Lycoperdon novistoides, Sace.
Tylostoma pulchellum, Sace.
Polystigma Australiense, Sacc. ; on Leguminose.
Poria mollusca, /’r.
Polyporus eucalyptorum, /’r. ; an abnormal flask-shaped form.
Also W.A.
Xylopodium australe, Berk. ; 8.A., V., N.S.W.
Polystictus lilacino-gilvus, Berk. ; P. parvulus, A/.; P. cla-
donia, Berk.
Fomes fulvus, /’r., var.
Naucora conspersa, var.
Didymella cladophila (NViess!), Sace., and Cheetomella brachy-
‘ ; ;
spora, Sacc., growing on vine twigs.
Revision of the THELEPHOREH (Order Hymenomycetes). By
Masse, Journ. Lin. Soc., vol. XXV., 1889-90. Includes some
additional species, and some new to science, for South Australia.
NEw SPECIES OF FLOWERING PLANTS INHABITING ExTRA-TROPICAL
SoutH AUSTRALIA.
MicRANTHEUM DEMIssuUM, J. v. Mueller, Victorian Naturalist,
Sept., 1890 (MZ. hexandrum of South Australian lists, but not
of J. Hooker).
Bass1a Luenmannl, /. v. IL, op. cit., Aug., 1890.
Bassia Tatet, zd., Sept., 1890.
HELIPTERUM FITZGIBBONI, 2d., June, 1890.
HELIPTERUM JESSENI, id., Aug , 1890.
HELIPTERUM TR@DELI, id., Oct., 1890.
EREMOPHILA Bart, /. v. M., Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., June,
1890.
Evucatyprus LANSDOWNEANA, J’. v. Mueller and J. £. Brown, in
“Forest Flora of S. Aust.,” part 9, 1890.
Recorp oF UNDESCRIBED PLANTS FROM ARNHEIM-LAND, /’. von
Mueller, in Proc. Roy. Soc., N.S. Wales, July, 1890.
Dunbaria singuliflora, ~. sp. ; Clerodendron Holtzei, 7. sp. ;
Utricularia Wallichiana, Wight ; U. Singeriana, n. sp., Aneilema
vaginatum, R. Brown ; Sida Holtzei, n. sp. ; Tylophora Leibiana,
n. sp.; Hoya australis, R. Brown ; Habenaria Holtzci, 2. sp.
243
Appitions to the INsecr-FauNA of Sourn AusrratiaA will be
found recorded in the following papers :-—
a. Vew Speres of Saw-flies. By W. W. Froggatt, Proc. Lin.
Soc., N.S.W., Sept., 1890.
b. New Species of South Australian Coleoptera. By T. Black-
burn, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W.; Feb., June, and Sept., 1890.
¢. Revision of the Genus Heteronyx. By T. Blackburn, op cit,
Feb. and April, 1890.
d. New Species of Diptera (Nematocera). By F. A. A. Skuse,
Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., Sept., 1890.
é. Revision of the Australian Lepidoptera (Hepialide and Mono-
cteniade). By E. Meyrick, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W., April,
1890.
f. New Carabide. By T.G. Sloane, Proc. Lin. Soc., N.S.W.,
April, 1890.
OLDER TERTIARY GASTROPODS OF AUSTRALIA.
Parts I. and II. of the above, by Prof. Tate, in Trans. of this
Society, vols. X. and XI., are reviewed by M. Cossmann in
“ L’Annuaire Geologique Universel,” vol. V., 1889, pp. 1088-1091.
The reviewer remarks that the fauna has an incontestable
analogy with that of the Paris Basin, and advises more frequent
comparisons with the European species and with those of the
Alabama basin ; and adds that if the Australian fauna does not
contain species in common with these, yet it occupies at least a
sort of middle place between them which are so widely separated
geographically. M. Cossmann’s criticisms on the affinities of
some species to those of the Paris basin and on their generic
location having a high value, are here repeated :—
Typhis laciniatus is comparable with 7’. tubifer, Sow., though
the varices are more festooned. J/uwrex rhysus has some analogy
with MW. bispinosus, Sow. ; and MM. calvus has a slight resemblance
to WM. tricarinatus, Lamk. Murex (Chicoreus) Hamiltonensis
and WM. irregularis having an absolutely different ornamentation
cannot belong to the same group. Murex (Phyllonotus) Eyrer
and M. sublevis much resemble the Parisian Mwricidea, notably
to M. Stewri, Cossman. In Ocinebra are some Muricidea, as
M. biconicus, which has some analogy with WM. Bernayi, Desh.,
or some Muricopsis as M. alveolatus and M. crassliratus, which
resemble WM. Auversiensis, Cossmann. Of Z'rophon, only 7. icosi-
phyllus makes an approach to the characters of the genus, the
others appear to belong to Muricidea or Muricopsis. Of the
Tritons, the first 15 (except 7. ovoideus, which resembles our
Simpulum planicostatum) are of very typical species and very
distinct from those of the Paris basin. Hpidromus tenwicostatus
244
seems closely allied to 7'riton turriculatus, Desh., but Z. citharel-
lus is absolutely identical with Plesiotriton volutella, Lamarck
(Cancellaria).
Of the large family Fuside, we find in Mr. Tate’s work a first
tentative reform of the genus Fusus, in which the older authors,
and especially Deshayes, have classed the most heterogeneous
species; J”. wncompositus, I’. bulbodes, and F. Tateanus are
Clavelle recognisable by their pullus and ornamentation ;
L’, tholoides and I’. Aldingensis should constitute a new subgenus,
without analogy in the Paris basin, characterised by the tectiform
and costulated pullus ; the form and ornamentation of /. aciformis
and J, hexagonalis recall very much those of /. funiculosus,
Lamarck, which is the type of our new genus Latirofusus, it is
probable that /’. aczformis is a synonym of the Parisian species.
Siphonalia spatiosa has analogy with S. Maria, Mellev., though
the canal is not so much curved; Sipho_ styliformis and
S. asperulus appear to be doubtfully classed.
The seven species of Fasciolaria are very characteristic, but
have no analogies in the Paris-Basin. Some of the species of
Peristernia should belong to Latirus ; P. actinostephes, which re-
sembles /’. subaffinis, D’Orb., belongs to our new subgenus Latirulus.
The five species of Pisania consists of a Latirus (P. purpwroides),
a Euthria (P. rostrata), and three of Tritonidea.
Voluta sarissa is extremely allied to V. angustata, Desh.,
V. lirata somewhat recalls V. Fred:rici, Bayan, and
V. crassilabrum has some analogy with Septoscapha variculosa,
Lamk., sp. Mitra Dennanti is irreconcilable with the typical
species ; WZ. alokiza is allied to WM. cupressina; M. complanata
and M. ligata have a resemblance to JM. mixta; among the
species of Costellaria are some which it is impossible to separate
from Fusimitra, Conrad, such as I. leptalea, M. paucicostata,
M. terebreformis, whilst M. subcrenularis is very allied to
MM. tetraptycta.
Ancillaria orycta recalls completely Amalda excavata, Coss-
mann. arpa tenuis may be compared with Hocithara mutica.
Of the Cancellarie, the following find places in some of the
subgenera recently established by M. Jousseaume :—
C. Wannonensis is typical, C. calvulata and C. laticostata to
Bivetopsis; C. gradata and C. ptychotropis to Bivetia;
C. epidromiformis and C. exaltata to Sueltia ;-C. modestina to
Merica; C. turriculata, C. Etheridger, C. caperata, C. capillata,
C. micra and perhaps C. semicostata to Narona.
The Terebre are for the most part related to those of our
supra-tertiary beds, not one of them resembles 7. plicatula,
Lamk., the only-known species in the Paris-Basin.
Cassis exigua is allied to C. teatiliosa.
*
ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS
OF THE
Koval Society of South Australia,
For 1889-90.
ORDINARY MEETING, NOVEMBER 5, 1889.
Dr. STIRLING in the chair.
Exurisits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., exhibited from Central
Australia, (a) the fruit of a (Grevillea tree, said to be that of the
““blood-wood tree ;’ (b) a black substance from the floors of certain
caves, supposed to be excremantitious matter; (c) a piece of
white, light substance, from a quarry near Mount Sonder, which
had much the appearance of a stearate of lime; (d) piece of
quartz-crystals and hematite from Mount Sonder; (e) speci-
mens of honey ants; (f) nest and tunnels of certain ants ap-
parently made in the resinous exudations of a species of 7'riodia,
together with sample of surrounding sand.
G. GoypErR, Jun., exhibited from Mount Ogilvie specimens of
Gersdorfitte, or arsenical nickel ore ; Annabergite, the same
oxidised ; Smaltite, or arsenical cobalt ore; and from near Blin-
man, Hrythrite, or arsenical cobalt ore oxidised, and a specimen
of Graphite and Sulphur.
A. Zierz exhibited a collection of native weapons from Cooper’s
Creek, showing elaborate carving ; also portions of a skull of an
extinct marsupial, 7hylacoleo, or Australian pouched lion, which
had been found in excavating a dam at Yam Creek, Bundaree,
embedded in red clay and associated with the bones of a Diproto-
don and a yet not identified species of kangaroo. The bones of
the Diprotodon were as follows :—Base and anterior portion of
one skull, two scapule, half of a pelvis, a number of vertebre, of
which one, the atlas, was very well preserved, and portions of
ribs. All the above fragments apparently belonged to one animal.
Papers.—“ Soaring of the Hawk,” by T. W. Kirx, F.R.M.S.;
“ Additional List of S.A. Polyzoa,” by Dr. McGi.uivray, Corres-
ponding Member.
D. B. Apamson stated that he had observed no alteration in
the shape and position of the craters of the moon.
246
OrDINARY MEETING, DecemBer 3, 1889.
Dr. STIRLING in the chair.
Bauior.—Jas. H. Loughhead was elected a Fellow.
Exuipits.—Professor Tarr, F.G.8., exhibited coniferous wood,
showing woody structure, from the Cretaceous deposits at Boor-
thanna, in the Lake Eyre basin, forwarded by W. Baggaley,
C.E., the Resident Engineer of the Great Northern Railway
extension works. The microscopical preparations revealed very
distinct large glands in a single series, as in recent species of
Pinus.
Dr. St1RLING showed the skull of a native, presenting a marked
resemblance to the celebrated Neanderthal skull, and presenting
a very ape-like appearance.
Papers.—“ Description of a New Eucalypt,” by Baron F. von
MveELLER and J. E. Brown, Conservator of Forests; ‘ Fossil
Corals of the Cambrian Epoch,” by R. EruertpeGr ; “ Whales and
Dolphins of the 8.A. Coast,” by A. Zrerz ; ‘“ Flora and Geology
of Southern Yorke’s Peninsula,” by Professor Tarts, F.G.S. ;
** Descriptions of Australian Lepidoptera,” by E. Meyrick.
OrDINARY MeetTiInG, Marcu 4, 1890.
Water Howcain, F.G.S8., in the chair.
RESIGNATION.—The resignation of W. B. PooLE as a member
of the Council owing to his leaving the province to visit Europe
was accepted with regret, and a hearty vote of thanks was passed
to him for his services in the interests of the Society.
Evecrion.—Professor Brace was nominated to fill the vacancy
in the Council, and was unanimously elected.
Exurisits.—J. G. O. Trepprr, F.L.8., exhibited a fruit from
Roebuck Bay, W.A., supposed to belong to a species of Adan-
sonia, the kernel of which is eaten by the natives; also the
fruits of Richardia Ethiopica. He referred to the fruiting of
Yucca aloeifolia at Roseworthy Farm as showing the existence of
some special insect as the direct instrument of fertilization.
J. E. Brown exhibited flowering branchlets and fruits of a
new Eucalypt (£. Lansdowneana) from Gawler Ranges,
Papers.—“ On the Flnorescence of Bursaria spinosa,” by Pro-
fessor RENNIE; “ Notes on Extinct Australian Mammals,” by
A. Zintz ; “ Notes on a Parasite of Hntometa ignobilis,” by J.
G. O. Tepprr, F.L.S. ; “ Notes on the Life History of Antherwa
Helene,” by J. G. O. Tepprr,. F.L.8.; “List of Australian
Fungi,” by Dr. Lupwia.
/
247
Orpinary Meretine, Aprit 1, 1890.
Dr. SrrrRurnG in the chair.
Bauior.—Grecory Boarp, metallurgist to the Dry Creek
Smelting Works, was elected a Fellow.
Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S., showed some aggregations
of sand which had the outward appearance of potatoes, found
amongst the roots of sedges at the Murray Bridge. It was sug-
gested by Professor Tate that they might be casts of the fungus,
Mellita australis.
Professor Tarr, F.G.S., exhibited a specimen of the Belemnit-
oid genus of Spirulirostra, from the Old Tertiary beds at Spring
Creek, near Geelong, Victoria. The genus has hitherto been
known only by a single species from the Turin tertiaries. The
species exhibited was distinct from that.
Papers.—‘ Notes on Symptoms of Poisoning in Sheep by
Euphorbia eremophila,” by H. Sutherland; ‘ Notes on Plants
from Roebuck Bay, W.A., by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S. ; “ Report
on Plants from Central Australia, collected by W. T. Tietkins,
F.R.G.8.,” by Baron F. von MuLuer and Professor Tats, F.G.S.
OrpINARY MegtinG, May 6, 1890.
Dr. STiRLING in the chair.
Baitor.—Rev. WILLIAM Gray, New Hebrides, was elected a
Fellow; Rosertr ErHertipeGsr, Paleontologist, Australian Museum,
Sydney, was elected’an Hon. Fellow.
Exursits.—J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.8., exhibited specimens of
entomology, namely Antherwa Helene ; a parasite fly, T’rachinide,
on Lntometa ignobilis, with its proper case, causing the premature
death of the latter ; specimens of Chwrocampa scrofa, male and
female, chrysalis case and larva. The larva was forwarded from
Innamincka by W. Lamb. This moth is becoming much scarcer.
Also Cherocampa celeris, male and female, chrysalis and larva,
probably introduced with vines from France, on the leaves of
which the larva feeds. 1t is becoming commoner, being reported
by W. H. Cavenagh and F. Bevilaqua of Tanunda. The chrysalis
stage is from ten to sixteen days in summer, but much longer in
winter. Also specimens of Chwrocampa roseo-maculata, previously
only known from New South Wales, but now reported as common
about Adelaide, and by W. Lamb at Innamincka, feeding on
Convolvulus erubescens and C. sepium, also another Chero-
campa species, probably new, from Silverton, reported by F. A.
Fiveash, and from Oladdie, by H. McGregor, male and female,
chrysalis and larva, the latter from Innamincka (W. Lamb),
248
passed into chrysalis stage February 13, 1889, whence the imago
emerged February 25 of same year.
W. Howcuin, F.G.S., exhibited a number of water-worn
pebbles from a thick bed of conglomerate in the Barossa Range,
three miles east of Williamstown, included in highly altered mica
and hornblende schists and feldspathic grits, tilted to an angle of
75°; the beds are several hundred feet thick and the pebbles are
mainly quartz and feldspathic grit; the pebbles possessing an
_ argillaceous constituent were affected by the metamorphic action
in a similar way to the argillaceous matrix.
Rev. THos. Buacksurn, B.A., showed specimens of Pele’s hair
and volcanic products collected by him from the crater of Kilauea,
Hawaii.
Papers.—‘ Additions to §8.A. Coleoptera,” by Rev. Twos.
Buacksurn, B.A.; “ Fossil Remains of Australian Mammals,”
by A. Zrerz.
ORDINARY MEETING, JUNE 3, 1890.
Dr. STIRLING in the chair.
PApPER.—“ Cremation,” by Dr. WYLDE.
Morion.—After a discussion, the following motion was carried:
—“ That the Society is strongly of the opinion that the present
mode of disposal of the dead by earth burial is fraught with danger
to the health of the community, and it recommends that cremation
be permitted by law.”
ORDINARY Meerine, Juty 1, 1890.
Dr. STIRLING 1n the chair. ;
Batiotr.—Capt. Anstruther Thompson was elected a Fellow.
Morron.—It was proposed by Prof. Tare, F.G.S., and seconded
by 8S. Dixon—“ That the Society desires to draw the attention of
the Royal Society of New South Wales to the vast economic and
scientific advantages to Australia by a Geological Surveyor being —
stationed at Broken Hill; and respectfully request that that
Society will bring the subject under the consideration of the New
South Wales Government.”
The motion was carried with the proviso that Professors Tate
and Rennie prepare a draft letter to the above effect.
Exuipits.— W. Howcuin, F.G.S8., exhibited the skulls of two
aboriginals. One of these was a well-preserved skull of a woman
of the extinct Adelaide tribe, the remains having been exhumed
from the sandhills near Plympton. The skull showed a deep in-
dentation in front, as though from a blow by a waddy. As the
remainder of the skeleton was said to have been marked by
249
syphilis, the date of death would probably be within the past 50
years. The second skull was from Meningie. It was of the
dolichocephalic type, with the frontal angle very low, the orbital
ridges very thick and prominent, and the calvarium had attained
the thickness of fully an inch in places. The skull was presented
to the museum by the exhibitor. A. W. Fiercuer, B.Sc., ex-
hibited Cambrian fossils from Ardrossan and Curramulka, Yorke
Peninsula. From Ardrossan there were of the trilobita the genus
Dolichometopus ; and of the order pteropoda the genera /Hyolithes
and Stenotheca. From Curramulka various trilobite, and an in-
vaginated HHyolithes. Calcite, gypsum, fluorspar, copper- and
iron-pyrites were found as accessory minerals with the limestone.
Prof. Tare spoke of the interest attached to the specimens, and
stated that the finding of the fossiliferous limestone at Curra-
mulka rendered it probable that there was a bar of Archean rock
extending across Yorke Peninsula from Ardrossan to Port Vic-
toria. The invaginated pteropod, Salterella or Hyolithes, was
strictly Cambrian in its range, and with its associates fixed very
definitely the geological horizon of the specimens. The Cambrian
limestones of the Flinders Range exhibit relationship with the
Ardrossan section in its corals, and the Curramulka section in
its trilobites.
J. J. East exhibited a specimen of asbestos obtained by J. L.
Johnson from Nackera, and a number of mineralogical specimens
from Mount Crawford.
J. G. O. Tepprr, F.L.8., exhibited cocoons and moths of the
family Arctiide, sent from Mount Gambier by W. Weld, who
observed them feeding on Acacia longifolia ; also the cocoons of
Cossus cinereus, and a specimen of ichneumon which is parasitic
on it. The cocoon had an ovipositor inserted into it, and con-
tained about 50 of the parasites. Also a collection of 80 species
of Australian lichens which had been identified by the Rev. F. R.
M. Wilson, of Victoria.
OrDINARY MEETING, AuGust 5, 1890.
Dr. StrRuineG in the chair.
-Exuisrrs.—A. Zierz exhibited a specimen of Glarveola grallaria,
a bird new for South Australia, about the size of an English
starling, whose general habitat is Central Austalia. In 1884 it
was for a few months very numerous about Goodwood, and then
disappeared altogether. Also a species of petrel, Puffinus
carnipes, picked up on the Glenelg beach in 1888. According to
Dr. Ramsay’s list it is only found on the western and south-
western coasts. Also a specimen of musk-duck, Biziwra lobata,
from Cooper’s Creek, forwarded by W. Lamb ; it was much larger
250
than the species frequenting the River Murray. Collection of
native weapons, namely, a peculiarly-shaped boomerang from
Roebuck Bay, W.A., used for killing fish, spear-heads from
Western Australia made from telegraph insulators. J. G. O.
Tepper, F.L.8., a collection of weevils; Prof. Tarn, F.G.S., a
collection of shells from the Dry Creek-bore, in illustration of his
paper.
Papers.—“ Estuarian Foraminifera of the Port Adelaide
River,” by W. Howcntn, F.G.8. ‘Geological Section of the
Dry Creek-bore,” by Prof. Tarr, F.G.S.
ORDINARY MEETING, SEPTEMBER 2, 1890.
Dr. StTirLING in the chair.
Bauiot.—Alfred Watkins Fletcher, B.Sc., was elected a
Fellow.
Exuisits.—Dr. StirLine exhibited a specimen of teal of bril-
hant plumage of rare occurrence, Anas castanea. He did not
know the locality from which it came, but several members had
seen specimens in various parts of the province. The exhibitor
did not agree with Mr. Gould in considering that it was only the
nuptial dress of the male of the ordinary teal; he was satisfied
that it was a distinct species.
A. ZreTz showed six specimens of fresh-water fish from Cooper's
Creek, forwarded by W. Lamb, of Innamincka ; also specimens
of ywntha, being oval pieces of wood used by the young male
aborigines in certain of their ceremonies. Alsoa painted wooden
post sent by Inspector Foelsche from the Northern Territory. It
was used to mark the ground for holding a corroboree in honour
of the dead.
Motion.—In response to a circular-letter from the Royal
Geographical Society, Melbourne, stating that Barons Nordensk-
jold and Oscar Dickson had offered to subscribe £5,000 towards
defraying the expense of an Antarctic Exploring Expedition,
provided a similar amount was subscribed in Australia, it was
moved by 8. Dixon, and seconded by J. G. O. TEppEr, F.L.S.,
and unanimously carried—“ That this Society learns with plea-
sure of the magnificent offer of Barons Nordenskjold and Oscar
Dickson to defray half the expense of an expedition to the Ant-
arctic regions. It heartily supports the action of the Australian
Antarctic Exploration Committee in appealing to the general
public throughout the Australian colonies for subscriptions to
supplement the £5,000 already promised.”
PapEer.—“ Some New Fungi,” by J. G. O. Tepper, F.L.S.
251
AnnuaL Meetine, Ocroser 7, 1890.
Dr. STiRLING in the chair.
Avupitror.—-D. J. Adcock was proposed and unanimously
elected to audit the accounts of the past year.
Exuisits.—Prof. Tare, F.G.8., showed a species of land snail,
Helix ericetorum, common to and inhabiting open uplands in
England, from Southern Yorke Peninsula, where it is found
plentifully in life.
W. Howcuty, F.G.8S., exhibited a cylindrical stone from the
eastern flanks of the Mount Lofty Range, that simulated closely
the arenaceous casts of the coal measure-plants, particularly
lepidodendron.
A. ZiETzZ showed two specimens of a large insectivorous bat,
about two feet in diameter, from a cave near Alice Springs, for-
warded by Inspector Besley. The genus Megaderma has not
been previously observed as occurring in Australia. The largest
species hitherto known, Molossus australis, is only one foot in
diameter. Also, a live specimen of a beautifully marked small
poisonous snake, Vermicilla Lertholdi, from Central Australia.
Also a specimen of Phyllopteryx eques, with the ova attached to
the belly.
' The annual report and balance-sheet of the Society were read
and adopted.
The annual reports and balance-sheets of the Field Naturalists’
and Microssopical Sections were accepted.
The Council for the ensuing year was elected as follows :—
President, Rev. Thomas Blackburn, B.A. ; Vice-Presidents, Prof.
Tate, F.G.S., and W. Howchin, F.G.S.; Hon. Treasurer, Walter
Rutt, C.E.; Hon. Secretary, W. L. Cleland, M.B.; Members of
Council, Prof. Bragg, M.A., Prof. Rennie, D.Sc., E. L. Stirling,
M.D., H. T. Whittell, M.D., D. B. Adamson, and Samuel Dixon.
The Presipent (Dr. Stirling) then vacated the chair in favour
of the President-elect (Rev. Thos. Blackburn, B.A.), and read
an address “On Weissman’s Theory of Heredity.”
It was carried unanimously that the address be printed.
Papers.—‘ Coleoptera of Australia, Pt. IV.,” by Rev. Twos.
Biacksurn, B.A. ‘Supplemental Notes of the Flora of Central
Australia,” by Baron F. v. Muretuer. “On the Geological
Structure of the Adelaide Plains, with especial reference to the
Croydon Bore,” by Prof. Tarr, F.G.8. ‘“Gasteropods of the
Older Tertiary of Australia, Part ITI.,” by Prof. Tats, F.G.S.
bo
Ct
bo
ANNUAL REPORT.
The Council has the pleasure of reporting that the work of the
Society has been carried on successfully during the past year.
The exhibits have been of a varied and interesting nature, most
of them having been lent for the occasion by the 8.A. Museum,
through the instrumentality of the Hon. Director (Dr. Stirling, —
President of the Society). Respecting many of them Messrs.
Zietz and Tepper supplied interesting remarks. The Council re-
grets that greater interest is not taken by the public in these
exhibits, which are of great scientific value, and in some cases
unique. The descriptions which accompany their exhibition also
invests them with an interest that is frequently wanting on a
mere inspection in the museum cases. The Council feels that
these efforts on the part of exhibitors to make the meetings in-
teresting deserve greater appreciation than they have received.
During the past year five Fellows have been elected, and one
Corresponding Member transferred to the list of Fellows. The
Council has also thought proper to recommend the Society to
confer its highest mark of appreciation for scientific labours on
Mr. Robert Etheridge, of the Sydney Museum, by creating him
an Hon. Fellow. This recommendation has been unanimously
endorsed at a monthly meeting. )
The Council has the melancholy duty of reporting the death of
two of the Hon. Fellows of the Society during the past year,
namely, that of Col. Egerton Warburton and the Rev. J. E.
Tenison- Woods.
Co.. EGERTON WARBURTON was elected an Hon. Fellow in 1858,
and had thus been a member of the Society for more than 30
years. He arrived in South Australia in 1855, from India, and
was almost immediately appointed Commissioner of Police. His
military training and love of adventure led him early to enter
upon that field of exploration of the three unknown portions of
the province, with which his name will be ever inseparably con-
nected. As early as 1857 he led a party to the arid and rugged
regions of the Gawler Ranges, and in 1860 he examined the
country around the Head of the Great Australian Bight, and
penetrated in various directions from the coast some 60 miles in-
land. In 1873 he was appointed to the command of an expedition
which traversed the country north of Lake Amadeus, eventually
reaching the coast of Western Australia, after he and his party
had endured great privations. Such were some of the labours of
253
Col. Egerton Warburton, who, although he never claimed to be
a scientific man in the ordinary meaning of the term, yet possessed
the qualities that belong to all imbued with the truly scientific
spirit, namely, a love for truth and knowledge, enthusiasm in its
pursuit, and untiring energy towards its acquisition.
Rey. J. E. Tentson-Woops, F.L.8., F.G.8S.—No heavier loss
has this year befallen the Scientific Societies of Australasia than
the death of this naturalist. Not only was he one of the fore-
most Australasian naturalists, but to very many of us he was
far more as a dear personal friend, a delightful companion, and a
skilled adviser. He was born in 1832, was ordained in the
Catholic faith in 1856, and spent a few years in charge of a pas-
toral diocese in the south-east of this colony. Since then his minis-
terial duties led him to Tasmania and New South Wales. In 1883,
he visited Singapore and the Malay Peninsula, and subsequently
passed through the Phillipines, Java, Borneo, and the Northern
Territory of South Australia, returning to Sydney in 1886; but
during that expedition he contracted a malarial disease, which
terminated fatally towards the end of last year. Though at all
times a scientific enthusiast, he was nevertheless the devoted
priest, and as a preacher he was acknowledged to be singularly
earnest and powerful—his fine presence and elocutionary power
intensifying his influence. As a scientist his life became a part
of the scientific progress and history of Australasia, labouring
with equally good results in Geology, Botany, Paleontology and
Zoology. He was honoured by all the leading Scientific Societies
of Australasia ; and at an early period of his scientific career
became a Fellow of the Geological and Linnean Societies of Lon-
don. He was awarded the Clarke-Medal of the Royal Society
of New South Wales, and gained one of the same Society’s medal
for his remarkable paper on the presence of visual organs in the
test of certain Mollusca. His early scientific work was the out-
come of his residence in the South-Hast ; and his pioneer geological
work is in the form of an octavo volume, published in 1862,
entitled ‘Geological Observations in South Australia.” In 1865
and 1866, he communicated four papers to the Adelaide Philo-
sophical Society on the Geology and Paleontology of the Tertiary
Rocks of South Australia. He lent valuable aid to this Society
at a critical period of its career by infusing a higher scientific
character to its proceedings; four papers adorned the pages of
the first three volumes of its Transactions. In 1877, this Society
elected him an Honorary Fellow. He is botanically commemor-
ated by Styphelia Woodsvi, F.v. Mueller, zoologically by Thalotia
Woodsiana, Angas, paleontologically by Echinus Woodsi1, Laube,
Paleoseris Woods, Duncan, Triton Woodsii, Marginella Woodsit,
Cylichna Woodsu, Leda Woods, Terebratella Woodsw, and
254
Magasella Woodsiana, Tate. As a small tribute of respect to
one who has done much for the good of religion and laboured so
vigorously for the science he loved, and also for the community
in general, in whose interest he sacriticed his valuable life, a
Memorial Tombstone has been erected over his grave by public
subscription.—R.T.
These are the only deaths the Council has to report ; but there
have been several resignations of Fellows from varying causes.
The membership of the Society consists at the present time of 10
Hon. Fellows, 98 Fellows, 14 Corresponding Members, and | As-
sociate. Your Council is of opinion that this membership should
be larger than it is, for it is assured that there are many who take
an interest in scientific matters scattered throughout the country
districts. If al! with these tastes would but identify themselves
with the Society and endeavour to contribute to its work, a great
impetus would be given to the acquisition and diffusion of scien-
tific knowledge. A useful body of workers would also in the
course of time be formed, and of these some might be expected to
aid in the investigation of the many interesting problems of
natural science which still await solution in Australasia.
The Field Naturalists and Microscopical Sections continue to
thrive, and their annual reports and balance-sheets are appended
herewith. Special notice may again be directed to the Supple-
mentary Report of the Field Naturalists’ Section on the Native
Flora and Fauna, and to emphasise the necessity of the continued
strenuous efforts of the scientific public to strengthen the hands
of those who during the past year have achieved something, but
who are yet far from having, even approximately, gained all that
is necessary to be obtained. The Sub-Committee is to be con-
gratulated on the past success of its efforts, as the Council is
aware of the difficulty with which it is had to contend.
Your Council views with satisfaction the healthy growth and
progress of the Boys’ Field Club and the Natural Science Classes
of the School of Mines. It feels that from these there will be in
time strong reinforcements to the ranks of scientific workers.
The Library of the Society continues to be enriched by a large
number of valuable scientific periodicals and monographs, but
your Council is far from satisfied with the present conditions
under which the books have to be kept. It had hoped that by
this time arrangements might have been made to have had them
so placed in some portion of the Public Library that members
could have had access to them at any time during the day. The
Council feels t! at the present unsatisfactory condition cannot be
allowed to continue, but that every effort must be made to place
at the disposal of the Fellows the Library in a more efficient
way. The earnest attention of the Council, you are about to elect,
259
should be directed to this point. Two new exchanges have been
added to the list, namely, the Geological Society of Stockholm,
and the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia.
This Council has the further satisfaction of reporting that the
work of the Society continues to maintain its previous high
character ; and that it has authorised the expenditure of £60 to
illustrate Dr. Stirling’s description of the new marsupial, which
has been named by him, Psammoryctes typhlops ; and £33 for
plates to illustrate a further contribution to the gastropods of
the Older Tertiaries of Australia, by Prof. Tate. The Council
would direct the attention of the public to the heavy expenditure
which the publication of original matter necessitates, and would
suggest that the funds be increased by all joining the Society
who are interested in science.
During the past year the following motions of general or pub-
lic interest have been passed by the members at the ordinary
meetings :—
1. That the present method of disposal of the dead by earth
burial is fraught with danger to the health of the community,
and that it recommends that cremation be permitted by law.
2. Expressing an opinion that the Royal Society of N.S.W.
should memorialise its Government as to the vast economic and
scientific advantages to Australia of stationing a Geological
Surveyor at Broken Hill.
3. That the Society heartily supports the action of the Aus-
tralian Antarctic Expedition Committee in appealing to the
general public of Australia for subscriptions to supplement the
£5,000 promised by Barons A. E. Nordenskjold and Oscar Dick-
son.
During the year a vacancy occurred in this Council owing to
the resignation of Mr. W. B. Poole, who desired to visit Europe.
This was filled by the election unanimously of Prof. Bragg at the
following monthly meeting.
The statement of receipts and expenditure by the Hon.
Treasurer (W. Rutt, Esq., C.E.), will show that the finances of
the Society stand upon a sound basis.
256
‘06ST “IST 40q09009
MSV “LLAW WHLVIVAA
‘O68T ‘YI9 19q0409
‘1OYIPUY “MOONY ‘“f ‘a
*y001109 punoj pue poqrpny
Il Ul O1SF 1 TL Il Oss
8 9 cee i a
Ck eS aS yurg ssuraeg
Ol €. 88 °* BIeAISNV YYoOYg jo yueg
—oourleg ,,
0 OLS * QUeL—U0l}0ag Teotdooso.roT Ay
0 0 & JUVIF)—UWOTPOO S4STPVINGN PTOLT
6 OL O aed 40 ‘oy “Guster q—Aarerqry |
eee ne SUISIZIOAPW |
OT OL OL AeUONETS pus ‘esuqsog ‘Surulig |S 8 6 ae Ze “"qsolequy ,,
9 6I I : st “* g0mrey \eOe a Se et ge ae " ApIsqNgG QUOTUUIAAO’) ,,
“SISSY [VUOISBDDQ pUY JoyeyJoIeD '0 9 60I —
—SOS8A\ 4, | O-01.3. * “* WOTqoeG [vordoosoroIPL
L 6. 921 ——_———. | O“0C02 mOUpSS S}STTBINZEN PTL]
L 619 (‘sjoa 0) SoS aL pure suyipiy (0 ame a 0° ms . Ayatoo0g tefoy
6 O01 SZ a Surlyes4snyyy —suondriiosquy ,,
0 0 “16 (‘soa $[) Sutpurg pure Ssuynuag ie “61 -S6S = “* plVMIOF FYSNOIG vouLTeg oy,
—suorjorsuery, Jo 4809 Ag | "68ST “9ST 18qQ07199
pos F Ds F "45 pos F ps F aq]
eS ee ee
‘VITVULSAV HLOOS AO ALAIOOS IVAOU
HHL HIIM LNOQOOOV NI YHUOSVAML AHL
257
PRESIDENTIAL ADDRESS
To tHE Roya Society or SoutH AUSTRALIA, OcTOBER 7, 1890.
WEISMANN’S THEORY OF HEREDITY.
No country in the world offers biological problems of more
entrancing interest than Australia, and it is often a source of
regret to me that the too-exacting requirements of a teaching
appointment, coupled with many duties both public and private,
are an effectual hindrance to the prosecution of some original
lines of research peculiarly Australian, any one of which might
have been appropriately made the subject of an address to this
Society. But as circumstances have rendered that impossible, I
must fall back upon the humbler ré/e of an interpreter of other
men’s thoughts, and therefore I purpose this evening to present
to you, in terms that I trust will be comprehensible even to those
who have had no special training in the subject, an exposition of
some recent biological theories that are exciting a good deal of
interest and discussion amongst the foremost investigators and
physiologists of the day. And indeed, the interest excited has
not been confined to the still narrow limits of the Scientific world,
but it has extended to the general educated public.
The problems of heredity on which I intend to speak are not
new. They were under discussion as far back as the time of
Aristotle, but in our own days they have assumed a special pro-
minence and importance not only from their fundamental relation
to the Darwinian theory of evolution, but also from their asso-
ciation with the question of the transmission of disease and de-
formity, on which subject at last some light is beginning to be
shed.
I must, however, disclaim any intention of laying before you
all the various theories that have been offered of late years in
explanation of the facts of heredity; my aim is rather to set
before you without argument or comment the salient points of
an elaborate and luminous theory that has recently been put for-
ward by a distinguished German physiologist and _ philosopher,
whose views, in spite of many objections, have met with a very
general and favourable acceptance by biologists. And, whether
or not they receive entire concurrence, there can be little doubt
but that the theory of Professor Weismann, by reason of its
extended scope and logical completeness, serves as the best work-
ing hypothesis yet extant for future investigations on the subject.
R
258
One may say this, and at the same time freely acknowledge that,
in some respects, the views of Weismann have been distinctly
foreshadowed or overlapped by the statements of other biologists.
No one, however, has offered a theory so compact or so logically
complete in all its parts.
A fresh interest in Weismann’s theories, now some few years
old, has been recently kindled by the publication of an English
translation of his writings by the Clarendon press; but as his
elaborate system of biological philosophy is there presented in a
series of disconnected essays, it is a matter of considerable diffi-
culty, for those unfamiliar with biological methods of reasoning
and research, to gather up the thread of his argument which
runs through the whole series of separate articles. This being so,
I conceive that I may be of some service in offering to this
Society an epitome of the chief theories which comprise his system,
in such a form as to make its comprehension as easy as is possible
in a subject naturally full of difficulties. And I will take this
opportunity of acknowledging the great assistance I have received
in this task from the writings of Romanes, Shipley, Sir William
Turner, McKendrick, Vines, and others who have appeared either
as the advocates, opponents or interpreters of the views of Pro-
fessor Weismann. From these I have freely borrowed.
Recent researches, especially amongst the Invertebrata, have
made it abundantly clear that the young animal arises by the
fusion, within the egg- or germ-cell, of an extremely minute par-
ticle derived from the sperm-cell produced by the male-parent
with an almost equally minute particle derived from the germ.
cell itself the product of the female-parent. These particles are
termed the male- and female-pronucleus respectively, and the re-
sulting body formed by their fusion the segmentation-nucleus,
which, though exceedingly minute, is also exceedingly complex
both in its chemical and molecular constitution.
From this segmentation-nucleus and from the surrounding
protoplasm of the egg-cell other cells arise by a process of sub-
division, and these at length become arranged in definite layers,
called the germinal layers, from which all the tissues and organs
of the body are gradually formed in orderly sequence. It is the
segmentation-nucleus which thus forms the starting point of all
the subsequent complicated changes; and inasmuch as _ this is
formed by the fusion of particles of material from both parents
we start with the fact of a physical continuity between parent
and offspring, and are thus enabled to lay down are fundamental
proposition that a physical basis for heredity exists.
One result of this physical continuity of substance is that the
offspring resembles the parents not only in bodily form and
259
feature, but also in mind and temperament, and in that damiosa
hereditas liability to particular diseases.
_ So far we are dealing with facts with which every physiologist
is familiar. ‘
Now, the size of the segmentation-nucleus, which we have seen
is formed by the fusion of particles from both parents, is itself
exceedingly minute, and further, in the course of division of the
egg-cell the substance of this segmentation-nucleus must in the
course of its diffusion amongst the continuously-increasing cells
of the growing embryonic body, undergo a degree of attenuation
far surpassing the extremest idea of homeopathic dilution ; yet
the presence of these attenuated particles is sufficient to stamp
the offspring with the characters, not only of the immediate
parents, but also with those of still remoter ancestors.
It is to be noted also that the power of production of a new
individual lies in the special cells called germ- and sperm-cells
respectively, which are, so to speak, isolated from the rest of the
body and set apart for this special purpose of reproduction. Even
at a very early period of growth they are thus marked off from
the rest of the embryonic body, taking no part in its growth, but
being only dependent on the constituent cells of this for shelter
and nutrition. These special cells constitute the essential por-
tions of what are called the reproductive organs.
The central problem of heredity is therefore the discovery of
the manner in which these reproductive cells, marked off as they
are from the rest of the body, become stamped, as it were, with
the potentiality of transmitting to the offspring the multifarious
characteristics and peculiarities, not only of the parent organisms
but also to a lesser degree those of preceding ancestors ; or as
Weismann himself puts the question—“ How is it that a single
cell can reproduce the towt ensemble of the parent with the faith-
fulness of a portrait?” He proceeds to offer for the solution of
this extremely difficult problem his theory of the ‘Continuity of
the Germ-plasm,” which, according to his views, rests upon the
fact that the reproductive cells are not derived from the general
body-cells of the individual in which they occur, but are the direct
descendants of the germ-cells of the parent. In other words
Weismann represents that the particulate body formed from the
fusion of elements from both parents contains a substance which
he calls germ-plasm, and this, he states, is not entirely used up in
the formation of a given offspring, but a portion is set aside, it
may be at an exceedingly early stage of development, and re-
served unchanged to form the germ-cells of the next generation.
The sharpest distinction is thus to be drawn between two classes
of cells composing the body of the developing germ which are des-
tined for entirely different purposes. One set is destined for the
260
growth of the personal structure of the body, which he terms
somatic cells; the other for the ultimate perpetuation of the
species or blastogenic cells which pass on as it were from genera-
tion to generation.
Fur ther, it has been shown by previous writers that the above-
mentioned particulate body or pronucleus arising out of the
fusion of elements from both parents, is really formed by the
conjugation of the nuclei, or more accurately, of certain parts of
the nuclei, of the respective reproductive cells male and female.
So it must be that it is the nuclear substance which is the real
bearer of hereditary tendencies and much has been written lately
as to the intricate structure of the nuclei of active cells. The
two nuclei must be supposed not only to carry over germ-plasm
from each immediate parent, but also some fraction from every
preceding parent, the amount diminishing in geometrical ratio
as we proceed backwards in the ancestral line.
This is Weismann’s main contention briefly stated, but in
order fully to understand his train of reasoning, and to realise
the full force of his conclusions, it 1s necessary to review some
other of his facts and arguments which are so intricately bound
up with his central theory of heredity as to make the compre-
hension of them a necessary preliminary to the consideration of
the main issue.
Starting from the position that all living organisms, whether
plants or animals, consist of one or more cells, we may class
them in two great divisions—unicellular and multicellular. The
unicellular plants and animals are termed Protophyta and Pro-
tozoa, the multicellular Metaphyta and Metazoa respectively, and
it is hardly necessary to point out that it is the unicellular plants.
and animals which exhibit the phenomena of life in the simplest
and most elementary forms. Recognising the well-known facts
that the unicellular organisms reproduce themselves by fission,
that is, by the division of the parent organism into two approxi-
mately equal parts, or by the closely analogous process of gem-
mation, in which a small bud of the parent tissue grows from the
body to increase in size and to be subsequently separated into an
independent individual, Professor Weismann comes to the some-
what startling conclusion, which seems to have been overlooked
by other biologists, that aboriginally life is immortal, and that
the conclusion, that death is necessarily the end of all living
things, must be abandoned. For, when a simple unicellular
organism, such as the Ameeba, reproduces its kind, it does so by
this process of fission or division into two equal parts, each half
growing into a Protozoon resembling its parent, and thus the
actual and identical protoplasm of the parent Ameeba lives on, as
it were, in the bodies of its descendants, each one of which con-
261
tains a fraction of the parental living substance. As this pro-
cess of division has gone on from generation to generation it is
clear that the protoplasm of the ancestral and primeval Amoeba
has lived on ever since Ameeba-like organisms made their appear-
ance. The Protozoa then, as also the Protophyta, are endowed
with the potentiality of eternal life. This does not of course
imply that they cannot die, or that they do not die, but merely
that, if they be shielded from fatal accidents, they do not die a
natural death, but live on, increasing in size up to a certain
limit, and when that limit is reached dividing into two or more
similar organisms. And we may go as far as to say that every
Protozoon of the present day is alive with the actual life of its
primeval ancestor, the body of which has thus lived on in the
substance of its descendants ever since life itself made its ap-
pearance on this planet.
Metazoa and Metaphyta on the other hand do die a natural
death. To the higher organisms with which we are most familiar
death is undoubtedly the end of all things.
These multicellular beings have undoubtedly descended from
unicellular organisms which, we have seen, are endowed with the
potentiality of everlasting life, and the former must have developed
the power of dying when they ceased to consist of simple cells.
The question thus arises why should life, imm rtal in the case of
the unicellular organisms, have ceased to be so in the case of the
multicellular ?
Weismann’s answer is based upon the fact that multicellular
organisms do not propagate themselves solely by such a-sexual
methods as fission and gemmation, but by a sexual process in
which the origin of a new individual depends upon the fusion or
conjugation of certain specialised portions of two parents.
It is true that the general body-cells of multicellular organ-
isms can reproduce themselves to a certain degree, as shown in
the growth and repair of tissues and organs, or even in certain
cases of whole members, but it is only a certain specialised group
of these cells which can do so to that unlimited extent which is
characteristic of unicellular organisms.
It is to this limitation in respect of the power of division of
the somatic- or body-cells that the phenomenon of death is owing.
Thus we return to the cardinal point which issoimportant. I
repeat it at the risk of being tedious, that the cells of the complex
Metazoon can be divided into two categories, reproductive cells
and body- or somatic-cells, the former inheriting from their ances-
tors, the Protozoa, their unlimited power of division, the latter
possessing this power only to the extent of the attainment of the
limit of size of the individual, and when this limit is attained the
262
organism dies by reason of the impossibility of any further growth
of the body.
The reproductive cells are, then, the essential factors for the
continuance of the species, the somatic for the growth of the
individual.
Now, it is evident, from the point of view of the species in
contradistinction to that of the individual, that a change from
the asexual to the sexual method of reproduction must carry with
it a distinct advantage, for, it must be remembered that the indi-
vidual exists for the good of the species. The advantage which
death possesses for the species appears on consideration of the
consequences which would ensue if these complex organisms were
endowed with immortality, for in such a case all those members
of a species which multiplied by sexual methods would, in the
course of time, come to be composed of broken down and decrepid
individuals, resulting from the inevitable disease and accidents
of life, and they would consequently be less well adapted for
their place i in nature than younger, healthier, and less- damaged
forms.
The doom of death, then, appears to have been brought about
by natural selection, inasmuch as it is for the benefit of those
species which propagate themselves sexually, that the individual
composing them should not live longer than is necessary for the
purpose of giving origin to the next generation, and fairly
launching its members on their own career of struggle for
existence.
Our position, therefore, stands thus at present :—Protoplasm
was originally immortal, and unicellular organisms still preserve
this attribute of immortality, but in the case of the multicellular
organisms which propagate sexually, natural selection has reduced
the term of life within the narrowest limits which are compatible
with the performance of the sexual act and the subsequent rear-
ing of the progeny up to the period at which they are capable of
taking care of themselves.
The reproductive elements of their bodies alone have reserved
the attribute of immortality, as the means whereby a continuous
stream of life has been maintained from the time of its first
appearance until now.
Why, then, should sexual reproduction, which carries with it
the doom of death, have become the universal law for all the
higher organisms ? Looking at its universality, it must be as-
sumed to play an all-important réle in the scheme of organic life.
What is the réle? Briefly, according to Weismann, its object is
to furnish congenital variations to the ever ready and ever active
agency of natural selection, from which the most favourably —
endowed examples of the species may be preserved, and their
263
advantageous endowments passed on to the next generation.
How this is brought about will appear if we remember that at
each sexual union there is a mixture of two reproductive elements,
and that each of these is the product of the fusion of two other
reproductive elements of the preceding generation. Thus it fol-
lows that the germinal elements of no one member of the species
can ever be the same as that of any other member; in fact,
each such germinal element has had a different ancestral history,
and each represents an admixture derived from thousands, and
perhaps millions, of individuals in different lines of descent. In
the union of any two of these enormously complex but always
differing germinal elements we have the cause of innumerable
congenital variations—the only variations which Weismann will
allow are transmissible by heredity. Though we may thus make
a reasonable attempt to explain the razson détre of the process
of sexual reproduction, the cause which led to its adoption is a
problem which still awaits suggestion and solution.
So far, then, Weismann leads us to the conclusion that the
dominion and influence of natural selection can only be made to
extend as far back as the Protozoa, over which it is unable to
exert any influence at all, for, if natural selection depends for its
activity upon the occurrence of congenital variations, and if con-
genital variations in their turn depend upon the exercise of the
exual method of reproduction, it follows that organisms which
do not propagate themselves by this method cannot present con-
genital variations, and cannot thus come under the dominion of
natural selection ; in other words, while for unicellular organisms
Weismann is an exclusive advocate of the views of Lamarck,
whose theory, as is well known, was mainly based upon the effect
and transmissibility of acquired characters, for the multicellular
he is rigidly and entirely his opponent.
Inseparably bound up with the theory of the continuity of the
germ plasma is the assumption of the great difference which
obtains in respect of the transmissibility of characters which are
congenital, and characters which are acquired ; and so much im-
portance does Weismann lay upon a sharp and clear distinction
being made between these two kinds of characters, that I had
best quote the words of his own essay on this part of the sub-
ject :—“ It is certainly necessary to have two terms which dis-
tinguish sharply between the two chief groups of characters—the
primary characters which first appear in the body itself, and the
secondary ones which owe their appearance to variations in the
germ, however such variations may have arisen. We have
hitherto been accustomed to call the former ‘acquired characters,’
but we might also call them somatogenic, because they follow from
the reaction of the soma under external influence, while all other
264
characters might be contrasted as blastogenic, because they include
all those characters in the body which have arisen from changes
in the germ. In this way we might prevent the possibility of a
misunderstanding. We maintain that the somatogenic character
cannot be transmitted, or rather that those who assert that they
can be transmitted must furnish the requisite proofs.
“The somatogenic characters not only include the effects of
mutilation, but the changes which follow from increased or dim-
inished performance of function, and those which are directly
due to nutrition and any of the other external influences which
act upon the body.
“Among the blastogenic characters we include not only all the
changes produced by natural selection operating upon variations
in the germ, but all other characters which result from this latter
cause.”
For example, a man may either be born with some malforma-
tion of one of his fingers or he may acquire such malformation
or mutilation as the result of accident or disease. Now in the
former case, when the malformation is congenital, it is extremely
probable that the peculiarity will be transmitted to his children,
while in the case where the man has himself acquired the de-
formity, it is, according to Weismann, certain that there will be
no such transmission.
It is quite true that both medical men and biologists have long
been aware of the remarkable tendency that exists for the in-
heritance of congenital deformity, but it has been at the same
time generally assumed that acquired characters might also be
regarded as similarly hereditable, though with less certainty and
to a less extent. The difference thus being considered to be one
of degree merely. Weismann makes it one of kind, and states
it to be a physiological impossibility that acquired characters, as
defined by him, can be transmitted under any circumstances.
He declares that the evidence put forward by other biologists
in favour of the opposite view, which he discusses at considerable
length in one of his essays, 1s either unreliable or inconclusive.
On this same question much discussion has recently taken place
in the pages of Vatwre between some of the most distinguished
biologists of the day ; indeed, it still continues with unabated
vigour.
We are now ina position to resume consideration of Weis-
mann’s central theory of heredity, and, recapitulating the sub-
stance of what has gone before, we have seen that the body of
the multicellular organism is composed of two entirely different
kinds of cells—germ-cells and somatic-cells—the former being
concerned solely with reproduction and the latter with the build-
i ie ee Ti ae
265
ing up of the bodily framework in which the germ-cells find
lodgement.
Further, the somatic-cells, aggregated as they are into groups
constituting the various tissues and organs of the body, become
subject to the action of the environment, through and by which
they can be modified in various ways during the life-time of the
individual. Modifications resulting from such causes are the
acquired, or somatogenic characters of Weismann, and according
to his view, they can in no case influence the germ-cells and
appear in the products of these as congenital or blastogenic
characters. The germ-cells on the other hand differ toto celo
from the somatic, inasmuch as they are the receptacles of the
imperishable germ-plasm, and have no connection with the
somatic-cells save that the former are sheltered and nourished
by the latter. This germ-plasm took its origin in primeval uni-
cellular organisms, and has been handed down from these through
remote ages through them and through all the generations of
multicellular organisms which, in the course of evolution, suc-
ceeded the unicellular; or putting these abstract propositions
more concretely, suppose a new individual to be formed by the
union of the germ-plasm of two parent organisms, a portion only
of this admixture is used up in the formation of the said indi-
vidual, a certain residual fraction remains stored up in its repro-
ductive cells to be, in its turn, handed over to a member of the
next generation. This successive transference from generation
to generation represents that continuity of germ-plasm which is
the central feature of Weismann’s theory. Again, we must
assume that these successive fragments, which are passed on
from individual to individual, grow and multiply at the expense
of the somatic cells of each individual in which they find lodge-
ment. Whilst thus however growing and multiplying the germ-
plasm itself faithfully preserves the chemical and molecular
qualities of that primeval fragment which the first sexual parents
passed on to their first offspring. To make these statements still
clearer let me borrow from Sir William Turner the following
graphic mode of expressing the above facts.*
A B C ey,
a ab abe abed.
Let the capital letters, A B C D, express a series of successive
generations. Suppose A to be the starting point and to represent
the somatic or personal structure of an individual, then a may
stand for the reproductive cells, or germ-plasm, which the off -
spring of A, viz., B, is produced.
* The idea would have been better conveyed if the small letters had been
included within the capitals.
266
B, like A, has both a personal structure and reproductive cells,
or germ-plasm, the latter of which is represented by the letters
ab, which are intended to show that while belonging to B they
have a line of continuity with A. C stands for an individual of
the third generation, in which the reproductive plasm is indicated
by abc, to express that, though within the body of C the germ-
plasm is continuous with that of both 4 and a.
D also contains the reproductive cells abcd, which are continu-
ous with the germ-plasm of the three preceding generations, and
so on ; or for the sake of clearness to put the matter in yet an-
other way as suggested by Dr. Romanes, we might represent the
germ-plasm by the metaphor of a yeast-plant, a single particle of
which may be put into a vat of nutrient fluid ; there it lives and
grows upon the nutriment supplied, so that a new particle may be
taken to impregnate another vat, and so on ad infinitum. Here
the successive vats would represent successive generations of
progeny. But to make the metaphor complete one would require
to suppose that in each case the yeast-cell was required to begin
by making its own vat of nutrient material, and that it was only
the residual portion of the cell which was afterwards able to
grow and multiply. But though the metaphor is thus necessarily
a clumsy one it may serve to emphasise the all-important feature
of Weismann’s theory, viz., the almost absolute independence of
the germ-plasm. For, just as the properties of the yeast-plant
would be in no way affected by anything that might happen to
the vat, short of its being broken up or having its malt impaired,
so, according to Weismann, the properties of the gecm-plasm can-
not be affected by anything that may happen to,its containing
soma, short of the soma being destroyed or having its nutritive
functions impaired.
The consideration of this theory would be manifestly incom-
plete without reference to its modus operandi in the oxigination
of new species, and it has already been stated that it requires
the assumption that congenital variations only being inheritable
no variation impressed upon the organism by the action of its
environment—that is, no acquired variation can be in the same
way transmitted.
Such acquired variations, however advantageous to the indi-
vidual, cease with the life of that individual—are intransmisable
to succeeding generations, and therefore of no account phylogeneti-
cally. Congenital variations alone tell in the process of organic
evolution, and, remembering the facts we have stated as to the
advantage of sexual reproduction in respect of the production of
congenital variations, we can see how the process of natural selec- _
tion has for its base of operations the innumerable congenital
267
variations that have occurred in the course of the thousands of
years during which sexual reproduction has been in vogue.
Congenital variations are, in fact, dependent on variations of
the germ-plasm out of which organisms are built, and this comes.
to the same thing as saying that natural selection works in and
through these variations of the germ-plasm—that is to say,
through natural selection. For picking out the individuals that
are best adapted to their own environment, it is really picking
out the most suitable and advantageous combinations of germ-
plasms which, when expanded into the resulting organisms, realise
the best opportunities for survival in the struggle for existence
through which they have to pass. And, as we have already
stated, a certain overplus of this germ-plasm, not being used up
in the somatic or personal structure of a given organism, is handed
over to the keeping of an individual of the next generation, and
from this a still smaller fraction proceeds to the next, and so on,
preserving all the while its own peculiar characteristics, until in
the course of sexual reproduction it meets with another fragment
of germ-plasm, which may still further improve its qualities, or
the reverse. In the former case the fusion will result in the
maturation of an organism still better equipped for the struggle
for existence than either parent, and natural selection will seize
upon the improvement, and cause it to be perpetuated.
Putting the matter, then, briefly, we may say that natural
selection is ever waiting and watching for such fresh and fortui-
tous combinations of germ-plasm as will produce individuals best
calculated for survival, and on the other hand that destruction
lies in wait for those combinations which result in organisms less
favourably endowed.
A stability on the part of germ-plasm, unchangeable and un-
alterable except by the modifying influence of other germ-plasma
itself equally stable, stands, then, as an essential feature of Weis-
mann’s theory. The germ-plasm of any organism being of the
same essential nature as when it started on its career thousands
of years ago. Like the unicellular organisms, it is endowed with
the property of everlasting life ; it is immortal.
Such a conclusion, however, inevitably leads to the question,
What was the cause of those aboriginal differences of character
in the germ-plasmas of different multicellular organisms which
first gave rise to congenital variations ?
Weismann answers that those differences arose out of the
original differences in unicellular organisms which were the ances-
tors of the multicellular. The former differ from the latter, as
we have seen, in that they alone can be influenced by the action
their environment and the different species ot unicellular organisms
arose in consequence of these differences of reaction.
268
The singular but logical result of this closely-reasoned train of
argument is that all congenital variations of multicellular organ-
isms are really and actually the remote consequences of differences
stamped upon their primeval unicellular ancestors by variations
in their surrounding conditions of life.
Such is an outline of Weismann’s theory as put forth in the
series of essays alluded to. Many objections have been, and are
still being, raised to some of his facts and arguments, and even
the author himself has modified some of his views since they were
first enunciated. ‘Taken as a whole, these essays constitute a re-
markable addition to the literature of evolution, and the conclu-
sions to which they lead have already exercised a profound in-
fluence on the current of modern biological thought, and are des-
tined, I think, to bear still further fruits.
269
DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
For the Year 1889-90.
TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, AND REPORTS.
Presented by the respective Societies, Editors, and Governments:
AUSTRIA AND GERMANY.
Berlin—Nitzungsberichte der K6niglich Preussischen Akadamie
der Wissenschaften zu Berlin, 1889, No. 1 to 53;
1890, No. 1 to 19.
—— Kaiser-Koniglich Geologische Reichenstalt, 1889, No. 10.
—- Naturenschaftliche Wachenschrift, Band IT., No. 15;
Band III., No. 4.
——__ Ergebnisse der Meteorologischen Beobachtungen, 1889.
——- Verhandlungen der Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde, Band
XV., part 1 to 10; Band XVI., part 1 to 9; Band
XVII., pt. 1 to 6.
—-— Zeitschrift, ditto, ditto, 1888-89, Nos. 133, 138, 140, 142
to 144, 146, 147.
Giessen—Oberhessichen Gesellschaft fur Natur und Heilkunde-
Bericht, 26, 27.
Halle—Leopoldina, Amptliches Organ der Kaiserlich Leopoldino-
Carolineschen Deutchen Akadamie Naturforscher,
Heft 2 to 4.
Munich — Sitzungsberichte Mathematisch-Physicalischen Class
K. B. Akadamie der Wissenschaften zu Munich,
' 1887, Heft 3; 1888, Heft 1, 2.
Abhandlungen, ditto, ditto, Band XVL., part 3.
Wiirzburg—Physikalisch-Medicinischen Gesellschaft zu Wiirz-
burg, 1888-89.
Vienna—Verhandlungen der K. K. Geologischen Reichenstalt,
1889, No. 18; 1890, Nos. 1 to 5.
Vehandlungen der K. K. Zoologisch-Botanischen Gesell-
schaft in Wien, Band XXXIX., Th. 1, 2. Kaiser-
liche Akadamie der Wissenschaften in Wien.
Sitzung der Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftliche
Classe, 1889, No. 19 to 24; 1890, No. 1 to 8.
BRAZIL.
Buenos Ayres—Boletin de la Academia Nacional de Ciencias en
Cordoba (Republica Argentina), Tome X.,
part 3; Tome XI., part 3.
270
Rio de Janeiro—Revista do Observatione do Imp. Observatore
do Rio de Janeiro ; Anno IV., Nos. 7 to 12 ;
Anno V., Nos. 1 to 5.
CHILI.
‘Santiago—Verhandlungen des Deutschen Wissenschaftlichen
Vereines, Band II., Heft 1.
CANADA ANA Nova SCorTtma.
Halifax—Proceedings Nova Scotia Institute of Natural Science,
vol. VIL., part 3.
Montreal—Canadian Record of Sciences, vol. III., Nos. 7, 8;
vol. IV., Nos. 1 to 3.
——— Geological and Natural History Survey of Canada ;
Contributions to Canadian Paleontology, vol. L,
part 2. Micro-Paleontology of Cambro-Silurian
Rocks, part 3. Annual Report, vol. III., parts
1, 2 (1887-88).
FRANCE.
Paris—Sociétié Entomologique de France. Bulletin, parts X VI.
to LVI.
GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.
Belfast—Report and Proceedings of the Belfast Natural History
and Philosophical Society, 1888-89.
Dublin—Scientific Transactions of the Royal Society, vol. IV.
(series II.), parts 2 to 5; vol. VI. (new series),
parts 3 to 6.
Edinburgh—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh, vols.
XV. and XVI.
Physical Society, vol. I.
London—Journals of the Royal Microscopical Society ; 1889,
parts 5, 6; 1890, parts 1, 2.
— Proceedings of the Royal Society, vol. XLIV., Nos. 271
to 280.
——— Transactions of the Entomological Society, 1888-89.
— Proceedings of the Linnean Society, 1887-88, 1888-89.
List of Members, 1890.
Manchester—Proceedings of the Manchester Literary and Philo-
sophical Society, vol. II. (fourth series).
Report of the Field Naturalists and Archeological
Society, 1889.
INDIA.
‘Calcutta—Notes on Indian Inséct Pests (Indian Museum), 1888,
vol. I., Nos. 1 to 4.
371
JAPAN.
Tokio—Calendar of the Imperial University of Japan, 1889-90.
Journals of the College of Sciences, Imperial University,
vol. IIT., part 3
— Proceedings of the Seismological Society, vol. XITT.
MeExIco.
Mexico—Memoirs de la Sociadad Cientifica; J. II., No. 2;
ees. los..9;. 40.
New Sourn WAtzgs.
Sydney—Proceedings of the Linnean Society, N.S.W.; second
series, vol. IV., part 3; vol. V., parts 1, 2.
— Journals and Proceedings of the Royal Society, N.S.W.,
vol. XXITI., parts 1, 2.
— Australian Museum—Technological Report, 1889 ;
Records, vol. I., Nos. 1, 2, 3; Guide to Aus-
tralian Museum, 1890.
— Sydney Free Library Report, 1889-90. Catalogue
Scientific Books, part 1.
— Agricultural Gazette, vol. I., part 1, 2
—_—— Australian Association for the (CE of Science
—Proceedings, 1889; President’s Report (H. C.
Russell, B.A.), 1889.
— Department of Sek peace Geological Surveys ; vol.
I., parts 1, 2; vol. II., part 1; Annual Reports,
1888 and 1889; Mineral products of New South
Wales ; Paleontology, Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5.
New ZEALAND.
Transactions and Proceedings of the New Zealand Institute,
1889, vol. XXIT.
Colonial ‘Museum and Geological Survey of New Zealand ;
Reports of Geological Explorations, 1888-89 ; Catalogue af
of the Library ; "Annual Report (twenty- fourth) of the
Laboratory.
Norway AND SWEDEN.
Bergen— Museums Aarsberecht, 1888.
Christiania—Forhandlinger ved de Skandinavisha Naturforsheres.
Geodatische Arbeiten, Heft VI., VII.
—_———— Jahrbuch der Norwegischen Meteorolischen Insti-
tuts, 1887.
————— Den Norske-Nordhavs Expedition, XIX. ; Zoologie-
Actinida, ved D. C. Danielssen.
Stockholm—Geologistra Féreningens, Band XII., Heft 1, No.
127 ; Heft 2, No. 128.
272
QUEENSLAND.
Brisbane—Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland, 1889,
vol. V., part 5.
———— Queensland Museum Annual Report, 1889.
——— Meteorological Reports and Charts, by Clement L.
Wragge, F.A.S., Government Astronomer.
—— Report on the Flora and Fauna of the Bellenden-Ker
Range.
Russia.
Kiew—Proceedings of the Society of Naturalists, vol. X., parts
12:
SouTH AUSTRALIA.
Adelaide—Annual Progress Report Woods and Forests Depart-
ment, 1888-89 (J. E. Brown, F.L.8., Conservator
of Forests).
Meteorological Observations Adelaide Observatory,
1889 (Charles Todd, C.M.G., F.R.S., Government
Astronomer).
—— —- Report of the Botanic Gardens, 1889 (R. Schomburgk,
Ph.D., Curator).
———- Report of the Board of Governors Public Library,
1888-89.
———- Annual Report of the School of Mines, 1889.
STRAITS SETTLEMENTS.
Perak—Government Gazette, vol. IIT., part 1.
SWITZERLAND.
Geneva—Compte Rendu des Séances de la Société de Physique et.
d’Histoire Naturelle de Généve; vol. III., 1886 ;
vol. TV.,. 1887 5 wols Vai. Aea3:
Lausanne—Bulletin de la Société Vandois des Sciences Naturelles,
vol. XXV., No. 100.
TASMANIA.
Hobart—Parliamentary Papers. Proceedings of the Royal Society
of Tasmania, 1889 ; President’s Address, 1889.
UNITED STATES OF AMERICA.
Baltimore—American Chemical Journal, vol. I1., parts | to 7.
John Hopkins University Studies, seventh series,
Nos. 2 to 12.
———— Ditto, ditto, Circulars, vol. VIII., Nos. 69 to 75;
vol. [X., No. 77. Annual Report (fourteenth),
1889.
273
Boston—Memoirs of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol
XXIV., parts 1, 2.
— Proceedings of the American Academy of Sciences, vol.
XV., part 2.
San Francisco—Bulletin of the Californian Academy of Sciences,
vol. I., parts 1, 2.
Memoirs ditto, ditto, vol. IIL., part 2.
State Mineralogist’s Ninth Annual Report, 1890,
Californian State Mining Bureau Eighth Annual
Report.
Cambridge—Bulletin of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at
Harvard College, vol. X VI., Nos. 6 to 9; vol.
XVII., Nos. 4 to 6; vol. XIX., Nos. 1 to 4;
vol. XX., No. 1. Annual Report of the Curator
of the Museum,
New York—Transactions of the New York Academy of Sciences,
vol. VIII., Nos. 1 to 8.
Annals ditto, ditto, vol. IV., Nos. 10 to 12.
— Library Journal, vol. XIV., No. 12.
Minesota—Geological and Natural History Survey, Sixteenth
Annual Report.
Philadeiphia—Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, 1889, parts 1, 2.
Transactions of the Wagner Free Institute, vol. IT.
Salem—Essex Institute Bulletin, vol. X_X., Nos. 1 to 12; vol.
XXI., Nos. 1 to 6.
Trenton—Journal Trenton Natural History Society, vol. IT.,
art 1.
tion Pablications Smithsonian Institute: Annual
Report, 1886 ; Reports of Professor J. Henry,
1886, 1 to 10; Annual Report of the Bureau
of Ethnology, 1883-84, 1884-85.
——-1 Academy of Sciences, vol. IV., part l.
——__—— United States Geological Survey: Bulletins, 49 to
53 ; Monographs and Annual Report, 1885-86.
United States Department of Agriculture : Bulletin,
No. 1; North American Fauna, Nos. 1, 2.
Bulletin United States National Museum, Nos. 33
to 37.
Proceedings ditto ditto, vol. X., No. 87; vol. XI,
No. 88.
VICTORIA.
Melbourne—Victorian Naturalist, vol. VI., parts 6 to 11, vol.
VITI., Nos. 1 to 5.
Field Naturalists’ Club Annual Report (nineteenth).
274
Melbourne—Transactions of the Geological Society of Australia,
vol. I., part 4.
Ballarat School of Mines Annual Report, 1889.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of Victoria (new
series), vol. I., part 2, 1889; vol. II.
WESTERN AUSTRALIA.
Perth—Blue Book, 1889.
— Government Geologist : Annual Report by H. P. Wood-
ward, F.G.S.
MONOGRAPHS AND BOOKS.
Presented by the respective Societies, Museums, and Governments.
Australian Museum—Catalogue of Australian Birds, part 2, and
Supplements.
Brown, H. P.—On the Electrical Distribution of Light, Heat, and
Power (New York).
Brown, H. Y. L.—Record of Mines of South Australia, 1890.
——— Geological Map of the Tertiary Deposits at
Barossa.
Buxton, Sylvester—Old New World (Salem, U.S.A.)
Bailey, F. M.—Catalogue of Plants (Brisbane).
— Synopsis Queensland Flora (Brisbane, 1890).
British Museum—British Museum Guide Books, 13 vols.
Bauernfeind, Carl M. V.—Bayerische Precisions-Nivellenunt
(Munich).
Darapskey, De L.—Las Aquas Minerales de Chili (Valparaiso).
Department of Mines, N.S.W.—Geology of the Vegetable Creek
Tin Mining Fields.
Etheridge, Robert--The Invertebrate Fauna of the Hawkes-
bury Series (Paleontology Department
of Mines, N.S. W.).
Ettinghausen, Dr.—Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of Aus-
tralia (Department of Mines, N.S. W.).
Feistmantel, Dr. O.—Geological and Paleontological Relations of
the Coal and Plant-bearing Beds of
Palzeozoic and Mesozoic Age of Eastern
Australia and Tasmania (Department
of Mines, N-S. W.).
Hayter, H. H., C.M.G.—Victorian Year-book, parts 1, 2, 1888-89.
Holmes, W. H.—Textile Fabrics of Ancient Peru Reig
Institution).
Lendenfeld, Robert V.— Monograph Australian Sponges
(London).
275
*Nowell, Cradock—Monetary Powers (Tasmania, 1890).
McCay, F.—Prodromus Zoology, Victoria, Decades XTX. and XX.
*Mueller, Baron F. von—Second Systematic Census of Australian
Plants, part 1—Vasculares.
Parker, T. J.—Studies in Biology, No. 4—Skeleton of New Zea-
land Crayfishes.
Pilling, J. C.—Bibliography Muskhogean Languages (Smithsonian
Institution).
—————-_ Bibliography Troquoian Languages (Smithsonian
Institution). :
Russell, H. C.—Results of Meteorological Observations in the
Shade in New South Wales, 1887 and 1888.
Rain, River, and Evaporation Observations made
in New South Wales, 1889.
——————__ Astronomical and Meteorological Workers in
New South Wales, 1778 to 1860.
—_———— Proposed Method of Recording Variations in
the direction of the Vertical.
Shanghai—Catalogue Chinese Imperial Collection United States
International Exhibition, 1876.
Shirley, John—Lichen Flora (Brisbane)
Thomas, Cyrus—Earthworks of Ohio (Smithsonian Institution).
——————-_ Problems of Ohio Mounds (Smithsonian Institu-
tion).
Thurston, “ade ay Batrachia, Salientia, and Apoda
(Madras, 1888).
Notes on the Pearl and Chank Fisheries, Gulf of
Manaar (Madras, 1888).
Tepper, J. G. O.—List of Named Insects South Australian
Museum. ,
Woodward, A. S.—Fossil Fishes of the Hawkesbury Series at
Gosford (Department of Mines, N.S. W.).
276
LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, &c.
NovemBeEr, 1890.
Those marked (¥) were present at the first meeting when the Society was
founded.
Those marked (L) are Life Fellows.
Those marked with an
asterisk have contributed papers published in the Society’s Trans-
actions.
HONORARY FELLOWS.
Barkely, Sir Henry, K.C.M.G., K.C.B.,
iS:
Ellery, RB. Lad... F.R.S.
*Ktheridge, Robert .
Garran, A., LL.D..
Hull, H. M.
Jervois, Sir W. F. ‘DEY K.C.M.G., C.B.,
F.R.S. ;
Little, E.
Macleay, Sir W. ey: Ls.
*Mueller, Baron F. von, K.C. M. G., ¥.R. Ss.
Russell, “EL. C.1 Be, E.R.S. .
Melbourne
Sydney
Sydney
Hobart
England
peig
Melbourne
Sydney
CORRESPONDING MEMBERS.
Bailey, F. M., F.L.S.
Canham, J.
*Cloud, T. Cy F.C.S.
*Dennant, J., F.G.S.
*Foelsche, Paul #.
Goldstein, J. R. Y.
*Hayter, H. HH. M.A., C.M.G., ESS.
Holtze, Maurice
“Kempe, Rev. J: 0%
*McGilivray, P. H., MR. Cie E.LS.
*Maskell, W. M._...
Nicolay, Rev. C. G.
"Richards, Mrs. A.
*Stirling, James, F. ai, Sip Ss
ee
FELLOWS
*Adamson, D. B.
Adcock, D. J.
Angas, J. H.
Angove, W. T.
Bagot, John
3lackburn, Rev. Thomas, B.A.
soard, Gregory
Boettger, Otto ie
sragg, Prof., M.A.
3rown, J. E., F.L.S.
grown, L. G.
"Erown, EL. Y..luis
3ussell, J. W.
, MB.CG.S.
F.G.S.
Brisbane
Stuart’s Creek
Wallaroo
Melbourne
Palmerston
Melbourne
Melbourne
Palmerston
Finke ...
Sandhurst
New Zealand
Fremantle, W.A. iY
Beltana
Melbourne
Adelaide
Adelaide
Angaston
Tea Tree Gully
Adelaide
Woodville
Port Pirie
Adelaide
Adelaide
Sydney ...
Two Wells
Adelaide
Adelaide
Date of
Election,
1857
1876
1890
1853
1855
1878
1858
1878
1879
1876
1881
1880
1881
1888
1882
1888
1878
1882
1880
1889
1888
1886
1880
1883
1867
1887
1874
1888
1887 —
1887
1890
1884
1886
1881
1882
1883
1884
Campbell, Hon. Allan, M.L.C., L.R.C
Edin.
Chapman, R. W., B.Sc.
*Cleland, W. L., M. B:} Ch. M., ay R.M. Ss.
(L) Cooke, EK.
Cox, W. C.
*Crawford, F. S
Davis, F. W.
*Dixon, Samuel
Dobbie, A. W. :
*East, ns J. (Corr. Memb. , 1884)
Elder, Sir Thomas ..
Eyres, Thomas
Fleming, David _...
Fletcher, Alfred W., B.Se. ...
Fletcher, Rev. W. R., M.A.
Foote, H.
Fowler, W.
Fraser, J. C.
Gardner, Wm.. M. D., C.M.
Gul, H. P.
Gill, Thomas {
*Goyder, Geo., jun....
Gray, Rev. William
Harris, C. H. i
Harrold, ee L.
Hay, Hon. A. iy ME L.C.
Henry, A., M.D. ...
*Howchin, W., F.G.S.
Hughes, H.W. ..
(F) Kay, R.
*Lamb, Prof., M. ay: ERS.
Laughton, E.
Lendon, A. A., M. D.
Lloyd, J. S.
Loughhead, Jas. H.
Lower, O. B. ;
*Lucas, R. B.
Magarey, A. T.
*Magarey, Hon. S. J., M.B.
Mayo, Geo., F.R.C.S.
Mayo, G. G. ae
_Mestayer, R. L., F.R.M.S.
*Meyrick, E. T., BLA.
Middleton, W. ‘J. E.
Mitchell, J. T., M.D.
Molineux, A.
(L) Murray, Hon. Dav a M.L. C.
Munton, H, S
*Parker, Thos.
Phillips, W. H.
Phillipson, W. T.
Poole, W. B.
Robertson, R., F. F. Pp. Ss.
*Rennie, Prof. E. H.,. D.8c., F.C.S.
Renner, F. E., M. D.
Russell, William
LOS)
Adelaide
Adelaide
Parkside
Adelaide
Semaphore
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
North Adelaide
Kent Town
Kent Town
Burnside
Kulpara
Adelaide
Adclelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
New Hebrides
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Goo.lwood East
Booyoolie
Adelaide
England
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Parkside
Parkside
Adelaide
North Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Sydney
England
Upper Sturt
Port Adelaide
Kent Town
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Petersburg
Port Adelaide
1882
1888
1879
1876
1880
1865
1882
1887
1876
1890
1871
1887
1886
1890
1876
1883
1882
1889
1882
1883
1885
1880
1890
1883
1876
1861
1882
1883
1883
1853
1883
1874
1S84
1856
1889
1888
1885
1873
1874
1853
1874
1883
ISS]
1882
1885
1880
1859
1884
1883
1883
1887
1886
1882
1885
1885
1879
*Rutt, Walter, C.E.
Salom, Hon. M., M.L.C.
*Schomburgk, R., Ph.D.
Scott, Jas. L. ‘}
Smeaton, Thos. ae
Smith, R. Barr
Smythe, J. L., B.A ae
*Stirling, E. C., M.D., F.R.C.S.
Stuckey, J. J., M.A. ma
"Tate, Prof. B.; Fi egiiass,
Thomas, Jd. D.; MOP E.R. C.S.
Thomson, Capt. Anstruther
Tepper, J. G. O.,j/BLi&: (Corr. Memb.,
1878)
*Todd, Charles, C.M.G., M.A., E.R.S.
Tyas, J. W. itt su)
Umbehaun, C.
Vardon, J oseph (3 rae
7 werco, J. C., MED.) ‘E.R.C.S.
Vickery, G: ;
Wainwright, Ed. H., B.Sc.
Ware, W. L.
Way, E. W., M. B.
Way, S. J., Chief Justice
Wheeler, F.
*Whittell, H., M. D., F.R.M.S.
Wilson, 5 ohn, F.E.T. S.
*Wragge, Cc i: F.R.G.S.
*Zietz, A. ‘
ASSOCIATE.
Hodgson, Mrs.
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Hyde Park
Littlehampton
Adelaide
Glenelg
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Norwood
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Meadows
St. Peters
Adelaide
Adelaide
Adelaide
Fremantle, W.A. ¥
Adelaide
Goodwood
Brisbane
Adelaide
Port Victor
1866
1868
1865
1865
1857
1871
1882
1884
1878
1876
1877
1890
1885
1856
1882
1879
1889
1878
1868
1883
1878
1879
1859
1884
1882
1887
1887
1886
1884
mfr NDA.
FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION >
OF THE
Moval Society of South Australia.
a
ANNUAL REPORT.
THE Committee have pleasure in presenting the following report
of the work of the Section for the year ending 30th September,
1890, which completes the seventh year of its existence.
Evening Meetings.—During the year eight evening meetings
have been held, at which the attendance has on the whole been
well maintained. A new departure was made at the commence-
ment of the session, when it was attempted to make these gather-
ings less formal in character and partake more of the nature of
*“‘ gossip” meetings. Two short papers have usually been provided
for each meeting, and special efforts have been made to secure
exhibits. In the latter direction the help of some of our local
correspondents has been very useful. As a result of these steps
the evening meetings have been more than usually interesting,
and the attendance has in most cases shown an improvement on
that of recent years. Papers have been contributed by the
following gentlemen :—Professor W. H. Bragg, M.A. ; Dr. R. H.
Perks, M.A., F.R.C.S.; Messrs. T. A. Masey, F.Z.S., J. G. O.
Tepper, F.L.S., W. Howchin, F.G.8., and 8. Dixon.
Excwrsions.—There have been ten excursions during the year,
at which the attendance has on the whole been satisfactory,
reaching as high as over 50. In those cases where the number
280
has been small the unfavorable weather has generally accounted
for it. Amongst the most successful excursions have been those
to the Agricultural College at Roseworthy, to Marion, and to the
Smelting and Refining Works at Dry Creek. There has also
been, as is customary, one sea trip for trawling and dredging.
Some localities have been visited for the first time, the scrub
between Gawler and Roseworthy being the most noteworthy, as
it contained many plants not previously met with on these
excursions.
Annual Conversazione.—The first conversazione held in con-
junction with the Microscopical Section took place in October
last. Notwithstanding the inclement weather it was largely
attended, and proved very successful. There was a most in-
teresting collection of objects of natural history as well as of
microscopes, and Mr. T. A. Masey, F.Z.S., read a paper on
“ Aquaria.” It is hoped that a joint conversazione of the two
sections will be held annually, as a more interesting display can
be made by thus amalgamating their forces.
Protection of our Native Fauna and Flora.—A separate report
from the Committee appointed for this purpose is presented, from
which you will learn that their efforts are being continued with
encouraging results. The setting apart of Government Farm as
a national reserve, which was one of the chief objects aimed at in
appointing this Committee, now seems to have a fair prospect of
realization. Your Committee think that there is still room for
an extension of these efforts to secure national reserves.
Local Correspondents.—Although some of the persons who
undertook to act in this capacity have not shown much practical
interest in the work, there are others to whom the Section is
indebted in various ways, chiefly for sending natural history
specimens. It is intended that those persons who have thus
given proof of their desire to help us shall be entered on our list
as “ Corresponding Members.”
Membership.—There have not been so many additions to our
roll of membership as last year, but the numerical strength remains
about the same, as there have been fewer removals. During the
year six persons have joined the Section and ten names have been
struck off. The number now on the roll is 108.
Samui. Dixon, Chairman.
W. H. Setway, Jun., Hon. Sec.
Adelaide, 15th September, 1890.
281
SECOND ANNUAL PROGRESS REPORT OF THE
NATIVE FAUNA AND FLORA PROTECTION
COMMITTEE.
In presenting their second annual progress Report, the Com-
mittee appointed by the Section to seek to secure better protection
for the native fauna and flora, have to state that although the
progress made during the year has been slow, it has still been to
some degree at least certain.
National Parks.—The Public Service Commission in their most
recent report recommended that the whole of Government Farm
should be set aside as a National Park. The Cockburn Govern-
ment subsequently agreed to take steps to have this suggestion
carried into effect; but their retirement from office prevented
them from fulfilling their promise. Lately a large deputation
from the City Corporation and other municipal bodies and Dis-
trict Councils within a radius of 20 miles of Adelaide, as well as
the Royal Society and this Section, interviewed the present
Premier (Hon. T. Playford) on the subject, and he appeared
willing to set aside 1,700 acres of the Farm as a public park,
reserving 300 acres for working men’s blocks. It will be remem-
bered that in October, 1888, Mr. Playford promised to set apart
the whole of Government Farm if such were the public wish.
The Committee believe that there is a considerable probability of
all the 2,000 acres being eventually gained for the object specified.
A report has been prepared. by the Surveyor-General, which
contains suggestions that 540 acres of the Farm, 3,250 acres in
the Hundred of Noarlunga (adjoining the River Onkaparinga),
and 1,200 acres in the vicinity of Mount Crawford should be set
apart for the preservation of indigenous plants and animals.
The Committee consider that, for the present, it will be expedient
to continue their efforts in order to secure the whole of Govern-
ment Farm.
Forest Reserves.—The Committee have noticed with the greatest
regret that an extremely short-sighted policy has caused a con-
siderable diminution of the forest areas without any compensating
extension. They will continue their endeavours to have this
condition of affairs remedied, and amongst other things they
intend to try to secure the reservation of about 11,000 acres at
Mount Crawford as a natural red-gum forest. As a means of
gaining the better protection of the native fauna, the Austral-
asian Association will be asked to urge the different colonial
Governments to declare all State forests close preserves for
harmless animals.
Action in the Other Colonies.
The statesman-like policy pursued
282
both in New South Wales and Victoria with regard both to
forests and national parks stands in marked contrast to the
parochial attitude of South Australian Ministers.
Game Laws.—The Commissioner of Crown Lands has again
issued placards notifying the provisions of the Game Act, and the
Committee have reason to believe that this action has been pro-
ductive of some good. It has not been considered advisable to
seek any alteration of the Game Laws during the present session
of Parliament
Promotion of Public Sentiment.—A series of articles on the
general question was kindly published by the Regzister in October,
1889, and reprints have been circulated. The Australian
Natives’ Association and the Wattle-Blossom League have been
asked, and have promised to support the movement.
In conclusion, the Committee hope before very long to be able
to point to some more definite result from their labours.
SAMUEL Dixon, Chairman.
A. F. Rosin, Hon. Sec.
September 16, 1890.
283
‘O68 ‘tequiaqdeg AGT ‘eprepepy
‘cog ‘UoH “NOC ‘AVAVTIGS “H “M i id | swoaSNv4t 0 ee
‘qyoo1109 punoj pue pojIpny
G Ll «6FF G- GF
oll ¢ > -- rie 3—s ‘SINT NAV Shae aS "SLAIMOTY “68ST
——EEeEeaBaBBaBBoaBE*)*CcSoSoOoOoOoOoOoOoOoOoOooooo SSeS
“O6S8T ‘Aad NALIAG HLOG ONIGNY UVAA YAOL AMOLIGNACXY ANV SLdIGORY
VITVELSOV HINOS #O ALYIOOS TVAOU AHL FO NOILOAS TVOIAOOSONOIN
287
GENERAL INDEX.
[The species and genera, the names of which are printed in italics,
are described as new. |
Acantholophus Franklinensis, 92.
Acrilla erebelamellata, 234; cylindracea, 233;
escharoides, 232: gonioides, 233; glyphos-
pira, 233; tnornata, 232; mutica, 233;
pachypleura, 232.
Address, Presidential, 257.
Agriophora atratella, 78; aaesta, 79; cap-
noides, 77; cinderella, 78; cinerosa, 78;
confertella, 76; diminuta, 79; /asctfera,
80; gravis, 77; horridula, 77.
Alectoria superba, 238.
Anilaria Deyrollei, 147 ; platessa, 147.
Annual Report of Field Naturalists’ Section,
279; Microscopical Section, 284;
Society, 252.
Antherza Helene, 236.
Archean rocks of 8. Yorke-Peninsula, 113.
Archeocyathinez, Australian species of, 10.
Arnheim-Land, new plants of, 242.
Australian Archzeocyathinez, 10; Coleoptera,
82, 121; Fungi, 238; Lepidoptera, 23;
Xyloryctide, 23.
Biflustra jugalis 3.
Blackburn, Australian Coleoptera, 82, 121.
Bolboceras Richards, 159.
Botany of Central Australia, 94, 170;
S. Yorke-Peninsula, 112.
Buechnera linearis, 104.
Bursaria spinosa, fluorescence of, 237.
Cadmus cinnamomeus, 136; luctuosus, 135.
Callitris verrucosa, var., 120.
Calomela sexmaculata, 138.
Caloscula Marie, 230.
Calotis latiuscula, 107.
Catoryctis eugramma, 43; subnexella, 43;
subparallela, 42; tricrena, 44.
Central Australia, list of plants of, 94, 170.
Cerambyx pullus, 128.
Cetacea, S. Australian species of, 8.
Chalcolampra rustica, 138.
Chalartona craspedota, 66; insincera, 66;
intabescens, 65; melipnoa, 65; melitoleuca,
66
Circuloscala foliosa, 226; orycta, 227.
Cirsotrema Marie, 230; pleiophylla, 231;
transenna, 229.
Cis equalis, 127.
Clathrus interstriata, 224,
Clerarcha agana, 54; dryinopa, 54; graim-
matistis, 53.
Coleoptera, Australian, 82, 121.
Compsotorna olinarchica, 41. '
Conorbis atractoides, 200.
Conus acrotholuides, 199; atractoides, 200;
complicatus, 195; cuspidatus, 194; extenu-
atus,,199; Hamiltonensis, 200; heterospira,
197; Huttoni, 198; ligatus, 196; Murrav-
tanus, 200; ptychodermis, 195; pullules-
cens, 196; Ralphii, 198.
Royal |
!
Coscinocyathus 7'atei, 17.
Crisposcala echinophora, 226.
on lauta, 222; princeps, 220; sublabiata,
Crydon-bore, 183.
Crypsicharis neocosma,45.
Cryptarcha, 121.
Cryptophaga albicosta, 33; balteata, 38; de-
locentia, 39; dolerastis, 30; ecclesiastis, 32;
epigramma, 31; flavolineata, 36: hierastis,
30; irrorata, 34; leucadelpha, 35; lurida,
37; phethontia, 36; porhyrinella, 32; pro-
leuca, 31; Pultenaez, 38; rubescens, 35;
rubra, 37; russata, 36; sarcinota, 37; spil-
onta, 35; stochastis, 30.
Cyprea ampullacea, 205; amygdalina, 211;
Archeri, 205; brachypyga, 206; consobrina,
211; contusa, 206; dorsata, 212; eximia,
gastroplax, 212; gigas, 212; Jonesiana,
205; leptorhyncha, 208; Murraviana, 207;
ovulatella, 208; parallela, 203; platypyga,
211; platyrhyncha, 211; pyrulata, 207 ;
scalend, 293; spherodoma, 209; subpyrulata,
206; subsidua, 204; toxorhyncha, 210.
Delphinus deiphis, 9.
Demonassa Macleayi, 131.
Didymocantha nigra, 130.
Diprotodon-remains, 236.
Dolphins, List of, 8.
Donations to Library, 269.
Dry Creek-bore, 172.
Dyschirius Torrensensis, 82.
| Eglisia triplicata, 231.
Eocene limestones of 8. Yorke-Peninsula, 113.
Eragrostis trichophylla, 171.
Erato australis, 218; duplicata, 217 ; tllota,
217; minor, 215; Moringtonensis, 217;
pyrulata, 216.
Eratopsis illota, 217.
Erechthites lacerata, 102.
Eremophila Tietkensti, 109 ; viscida, 105.
Eriostemon argyreus, 107.
Estuarine foraminifera, 161.
Etheridge, Australian Archeocyathinez, 10.
Ethmophyllum Hindei, 14.
are eremophila, poisonous properties
of, 236.
Fluorescence of Busaria spinosa, 237.
Foraminifera of Dry Creek-bore, 177; Muddy
Creek-beds, 236; Port Adelaide River, 161.
Fungi, new species of, 238.
Gastropods of the Older Tertiary, described,
185 ; reviewed, 243; of the Older Pliocene,
list of, 175.
Geology of S. Yorke-Peninsula, 112.
Girvanella sp., 19.
Goodenia fascicularis, 108,
Graimpus griseus, 9.
Hectoria Pontoni, 238,
288
Heliotropium filaginoides, var. heteranthum,
171
Helipterum Fitzgibboni, 170.
Hemiacirsa lampra, 234; polynema, 235.
Heredity, Weissmann’s theory of, 257.
Homelacon gracilis, 90.
Howchin, Estuarine foraminifera, 161; fora-
minifera of Dry Creek-bore, 177; Muddy
Creek-beds, 236.
Hypertricha ephelota, 74.
Ipomea racemigera, 108.
Kirk, on the Soaring of the Hawk, 110.
Kogia breviceps, 9.
Lemophloeus pusillus, 121.
Lamellibranchs of Older Pliocene, 174.
Lepidiota capdata, 84; grata, 86.
Lepidoptera, descriptions of Australian, 23.
Leschenaultia striata, 103, 171.
Lichenaula arisema, 48; calligrapha, 48;
choriodes, 50; laniata, 47; lichenea, 49;
lithina, 49; mochlias, 52; musica, 51;
tuberculata, 50; undulatella, 47.
List of Fellows, 276.
Macdonnell Range, plants of, 94, 170.
MacGillivray, list of S. Australian Polyzoa, 1.
Mammaliferous Drift about Adelaide, 182.
Maroga mythica, 41; setiotricha, 40; uni-
punctana, 40.
Megaptera boops, 8.
Melobasis costata, 146; costifera, 146; prasina,
146; purpureo-signata, 146; Thomsoni, 146;
viridiobsecura, 146.
Membranipora prelonga, 3.
Meyrick, Descriptions of Australian Lepido-
ptera, 23.
Minthea, 121.
Muddy Creek-beds, foraminifera of, 236.
Mueller, Plants of Central Australia, 94, 170.
Natalis constricta, 124; fasciata, 125; hirta,
122; inconspicua, 124; longicollis, 126 ;
lugubris, 123; spinicornis, 123.
Neobalena marginata, 8.
Neolepidiota obscura, 86.
Neosimnia exigua, 218.
Nodiscala basinodosa, 224; Hamiltonensis,
225; prionota, 225.
Notosara nephelotis, 52.
Older Pliocene near Adelaide, 172.
Older Tertiary Gastropods, 185, 243.
Pachydissus boops, 128; T'atei, 129.
Paracadmus lucifus, 1385; maculatus, 185.
Paropsis ened, 143; circumdata, 143; confusa,
142; gibbosa, 139; Froggatti, 145; hemi-
spherica, 141; insularis, 1389; Meyricki,
141; mimula, 142; nigerrima, 145; nitidis-
sima, 140; polyglypta, 144.
Parasite of Stick-case Moth, 236.
Phtthonerodes scotarcha, 45.
Phyllotocus dispar, 83.
Phyllotreta australis, 146.
Phylomictis maligna, 75.
Physeter macrocephalus, 9.
Pilostibes enchidias, 27; stigmatica, 27.
Plants of Central Australia, list of, 94, 170;
new species of, 107.
Plants of 8. Yorke-Peninsula, list of, 116.
Plants, new for 8. Australia and Arnheim-
Land, list of, 242.
Platymopsis I’renchi, 132.
Plectophila discalis, 55; electella, 55.
Pleistocene deposits, 8. Yorke-Peninsula, 113.
Pliocene deposits in Australia, 172; Croydon-
bore, 182; Dry Creek-bore, 172.
Pliocene fossils, 174.
| oe properties of Euphorbia eremophila,
Polyoptilus Erichsoni, 133; gracilis, 134;
Lacordairei, 133; robustus, 134,
Polyzoa, South Australian, 1.
Port Adelaide-river, foraminifera of, 161.
Prionopleura crucicollis, 136; erudita, 136;
flavocincta, 136; sutwralis, 137.
Proceedings of the Society, 245.
Procometis bisulcata, 71; diplocentra, 73;
genialis, 73; hylonoma, 72; lipara, 72;
monocalama, 72.
Protopharetra Scoulari, 18.
Pseudocedius squamosus, 91.
Pseudocavonus antennalis, 87.
Pseudolacon rufus, 89.
Punctiscala bulbulifera, 228; eritima, 228;
loxopleura, 227; microrhysa, 229.
Pupation of Antherea Helene, 236.
Ramphus australis, 93; distinguendus, 93.
Report of Native Fauna and Flora Protection
Committee, 281.
Scalaria basinodosa, 224; bulbulifera, 228;
crebrelamellata, 234; cylindracea, 233;
echinophora, 226 ; eritima, 228 ; escharoides,
232; foliosa, 226; glyphospira, 233; gonioides,
233; Hamiltonensis, 225; inornata, 232;
interstriata, 224; lampra, 234 ; loxopleura,
227; Mariz, 230; microrhysa, 229; mutica,
233; orycta, 227; pachypleura, 232; pleio-
phylla, 231; polynema, 235; prionota, 225;
transenna, 229; triplicata, 231
Schizoporella Maplestonei, 4; Smeatoni, 5.
Scieropepla acrates, 68; liophanes, 68; oxy-
ptera, 70 ; polyxesta, 67; rimata, 69;
reversella, 68; serina, 70; silvicola, 69;
typhicola, 68.
Sequenzia radialis, 192.
Sida podopetala, 107.
Simnia eaxtqua, 218.
Steno rostratus, 9.
Stick-case moth, parasite of, 236.
Stigmodera apicalis, 147; Castelnaudi, 147;
cincta, 157; coelestis, 148; Dawsonensis,
155 ; distinguenda, 148 ; evemita, 153 ; flava,
148 ; flavidula, 148 ; fraterna, 148; Frenchi,
150 ; fusca, 147 ; guttata, 158 ; guttaticollis,
157; jubata, 150; Karatte, 149; Kerre-
manst, 147; Lais, 158; Laportei, 147;
marmorea, 148; obesissima, 148; pallidi-
pennis, 154; picea, 147; rubrocincta, 157 ;
stillata, 148; trispinosa, 156; Victoriensis,
152; Wimmeree, 151.
Stirling, Address on Weismann’s Theory of
Heredity, 257.
Soaring of the Hawk, 110.
South Australian Archeocyathinee, 10; Plants,
94, 107, 242; Polyzoa, 1; Whales and Dol-
phins, 8.
Southern Yorke - Peninsula, Geology and
Botany of, 112.
Symphyletes modestus, 131.
Tate, Yorke Peninsula, Geology and Botany
of, 112; Gastropods of Older Tertiary of
Australia, 185; Tertiary formations about
Adelaide, 180; Pliocene deposits at Dry
Creek, 172; Plants of Central Australia, 94.
Telecrastes bipunctella, 63; calligraimma, 64 ;
laetiorella, 62; melanula, 62; micracma,
64; parabolella, 63 ; placidella, 63.
Tertiary formations about Adelaide, 172, 180;
gastropods, 185, 243.
Teucrium grandiusculum, 108.
Tietkens, list of plants collected by, 94, 170.
289
Trichotropis aeccrescens, 189 ; angulifera, 186;
apicilirata, 190 ; costata, ‘191; fenestrata,—
191 ; interlineata, 190; quingwlirata, 189 ;
aaa 188 ; tabulata, 187; triplicata,
Trigonotho
Trivia avel Etien. 213; erugata, 214; pom-
pholugota, 214.
hora peltastis, 56.
Uzucha humeralis, 26.
Warburton, Col. Egerton, obituary notice
of, 252.
, Water-analysis, Dry Creek-bore, 179.
Weismann’s Theory of Heredity, 257.
Whales, List of South Australian, 8
Woods, Rev. J. E. Tennison, obituary notice
of, 253.
Xylorycta argentella, 60; cosmopis, 60;
luteotactella, 61; ophiogramma, 58; orec-
tis, 60 ; strigata, 59; synaula, 59.
Xyloryctide, Australian species of, 23.
| Yorke-Peninsula, Geology and Botany of, 112.
Zietz, List of S. Australian Whales and Dol-
phins, 8
Vardon & Pritchard, Printers, Adelaide.
2
7 Lie. 7 4
S 14
retell
: Land hres
bie, ¥ "
,
7
Ww ORT S
id 1
I
; ;
Git ful ‘ Peis |
nds
wd @
4 a"
Cee INE De
—
iy
7
re a5
phe ais ete it ny
f ri “+ ? 21 Kine Tid
4
‘
- .
é
a . ¥ ;
a oe Mk a
. »*
: ree
Vilwe a,"
I ve, ih
Pst Hy
yyy ne Ma
UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS-URBANA
506S0U C003
TRANSACTIONS.
11-13 1888-90
112 009772077
3 0